[2nd.Edition] The Syrian Uprising and Signs Of The Hour - Ghayb.com

Loading...

CHAPTER 1

The Hour Has Cast It’s Shadow 
‫سم اهلل الرحمن الرحيم‬

Ya Allah, send prayers and salutations on Muhammad, his family, and his Companions.

"What are the disbelievers waiting for, other than the Hour which will come upon them unawares? Its signs are already here, but once the Hour has actually arrived, what use will it be then to take heed?" (47:18)  "Closer and closer to mankind comes their Reckoning: yet they heed not and they turn away." (Al-Anbiya' 21:1) The Prophet (pbuh) gave news about events from the Beginning of time up to the Commencement of his Ummah (nation) then to our present time and into the future, to the end of the World. He covered the Span of Time describing events until the Coming of the Hour (The Hour the world will end in). He similarly gave news of events on the day of Resurrection and finally what would occur after people enter their two abodes, the Abode of Jahanam (Hell) and the abode of Jannah (Paradise) and a description of life therein. There are more than 160 known and confirmed prophecies of the Prophet Muhammad (saws) which were fulfilled in his lifetime and the first few generations after him, while the number of prophecies regarding the Signs of the Hour is in the hundreds and even more. 1

Umar ibn Al-Khattaab (ra) said, “One day the Prophet (saws) stood up amongst us for a long period and informed us about the beginning of creation (and talked about everything in detail) till he mentioned how the people of Paradise will enter their places and the people of Hell will enter their places. Some remembered what he had said, and some forgot it”. (Bukhari) Abu Zaid Al-Ansaaree (ra) said, “The Prophet led us in the morning prayer, after which he climbed the pulpit and addressed us until Dhuhr (noon). He descended, prayed 'Asr (the late afternoon prayer), and then climbed the pulpit again, speaking to us until the setting of the sun. He spoke to us about what was and what will be; he informed us (thereof) and made us memorize (that information).” (Ahmad) Hudhayfah (ra) said: "The Prophet stood up one day to speak to us, and told us everything that was going to happen until the Hour, and left nothing unsaid. Some of the listeners learnt it by heart, and some forgot it; these friends of mine learnt it. I do not remember it completely, but sometimes it springs to mind, just as one might remember and recognize the face of a man whom one had forgotten, when one sees him." (Abu Dawud, Muslim) Some of the prophecies that occurred during his lifetime or just after it will be mentioned in brief, though the full narrations give more detail regarding each event. He said to his Companions, “This grandson of mine, Hasan, is a master of men by means of whom Allah will reconcile two great groups.”(Bukhari) Forty years later, when two Islamic armies confronted each other, Hasan mediated between them preventing the blood shed. He said to Imam Ali (may Allah be pleased with him), “You will fight the perfidious people, those who will deviate from justice and those who exit Islam.”(Tirmidhi) thus, he predicted the battles of the Camel and Siffin and the emergence of the Kharijites, a heretical sect who Imam Ali (ra) fought. He again said to Ali (ra), when he was displaying brotherly love for Zubayr, “He will fight against you but he will be wrong.”(Ibn Kathir) Zubayr (ra) opposed Imam Ali in the battle of the Camel. When Imam Ali reminded Zubayr of the 2

prophet’s words during the battle, Zubayr decided to give up fighting and leave, but Allah granted him martyrdom by a traitor.(Tabari) He said to his wives, “One of you will take charge of a rebellion; many around her will be killed; (al-Asqalani, Fathu’l-Bari) and the dogs of Hawab will bark all around her.” (Ibn Hibban) Aisha (may Allah be pleased with her) asked Ali to find the murderers of Uthman the third Khalif of Islam and punish them, as Imam Ali was chosen as the Khaliph after him. Imam Ali said the identities of the murderers were not clear at the time and postponed the matter to a later date as he had just taken the position. Thereupon, some people who marshaled a force over the matter approached Aisha and convinced her to be at the head of the army to give the matter more weight, they then went against Imam Ali, leading an army which both Zubayr and Talha, two Companions that were promised Paradise by the prophet (saws) Joined. When the army passed a place called Hawab, Aisha (ra) heard dogs barking she asked the name of the place. First, they said it was Hawab. When Aisha remembered the words of the Prophet, she decided to give up and go back home; however, the people around her deceived her by telling her that the name of the place was different and took her to the battlefield. Unfortunately, tens of thousands of Muslims were injured or killed during the battle. The Prophet (saws) said to Imam Ali, “a man would stain your beard with the blood of your own head” (al-Hakim), informing him that he would be martyred. He was killed by Abdurrahman b. Muljam, the Kharijite while he was going to the mosque. He said to Umm Salama, “Husain (his grandson) will be killed in Taff, which is in Karbala (Iraq).”(al-Haythami) Fifty years later, Imam Husain was martyred in Karbala. He repeatedly said, “The people of my family will be murdered; they will suffer troubles and exiles.”(Ibn Majah) Thus, he predicted the incidents during the Khalifa of Uthman (ra) and the misfortunes Imam Ali, Hasan and Husain would suffer. The Prophet (saws) said as long as Umar (ra) the second Khalif of Islam was alive, no fitna (trials and mischief) would emerge among the Muslims. (Bukhari) In3

deed, no trials took place among the muslims until Imam Umar (ra) was martyred; immediately after his death, trials emerged during the Khalifate of Imam Uthman (ra). He (saws) said “After me, the Caliphate will last thirty years; (Musnad) then, it will be a sultanate. The beginning of this affair is prophethood and mercy; then it will be mercy and caliphate; then it will be rapacious monarchy; then, it will be arrogance and tyranny” (Musnad). He thus predicted the period of the four Khalif ’s, the sixth month long Khalifate of Imam Hasan a period which lasted exactly thirty years, and following that, the transition of the Khalifate into a Sultanate which began with the Umayyads and ending with the Ottomans, and finally this Ummah (nation) would be ruled by Dictators and Tyrants. Which is exactly what occurred in history right up to our time in which dictators ruled the Muslim world. He said, “Uthman will be killed while reading the Qur'an.”(al-Hakim, alMustadrak), “Allah will definitely cause him to be dressed in the shirt of the Khalifate but they will try to remove that shirt.”(al-Hakim, al-Mustadrak), He (saws) informed about the second Khalifate and martyrdom of Uthman (ra) who was killed after his home was besieged. These events took place exactly as predicted and the very Quran with his blood stained on it is preserved to this day. He told his Companions about the conquests of Makkah (Ali al-Qari), Khaybar (Ali al-Qari), Damascus (Waqidi, Maghazi), Iraq (Ali al-Qari), Persia (Ahmad b. Hanbal), Jerusalem (Ali al-Qari), and Istanbul (Ahmad bin Hanbal); He said that his ummah would be victorious over all enemies and be helped. He said they would capture the treasures of the rulers of the greatest empires, the Romans and the Persians (Bukhari). Events took place in the same manner he described. He (saws) said this during a time when Islam had just began, it was unknown in the world and he was forced to migrate to Madinah from his home with a handful of followers, because of persecution. He stated that Imam Abu Bakr (ra) and Imam Umar (ra) would become Khalif ’s after him, He said “Follow the way of Abu Bakr and Umar after me.” (Tirmidhi). 4

He also said, "The earth was laid out before me, and its eastern and western extremities were displayed to me. The realm of my nation shall extend over whatever was laid out before me." (Muslim) Thus, he informed them that his ummah would extend from the east to the west and his words proved to be true. Before the Battle of Badr, he showed his friends the places were the Qurayshi pagans would die, saying, “This is were Abu Jahl will be killed; this is were Utba will be killed; this is were Umayya will be killed, and so on.” The dead bodies of those people were found in exactly the same places as he showed. [Muslim] Before Badr, he said that he would eventually kill Ubayy bin Khalaf [Al-Hakim] Ubayy, who survived the Battle of Badr, was wounded by a spear thrown by the Prophet (pbuh) in the Battle of Uhud and died on the way to Makkah (Sirah, 3:89). He did not take part in the Battle of Muta, however, he informed his Companions about what was happening in the battle as if he was watching it through a television screen: He said “Zayd has taken the (battle) standard and has been shot; now Jafar has taken the (battle) standard and has been shot; now Ibn Rawaha has taken the (battle) standard and has been shot; now one of Allah's swords…”(Bukhari); He informed them that all of the commanders that he had appointed, one after the other were martyred and Khalid bin Walid, who he honored with the title the sword of Allah, now commanded the army. Ya'la b. Munabbih returned from the battle front a few weeks later and when the Messenger of Allah described the details of the battle, Ya’la stated that the battle took place in exactly the same manner as the prophet had described (al-Khafaji). He predicted that the Umayyad state would be established (Qadi Iyad), and that Yazid and Walid would be their cruel tyrants (al-Asqalani). He also stated that Muawiyah would become a ruler, and in fact he founded the Ummayid Dynasty. He ordered Muawiyah, “When you become the ruler, forgive people and treat them justly.”(al-Haythami) Thus, he informed his Ummah and family about the actions of the Ummayyid’s when they came to power. He predicted that the Abbasid dynasty would emerge after the Umayyads by saying, "The Abbasids will come forth with black flags and rule for many times more than the previous rulers."(Qadi Iyad). 5

When Sa’d Ibn Abi Waqqas was very ill, the Prophet said to him, “You will live a long time and lead the army. In the end, you will be beneficial for some nations and you will harm some nations.”(Bukhari) Indeed, he led the Islamic army and gained many victories like the conquest of the Persian Empire. When the Negus, the ruler of Ethiopia, who had accepted Islam years earlier, died in the seventh year of Hijra, Allah's Messenger informed his companions about it and performed the funeral prayer for him in Madina (Bukhari), One week later the news came confirming the death of the Negus at the very same moment the Prophet (saws) had said it occurred. When Allah's Messenger was with Imam Abu Bakr, Imam Umar, Imam Uthman and Imam Ali (may Allah be pleased with them), on the top of Mount Uhud, the mountain began to take quake. He said "Steady! For on you are a prophet, a siddiq (Abu Bakr’s title) and martyrs."(Bukhari) He informed of the martyrdom of his Companions and indeed they were all martyred. Once, as he stayed in the house of Anas b. Malik's aunt, Umm Haram, he woke up smiling and then later said he had seen Muslims getting on ships and going on expeditions, they were a desert people with no ocean near them. Umm Haram said, "O Messenger of Allah! Pray that I too will be with them." The Prophet said, 'You shall be." Forty years later, she accompanied her husband, Ubada b. Samit, in the expedition of Cyprus under the command of Muawiyah during the Khalifate of Imam Uthman. They landed on the island, but she later fell off the mule she was riding and died there. Her grave has been one of the most frequently visited places in Cyprus (Bukhari). The Prophet (saws) said, "From the tribe of Thaqif, a liar will claim prophethood, and a bloodthirsty tyrant will appear." (Muslim) Mukhtar, who claimed prophethood, and Hajjaj az-Zalim (the Oppressor), who killed more than a hundred thousand people were both from the tribe of Thaqif, as the Prophet (saws) stated. He also said, according to an authentic narration "If the Religion were at the Pleiades (in Persia), even then a person (muslim) from Persia would have taken hold of it, or one amongst Persian descent would surely have found it"(al-Ajluni, 6

Kashfu’l-Khafa) Abu Hurairah (ra) narrated:”We were sitting in the company of Allah's Apostle (saw) when Surat al-Jum`a was revealed to him and when he recited (it) amongst them, (those who were sitting with the prophet) said `Allah's Messenger?' but Allah's Apostle (saws) made no reply, until he was questioned once, twice or thrice, and there was amongst us Salman the Persian. Allah's Apostle (saws) placed his hand on Salman and then said:"Even if faith were near the Pleiades (in Persia), a man from amongst these would surely find it." When Muslim’s conquered Persia it became a great centre for knowledge and many of the worlds greatest scholars came from there like Imam al Ghazali, Imam Abu Dawwud, Imam Bukhari, Ibn Sina, Ibn Haytham one could name well over 200 prominent and well known Islamic figures, Scholars, Scientists, Philosophers, and Physicians in world history that came from Persia, but Imam as-Suyuti (ra) remarked:"It has been communicated unanimously that this hadith refers to Imam Abu Hanifah (who was a Persian) and founded the Hanafi Madhhab (School of Law)” which 45% of muslims around the world follow today. Imam Abu Hanifa (d.150) is the first in Islam to organize and categorize fiqh (Islamic Law), at a time when it was simply the Quran and the Narrations so information could be easily researched and found. This was a Sunnah (example) he began and as the prophet (saws) said regarding those who begin beneficial Sunnah’s they will have the reward of all those who adopt it after them and indeed the entire Ummah adopted this after Him. He gave rulings on matters relating to various topics, and organized the religion under sub-headings categorizing everything and embracing the whole of Law, beginning with purity (tahara) followed by prayer (salah), an order which was retained by all subsequent scholars such as Imam Malik, Shafi`i, Abu Dawud, Bukhari, Muslim, Tirmidhi, and others. The Prophet once made a dua, "O Allah! Guide (the tribe of) Quraysh, for the science of the scholar that comes from them will encompass the earth. O Allah! You have let the first of them taste bitterness, so let the latter of them taste reward.”

7

The Scholars agreed that this Dua was referring to Imam al Shafii whose work “al Risala fi Usul al Fiqh” (The Treatise on the Principles of Legal Jurisprudence) was the first work to define and develop the Legal science of Usul al Fiqh (Principles of Law). This legal science is at the heart of all modern legal systems on earth toady. “In its comprehensive character, legal science developed among Muslims very early. They were the first in the world to entertain the thought of an abstract (theoretical and conceptual) science of law, distinct from the codes of the general laws of the country. The ancients had their laws, more or less developed and even codified, yet a science which should treat the philosophy and sources of law, and the method of legislation, interpretation, application, etc, of the law was wanting, and this never struck the minds of the jurists before Islam”. Since the second century of the Hijra (800 C.E.) many Islamic works of this kind began to be produced, called Usul al-Fiqh (Principles of Law). In addition, the prophet (saws) said, "A scholar from Quraysh will fill all regions of the earth with learning." (al-Ajluni) The entire Ummah utilized and benefited from the work of Imam Shafii, it systemized Law itself for the other Schools of Law that emulated it’s structure. The Prophet also said: "Truly, Allah shall send forth for this Community, at the onset of every hundred years, someone who will renew their Religion for them." The scholars agreed, among them Abu Qilaba (d. 276) and Imam Ahmad, that the first narration above signified Imam al-Shafi`i, and the second signified Umar ibn Abd al-Aziz, a just Khalif who apposed the tyrants around him, as the first person Allah sent for the Ummah and then Imam al-Shafi`i after him as the second person Allah sent. The Prophet (saws) said: "Very soon will people beat the flanks of camels in search of knowledge, and they shall find no-one more knowledgeable than the knowledgeable scholar of Madina." Imam Tirmidhi, al-Qadi `Iyad, Dhahabi and others relate from Sufyan ibn Uyayna, Abd al-Razzaq, Ibn Mahdi, Ibn Ma`in, Dhu’ayb ibn `Imama, Ibn al-Madini, and others that they considered that scholar to be Malik ibn Anas the founder of the Maliki Madhhab. 8

Imam Malik was responsible for preserving the Sunnah of Madina for latter generations, this was the way of life the people of Madina lived shortly after the prophets (saws) death, it gave the clearest picture of life in those times we have today and the Imam and his Madhhab (school of Law) are famous for taking the actions of the people of Madina as a source of legislation in Islamic law because it was the prophet (saws) himself who established that community. Thus in this way the Prophet (saws) foretold the Madhhab's (Islam’s Schools of Law) and all the scholars they would be named after, the Hanafi Madhhab, Shafii, Maliki and Hanbali, all of whom adopted the science of Imam Shafii that the prophet (saws) mentioned specifically and is the method by which they derive Laws from the Quran and Sunnah, this is in contrast to the Deviant sects who lie and say the Madhhab's are an evil innovation that has no basis in Islam rather they seek to dismantle Islam as the christians dismantled their own faith. These sects are a product of the “Ruwaibidah” a group of people the prophet (saws) gave this name to and said would come towards the end of time, the ahadith regarding them are mentioned later in this book. History has occurred as the prophet (saws) mentioned, the entire world adopting the methods of Imam Shafii, which makes the authenticity of the narration's self evident. He said "My nation will be divided into seventy-three sects, and only one among them will attain salvation He was asked, "Who are they?" He replied, "Those who follow me and my Companions,"(Abu Dawud); thus, he mentioned the sects of innovation that would emerge afterwards and stated that the muslims should stick to the main body of the Ummah, it’s largest group. He (saws) described the reality after this time clearly, He said “One who defected from obedience and separated from the main body of the Muslims-if he died in that statewould die the death of one belonging to the days of Jahiliyya (before Islam)” (Muslim) He advised “My community will not come together on misguidance”;”You have to follow the congregation for verily Allah will not make the largest group of Muhammad’s community agree on error.”, “Whoever among you wants to be in 9

the middle of Paradise, let him cling to the congregation.”, “Shaytan is a wolf like the wolf that preys on sheep, taking the isolated and the stray among them; therefore, avoid factionalism and keep to the congregation and the collective and the masjid.”, “Allah’s hand is over the group, and whoever dissents from them departs to hell.” Thus he advised Muslim’s should stick to Islam’s four schools of Law and they would attain the middle of Paradise if they did so. Islam’s four schools of Law have been the main Body of the Ummah from the beginning of Islam until our time, almost 90% of Islam’s 1.7 billion Muslim’s around the world today follow them. He also said, "The Qadariyya are the Magians of this nation"(Abu Dawud), foretelling the emergence of the Qadariyya sect that rejected Destiny. He stated that some people would transgress the limits in loving Ali just as Christians transgress the limits in loving Jesus and that those people would be called Rafizis (Musnad). (Mustadrak)He stated that Shiites, who produced various offshoots, would emerge many years before they did, the term Shia meaning Partisans, and the Rafizi are a specific sect with in them, the term is used for soldiers who abandon their commander, the first of this sect abandoned Imam Zaid the son of Imam Husain when he refused their request to abuse Abu Bakr (ra) and Umar (ra), they abandoned Him to the Tyrant Hajjaj who was pursuing him and his family, He killed Imam Zaid along with his companions. The ruling sect in Syria which are part of the Shia, deify Imam Ali exactly as the Christian deify Jesus (saws). Before becoming a Muslim, Sahl b. Amr, who was one of the notables of the Qurayshi Pagan’s and one of the leading figures of Hudaybiya, had been captured in the Battle of Badr. Umar asked the Prophet (pbuh) to allow him to torture Sahl in retaliation for his crimes prior to the battle. The Prophet (pbuh) said, "O Umar! It may be that he will assume a stance pleasing to you." and did not allow him to be tortured (Ali al-Qari). In fact, when the Prophet died and the Muslims had hard times, Sahl after accepting Islam, with his well-known eloquence, calmed and comforted the Companions in Makkah who at the time felt lost seeing all the 10

turmoil occurring regarding who they should look to, just as Abu Bakr comforted and warned the Companions in Madinah after the prophets (saws) death. Allah had thus turned one Islam’s greatest enemies into one of it’s major supporters in defending the religion and maintaining Unity. The Prophet (saws) told Suraqa who was a lowly tracker, and who had not informed on the prophet’s (saws) location when he was fleeing Makkah, that he would wear the bracelets of Chosroes the Persian Emperor" (Ali al-Qari). Many years later Persia was conquered during the Khalifa of Imam Umar (ra), the jewelry of Chosroes was sent to Him, Umar (ra) put the bracelets on Suraqa, saying, "Praise be to Allah Who took these of Chosroes and put them on Suraqa." Thus, he reminded them of the statement of the Prophet (Ali al-Qari). The Prophet said about Abu Lahab’s son Abu Utayba, who had been the sonin-law of the Prophet, and had divorced the daughter of the Prophet due to his parents’ sedition and insulted the Prophet, that “A dog of Allah (a Lion) will eat him.” (al-Khafaji) Utayba set off with a caravan of the tribe of Quraysh. They spent the night at a place called Zarqa. When a lion came and started to walk around the caravan, Utayba said, "O my God! I swear by Allah that it will eat me as Muhammad said. My murderer is Ibn Abi Kabsha (the prophet), even if he is in Makkah and I am in Damascus!" The lion left after walking around them that night. His friends placed Utayba in the middle and slept around him, the lion returned, He walked among them and approached Utayba by sniffing everybody and killed him but did not eat him. In the throes of death, Utayba said, “Did I not tell you that Muhammad is the most truthful person among human beings?”; then, he died. When Abu Lahab (one of the major oppressors of Quraysh about whom Allah had revealed surah 111) heard that his son had been killed by a lion, he said, "Did I not tell you that I was worried about the prayer of Muhammad regarding my son?" After the conquest of Makkah, the Prophet (pbuh) told Bilal al Habashi (the Ethiopian) to go up on the roof of the Kaa'ba and call the adhan (call to prayer). When Bilal started to call the adhan, Abu Sufyan, Attab b. Asid and Harith b. 11

Hisham from the leaders of the Quraysh started to talk. Attab said, "My father Asid was fortunate enough not to witness this moment." Harith said, "Could Muhammad not have found someone other than this black crow to make the muadhdhin?" (caller of prayer) Abu Sufyan who had accepted Islam beforehand was nervous due to those talks and said. "I am afraid to say anything. I will not utter a word. Even if nobody were around, the rocks of this Batha (Makkah) would inform him." Indeed, a little later the Prophet approached them and told them exactly what they had said. Attab and Harith became Muslims when they observed that miracle (al-Khafaji and others). Allah's Messenger (pbuh) informed people that a widespread epidemic would break out during the conquest of Jerusalem. As he said, such an epidemic broke out, seventy thousand people died in three days during the conquest (Bukhari). A few months prior to his death, the prophet (saws) said to his companions, “Allah let his slave choose and he chose that which is with Allah” (Bukhari), informing people about his death, the prophet (saws) died two months later. The Prophet informed his daughter, Fatima, that she would be the first member of his family to die after him, six months after the prophet (saws) death at a very young age she passed away. He said after him Muslims would defeat the Roman, Persian and Yemen empires, he was informed of this during the Battle of Confederates in 626 AD, under extreme circumstances, as is described by the Quran: “[Remember] when they came at you from above you and from below you, and when eyes shifted [in fear], and hearts reached the throats and you (companions) assumed about God [various] assumptions. There, the believers were tested and shaken with a severe shaking. And [remember] when the hypocrites and those in whose hearts is disease said, ‘God and His Messenger did not promise us except delusion.’” (Quran 33:10-12) These Empire were all defeated by his companions after his death.

12

CHAPTER 2

From The Prophet’s Time To Ours The Prophet (saws) spoke about the major events to occur from his time all the way up to our time, the following are the narration's which establish a clear timeline of these events one after the other and are not the totality of what He (saws) mentioned. Imam Ahmad reported from Abu Nudrah that Abu Sa'id said: "One day the Prophet led us in praying the afternoon prayer (salatul-'asr). Then he stood and addressed us until sunset. He mentioned everything that was to happen until the Day of Resurrection, and left nothing unsaid. Some of us remembered it, and some of us forgot it. One of the things he said was: 'O people, this world is full of attractive temptations. Allah has appointed you as vicegerents (khalifah) in this world, and He will see how you will act. So guard yourselves against the temptations of this world and of women.' Towards the end of this speech, he said, 'The sun is about to set, and what remains of this world, compared to what has passed, is like what remains of this day compared to what has passed.' "(we are in the last portion of mans time on earth). Abu Idrees Al-Joolaanee related that Hudhaifah ibn Al-Yamaan said, "By Allah, indeed I am the most knowledgeable of people regarding every trial that is to occur between me and the Hour... The Messenger of Allah was speaking about the trials in a gathering wherein I was present, and he was enumerating the trials, among which are three that will hardly leave anything. Among them are trials that are like the winds of the summer, among them are small trials, and among them are big ones. All from that group (who were present in that gathering) are gone except for me." (Muslim) 13

The following narration outlines the type of governments Islam would be ruled by until the time of the Mahdi (ra) The Prophet (saws) said: The Prophet hood will remain amongst you for as long as Allah wills it to be. Then Allah will raise it when He wills to raise it (meaning the Prophet will die). Then there will be the Khalifah upon the Prophetic methodology. And it will last for as long as Allah wills it to last. Then Allah will raise it when He wills to raise it. Then there will be biting kingship, and it will remain for as long as Allah wills it to remain. Then Allah will raise it when He wills to raise it. Then there will be tyrannical (forceful) kingship (an era of dictators) and it will remain for as long as Allah wills it to remain. Then He will raise it when He wills to raise it. Then there will be a Khalifah upon the Prophetic methodology. Then he (the Prophet) was silent. (Musnad Imam Ahmad (v/273) After the Khalifah which was upon the Prophetic methodology, that of Abu Bakr, Umar, Uthman, Ali and al Hassan (r.a) Islam was governed by Dynasties (biting kingships), these are the Major Dynasties that existed in Islam’s History; Umayyad’s, 7th –8th century: It was the first Islamic Dynasty and one of the largest Empires in history, it was one of the few states to ever extend direct rule over three continents Africa, Europe, and Asia. Abbasid’s, 8th –13th century: The Umayyad dynasty was overthrown by another family which originated from Makkah and was directly related to the Prophet (pbuh), the Abbasids in 750 AD built their capital in Baghdad, modern day Iraq. The Abbasids' rule was briefly ended for three years in 1258, when Hulagu Khan, the Mongol khan, sacked Baghdad, they resumed in Mamluk Egypt in 1261, from were they continued to claim authority in religious matters until 1519, when power was formally transferred to the Ottoman Khalifah that conquered the Mamluks. Fatimid’s, 10th - 12th century: The Fatimid Caliphate was an Arab Shi'a dynasty that ruled over varying areas of the Maghreb, Egypt, Sicily, Malta and the Levant from 909 to 1171. They existed alongside the Sunni Khalifah. Mamluk’s, 13th –16th century: The term Mamluk referred to a military caste in Egypt that rose from the ranks of slave soldiers who were mainly of Georgian, 14

Kipchak and Circassian origins, the Mamluk factions seized the sultanate for themselves in Egypt and Syria in 1250 AD. The Mamluk Sultanate was a military Sultanate and one of the strongest in the world, they pushed back the Mongol Hordes, which devastated Islamic Lands, at the Battle of Ain Jalut and fought the Crusaders, effectively driving them out from the Levant by 1291, in 1302 they officially ended the era of the Crusades. Safavid’s, 14th - 16th century: The Safavid’s reigned in what was formerly the Persian Empire tuning from Sunni Islam to Shia Islam, they instituted the Shi'a Twelver school of Law as the official Madhhab of their empire, they ruled from 1501 to 1722. Sokoto, 19th century: The Sokoto Khalifate was an Islamic spiritual community in Nigeria. In the 1800s, it was one of the largest and most powerful empires in sub-Saharan Africa until British conquest in 1903, the title of Khaliph is still retained to this day in the region. Ottoman’s, 16th -20th century: The Ottoman Khalifate, whose capital was Constantinople in modern day turkey, defeated the Mamluk Sultanate in 1517 and took control of most Arab lands. By the eve of the First World War 1914, the Ottoman Khalifa, had become one of the world’s largest and most powerful Empires in History, it was the Last Islamic Khalifa to exist and fell shortly after WW1. The following Hadith refers to events over the last century from the first World War up to our time and gives the most clear picture of the 20th century. Allah's Messenger (saws) said, "The Hour will not be established (1) till two big groups fight each other whereupon there will be a great number of casualties on both sides and they will be following one and the same religious doctrine (in another translation - "each having the same claim"), (2) till about thirty Dajjaal’s (liars) appear, and each one of them will claim that he is Allah's Messenger (saws), (3) till religious knowledge is taken away (by the death of Religious scholars) (4) earthquakes will increase in number (5) time will pass quickly, (6) afflictions will appear, (7) Al-Harj, (i.e. killing) will increase, (8) till wealth will be in abundance ---so abundant that a wealthy person will worry lest nobody should accept his Zakat, and whenever he will present it to someone, that person (to whom it will be of15

fered) will say, 'I am not in need of it, (9) till the people compete with one another in constructing high buildings, (10) till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place (11) and till the sun rises from the West. So when the sun will rise and the people will see it (rising from the West) they will all believe but that will be the time when: (As Allah said,) 'No good will it do to a soul to believe then, if it believed not before, nor earned good (by deeds of righteousness) through its Faith.' (6.158) And the Hour will be established while two men spreading a garment in front of them but they will not be able to sell it, nor fold it up; and the Hour will be established when a man has milked his she-camel and has taken away the milk but he will not be able to drink it; and the Hour will be established before a man repairing a tank (for his livestock) is able to water (his animals) in it; and the Hour will be established when a person has raised a morsel (of food) to his mouth but will not be able to eat it." (Sahih Bukhari, Book 92, Hadith 68) This hadith is chronological in the events it lists, it starts with (1) “till two big groups fight each other whereupon there will be a great number of casualties on both sides and they will be following one and the same religious doctrine (in another translation - “each having the same claim”)”. Both World Wars saw two large groups all having a similar claim fight each other with massive losses of life. WW1 began in 1914 and lasted until 1918, World War 2 began in 1935 and ended in 1945, it resulted in 50 to over 75 million deaths making it the bloodiest war in human history, but this narration is referring to WW1 because of what occurred between it and WW2 which the prophet (saws) mentioned. WW1 toppled most of the old civilization in the world and allowed for the emergence of a new kind of political leader with devastating effects on humanity, these leaders all became tyrannical and took the entire world into WW2 destroying what was left of human civilization after WW1. The prophet (pbuh) said after WW1 the following would occur (2)“till about thirty Dajjaals (liars) appear, and each one of them will claim that he is Allah's

16

Messenger”, he placed this next in the order of events and is in fact what lead to WW2. There are a few forms to the Ahadith (narrations) mentioning the liars (Dajjaal’s), the form mentioned above, another is the one that specifies "there will be in my nation 30 liars, each one of them claiming that he is a Prophet, but I am the seal of the Prophets" and the general one which mention the Nayifan, smaller Dajjaals. They may seem the same but in reality they refer to different things, one narration is speaking about the Liars that will appear in the Muslim Ummah while other’s refer to liars that will appear around the world and the Nayifan are general liars in society, what they will all lie about is Deen, or people’s way of life. There is a distinction between the Ahadith which mention in “My Ummah” (the Muslim Nation) and the one’s which don’t mention “My Ummah”, the above hadith is of the type which doesn’t specify in “My Ummah” and there is a reason for this. The prophet (saws) said, "Before Ad-Dajjaal there will be Nayifan (a number anywhere between 3, 9 and 70 smaller Dajjaals.)" (Ibn Kathir al Bidaya Wa Nihaya) indicating there will be Dajjaals (Liars) or malevolent leaders spreading throughout the world. Most of the classical Ulluma have taken the prophets (pbuh) words, “each one of them will claim that he is Allah's Messenger” in the literal sense, it means they will bring a New Religion claiming to have revelations from Allah. In the ancient world if you wanted power and you were not a prophet of Allah, you either claimed to be a prophet, or were speaking with his authority, had noble lineage or even claimed to be a god. The type of leaders we see in the modern world are something entirely new, hence they were categorized and labeled by the ancient worlds standards. In translation this literal understanding may be correct but the prophet’s (saws) words are not the translation, he spoke classical Arabic, and similar words are used to describe slightly different subjects having specific context’s whose actual mean-

17

ing isn't apparent from simply reading it in a book, but becomes clear and obvious when the event actually occurs. The narrations are mostly descriptive account’s and not simply literal, in the prophets (pbuh) time, they did not use labels in the same manner we do today, when they spoke of ad-Dajaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) they intended the meaning of the word (the Great Deceiver), while we use it as a name without knowing it’s meaning. It is a word that describes a quality of an individual, to deceive, ad Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will not be his actual name when he walks the earth, similar to how the Mahdi's actual name is not the Mahdi (the one who Guides), but both are descriptive terms, hence the liars claiming prophethood is a not a literal claim but descriptive of their actions and their consequences in the literal sense. The scholars could not have known this context until the event actually occurred, claiming prophet hood is a simile for these leaders actions, which becomes clear and obvious from the chronology of the narration which is established by other event’s mentioned towards the end of the hadith. This was the main thing occurring between WW1 and WW2. If we recall what occurred after WW1, we would see that was the time when new ideologies were introduced to the entire world. New belief systems like communism, capitalism, socialism, marxism etc...all are ways of governing and living based on other than religion, they were all forced on people and many resisted these ideologies throughout history. Because the message each of these leaders brought was both on a national and global scale, in reality, from the prophets (saws) point in time looking at what was occurring to the world after the Great War, they were introducing a new Deen (way of life) to people. This was the underlaying truth of the matter, and in fact it’s fiqh ruling as many scholars perceived, unlike us they where looking at the definition of the word Deen and not the label we simply use. If you stop practicing Islam to live as a socialist or communist or capitalist or secularist then you have left Islam to live life as something else, Islam is a way of

18

life it isn't a verbal assertion or something you label your self with it involves regulating your life by the Laws of Islam. The modern labels and categorizations of these ideologies man invented is not the Islamic one, if the scholars categorized them by Islamic standards then they would all be labeled as a Deen, a specific way of life and religion. Allah in the Quran uses similar speech to show that what we worship beside’s him isn't simply limited to false gods, “Have you seen him who chooses, for his god his own lust?” (25:43). Allah is referring to people who have become slaves to their lusts, and this slavery has become their way of life (Deen). Secularism and Communism and the many other ideologies that came from these two spread around the world through the various leaders (Dajjaal’s) that were disseminating them to the public, the most obvious two are Adolf Hitler and Stalin. The manner in which all these figures were portrayed to the public was almost as prophet like figures having all the answers to hardship people where facing after the first world war, they asked people to put their faith in them. This blind faith was so extreme it lead to the Point of following them into WW2 and the death of most of their followers. The ideologies spread in each country around the world with similar results, it was exactly as a person bringing a new religion to a people and claiming to have brought it from the highest authority as a prophet. The spread of these Dajjal’s (liars) around the world dealt the final blow to religion in the public sphere, after it had been the center of life throughout the history of the world. In meaning, these Ideological movements that spread after the First World War fit the prophets (pbuh) words exactly, that these liars each claimed to be a messenger of Allah or in other words they each had a religion (ideology) that replaced religion altogether. We can think of the modern labels we use in the following way, if the prophet (saws) wanted to label these people what words should he use considering that word’s like Capitalism and Communism haven't been invented yet, hence in classical Arabic a description of them relating to their actions was given, that his people could understand. 19

Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah (saws) said: "In the end of time there shall come men who will swindle the world (Dunya in Arabic, comprehensively meaning the entire globe) with Deen (a general word which mean’s “a way of life”), deceiving the people in soft skins of sheep, their tongues are sweeter than sugar and their hearts are the hearts of wolves. Allah [Mighty and Sublime is He] says: 'Is it me you try to delude or is it against me whom you conspire? By Me, I swear to send upon these people, among them, a Fitnah that leaves them utterly devoid of reason." (Tirmidhi) The word Deen in the Quran is the act of accepting the path of Allah or choosing his way of life to live by, it has a more broad and general definition than the term religion which is specific to your type of faith. In this context Secularism and Communism became the Deen of the people. So we see from this hadith the prophet (saws) was saying that a people will come at this point in time who will try to fool the entire world with new ways of living or new ideologies. “Who will swindle the world with Deen”- If we think about this statement from a historical point of view, this was something unthinkable, that Men could fool the entire world, for example the Pharaoh’s were only capable of fooling their own people into thinking they were gods, this was limited to Egypt a small portion of the Earth, yet after WW1 this is exactly what occurred. The success of these new ideologies was ensured after WW2 wiped out vast populations of the world and the old way of life, and in reality both these wars lead to the event our prophet (pbuh) said would come next and that is (3) "religious knowledge is taken away (by the death of Religious scholars)", scholars who were born during the Last Khalifah of Islam and had an education under a proper Islamic system now passed away along with the knowledge they had, and eventually the remnants of that system and all who were influenced by it faded with time. From here the next events that our prophet (pbuh) mentions are what led us from WW2 to our present time, “(4) earthquakes will increase in number” the geological record shows over this time they have steadily increased. “(5) time will pass quickly”… modern transport, telecommunications and entertainment were developed from 1945 onwards which increased the pace of our lives and the blessings 20

in it decreased causing our perception of time to change. We are at a point were an hour is like a fleeting moment because of modern distraction’s, were before an hour was an eternity. "(6) afflictions will appear", as immorality spread so too did the disorders, suffering and hardships of man...drugs, immorality, music, heedlessness all increased, the delusions of the 60’s, and 70,s caused people to became lost, essentially loosing perspective of what was important in Life and why we were placed in this world to begin with. “he who created Death and Life, that He may see which of you is best in Deed” (67:2). This loss of Morality resulted in the following event "(7) Al-Harj, (i.e. killing) will increase," This would be about a decade after WW2 up to about the Iran-Iraq war (ending in 1988), during this period many civil wars and minor local wars occurred around the world. WW1 and 2 saw two huge armies fight, now countries had recovered from these wars and became heedless of Allah's Books so they acted as they thought without knowledge of the consequences of their actions, both on their society and humanity in the long term. Almost every region on earth experienced war, Vietnam, Indonesia, Iran, India, China, Greece, Korea, Arabia, Cuba, Algeria, Morocco, Brazil, etc... And as our Prophet (pbuh) said "you will follow the Jews and Christians in their ways even if they crawl down a lizard hole." occurred during this period as the muslim world forgot life underneath a Khalifa and what real Islam was. "The Prophet informed us that towards the end of times, there will be Harj. I (Abu Musa Al-Ash'ari) asked: "And what is Harj?" He said: "Lies (deceit) and killings!" We said: "Even more than now?" He said: "It will not be the kuffaar (foreigners) killing you, rather, you will be killing each other (global civil wars), until a person kills his neighbor, and his uncle and his cousin and his relatives!" (psychopathic warlords will appear around the world along with death squads and serial killers), We said: "And while the book of Allah (Qur'an) will be still with us?!" He said: "While the book of Allah will be still with you." 21

We said: "Subhan'Allaah!! And while our intellects will be conscious?!" He said: "No, no, the intellects of the general masses at that time will be deceived! They will be following fools that have no intellects themselves. They will be assuming they have a (legitimate) cause, but they will not have a (legitimate) cause." (Ahmad, Ibn Majah, Ibn Hibban). This is the delusion of all modern ideologies, a hundred years ago for example if a leader came to his people and said i have a new way of life it is entirely focused on money and the commercialization of every aspect of life you can think of, by it we will gain more wealth than we could imagine, but everything will lose it’s value…it’s called Capitalism…what would a sane person think back then? This leader has basically advocated the worship of money and greed, when the entire society is geared towards one single thing by which they name that system then they are worshiping the thing they are obsessed with. “Have you seen him who chooses, for his god his own lust?” (25:43) The shortcoming of all these ideologies was that none had a complete system of life and this was because none of them understood all aspects of life on earth. Science in their time was mediocre in comparison to what it is today and they barely understood the world around them. These leaders were not even advocating a proper way of life, money is only one aspect and doesn't create a meaningful life, the foundation of any real society…but in these societies this was one of the imbalance’s that existed deluding people into accepting it. He (saws) said: “No, no, the intellects of the general masses at that time will be deceived! They will be following fools that have no intellects themselves”. They have no intellects because they have lost perspective and taken society down a rabbit hole that gave them tunnel vision, or a myopic world view, they are no longer psychologically capable of placing value on anything other than what they are focused on…their specific ideology or cause. During this period the Cold War between two of the world’s super powers occurred, each advocating an ideology…the capitalist system won in the end. 22

We know that greed leads to miserliness so it isn’t surprising that in single hadith the prophet mentioned how all the things will be occurring together during this time, the Prophet (saws) said, “Time will pass rapidly, good deeds will decrease, miserliness will be thrown (in the hearts of the people) afflictions will appear and there will be much Al-Harj.” They said, "O Allah's Apostle! What is “AlHarj?” He said, “Killing! Killing!” (Bukhari) The Prophet (saws) said…“And Harj, in the Ethiopian language, means killing” (Bukhari). The spread of capitalism around the world caused the next event to occur, "(8) till wealth will be in abundance ---- so abundant that a wealthy person will worry lest nobody should accept his Zakat (charity), and whenever he will present it to someone, that person (to whom it will be offered) will say, 'I am not in need of it,". At that point in time prior to our’s, wealthy people still looked to give zakat (charity), it was still a normal part of society because religion was still in the conscious of people and society had not yet degenerated to the point we see today. Ahadith regarding our own life time state that rich people would eventually consider charity a burden, not something that should be worried over. Many of these minor details all establish and aid in identifying the chronology of events in the narration. At the beginning of the 80's and 90's manufacturing and computerization impacted on each other and began to spread Globally, the prophet in various Ahadith mentioned two different periods in which wealth would increase globally, this is the first, the second will more than likely occur when another major advancement in technology and science is made shortly in our future as narration’s indicate. If we look at history from the perspective of one industry, to simplify our conceptualization, and that is the computer industry… When Microsoft and Apple started out people first began to see modern technology and gadgets in the average person's house become cheaper and more readily available to the wider society, improving the standard of living. By the year 2000 these advancements began to affect the world at large in the exact manner the hadith specified, people no longer looked towards accepting charity as aid, peo23

ple are still in need of charity but before our time where many people would consider accepting it from the wealthy the average person in our time would not they would se it as being looked down upon, these small gadgets helped people feel more satisfied with what little they had even if it was still materialism. Advancement in technology and the spread of wealth lead to the next event, (9) “till the people compete with one another in constructing high buildings," Malaysia entered the global competition in 1998 soon after the first increase in wealth the prophet (saws) spoke of. “In the early 20th century, corporations built skyscrapers for the promotional value to increase name recognition. Among the early skyscrapers in Manhattan were the Metropolitan Life Insurance Tower at 700 feet, 50 stories, the Woolworth Building, the world's tallest from 1913-1930 at 792 feet, 60 stories, the Bank of Manhattan at 927 feet, 71 stories, and the heavily decorated Chrysler Building, briefly the world's tallest in 1930 at 1046 feet, 77 stories”. “The Chrysler Building soon lost its crown to the Empire State Building, built during the American Depression by a real estate developer, which reached 1,250 feet and 102 stories.” “The Empire State Building would reign supreme among skyscrapers for 41 years until 1972, when it was surpassed by the World Trade Center at 1,368 feet, 110 stories.” “Two years later, New York City lost the distinction of housing the tallest building when the Sears Tower was constructed in Chicago at 1450 feet and 110 stories.” This was the competition in one nation, America, up to this point in time, twenty-four years after the seers tower was constructed, for the first time the tallest skyscraper was no longer in the United States, the world at large began to enter this competition. In 1998 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, built the Petronas Towers at 1483 feet, 88 stories, making it the tallest building in the world.

24

“Taipei 101, was completed in Taiwan in 2004, which tops out at 1,670 feet and 101 stories, held the title as the tallest building in the world until January 2010, when the Burj Khalifa in Dubai, the United Arab Emirates, became the world's tallest building at 2,716 feet (828 meters) and 160 stories.” This clearly marked the point in time when the world began to compete in constructing tall buildings. “till the people compete with one another”… in the hadith of Jibril, mentioned in full later, it specifies that a Major sign of the hour is the point in time when the Arabs join in with this competition. The Hadith said about the Arabs “and you see poor, naked, barefoot shepherds of sheep and goats competing in making tall buildings.” (bukhari)… referring to the now oil rich bedouins of Saudi Arabia and the Gulf. That competition did not begin until after the year 2000 when they began to compete with each other on a relative world scale. On April 24, 2000 the tallest building was built in the desert, The Faisaliah building in Riyadh at 269 meters (882 feet) tall. Then in 2003 a new high rise building, the kingdom centre was built also in Riyadh and is 311m (1020 feet) making it the 55th tallest building in the world at that time, taller than any building in Najd this is the point the Arabs bedouins began competing with each other. The hadith of Jibril was fulfilled in 2012 with the construction of the world’s second tallest building in Makkah, Saudi Arabia, marking the point that two bedouin Arab nation’s began competing with each other on a world scale, it was a sign of the Hour that indicated how close we are to the major events ahead of us as the prophet (saws) stated in other narration’s. Imam Nawawi explains: “The people of badia (the desert Bedouins) and their like are indigent. There will come a time in which they become rich and build structures to demonstrate their wealth. Al Hafiz Ibn Hajar said explaining the hadith of Jibril, “everyone tries to build a higher building than the other.”

25

The scholars understood the competition to be referring to the general state of society in Arab lands and hence the competition would be with each other over a period of time, we can effectively date this event and the ahadith because of it’s public nature. Hence the narration, “till the people compete with one another”, is referring to the general competition with the world since Malaysia is not an Arab country, this was the first time America no longer had the worlds tallest building and marked the point in time when the world began competing with each other, the Petronas Towers were followed by a number of building’s all constructed to hold the title the world’s tallest building. This competition that began in 1998 and was visible to every body on earth establishes the timeline of all the earlier events in the narration with certainty, which spanned the twentieth century. Hence the events mentioned in the hadith prior to this one all occurred in our past, and this competition in construction then leads us to our current era. (10) “till a man when passing by a grave of someone will say, 'Would that I were in his place” The chronology of this event is clarified by other narration's (discussed later), and it is referring to the past decade or so. This period in time was called the “Era of Evil” by the prophet (saws), before it the increase in wealth satisfied people, but now world events have since caused people to wish for death. The prophet (saws) called it the “Duhaima”, the Dark and Blind fitnah (strife, affliction) that will last an era, the evil of which would grow in wave’s and continue to increase right up to the time of the Dajjal (Allah’s curse be upon him) and we are facing it now. Islam is effectively under siege and muslims are loosing independence in their countries on a daily basis. The remaining events are all in the future and are the Hour’s Major signs. "(11) and till the sun rises from the West", this will occur after the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) emerges along with all the events mentioned in the rest of the Hadith... “And the Hour will be established while two men spreading a gar26

ment in front of them but they will not be able to sell it, nor fold it up; and the Hour will be established when a man has milked his she-camel and has taken away the milk but he will not be able to drink it; and the Hour will be established before a man repairing a tank (for his livestock) is able to water (his animals) in it; and the Hour will be established when a person has raised a morsel (of food) to his mouth but will not be able to eat it.” (Sahih Bukhari, Book 92, Hadith 68)

27

CHAPTER 3

Signs Of The Hour There are many additional prophecies pertaining to the end of time, when all these Ahadith are arranged in a chronological order a significant picture becomes very clear, the prophet (saws) mentioned events on a year by year basis, there isn't a year that has passed in which the prophet (saws) didn't speak about what is occurring in it. This isn't to say he enumerated the years one by one but rather for example He (saws) would mention an event that would span four or five years, then He would mention the event that would come after it and so on, this is consistent up until the time of the hour, the frequency of events he mentions is increased towards our time in history and we can see He (saws) almost did mention events on a year by year basis in our life time because he would often say this event will last for 5,7 or 9 years giving very specific information. Although this present work shows this chronology and this frequency, we have left out a lot of events for the sake of being brief, were they to be all similarly arranged the matter would be seen with precise clarity. Allah himself spoke about this in the Quran when He said regarding the Prophet (saws) “He does not withhold what is revealed to him from the Unseen” (81:24), meaning everything he is shown He related to us and He (saws) repeatedly said He was shown what will occur to the end of time. The following narration's span the entirety of Islam until the Last Great War they are an example of the breadth of what the prophet was shown, his knowledge covered the span of time itself. 28

‘Aouf Ibn Maalik Al-Ashja'ee said, "I went to the Prophet and gave him greetings of peace. Hem, said, 'Aouf ?' I said, 'Yes.' He said, 'Enter.' I asked, 'All of me or a part of me?' (Should i simply look inside) He said, 'All of you. O 'Aouf, enumerate six that will occur in close proximity to the Hour. the first of them is my death.' I cried until the Messenger of Allah silenced me. He said, 'Say: one.' I said, 'One.' He said, 'The second is the conquering of Jerusalem. Say: two.' I said, 'Two.' He said, 'The third is death that will occur in my nation, it will take them like the shearing of (wool on) sheep (this is the Plague of Amwas in 639AD). Say: three. The fourth is a trial that will take place in my nation - it is the greatest of them (The trial of the Duhaima, the narration skips to our time). The fifth is the abundant flowing of wealth among you, until a man is given 100 dinars but is still dissatisfied with it (this is an increase in the standard of living after the Duhaima, and is yet to occur). Say: five. The sixth is a truce between you and the children of the yellow ones (referring to Romans and will occur just before the Great War); they will advance toward you with 80 Ghaayah.' I said, 'And what is Al-Ghaayah?' He said, 'a flag, and under each flag there are 12 000 (troops). And the Fustaat (depending on context it can means either a city or group, here it means city) of the Muslims at that time will be in a land called Ghootah, in a city called Damascus (in Syria)."' (Ahmad) Aouf ibn Maalik said, "I went to the Messenger of Allah while he was engaged in the battle of Tabook; he was in a dome made of Udam (skin or leather). He said, 'Enumerate six signs which will occur in close proximity to the Hour, 1) my death; 2) the conquering of Constantinople (1453 AD); 3) death that will take you like the barber of sheep (takes hair from them, the Amwas plague occurred in 639AD in Palestine which most scholars say this refers to, it killed many companions); 4) an abundant flow of wealth until a man receives 100 dinar yet still remains dissatisfied (wealth will spread, this is an increase in the standard of living around the world due to technology); 5) a trial that will not leave a single house from the Arabs except that it enters it (the Duhaima); 6) then there will be a truce between you and the children of the yellow ones. They will advance and come to you under 80 flags; under each flag there will be 12,000.(al Malham al Kubra, The Great War)" (Bukhari) 29

The chronology of these narration’s is elaborated on through out the present work, it is more than likely one of the narrators of the second Hadith mixed between events in the list because the narration is chronological except for the plague, this is something sometimes present in narrations. The last sign is Al Malhma al Kubra (the Great War, Armageddon), the Romans (Europeans) will raise an Army consisting of around 960000 soldiers against the muslims during that war and both Ahadith place it to occur after the trial of the Duhaima which we are living now. Huthafah ibn Asad said, "The Prophet came over to us as we were studying among ourselves (knowledge regarding) the Hour. He said, 'What are you discussing?' We said, 'We are mentioning (affairs pertaining to) the Hour.' He said, 'Indeed it will not come until you see ten signs (These are the Major Signs unlike the previous ones, they are not in order): The smoke, the Dajjaal, the beast, the rising of the sun from the West, the descending of 'Eesa ibn Maryam, Yajooj and Majooj, three Khusoof (Three major Landslides or Earth Quakes) — the Khasf of the East, the Khasf of the West, and the Khasf of the Arabian Peninsula — and the last of them is a fire that will emerge from the East and that will steer people to their place of gathering (before the Hour)." (Ahmad) It is related in a Hadeeth from Hudhaifah that from the signs of the Hour is a smoke that will fill all that is between the East and the West. It will remain on earth for forty days. The believer will be afflicted with something similar to a cold; the disbeliever will be in a state of drunkenness; smoke will come out from his nose, his eyes, his ears, and his anus (this is mentioned in 'Aun Al-Ma’bood.) Many of Islam’s major scholars have written works on the signs of the hour in which they have arranged the many Ahadith (narrations) of the prophet (saws) in the chronological order they understood the events would occur in. Of the scholars that have undertaken the work of arranging the narrations, among the most known are Imam Suyuti and Imam Ibn Kathir. Imam Ibn Hajar who wrote the famous Tafsir (exegesis) to Sahih Bukhari, the most famous collection of prophetic narration's in Islam, Fath al Bari (Victory of the Creator), similarly divided the signs of the hour into two main categories, and 30

arranged them into the order that they would be occurring in, one before the other. The first category of signs are those that occur on this earth without the earth itself changing, these are signs that should clearly awaken people and drive them to repent to Allah. The signs of this category include the coming of the Dajjaal (Antichrist), the return of Jesus (as), Yajuj wa Majuj (Gog and Magog) and the Major Earthquakes. The second category of the major signs leave no doubt as to the immanent occurrence of the Day of Resurrection and the end of this world, among them there will be clear events that will distinguish the believer from the disbeliever. Hence, before and after these signs, there will be no question regarding the necessity to repent and return to living life as Allah intended, “Indeed, Allah will not change the condition of a people until they change what is in themselves (Stop the evil they commit). And when Allah intends for a people ill, there is no repelling it” (13:11). The signs in this category include the appearance of the beast of the earth who will mark people as clearly being believers or non believers in Allah, the smoke and the rising of the Sun from the West (the opposite direction it normally rises from) after which Allah will refuse to accept repentance from any person who has not already repented, and a large fire (Gigantic Lava Flow’s) that will drive people from their countries to the final gathering place on earth before the Hour. We are living in a time just before the first major sign appears, to briefly summaries these signs, the first of the Major sign of the Hour is Imam Mahdi (ra), the last Khalifah of Allah on earth before Isa (Jesus) returns, who will spread justice on earth like we see oppression spreading today. Abdullah ibn Masood, May Allah be pleased with him, said that the Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him said, "The world will not pass away before the Arabs are ruled by a man (referring to the Mahdi) of my family whose name will be the same as mine." (Abu Dawwud) Abu Saeed al Khudri said that the Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said: ''He will be sent at a time of intense disputes and differences among people and earthquakes (will be common).'' (Ahmad) 31

His rule will last for approximately 9 years and he will then pass away, towards the end of this period the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will appear, he will corrupt mankind completely destroying the essence of society, until people no longer remember who they are because they are lost in his false message of what is good for man’s nature and what is corrupt for it. Fatima bint Qais reported, "I heard the proclaimer of the Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, calling for congregational prayer. I went to the mosque and prayed with the Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him. When he finished his prayer, he sat upon the pulpit smiling and said, 'Let every man remain in his seat.' He then asked, 'Do you know why I have called you together?' They replied, 'Allah and his Messenger know best.' The Prophet, peace and blessings be upon him said, 'By Allah, I have not called you together for hope or for fear, I have called you together because Tamim ad-Dari who was a Christian, came and embraced Islam. He narrated a story to me, which agreed with the account I had given to you about the Dajjaal. He informed me that he had embarked upon a sea-boat with thirty men of Lakhm and Jozam. Then the sea waves played with them for a month and threw them on to an island when the sun was about to set. They sat in a small side boat and landed on the Island. A beast with very coarse hair met them. They could not tell its front from its back due to its excessive hair. They asked, 'Woe to thee! Who art thou?" It replied, 'I am a spy. Go to this man in the monastery, as he is eager to receive the information you bring. Tamim ad-Dari said, 'When it named a man for us, we fled away from it lest it might be the devil. Then we hurriedly went on until we entered the monastery and found a big-bodied man whom we had never seen before. He was firmly tied up, his hands tied to his neck, the place between his knees, and joints tied up with iron chains.' We asked, 'Woe to thee! What are thou?' He replied, 'You have the power to get my information. Inform me about yourselves. ' They replied, 'We are people from Arabia, we embarked upon a sea boat, but the sea waves played with us for a month and threw us onto this island. A beast of coarse hairs met us and said, 'I am a spy. Go to the man in the monastery.' So we 32

approached you hurriedly. He asked, 'Tell me about the trees of Baisan. Do they bear fruit?.' 'Yes' We replied. He said, 'Behold! Soon they will not yield fruit.' He asked, 'Inform me of the lake of Tiberias. Is there water in it?' We replied, 'It is full of water.' He informed us, 'Soon its water will disappear.' He then asked, 'Inform me of the fountain of Zugara. Is there water in it and do its inhabitants irrigate with the water of the fountain?' 'Yes, it is full of water and it's inhabitants irrigate from its water. He asked, 'Inform me about the Prophet of the illiterate (people). What does he do?' We said, 'He has just come out of Makkah and gone to Yathrib (Madina).' He asked, 'Have the Arabs fought with him?' 'Yes' We replied. He asked, 'How did he treat them' We informed him that he had the upper hand of those among the Arabs who opposed him and they obeyed him. He said, 'Behold! It is better for them if they obey him. As for myself I am certainly the Anti-Christ and it is (now) near that an order will be passed for me to come out. I shall then come out and travel the world. I shall leave no village at which I shall not land within 40 nights except Makkah and Taibah, which will be forbidden to me. Whenever I wish to enter one of the two, an angel with a sword in his hand will encounter me and prevent me therefrom. There will be angels on every side to guard it. The apostle of Allah struck his pulpit with his staff and said, 'This (place) is Taibah meaning Madinah. Behold! Did I not tell you?' 'Yes' they replied. 'Behold, he is in the Syrian sea (to the North) or the sea of Yemen (to the south); no, rather he is from the eastern direction. He then pointed out with his hand towards the East (the Arabian Sea). (Muslim) The Arabian Sea in the east is off the coast of Iran and Pakistan, were narration's say he will first appear from with his army. During the prophet’s (saws) time boats were still small and as they travelled on sea they hugged the shore line. The Arabian sea does not have many islands, and only two or three are close to the shore, the most significant and obvious in terms of it’s location and history is Astola island, it is an isolated island that has been cut off from the mainland for a long time and is directly east of Madina, if one draws a line towards the east it lies just above it. The island is situated about 25 km south of the desert coast of southern Balochistan province, and is the only significant offshore island along the north coast of the Arabian Sea, just off the coast of Pakistan near Iran. 33

The earliest mention of Astola island is in Arrian's account of Admiral Nearchos, who was dispatched by Alexander the Great to explore the coast of the Arabian Sea and the Persian Gulf in 325 AD. The sailors in Nearchos's fleet were "frightened at the weird tales told about an uninhabited island, which Arrian calls Nosala". On top of the Island (200ft above sea) is a ruined temple of the Hindu Goddess "Kali Maa" some 2,000 years old, she is the hindu goddess of time, death, war and destruction. Scholars are not in agreement whether the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will be let loose from the island towards the end of time or that will simply be his time of appearance, all landmass’s have now been explored on earth so reason would state he is no longer on the Island and walking the earth, in fact from the time of the prophet 1400 years ago, the prophet (saws) instructed that people should recite surah al Kahf (chapter 18) every Friday to protect oneself from the fitna (trial’s, troubles, mischief) of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) during that week, hence some scholars hold he is walking the earth in a lessor capacity, and Allah will eventually use him to test mankind towards the end. Narration's also state the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) is not from Mankind he is a creature from Allah, while mankind will brought to account for their life on the day of Judgment after which they will either enter Jannah (Heaven) or Jahanam (Hell) the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will be brought on that day and turned to dust, just as most animal’s will be turned to dust, he is a creature Allah created to test mankind hence the long life he was granted just like Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him) who was given respite until the day of judgment when Allah will send him to Jahanam (hell). After the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) corrupts the earth Allah will send Isa (Jesus) back to earth to kill him, Abu Huraira (ra) reported that the Messenger of Allah Peace and blessings be upon him said, "By the one whose hands my life is in, surely the son of Maryam (Peace upon her) will descend amongst you as a just ruler. He will destroy the cross, kill the swine and abolish the tax." (Bukhari) Losing hope of entering the holy places, the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will turn towards Syria, Imaam Mahdi (ra) will already have arranged a Muslim army to face him and will be on the verge of leading the Muslims in the morn34

ing prayer when the prophet Jesus, peace be upon him, will descend near the white Minaret in the east of Damascus (Syria), wearing two garments died with saffron, placing his hands on the wings of two angels. After the prayer the prophet Jesus, peace be upon him, will say, ''Open the gate''. The gate will be opened and the Dajjaal will be waiting behind it accompanied by an army of 70,000 Jews from Isfahan (in Iran). The Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) on seeing the prophet Jesus, peace be upon him, among the Muslims will begin to dissolve like salt in water (most likely referring to his power and his persona) and will begin to flee. The prophet Jesus, peace be upon him, will say to him, “You will remain alive until I strike you with my spear” He will catch up with him at the Eastern gate of Ludd (Ludd is a mountain in Syria. Some say that it is a village in Jerusalem, and some say that it is a village in Palestine) and then the prophet Jesus, peace be upon him, will kill him with his spear. Some time after accomplishing this the people of Yajuj wa Majuj (Gog and Magog) will appear, there numbers are so great that the remaining believers on earth will not be able to stop them, Isa (as) will take them to mount Tur in Egypt were they will besiege him, He will supplicate to Allah against them, and Allah will then kill them in the span of day with a disease that will attack their necks, peace will once more return to earth, Jesus (as) will remain alive for 40 years, marry, have children and then pass away. The other greater signs of the Hour that will occur after the death of Isa (as) are: The destruction of the Ka'bah and the recovery of its treasure; The rising of the sun from the west; The emergence of the Beast from the earth; The smoke; A wind that will take the souls of the believers; The Qur'an will be taken up into heaven; A fire will drive people to their last gathering place before the hour occurs; and The Trumpet will be sounded: at the first sound everyone will feel terror; at the second sound all will be struck down; at the last sound all will be resurrected. Az-Zubair related that 'Adee said, "We went to Anas ibn Maalik and complained to him about the ill-treatment we receive from Al-Hajjaaj. He said, 'Be pa35

tient, for no era comes upon a people except that the one that follows it is even worse, (and this will continue) until you meet your Lord. I heard this from your Prophet. (Bukhari) The Prophet (saws) said: “The signs shall appear one after the other like the beads on a string follow one another (when the string is cut).” He also said: “The signs are like beads strung on a string. If the string breaks, they (quickly) follow one after the other” (falling from it). The appearance of the recent signs of the hour in quick succession is clear, signified by the acceptance of most scholars that the minor signs of the hour have already been fulfilled and we are about to witness it's first major sign, the first sign being the Mahdi (ra), the last Khalifah (Leader) of Islam before Allah sends Isa (Jesus) back to Earth. The scholars have arranged the signs of the Hour beginning with the prophet’s (saws) death then all the events in our History and into our time and then the future, this work will cover events in our own lifetime up to the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon Him). The following are some of the narration's regarding events in our past, at the time of the Prophet (saws) Islam was only found in two small cities, Makkah and Madina and were not a major force in the world; The Prophet (saws) said muslims would conquer the two major powers in the world at the time, "Allah, the Exalted, unfolded for me the Earth, to the extent that I saw its Eastern and Western extremities. The Kingdom of my Ummah (nation) will reach as far as what has been unfolded to me. The two treasures, the red (Persian Kingdom) and the white (Roman Empire), were bestowed on me.... " (Sahih Muslim) Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) said: Kisra (the king of Persia) would die and then there would be no Kisra after him. Qaisar (Caesar the ruler of Rome) would die and there would be no Qaisar after him, you will distribute their treasures in the cause of Allah. (Muslim)

36

The Messenger of Allah, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said referring to the rightly Guided Khalifa’s after him said, ‘Follow the lead of the two who come after me, Abu Bakr and Umar. (Tirmidhi) The Messenger of Allah, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said "Indeed Allah has commenced this matter upon Prophet hood and mercy; it will become Khilafah and mercy; it will become honor and sanctity; (then) it will become kingdoms, great oppression, and corruption in the nation - people will deem private parts, alcohol, and silk to be lawful. They will be supported upon that and they will be given provision continuously until they meet Allah 'Azza Wa jall (to Him belongs Might and Majesty)." (Abu Dawud) The Messenger of Allah said, "The Prophets will be followed by the Khalifah's, who will apply Allah's Book and who will be just with Allah's slaves. The Khalifah's will be followed by kings, who will take their revenge, kill men, and choose wealth (for themselves). (At that time) one can change (evil) with his hand, with his tongue, and with his heart; and there is no Eemaan beyond that." (Al Baihaqee Ibn Katheer Al Bidaya Wa Nihaya) Sa'eed bin Jumhan narrated, Safinah narrated to me, The Messenger of Allah (saws) said: "The Khalifah will be in my Ummah for thirty years, then there will be monarchy after that."' Then Safinah said to me: 'Count the Khalifah of Abu Bakr,' then he said: 'Count the Khalifah of 'Umar and the Khalifah of 'Uthman.' Then he said to me: 'Count the Khalifah of 'Ali."' He said: "So we found that they add up to thirty years." Sa'eed said: "I said to him: 'Banu Umaiyyah (the first Monarchy) claim that the Khalifah is among them.' He said: 'Banu Az-Zarqa' lie, rather they are a monarchy, among the worst of monarchies."' (Tirmidhi, Hasan, Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2226). The Prophet said Muslims would conquer Egypt; Ibn Ka'ab related from his father that the Messenger of Allah said, "When you conquer Egypt, then treat its inhabitants in a good manner." (Maalik) And in another narration, "Treat its inhabitants in a good manner, for they have the right of security and they are kinsfolk” Hagar the wife of the Prophet

37

Ibrahim (saws) and the mother of the Prophet Ismaa'eel (saws), was from them and the prophet Muhammad’s wife Maria (ra) was from them. Amr ibn Al-Aas led the Muslim army that conquered Egypt in the year 20H (20 years after Hijra), during the Khalifate of 'Umar ibn Al-Khattaab. The Prophet indicated that Muslim’s would reach India and China; Al-Hasan related that Abu Hurairah said, "My Khaleel and the truthful one, The Messenger of Allah said, 'From this Nation there will be an expedition to Sindh (china) and India.' If I reach that time and if I become martyred, then that is fine; and if I return, then I am Abu Hurairah the saved: He will have freed me from the Fire." (Ahmad) The companions themselves traveled to China, and an expedition to India was sent in the year 44 H, during the rule of Mu'awiyah ibn Abu Sufyaan. The Prophet said that the Muslims would fight the Turks (Tartars); Abu Hurairah related that the Prophet said, "The Hour will not arrive until you will fight a people whose shoes are made of (braided) hair and until you fight the Turks, who have small eyes, red faces, small and turned up noses, and who have faces that are like the shield (of a combatant)... People are minerals (this means that their roots, backgrounds, and lineages differ). The best of them in (the days of) ignorance is the best of them in Islam. And there will come upon you a time wherein for one of you to see me is more beloved to him than to be given more family and wealth - (than to be given) double what he already has." (Bukhari) Amr ibn Tha'lab related that he heard the Messenger of Allah say, "From the signs of the Hour is for you to fight a people whose faces are wide, as if their faces are shields (Turks and Mongols)." (Ahmad) The Prophet (pbuh) said the word of Islam will spread throughout the World, enter every home, and no one will be left who has not heard about Islam. With the spread of Islam under the different Islamic Dynasties this came true and today in an age of Mass Media it continues to be so. Al-Miqdad ibn Aswad said I heard the Prophet say: "Not a dwelling (house) whether of brick, or fur will remain on the surface of the Earth that Allah will not 38

ensure that the word of Islam enters it, either honoring an honorable person or disgracing an abject person." (Ahmad, Tabarani, Ibn Hibban, and Al-Haakim)

39

CHAPTER 4

Syria The Land Of Mercy Allah most High blessed the land of Sham (greater Syria) in the Quran when He said “Glory to Him who made His servant travel by night from the sacred place of worship to the furthest place of worship, whose surroundings We have blessed, to show him some of Our signs: He alone is the All Hearing, the All Seeing”. (17:1) Abd Allaah bin ‘Amr said “I heard the Apostle of Allah (saws) say: “There will be emigration after emigration and the people who are best will be those who cleave most closely to places which Abraham (as) migrated (Syria). The Prophet (pbuh) said: Blessing to al Sham!, Blessing to al Sham!, Blessing to al Sham! (Ya Tuba Li al Sham). They asked why and he replied: Because the wings of the angels of the Merciful are lowered over it." (Bukhari) Salama ibn Nufayl al-Hadrami came to the Prophet and said: "I have fattened the horses and laid down arms, for war has rested its burdens and there is no more fighting." The Prophet said: "Now has fighting come! There shall not cease to be a group in my Community that shall remain victorious over all people. Allah shall cause the hearts of some to go astray and those shall fight them and receive from them His sustenance, until His command comes to pass as they are in that state. Lo! Verily, the heartland of the Believers is al-Sham (uqr dar al-mu'minin alsham), and immense good remains tied to the forelocks of horses until the Day of Resurrection." (al-Bukhari in his Tarikh al-Kabir (4:70)) Syria has been mentioned in ahadith in many places in relation to the blessings Allah gave it and the blessings of it's people, along with Ahadith about events that will occur there marking the nearness of the hour. 40

One Hadith recorded by Imam Suyuti, in which the Prophet (pbuh) tells us exactly How close the hour will be when it is fulfilled, and has recently occurred, not only marks the nearness of the Hour but the significance of the war in Syria as one of the events that will lead to the Major Signs. [In Arabic] The prophet (saws) said: “itha ra'aitun makka bu'ijat katha'ima, wa ya-tasawa bunya-nuha ru'usa jibaliha, faqad athalatal sa'atu.” The prophet (saws) said: “If you see Makkah with holes in its mountains, and its buildings reach (or surpass) it’s mountain tops, then the hour has cast its shadow”. “If you see mecca with holes in its mountains” - Holes in its mountains refer to tunnels, the ones newly built and used by pedestrians and vehicles during and after hajj leading to and from the Mosque of Makkah. If we watch Live video of Makkah on the Internet eventually we will see these Holes (tunnels) in the mountains right near the Masjid. These signs are significant because the date of their construction allows us to know the significance of events occurring around that time as the prophet (saws) didn't simply say the hour would be near, he said at this point in time it is casting it's shadow over people. “And its buildings reach (or surpass) its mountain tops” - The Giant Clock tower near the Kaaba was constructed in 2012, it is the world's second tallest building and the world's tallest hotel at 1972 ft, it was the first building to surpass the mountains of Makkah, which is a mountainous region, the year of its completion then marks the point in time when the Hour has cast it's shadow over people. After a series of protests in Syria that led to government crackdowns in 2011, these events eventually turned into an outright civil war in 2012, the year when it could be said the War in Sham (Syria) properly began. The shadow of the hour means that this is the time when significant events directly relating to the hour and leading to it's major Signs will be occurring, the Clock Tower isn’t the event it is the thing that will mark the significance of what is occurring in the World, the Civil war's significance itself is related in a number of 41

other Ahadith mentioned by the prophet (saws), and is an important point in Islamic history the point when Allah will remove the Era of dictators and return Islam to Khalifah. “Then the hour has cast it’s shadow” - meaning it’s shadow has reached us, the significance of the hour’s nearness in this description is the difference between looking at an object from a far distance approach us, which was the past 1400 years of Islam, and looking at an object whose shadow is now touching us and is coming even closer, this is the time we are alive in. The construction of tall building’s has been mentioned in a number of Ahadith, one of the most famous narration’s in Islam is the Hadith of Jibril (Gabriel), 86 days before the prophets (saws) passing Jibril (Gabriel) came to teach the Muslim’s regarding Islam, He sat with the prophet and asked him four question’s that summed up what all of Islam is about, He asked what is Islam (the religion, it’s Fiqh, Laws), what is Iman (Aqeedah, it’s creed), what is Ihsan (Human Perfection, it’s aim) and when will the Hour occur. Umar, may Allah be pleased with him, said, "While we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah, may Allah bless with him and grant him peace, one day a man came up to us whose clothes were extremely white, whose hair was extremely black, upon whom traces of traveling could not be seen, and whom none of us knew, until he sat down close to the Prophet, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, so that he rested his knees upon his knees and placed his two hands upon his thighs and said, 'Muhammad, tell me about Islam.' The Messenger of Allah, may Allah bless him and grant him peace, said, 'Islam is that you witness that there is no god but Allah and that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah, and you establish the prayer, and you give the Zakat, and you fast Ramadan, and you perform the hajj of the House if you are able to take a way to it.' He said, ‘You have told the truth,’

42

and we were amazed at him asking him and [then] telling him that he told the truth. He said, ‘Tell me about Iman.’ He said, ‘That you affirm Allah, His Angels, His Books, His messengers, and the Last Day, and that you affirm the Decree, the good of it and the bad of it.’ He said, ‘You have told the truth.’ He said, ‘Tell me about Ihsan.’ He said, ‘That you worship Allah as if you see Him, for if you don't see Him then truly He sees you.’ He said, ‘Tell me about the Hour.’ He said, ‘The one asked about it knows no more than the one asking.’ He said, ‘Then tell me about its tokens.’ He said, ‘That the female slave should give birth to her mistress, and you see poor, naked, barefoot shepherds of sheep and goats competing in making tall buildings.’ He went away, and I remained some time. Then he asked, ‘Umar, do you know who the questioner was?’ I said, 'Allah and His Messenger know best.' He said, ‘He was Jibril who came to you to teach you your Deen (Religion)’.” (Muslim and Bukhari narrated it and has a grade Higher than Sahih and that is “Agreed upon”). Of All the signs of the hour the prophet (saws) could have mentioned he mentioned this one, this is because it would be a turning point in the history of Muslims that would clearly indicate the nearness of the hour. The competition for constructing tall buildings began in the west, the prophet (saws) said when you see the bedouin Arabs join in this competition then this would be a clear sign of the hour, and he indicated who these people would be by the description he gave of them.

43

The “poor, naked, barefoot shepherds of sheep and goats” is a reference to the Origin of the bedouin Arabs of the United Arab Emirates and Saudi Arabia who after the discovery of oil in their lands became very rich. These two people have now constructed two of the tallest building in the world, first the Burj Khalifah in Dubai was constructed then in a similar fashion the Clock tower in Makkah was constructed which is the second tallest building in the world. This competition Saudi Arabia will continue as they plan to surpass the burj Khalifah when they construct the worlds tallest building, the Kingdom Tower, construction began in 2013 and is due for completion in 2019, it will reach 1 mile high. The competition is an indication of the state of that society, it’s desire for outward displays of grandeur over maintaining an environment of inward spirituality in Islam’s Holy Land, this sign of the hour is clear because materialism and spirituality can not exist in the same location, people can not connect inwardly to both at the same time one dominates the other and because materialism is in front of our eyes it corrupts more easily, while spirituality (Deen) requires effort and work, just as the prophet (saws) said, the path to heaven is paved with hardships while the path to hell is paved with ease, this is what He (saws) was referring to. In the 19th century Makkah did not have tall buildings, then in a short period of time all this changed.

44

The Clock Tower in Makkah is the worlds second tallest building it looms over the Kaaba and it’s Mountains.

Dubai in the 1950’s was a village.

45

Dubai now has the worlds tallest building the Burj Khalifah, this competition will not end here.

The prophet (saws) spoke about the hour itself in these kind of descriptive terms in more than one hadith. The Messenger of Allah (saws) in referring to places the Imamat (religious leadership) of Islam would be found throughout Islam's History (this is slightly different than the Islamic Khalifah or political rule) said: “This matter (Islam) will be in al-Madinah, then in Sham, then in the Jazirah, then in 'Iraq, then in al-Madinah, then in Bayt al-Maqdis (Jerusalem). And when it comes to Bayt al-Maqdis, then it will be in its homeland. And it will never go away from a people and afterwards return to them.” Imamat (Islamic Leadership) and Khalifah are in the same place when Islamic rule is Just. Abdullah ibn Hawalah al-Azdi (ra) said, “The Messenger of Allah (saws) placed his hand over my head and said:"O Ibn Hawalah! When you see that the Khilafa (Caliphate) has settled (has its seat or capital) in the Holy Land (Palestine), then the earthquakes, tribulations and great events will have drawn near. 46

The Hour, on that day, will be closer to the people than my hand is to your head.” (Abu Dawwud) It will settle in the holy Land just before the Mahdi (ra) appears, so between our time, when the hour has first cast it's shadow over us, and the time the Khalifah (rule of Islam) settles in the holy Land, the hour would have continued to draw closer until it will be closer than the hand of the prophet (saws) just over the head of Abdullah ibn Hawlah (ra). This rapid increase in the speed of it's approach from when it first cast it's shadow to when it reaches a distance just above mans's head, in contrast to the past 1400 years were it was simply described as being near and approaching, is because the prophet (saws) said “The signs are like beads strung on a string. If the string breaks, they [quickly] follow one after the other” (falling from the string), the string was recently cut with the fitna's (trials and tribulations) we are seeing in the world, and events are now following each other in rapid succession. It's shadow being cast over us is a point in time different from previous centuries, it indicates that now is the time for the beginning of events that will be the direct cause for the first major signs of the Hour, Imam Mahdi (ra), as Imam Ibn Kathir said, he is the first of the Major signs. The events leading to him as mentioned in ahadith, and arranged by the scholars are, the fitna’s (trial's, wars, tribulations) that will occur right before his time, which include the sanctions placed on Iraq and to be placed on Syria and then Egypt, the fitna of the Duhaima (the Blind and Dark strife), the people of earth being sorted into two groups, a group of Hypocrites with no faith and a group of people with Iman (faith) and no hypocrisy, the social destruction of society, the corrupt state of People, Globalization as people lives become intertwined, and finally the change of Islamic governance and Rulers around the world from Dictators to a Khalifah as the era of tyrants comes to an end with the war in Syria and the era of the Khalifa (Mahdi) begins. Rasul Allah (saws) said, "Perform all good deeds before the era of evil dawns (the Duhaima, which is the biggest Fitna we will face before the time of the Mahdi), the darkness of which will increase in waves. The effects of these evils will 47

be so grave that a person will be a Mu’min (believer) in the morning and a Kaafir (non believer) at night, or a Mu’min at night and a Kaafir in the morning. A person will sell his Deen (religion) in lieu of a paltry sum." (Muslim). Corruption will be so great and intense that man will sell his morality in the span of a day and become the opposite of what he once was. Some of the ahadith which relate to our time mention events over the length of Islam's time on earth, while some mention events that span a hundred years and others mention events that span a decade or a few years. Of the Ahadith that span the entire length of Islam's history on earth are the Ahadith regarding the phases and types of governance this Ummah (nation) will be ruled by, these ahadith give a good indication of how much time we have before Allah sends the Mahdi and Isa (ra) after which Allah will remove Islam and religion from earth when Isa (as) eventually passes away. The war in Syria is significant to these Ahadith because it marks a major point in their time line, the end of Muslim lands being ruled by dictators, since the ‘Arab spring’ has removed all other dictators and the Syrian regime is last one in Islamic Lands. The Prophet (saws) said: The Prophet hood will remain amongst you for as long as Allah wills it to be. Then Allah will raise it when He wills to raise it (meaning the Prophet will die). Then there will be the Khalifah upon the Prophetic methodology. And it will last for as long as Allah wills it to last. Then Allah will raise it when He wills to raise it. Then there will be biting kingship, and it will remain for as long as Allah wills it to remain. Then Allah will raise it when He wills to raise it. Then there will be tyrannical (forceful) kingship (an era of dictators) and it will remain for as long as Allah wills it to remain. Then He will raise it when He wills to raise it. Then there will be a Khalifah upon the Prophetic methodology. Then he (the Prophet) was silent. (Musnad Imam Ahmad (v/273) From this Hadith it becomes clear from our history were we are in relation to Islam's remaining time on earth, because the era of dictators is lifting.

48

The Khalifah upon the Prophetic methodology are the four Khalifah Rashideen, Abu Bakr (ra), Umar (ra), Uthman (ra) and Ali (ra) and some include Hassan (ra) as indicated by other Ahadith that the period of the rightly guided Khalifah would last for 30 years and its time of 30 years ended exactly with al Hassan (ra), "it will last for as long as Allah wills it to last. Then Allah will raise it when He wills to raise it". The biting Kingships are the Islamic Dynasties that competed with each other for dominance, starting with the Ummayid Khalifah who began this tradition of Dynasties and governance by kingship, meaning the Khalif (King effectively) was succeeded by his son and the matter of government was not left to shurah, consultation of the people as to who should rule, which was the custom of the first four Khalifa's of Islam, about this state of affairs the prophet (saws) similarly said "it will remain for as long as Allah wills it to remain. Then Allah will raise it when He wills to raise it". Allah chose to raise it with the last of these Dynasties, at the end of WW1 (1918) when the Ottoman Khalifah lost to the British Empire, French Republic and the Russian Empire, who then subdivided its lands and created all the small Muslim countries we now see in the world today. This situation of an Ummah with out an Islamic government ruling all it's lands led to the next phase in the hadith, "Then there will be tyrannical (forceful) kingship (an era of dictators) and it will remain for as long as Allah wills it to remain". This was the beginning of the era of Dictators, the system of dictators was installed by the colonial powers at the time so they could rule the local populations, those powers eventually collapsed but the system remained and was afterwards controlled and manipulated by the current dominant power in the world. Our current situation in the world and the hadith of the prophet (saws) both bring us to the war in Syria, "Then He will raise it when He wills to raise it" the Arab spring that swept across the Muslim world removed the remaining dictators and this Old system entirely, the last dictator being Bashar al Asad in Syria. Once the war in Syria ends and that dictatorship is removed it's era will be over..."Then there will be a Khalifah upon the Prophetic methodology, then he (the Prophet) 49

was silent", at this point in time Allah will begin the process of returning the Ummah to government underneath a Khalifah, the Mahdi (r.a). The Prophet of Allah (saws) said: After me will come caliphs, and after the caliphs will come princes, and after princes there will be kings and after the kings, there will be tyrants. And after the tyrants a man from My House will fill the earth with justice and after him is al-Qahtani (a man in the time of Isa (as)), By the One who sent me with the Truth! Not a word less. (Tabarani, Ibn Mandah, Ibn Asakir and Na‘īm bin Hammād (who was the teacher of Imam Bukhari) in his work “al Fitan wa Malahim” from ‘Abd ar-Rahman bin Qays bin Jabir al-Sadafi. Kanz alUmmal, hadith #38704.) A scholar said regarding the different dynasties found in these narration’s: “We see that the caliphs spoken of in this hadith are “the Rightly- Guided Ones”: Abu Bakr, Umar, Uthman and Ali, may Allah the Exalted be pleased with them all. The princes are the Umayyad Caliphs of Damascus and the Abbasid Caliphs of Baghdad. As for the kings, they are the Ottoman Sultans of Istanbul. Following the kings, according to the hadith, are tyrants and that is what is commonly seen today. Finally, what for us is a prediction: the appearance of a man from the family of the Prophet who will rule with justice” (the Mahdi). The distinction between Princes and Kings isn't in the type of government, both are monarchies but rather in the Quality of the Government, princes are said to be young and less burdened with the world while Kings are said to be competitive and arrogant in keeping their power, which is a perfect description of the Ottoman Khalifa that dominated the Muslim world, hoarding power by waring and ending the other Muslim Khalifah's that existed around it, both the Mamluks and the Abbasids. The Prophet (saws) said “when you see Sham is a bounty for a man and his oligarchy family members then at this time Constantine will be opened”. The Ottoman Sultan Mehmed II opened Constantinople in 1452 soon after The Ottomans had conquered Sham, the prophet (saws) mentioned that it will be no more than a Jewel in his eye taken for worldly reasons, the Ottomans conquered it from another Islamic Khalifah which was not Jihad for Allah’s sake. The prophet (saws) 50

then calls his family an Oligarchy which means that power is controlled by a small group of people and they are fiercely keeping with themselves. There is no other time frame for events to occur in, major events are occurring in our own life time and hardly anyone recognizes them, when Mehmet the second was conquering Constantinople do you think he saw that he was the subject of such a hadith, judging his own character and actions, or he viewed life as we do wondering who the prophet (saws) was talking about, the Hour has cast it’s shadow and major events are unfolding clearly, we should know what these signs mean because Allah instructs it in the Quran; “Verily, in all this there are messages indeed for those who can read the signs” (15:75) “AND [remember:] We have not created the heavens and the earth and all that is between them without [an inner] truth; but, behold, the Hour is indeed yet to come. Hence, forgive [men's failings] with fair forbearance” (15:85) “But they [who reject My messages are wont to] ask, “When is that promise [(I shall show you My portents) I shall show you the signs of My divine Oneness in the horizons] to be fulfilled? [Answer this, O you who believe in it,] if you are men of truth!” (21:37) (additions from Tanwir al-Miqbas min Tafsir Ibn Abbas) “Nay, but [the Last Hour] will come upon them of a sudden, and will stupefy them: and they will be unable to avert it, and neither wilt they be allowed any respite.”(21:40) There are no dictators left in the Muslim world and the era wont be ending at any other time than ours, Allah is removing it and history has literally occurred as the prophet (saws) mentioned. From what the Prophet (saws) said we have only mentioned some of these Ahadith for the sake of being brief, but there are other narration’s mentioning the change in governance indicating this time frame the Ummah is on. The matter is widely reported although we cant say if the narration's have reached the level of Mutawatir (mass transmitted hadith).

51

Just as Allah prepared the Arabs of Quraish, over a period of time, both spiritually and psychologically for Islam’s advent Allah will prepare the Ummah (muslim nation) for the coming of the Mahdi (ra), the prophet (saws) informed us why we are in the state we are in; The Prophet (saws) said: “The people will soon summon one another to attack you as people when eating invite others to share their dish. Someone asked: Will that be because of our small numbers at that time? He replied: No, you will be numerous at that time: but you will be scum and rubbish like that carried down by a torrent, and Allah will take fear of you from the breasts of your enemy and (place) enervation into your hearts. Someone asked: What is wahn (enervation) Apostle of Allah: He replied: Love of the world and dislike of death”. (the dislike of struggle against oppression, to fix what is wrong in the world) (Muslim). Islam was the dominant Power in the world throughout it’s history, so this can only be talking about the decline of Muslim dominance around the world over the past hundred years and most certainly our own life time, since we are in Islam’s lowest point of strength. The Ottoman Khalifah, the last Khalifah of Islam, was one of the most feared Empires in the world, after it's demise Muslims have hardly had the capacity to stand up for their own religion and the oppression that is occurring in their lands. What we see happening in Syria, Iraq and Yemen are a part of this preparation. The Messenger of Allah (pbuh) said:"Matters will run their course until you become three armies: an army in Sham (Syria), an army in Yemen, and an army in Iraq". Ibn Hawalah said: "Choose for me, O Messenger of Allah! in case I live to see that day". The Messenger of Allah (pbuh) said: “You should go to Sham, for it is the best of Allah's lands, and the best of His slaves will be drawn there! And if you refuse, then you should go to Yemen and drink from its wells. For Allah has guaranteed me that He will look after Sham and its people!” (Imam Ahmad 4/110, Abu Dawud 2483).

52

If we can’t help the people of Sham we should then help the people of Yemen because Allah has promised to look after Sham and it’s people.

53

CHAPTER 5

A Time Frame Between The War In Syria and The Mahdi The following Ahadith mention what is occurring now in Syria they give us a specific outline and time frame for events between us the emergence of Mahdi (ra); The Prophet (saws) said, “At the end of time there will be a trial in which people will be sorted (fitnatul Duhaima) in a similar way to that in which gold is sorted from metal. Therefore do not rebuke the people of Syria rather, rebuke the evil people among them, because amongst them are the Abdals (Awliya). Allah will send a flood from Heaven (an event) that will disperse their groups in a way that if foxes were to attack them they would be victorious. Then Allah will send a man (to the people of syria) from the perfumed musked children of the Messenger, praise and peace be upon him, amongst approximately 12-15,000 under three banners and their password is ‘Die, die!’ And they will be fought by the people of 7 banners under each is a man seeking the kingdom (Syria). They will be killed, defeated, then the Hashimite (leader of the black flags) will appear, so Allah will restore unity and favors to the people and this will be the case until the Dajjaal (the lying, false messiah) comes.” Other Similar Narration's State: The Prophet (pbuh) Said: “So do not rebuke the people of Syria but rebuke the evil people among them because amongst them are the Abdals (Awliya). A flood is about to be sent down upon the people of Syria (the Arab spring), which will disperse their groups (cause a civil war) in such a way, that if foxes (deceptive and cunning groups) attacked they would be beaten. At that time a man from the Family of my House will come (to the people of Syria) under 3 banners; between 1215,000 and their password is – ‘Die, die.’ Then, there will come 7 banners and un54

der each will be one man seeking the kingdom (Syria). Allah will kill all of them and restore unity and favors upon the hearts of Muslims, and those who were far (the Syrians who emigrated) come close.” Al-Hakim narrated from ‘Ali ibn Abi Talib (ra) that the Messenger of Allah (saws) said: “There will be at the end of time a trial that will sort out men as gold is sorted out from metal (fitnatul Duhaima). So do not revile the people of Sham, but revile their evil ones (the dictators and their group), for among them are the Abdal [Awliya/Saints]. A flood is about to be released upon the people of Sham (the Arab spring) that will split their unity, so that even if foxes (ISIS and Al Qaeda) attack them they would defeat them. At that time, a man from my household will come out with three banners (to the people of Syria). The one who estimates highly will say that they are fifteen thousand. And the one who estimates lower will say that they are twelve thousand. Their sign will be: “Amit, amit [kill, kill].” They will meet in battle seven banners, and under each of those banners will be a man seeking the kingdom (Syria). Allah will kill all of them, and restore to the Muslims their unity and bounty and their far ones and near ones (the Syrians who emigrated will come back).” (These Ahadith are found in the references of Abu Dawud, Ahmad, Ibn Majah and At-Tabarani and al Hakim reported them). The Events mentioned in these Ahadith make things very clear, at the end of these Ahadith and this war in Syria the prophet (saws) said that Allah will...“restore unity and favors upon the hearts of Muslims” and... “the Hashimite will appear, so Allah will restore unity and favors to the (muslim) people and this will be the case until the Dajjaal comes.” This tells us when this hadith is to occur, at the end of the war mentioned in the hadith will be the time that Allah will begin to restore unity to the hearts of the Muslim Ummah, meaning prior to it they will have been in disunity. We can narrow the time because this can only be the case after the last Khalifah, 100 years ago and before the Mahdi’s (ra) era begins, hence it is referring to when the era of dictators will end and Asad is the last dictator.

55

This era is what divided the ummah for nearly 100 years and it is now ending, this unity Allah will grant is the initial step that will pave the way for the return of Islamic lands to be ruled by the Mahdi (ra), Unity can’t be zapped into people hearts so Allah will prepare them psychologically and spiritually for it with what they will experience in life. Because the hadith says this unity will be the state of the Muslims until the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him) appears, it means this is the beginning of the unity under the mahdi (ra) who will end the oppression we are all living through, the black flags are the Mahdi’s army and they will pave the way for him by establishing His government before He emerges, this process will begin after the war in Syria ends as the ahadith indicate. The prophet (saws) begins the Ahadith by mentioning the sifting of people, “At the end of time there will be a trial in which people will be sorted in a similar way to that in which gold is sorted from metal” the precious metal is removed from the scrap ore around it, the gold is crushed and agglomerated before it is distilled with mineral acids, in a similar way those precious to Allah will go through trials that will purify them, make them stand out from the scrap around them so they are known to each other, then refined even further so they become entirely pure, this is the sifting of people mentioned in a number of ahadith connecting them with events in Syria. The prophet (saws) in a number of Ahadith mentioned the fitna's (Trials and tribulations) that would befall this Ummah towards the end of time, and gave each one a specific name that characterized it so we could know it by it's qualities, these fitna's have been the subject of many works written by the scholars through out Islam's History, among these fitna's are fitna al Ahlaas, al Sarra and ad Duhaima. The event that will sort people out has been mentioned in a number of Ahadith, the prophet (saws) called it fitnatul Duhaima. The scholars described the Duhaima as the “Fitna that Will Sweep the Arabs Away,” we are seeing this today with the destruction of historical mosques and sites in Islamic lands some thousands of years old, sites that are crucial to muslim identity are bing destroyed by ISIS and the Salafi’s on behalf of a super power 56

that as the prophet Daniel (as) said in the bible “crushed and devoured its victims and trampled underfoot whatever was left” of their society and heritage. Abdullah b. Amr (may Allah be pleased with him) said: The Messenger of Allah (saws) said: “There will be a fitna that will “tastanzifu” (meaning it will destroy) the Arabs, its dead will be in Hell. During which the tongue will be more severe (ashadd) than a blow of the sword”. (Ahamd, Abu Dawud, at-Tirmidhi, Ibn Majah). “its dead will be in Hell” tells us who this is talking about because the only type of death that takes a person directly to hell is suicide, the hadith is clearly talking about the Salafi’s and their brainwashed suicide bombers. “During which the tongue will be more severe (ashadd) than a blow of the sword “ - With the spread of the Internet and mobile technology this indicates to us when this event would occur because not more than 30 years ago mass media was still uncommon around the world it was all localised. This description “more sever than the blow of the sword” is also mentioned in a number of other narration's (discussed later) identifying the event that will destroy the Arabs as the Duhaima, considering all the ahadith about this matter it is more precise to say the Duhaima will lead to their complete destruction and eventual death. Regarding the Prophet's (saws) statement “tastanzifu” Ibn al-Athir and Ibn alManzur [Ibn al-Athir is the scholar who wrote an-Nihaya fi Gharib al-Hadith, a dictionary on uncommon words found in hadith texts; Ibn al-Manzur is the author of the famous Lisan al-Arab.] said: It means it will encompass them in destruction. It is said [in Arabic]: istanzafat ash-shay', if you take it all (it is encompassing). Destruction doesn’t just mean destroying buildings it means destroying their society and way of life, the Duhaima will bring this about and it will eventually lead to their deaths before the time of Isa (as) as ahadith clearly state. Imam Ali al-Qari said in al-Mirqat [al-Mirqat is a commentary of Mishkat alMasabih]: “It has been said that it means it will purify them from filth (al-ardhal)” this is because Allah purifies complacent people through struggle, the Duhaima will sift people out like gold is extracted and it will divide the world into two camps one filled with hypocrites and one filled with iman (religion). 57

What is similar to Imam al-Qari’s statement are the narrations about fitnatul ad-Duhaima' (ad-duhaima' means black and dark), the Prophet (saws) said: “It will not leave any single individual of this Umma (nation) but slap him on the cheek” (test his faith). In the Ahadith on the Duhaima, the Prophet (saws) said it will test the entire Ummah “Until people become two camps: one of faith (religion) with no hypocrisy and one of hypocrisy with no faith (religion).” This shows that the fitnah of the Duhaima will separate the believers from the people of fitan, doubt and hypocrisy, making each stand out from the other as both are forced to take one of two sides that will be known to all, and the Duhaima is the greatest fitna that will occur prior to the appearance of the Antichrist (Allah's curse be upon him), in the words of the people of hypocrisy “they are making their actions easy to see nowadays”. The Prophet's statement, “tastanzifu” means that it will consume most of them in destruction, this means it will lay the foundation’s for the death of the Arabs, an event mentioned in numerous Ahadith, this destruction will not end until the time of Isa (as) when most Arabs will have perished and they will be few in number. The prophet (saws) said before the time of the Mahdi only 1/3 will have survived, and that the Arabs will mainly be residing in Jerusalem by the time Isa (as) descends. The Messenger of Allah (saws) said regarding the Great wars we will soon see: “The Romans (Europeans) will attack those Arabs who reside in their land (Europe), until not a single Arab man or woman or child remains in their land but that they shall be killed by the Romans.” (Kitab Al Fitan, Bab Al Aamaq wa fath al Constantiniya, page 260) At the time of the Great war “the Romans (Europeans) shall say to their leader: 'We shall relieve you of the Arabs,' (intending Genocide) and they shall gather up for the great battle” (Ibn Maja) By the time the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) who emerges seven months after the Great War, Umm Sharik said: “I heard Allah's Apostle (saws) say: “The people would run away from the Dajjaal seeking shelter in the mountains.” She 58

said: “Were would be the Arabs then on that day?” He said: “They would be small in number.” (Sahih Muslim, Book 41, No. 7035) Umm Sharik bint Abi'l-'Akr said , “O Messenger of Allah, were will the Arabs be at that time?" (of the Dajjaal) He said, “At that time they will be few; most of them will be in Bayt al-Maqdis (Jerusalem), and their Imam will be a righteous man. Whilst their Imam is going forward to lead the people in praying Salat alSubh (the morning prayer), 'Eyssa son of Maryam will descend.” (Ibn Majja) Some of these ahadith mention that this fitna will occur due to competing claims of jahiliya, i.e. nationalism which only existed in the muslim world after the fall of the last Khalifah at the end of WW1, a point in time when the Muslims lost their sense of unity because its lands once had a single ruler, today the effects of nationalism dominate the Muslim mindset they forget that the prophet (saws) came to eliminate nationalism itself. He (saws) said “The Muslim Ummah is like one body. If the eye is in pain then the whole body is in pain and if the head is in pain then the whole body is in pain”, this is a spiritual reality warning people that they cant turn a blind eye to what is occurring in the Muslim world it will affect the rest of the Ummah, and this reality will occur from the spiritual world down to our physical one, meaning it will be a cause for the troubles that afflict people in their personal lives and souls even though they are distant from it. Imam Ibn Kathir similarly identified the major fintna's that would befall the Ummah just before the emergence of the Mahdi (ra), in his work al Bidaya wa Nihaya, he arranges the Ahadith regarding the signs of the Hour into a chronological order placing the Hadith regarding the Duhaima before the emergence of the Mahdi (r.a). He relates the following hadith regarding them and the Duhaima, it is essentially the most significant hadith we can quote about what is occurring in the world, all other narrations tie back to it and revolve around what it says; Abdullah ibn Umar said: While we were sitting with the Messenger of Allah he mentioned the Fitan (strifes, trials & tribulations), mentioning many of them until he mentioned Fitnatul Ahlaas (The trial of the Saddlebag). Someone asked him: ' 59

O Messenger of Allah, what is fitnatul Ahlaas? He said "It is the usurping of wealth and the fleeing". Then (after it), will come Fitnatul Sarra (the fitna of secrets): its smoke is under the feet of a man (descendant) from my household (family), who claims he is of me, but he is not because my Awlyia (saintly men) are those who fear Allah. Then people will gather and agree upon a man, (but it will be an agreement that is) like a hip on a rib (meaning this will be a temporary arrangement, as a hip bone does not belong on the rib, if man bends his body to such a position he can not stay there for long before needing to do other things in life, so this position is temporary). Then there will be the Duhaima (Blind black, dark, catastrophic) trial. It will afflict every single person from this Nation. When it will be said that it is over, it will return; during it, a man will be a believer in the morning and a disbeliever (by) the night. (This will continue) until people will go to two Fustaats (groups) — the Fustaat of Eemaan (Group of faith or religion), in which there is no hypocrisy, and the Fustaat of hypocrisy, in which there is no Eemaan (faith or religion). And when that will come to you (when the sorting of people will finally end), wait for the Dajjaal on that day or on the morrow." (Sunan Abu Dawud, Book 37, Hadith 3. Ahmad related it as well in his Musnad). Other Ahadith say “Then, the Duhaima Fitna (Dark Black & Cunning trial that catches people off guard will occur) that will not leave anyone without slapping him a slap (testing his faith); if people say it is finished, it stays longer; a man who is in the morning a Mu'min (Believer) by the evening becomes a Kafir (Disbeliever), until people will be divided into two factions: a faction of Iman (belief and religion) without hypocrisy and a faction of hypocrisy without Iman (belief and religion). When this happens (the sorting is finished), expect the Dajjaal that day or the next day’.” (Sunan Abu Dawud, Al-Haakim, and Al-Zahabi) The Hadith ends with the emergence of the Dajjaal and begins with fitnatul Ahlaas, then fitnatul Sarra which will lead to fitnatul Duhaima and that will lead the world to the emergence of the Antichrist (Allah's curse be upon him), one fitna following the other like beads on a string neckless falling from it when it is cut. The Duhaima is the Fitnah that will sort people out until the time of the Dajjal (Allah’s curse be upon him), which indicates that the first two fitna's mentioned in the hadith are in our past, relating the evidence to how these fitna's were identified 60

in a comprehensive manner would require a larger work than this current book, effectively here we are presenting the conclusion to that research with some of the evidence which consisted in the careful analysis of ahadith to identify it’s timing, it was identified by comparing well over two dozen ahadith mentioning events around it until a proper timeline was achieved, the methodology for this process we outlined at the end of this book. To sum up the matter and it is clear from the history of Muslims over the past 100 years, the scholars said that the man referred to in this hadith “its smoke is under the feet of a man (descendant) from my household (family), who claims he is of me (my descendant), but he is not because my Awlyia (saintly people) are those who fear Allah” was Saddam Hussein, who in 1990 when the words Allahu Akbar first appeared on the Iraqi flag produced a genealogical chart of his ancestry claiming he is one of Ahl al Bayt to establish his legitimacy as the ruler of Iraq, Ahl al Bayt means the person is a descendant of the prophet (saws, Saddam’s surname to muslims indicates this ancestry, as the Hadith mentions he was responsible for fitnatul Sarra the strife of secrecy or spying and espionage that entered the muslim world during his life time. The prophet (saws) also said “my Awlyia (saintly people) are those who fear Allah” meaning he will be a descendant of the prophet (saws) but the prophet disowned him because he was corrupt and did not fear Allah. Fitnatul Ahlaas (The fitna of the Saddlebag) is the war in Iraq that occurred over Oil and control of wealth in the region before the first gulf war, in it's name “the saddle bag" (used for carrying items while riding a horse) is an indication of the type of war that it would be, this is similarly clear from the description the prophet (saws) gave it, “It is fleeing and plunder”, like riders charging into a town to plunder the wealth of that place then fleeing afterwards from the law with all they can carry in their saddle bags. This fitna is referring to the Iraq and Kuwait war which lead to the First Gulf war that brought the Americans (Law) into the Arabian Peninsula and began it's dominance over the muslim world. Saddam Hussein invaded Kuwait in 1990 to control it's oil occupying it for seven months, the invasion caused roughly half of 61

the Kuwaiti population to flee along with 150,000 foreigners (mostly Indians) working in the country. During the 7-month occupation the forces of Saddam Hussein looted the countries vast wealth, in mid-January 1991 America launched a military assault on Iraq and Iraqi forces stationed in Kuwait. Hostilities continued until late February the same year, Saddam Husain loosing to them in less than a month, essentially fleeing with all he could carry. All of this fits the description Rasul Allah (saws) gave, from Saddam's intentions behind the war, to his looting of the country and his loss to America in less than a month, He (saws) called it the fitna of the saddle bag because it was the plunder of Kuwait’s wealth and fleeing from America less than a month after their invasion. This event led to the non Muslims dominating Muslim lands for the next two decades and well into our time because they went unchallenged. As the prophet (saws) mentioned this period marked the lowest point in Islamic History, the Messenger of Allah (saws) said, “When you see that my nation dreads saying to the oppressor (Saddam), ‘Indeed you are an oppressor,’ then they have taken their leave (i.e. their existence and non-existence amounts to the same thing)” (Ahmad) and what would occur after this point in time as history has shown would directly lead to the destruction of their society and way of life because they wouldn't fight for their freedom or Islam, ultimately this would all lead to the genocide of the Arab race as aggression against them will inevitably increase. “Then, will come Fitnatul Sarra': its smoke is under the feet of a man (descendant) from my household”, As Sarra means the fitna of secrets and as the scholars defined the meaning of the word this is referring to a fitna of spying and espionage. The prophet (saws) was very clear and specific in how he mentioned this fitna, he said it will be introduced into this Ummah by a man who was his descendant, but not of Him (saws), as his character is immoral, “it's smoke” refers to the man fanning it’s tribulation causing it to spread among muslim’s, the smoke is underneath the feet of Saddam but the fire itself, it’s original cause in the world wasn't his.

62

In the 80's Russia (former U.S.S.R) and America (along with their allies) were in a war known as the “cold war” because there was no large-scale fighting directly between the two sides, it was mostly a war of espionage and spying, it began in 1947 after WW2 and ended in 1991, it nearly brought down both nations in the process and eventually led to end of the U.S.S.R (old Russia). When Saddam Hussein took control of Iraq in 1979 as the head of the Baath Party he adopted these super powers methods and ruled Iraq with espionage, fear and propaganda. He began a campaign of spying on his entire populace to weed out and eliminate any people that would instigate anything against him. When Iraq was then invaded in the first Gulf war Muslim independence in their own homeland was shattered as the permanent state of the occupation set in, this state of spying during the occupation became so severe because he wanted to protect himself from foreign powers people could not say anything against his oppression in their own home out of fear their neighbour or friend or family member may report them to one of his agents to gain some benefit from the regime during a time of sanctions. Saddam Husain created the atmosphere that normalised this mindset in the wider Iraqi population and the Muslim world. Because Saddam was at the same time defiant to the West and their allies he was viewed as a hero who was standing up against a tyrannical people that were dominating them, the Muslim world eventual adopted this same mindset and chose to ignore the fact he was oppressing his own people for the sake of nationalism and his own pride, they forgot that forbidding evil and upholding truth are two pillars of Islam which have to maintained and in fact the prophet (saws) said when the muslim community no longer stops oppression Allah would place dictators over them. Allah in the Quran says that He doesn’t punish a city until all it’s inhabitants practiced evil, “And never did we destroy the townships unless the folk thereof were evil-doers” (2859). The prophet (saws) also said “If people see someone (practicing) injustice and do not set him right, Allah will almost certainly visit them all

63

with sever punishment.”, Other narration's state “If they see evil practiced and do not attempt to change it.”(Abu Dawuud) Because people feared saying to Saddam you are an oppressor and they didn’t remove his oppression the prophet (saws) said “then they have taken their leave” they are no longer upholding anything from the Deen and the Ummah may as well not even exist, hence Allah will fate most of the Arabs to die by the time of the Mahdi (ra) and for them to be driven out of their lands by Europe when it invades then by the Dajjal (Allah;s curse be upon him) when He emerges. He (saws) said the people of Sham will leave sham and the people of Egypt will flee Egypt (it’s destruction is also mentioned in the Bible), the Romans (Europe) will bombard there coastal areas heavily and devastate them entirely. The prophet (saws) said “There are no people in whose midst acts of disobedience are habitual (they become a consistent habit) and who can change these habits but do not change them, except that Allah visits them with sweeping punishment.” (Abu Dawuud) The hadith about these three fitnah’s indicates their time is in the ear of Dictators and all these events occurred underneath the dictators of the Baath Party, the Muslim’s refused to vilify their oppression and instead looked towards their methods for solutions, essentially they took their leave from being muslims’s during this time which lead to the Ummah’s lowest point in Islam’s history. Saddam's methods were adopted by other dictators around the Muslim world to maintain complete control over their populations, he made these methods seem acceptable and justifiable in the eyes of others who wanted power. The fitna of secrets has continued into our time with the popularization of espionage and the agencies that carry them out by the media, their actions are no longer seen as shocking and moral despicable and the matter has only gotten worse in a technological age were the gadgets they once dreamed up are all now reality. It's spread was at the hands of Saddam but now it has affected the entire Muslim world as anyone wishing to keep control over Muslim populations uses it, manipulating portions of the population to keep watch over others, raising some in status and lowering another. 64

This is the exact behaviour of Pharaoh, Allah said, “Pharaoh behaved arrogantly in the land, and divided the people into groups, seeking to weaken one section (while raising another), slaying their sons and sparing their daughters he was one of those who spread corruption” (28:4).

‫َست َحْ يِي‬ ْ ‫َضعِ فُ طَا ِئفَ ًة ِّمن ْ ُه ْم يُذَبِّحُ أَبْن َا َء ُه ْم َوي‬ ْ ‫َست‬ ْ ‫ْضوَجَ عَلَ أ َ ْه َلهَا شِ يَعًا ي‬ ِ ‫األَر‬ ْ ‫إِ َّن ِف ْر َع ْو َن ع ََالفِي‬ ‫ِسا َء ُه ْم إِنَّ ُه كَا َن ِم َن املْ ُفْسِ دِي َ
ن‬ َ

This state of affairs led to the emergence of the worst kind of people being placed in charge to maintain this system, those willing to do anything for this dunya (world), the prophet (saws) called them al Ruwaibidah (the corruptors of society) and mentioned their rule in Ahadith; The prophet (saws) said, "There shall come upon people years of deceit in which the liar will be believed, the truthful one disbelieved (a reversal in society were the degenerates take the fore becoming the role models for people), the treacherous will be trusted and the trustworthy one considered treacherous (moral people are considered treacherous because they stop people from gaining wealth by deception, morality and ethics in business is seen as exactly this and religious people are not trusted in corporations whistle blowers are shunned and degraded because society now looks to evil people to gain from them, shunning and mistrusting those who go against the status quo); and the Ruwaybidah will speak out.’ It was said: Who are the Ruwaybidah? The Prophet, peace be upon him, replied: The lowly, contemptible one who will speak out about public affairs (governing peoples personal lives)(al-rajul al tafihu yatakallam fi amri'l-ammah).] (Ibn Majah, Sunan, no.4036; Ahmad, Musnad, no.7899; al-Hakim, Mustadrak, 4:465, saying: ‘Its chain is sahih). Anas ibn Malik said, The Prophet (saws) said, (before) The time of the Dajjaal (their) will be years of confusion. People will believe a liar, and disbelieve one who tells the truth. People will distrust one who is trustworthy, and trust one who is treacherous (the fitna of espionage led to this state of affairs because it opened the 65

door for people’s personal lives scrutinised and judged publicly, the catch phrase of the day “privacy is a thing of the past” now these degenerates speak out about what people do in their homes influencing their personal beliefs); and the Ruwaybidah will have a say.' Someone asked, 'Who are the Ruwaybidah?' He said, 'Those who rebel against Allah and will have a say in general affairs.'" (Ahmad.) “Those who rebel against Allah” means they challenge him directly, they are the degenerate and depraved occultists now in charge of people who perform fowl acts to gain power and influence in the occult, if we are unfamiliar with this subject but believe it exists because the Quran says it exists, we need to only ask what a person needs to do to become proficient in dark magic, what depraved acts does he need to do to gain control of devils and command them against others, this state of affairs is mentioned in many prophecies we will cover later. Other translations of the hadith have “vile men who control the general affairs” of the common people, the Ruwaybidah have remained after the dictators have left, they are the lowest of people who practice the occult being put in charge of the public in order to manipulate and manoeuvre the population away from their heritage to a way of life that is hedonistic and heathen in the guise of secularism, they forget that the Khalifah was largely secular in nature so this is nothing new to muslims, legislation was mostly in the hands of it's scholars (the Madhhabs) not it's rulers who had political authority they did not. The prophet (saws) said: “No, no, the intellects of the general masses at that time will be deceived! They will be following fools that have no intellects themselves. They will be assuming they have a (legitimate) cause, but they will not have a (legitimate) cause.” (Ahmad, Ibn Majah, Ibn Hibban). The muslim nations followed the ways of the Kufar blindly “you will follow the Jews and Christians in their ways even if they crawl down a lizard hole.” This occurred even though Secular countries all but lost their former identities as people in front of their eyes, they replaced culture with corporate advertising that has no real value in peoples lives except to exploit anything and everything for profit.

66

Many Ahadith indicate the timing of these events in relation to the Fitna's that the prophet (saws) gave specific labels to like the Duhaima, of which we are only relating a few. Imam Nu'aym ibn Hammad, who was one of Imam Bukhari's teachers, in his work al Fitan narrated from Abu Hurayrah (ra) that he said: "The fourth fitna is blind and dark, rolling like the ocean. It will not leave a single house of the Arabs or the 'Ajam without filling it with humiliation and fear. It will go around Sham, cover 'Iraq, and batter the Jazirah with its hand and foot. During it, the Ummah will be torn by wars, and the tribulations will become so severe that right will be considered as wrong, and wrong will be considered as right. No one will be able to voice the least objection. Every time they resolve it in one place, it will afflict them with division in another place (the splitting up of entire societies). During it, a man will be a mu'min in the morning and become a kafir by the evening, and no one will be saved from it except one who supplicates like a person drowning in the ocean would supplicate. It will last for twelve years, then it will end when it ends, and the Euphrates will have uncovered a mountain of gold. They will fight over it until seven out of every nine are killed." Sham refers to greater Syria, present-day Palestine, Syria, Jordan, Lebanon, and Sinai. Iraq refers to the southern area of the present-day state of Iraq. As for the Jazirah, this does not refer to the Arabian Peninsula, but rather to the area between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers in the northern area of present-day Iraq and Syria. The description given of the fourth fitna is fitnatul Duhaima which came after fitnatul Sarra, the first fitna is more than likely the Iran-Iraq War that began in 1980 and lasted for nearly a decade, shaping the Middle East at the beginning of the technological age we now live in. It is mentioned in other Ahadith by the prophet (saws), that war led to the the later three fitna's directly. These Ahadith indicate that the fourth fitna will be the last one to shape the world immediately before the coming of the Mahdi (ra) and the emergence of the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him), "(This will continue) until people will go to two Fustaats (groups) — the Fustaat of Eemaan (religion), in which there is no hy67

pocrisy, and the Fustaat of hypocrisy, in which there is no Eemaan (religion). And when that will come to you (when the sorting of people into the camp with religion and the camp with no religion finally ends), wait for the Dajjaal on that day or on the morrow". The Prophet (saws) said "Then people will gather and agree upon a man, (but it will be an agreement that is) like a hip on a rib, (meaning this arrangement won’t last). Then there will be the Duhaima (the major corrupting event in the world that will lead to the Dajjal)”. After the first Gulf War in the 90's when sanctions were placed on Iraq people gathered around the Banner of Osama Bin Laden who was fighting against the oppression Muslims were facing in Iraq and elsewhere, this was before he was labeled a terrorist by the west, this arrangement soon ended when the Fitna of the Duhaima began on September the 11, 2001, with the destruction of the world trade towers that ended his support around the world. In fact all the events mentioned are related to each other and were a cause for the fitna that came after it just like the prophet (saws) described the events of the hour will follow each other like beads falling from a string. The Iran Iraq war led to Fitnatul Ahlaas (Kuwait war) and that led to fitnatul Sarra (secrecy and espionage) which in turn led to fitnatul Duhaima, September the 11th. When America wanted revenge they invaded Iraq to completely remove Saddam from power who they considered should have been removed in the first Gulf War, and Osama Bin Laden who had temporary Muslim support was blamed for the attack which is why the prophet (saws) mentioned all the events together in one Hadith along with the end result of splitting the Muslim world into two camps, as the west dominated muslim countries the world was forced to choose sides just as Islam and Christianity foretold. The Duhaima, led to the invasion of Afghanistan, the second Invasion of Iraq and the humiliation of every Muslim on earth over the past decade as an entire religion and it's people were demonized in the world media, a pretext for political gain considering Islam hasn’t had any representative government for almost a hun-

68

dred years, it's effects where greater than the sword testing the faith of every Muslim ("giving him a slap"). As it's description states it was a Dark Black & Cunning trial that caught people off guard, it's effects were "blind and dark, rolling like the ocean (meaning continuously spreading around the world). It will not leave a single house of the Arabs or the 'Ajam (non Arab Muslims) without filling it with humiliation and fear (which every Muslim lived through). It will go around Sham (local wars in Palestine, Syria, Jordan and Lebanon), cover 'Iraq (the second Iraq war which led to it's complete occupation and loss of independence), and batter the Jazirah with its hand and foot (an area that is heavily contested by many sides today). During it, the Ummah will be torn by wars..."It will last for twelve years, then it will end when it ends". "When it will be said that it is over, it will return" - When America invaded Iraq for many years people called for this war to end only to have it extend for nearly a decade while they looked on hopeless about stoping it, people did not know when it would end and it kept being prolonged by the west until people nearly gave up protesting it. The major impact of this fitna are not the wars that resulted from it but the lasting impact it had on the world, ‘(This will continue) until people will go to two Fustaats (groups) — the Fustaat of Eemaan (religion), in which there is no hypocrisy, and the Fustaat of hypocrisy, in which there is no Eemaan (religion). And when that will come to you (when this sorting finally ends), wait for the Dajjaal on that day or on the morrow.’ The Duhaima began the division of the world into two camps one filled with Hypocrisy and no religion and the other filled with Iman, religion and no hypocrisy, this isn't a reference to the devision of Muslim's versus non Muslims this is a reference to the entire world, to people who hold on to good qualities versus those who choose evil in life (such as the ruwaybidah). It is a general characterization of the state of the world as we know it today after these events have shaped it, because the last fitna to occur in the Hadith, the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him), will come to test the entire world after the sorting ends and not just muslims. 69

The Duhaima, september the 11th, it’s ramifications are global and not just In Islam it is literally the event that will lead the world to the coming of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) because it decided the world into two camps this with religion and those without religion. The Ahadith about events at the end of time take on a global nature because Allah will test the entire world with what is going to occur, initially they refer to Muslims but as we get closer to the Mahdi (ra) and the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him) they begin to refer to all people on earth. One only need think back to the 80's, 70's and earlier to see a contrast between how people thought back then and now, the west was still considered Christian in those time's and the east Buddhist, now those characterizing distinctions are deliberately being removed by the West and the Ruwaybidah, a foreign system being used in Muslim lands, hence the fitna of the Duhaima and what will result after it are the camps of those who have left morality and those who still hold on to it. Abdullah ibn 'Amr ibn Aas reported that the Messenger of Allah (pbuh) said, "How will you (act) when the time draws near when people will be sifted (2001); the covenants (business) of people will be corrupted and the people will differ (sorted into two camps); then they will be like this," and he intertwined his fingers (social media with the advent of the internet, and telecommunications technology). They said, "How should we (act), O Messenger of Allah?" He said, " Take what you know to be good and leave what you repudiate; betake yourselves to your own private affairs and leave off the affairs of the general public." (The responsibility forFard Kifaya, communal obligations, after 2001 is lifted from us) (Abu Dawood, Ibn Majah and Ahmad related the same Hadeeth through different chains). Here the prophet (saws) described the modern era, “the covenants of people will be corrupted (business will be corrupt) and the people will differ (the sorting of people into two camps); then they will be like this, and he intertwined his fingers” indicating the Globalization of the world and people's lives becoming connected to each other around the world through the internet, social media and all telecommunications technology and because of all this the prophet (saws) lifted the respon-

70

sibility of Fard Kifaya, communal obligations, from muslims they won’t be asked about it on the day of judgment any longer. There is a chronology to the prophet’s words the hadith begins with the sifting of people in 2001 with the September the 11 attacks, if we think back to how the World media was viewed before 2001, it was the ethical voice of the public that kept politician’s, corporations and corruption in society in check by reporting on it. We can then understand the significance of the prophets (saws) next words, “the covenants of people (their word and contract) will be corrupted” the reporter’s word was his career but this was destroyed after 2001 and reporters were no longer seen as trustworthy, a black spot was placed upon them that has never lifted. Hence once the perceived moral voice of society was no longer moral or had any capacity to keep anyone in check, corporations, politicians and everyone else began to see that they could get away with what ever they liked, now you could manipulate anyone and everything. “and the people will differ” this refers to the dividing effect of September the 11th, America during this time was accused of orchestrating the entire event because they could not provide clear evidence to justify their wars, or establish the guilt of people they accused in a court of Law. Saddam Hussein for instance had nothing to do with the attack, something they admitted later as if they had just realised it, yet Iraq was invaded for irrelevant political gain, hence the world media was used as a weapon of war and propaganda that would not critically investigate events or the corrupt governments behind everything. “then they will be like this, and he intertwined his fingers”, peoples lives would become intertwined, it was around 2004 that the internet and mass telecommunication devices like mobile phones gained mass penetration, technology also made travel around the world easy and the world was explored and discovered like never before. Globalization has never occurred before in history, technology and the Internet have allowed strangers living on the other side of the world to enter into peoples

71

lives and homes on mass, where before the home protected the privacy of those living in them now every mobile phone and computer had a camera attached to it. The Invasion of Afghanistan began in 2001 and Iraq followed soon after, the Arab countries (Sham) were all torn by a number of wars during this time, wars in Lebanon, Palestine, Syria and eventually the Syrian civil war in 2012. The fitna of the Duhaima lasted for 12 years, the pull out of troops from Afghanistan eventually began in 2013 and ended in 2014. This is the sorting of People into two camps mentioned in the Ahadith, people first began to take sides on the events surrounding September the 11th, then this continued to spread to other areas of life until it became clear who was corrupt and had no religion and who wasn't as pressure was put on people to take sides in their work and lives. The prophet (saws) mentioned the sorting of people at the beginning of a number of Ahadith because he was telling us how we could know which war in Syria he was referring to, and in three narration's he (saws) indicated it to be a civil war after the spetember the 11 attack, described as the sorting or sifting of people. The Duhaima’s occurrence was before the war in Sham and led to it in 2012, it changed the world in a unique way, the Dictators after it were no longer seen as absolute Authorities in their countries it also lead to the next event on the string of beads, the complete removal of the era of dictators with the Arab spring, or the flood as the prophet (saws) called it. The Prophet (saws) said during the time of the Duhaima "do not rebuke the people of Syria rather, rebuke the evil people among them, because amongst them are the Abdals (Awliya or Saints)". The Evil people among them are the Baath Party of Bashar al Asad, meaning during these 12 years you would see them do reprehensible things that you would want to curse the people of Syria over, this was the case regarding a number of issues in the region like Lebanon, but the prophet (saws) advised that we should only curse those who are evil and not the entire population itself. The Baath Party of Syria is the same Baath party Saddam Husain belonged to, who similarly used spying and espionage to subvert and oppress the population, 72

Bashar al Asad belonged to a minority sect of people who ruled Syria, they made up less than 23% of the countries population and were placed in power after WW1 by the French, having an even smaller population at the time. The prophet (saws) goes on to say "Allah will send a flood from Heaven (an event) that will disperse their groups in a way that if foxes were to attack them they would be victorious". The flood that would be sent was the "Arab spring" that swept across the entire Muslim world removing every dictator from power effectively ending the Era of Dictators in Muslim lands, it came to Syria last and began the Civil War...“Then there will be tyrannical (forceful) kingship (the era of dictators) and it will remain for as long as Allah wills it to remain.Then He will raise it when He wills to raise it.” Bashar al Asad is the last of the old dictators in the muslim world, once his rule ends this will be the end of the Baath party that spread Fitnatul Sarra (the corruption of espionage secrecy) into the muslim world, this isn't to say the muslim Ummah wont see any more dictators, Ahadith clearly mention them but they will all be short lived not lasting more than a few years, they are more accurately war lords, waging short lived wars before being defeated as the prophet (saws) stated. Rather the era of dictators ending means that this form of governing in the Muslim world wont appear every where again as it once did after WW1, the hadith is a characterization of the Ummah through out it's history. The prophet (saws) said “that will disperse their groups”, the civil war dispersed Syria's groups into factions, some fighting for the people of Syria, some fighting for Asad and some joining the terrorist factions fighting for themselves. This dispersion the prophet (saws) said about it “that if foxes were to attack them they would be victorious”. This characterization is an indication of the type of event the flood would be and is unique in it’s description among all the wars mentioned by the prophet (saws), “Allah will send a flood from Heaven (an event) that will disperse their groups” the flood would disperse their groups into factions indicating this event would cause in fighting, a civil war, and it wont be an invading Army, otherwise 73

the prophet (saws) would have clearly mentioned it is an Army invading Syria, the flood is a metaphor for a movement (an intellectual event) that would be a catalyst for the splitting of the people into factions. When the people of Syria saw how all the other dictators around the world had fallen this gave them motivation to likewise do the same and take back their country. To understand who the foxes are we have to look at the factions fighting in Syria, Bashar al Asad is one faction, Hizb Allah is another, Al Qaeda and ISIS are two factions with two distinct leaders and groups, and the people of Syria make up the remaining factions. Edward Snowden was a former system administrator for the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) and a counterintelligence trainer at the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), he later worked for the private intelligence contractor Dell inside an NSA outpost in Japan, in March 2013, he joined a consulting firm inside the NSA centre in Hawaii. In June 2013, he came to international attention after disclosing to several media outlets thousands of classified documents that he acquired while working as an NSA contractor. Snowden's leaked documents revealed numerous global surveillance programs, many of them run by the NSA and the "Five Eyes", an intelligence alliance comprising Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States, with the cooperation of telecommunication companies around the world and European governments. This leak came on the heels of the earlier leak by Wiki Leaks of the files now known as the Spy Files which initially brought attention to the existence of these surveillance programs that intercepted the complete communications of entire populations, it was a secret new industry spanning 25 countries that began in September 2001. Wiki Leaks, a journalistic organization used by whistle blowers to publish secret information, news leaks, and classified media from anonymous sources to bring to light corruption around the world, began releasing a database of hundreds of 74

documents containing information about various operations from as many as 160 intelligence contractors in the mass surveillance industry. The documents leaked by Edward Snowden, now reported by various media outlets around the world, revealed who the foxes are that the prophet (saws) mentioned in the Ahadith. The NSA documents revealed that Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, the leader of the terrorist group ISIS was trained by Mossad, with the help of US and UK intelligence officials. The US, UK and Israel drew up a plan to protect the Zionist entity, by using a strategy called “the hornet’s nest”. NSA documents refer to the implementation of the hornet’s nest as a strategy by which all terrorists could be gathered together in one place by creating religious and Islamic slogans that would attract them such as the re-establishment of the long lost Islamic Khalifa, in other terms a false cause that would rally extremists in one place in order to engage them in a war away from Israel by turning their attention elsewhere. In the documents leaked by Snowden, it was revealed that ISIS was made for “the protection of the Jewish state” in order to keep the enemies of Israel engaged, in other words so they would waste their resources elsewhere and effectively spend what ever strength they have. Snowden’s leak also revealed that ISIS leader and cleric Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi was given intensive military training for a whole year by Mossad, besides lessons on Islamic Law, theology and public speaking. Media outlets similarly reported that Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi appointed an Australian Muslim with extensive links to the Australian Secret Service to the post of military commander. The Australian began his mission by beheading four Muslim detainees from other armed factions who refused to swear allegiance to al-Baghdadi as the Khalifa, they were said to be from the other Al Qaeda faction who began fighting with ISIS soon after they declared them self the new "Khalifah of the Islamic World", ISIS has since become famous for it’s beheadings. 75

[Pictured below is ISIS leader Baghdadi and Al Qaeda leader Muhammad Noor in high level meetings with American senator John McCain while he was in syria, the images are taken directly from CNN footage and now widely available on the internet] ISIS: Al-Baghdadi

Al Qaeda: Muahmmad Noor

76

Edward Snowden stated that Baghdadi who was Born to (Arab) Jewish parents was a Mossad agent whose real name is Elliot Shamon, he is pictured with American senator John McCain having high profile meetings on how to proceed in Syria. It's now widely known and accepted that these groups have long been infiltrated and manipulated by the world super powers, any person can join them from any part of the world and the only prerequisite for joining is to claim to be Muslim, it's not surprising that after 2001 all these militant groups not associated with any country, for example Hizb Allah is Lebanese while al Qaeda and ISIS are borderless with no affiliation to any country or leader, they have since been manoeuvred to benefit the dominant super powers in the world, once leadership is taken over and most of these people have no known history you can give dubious orders for dubious reasons without justifying yourself, there is no oversight or anyone investigating why they do anything the only justification they give seems to be overtime they get angry at something they want to attack it or blow it up, that may sound good for the media but in reality not even a child thinks in these simple terms. These simple excuses hide an underlaying sinister truth, in fact it was reported that ISIS (ISI in Iraq) was responsible for handing Iraq over to America because they were responsible for the indiscriminate bombing of civilians, market places and other civilian buildings during the war, this bloodshed stopped the Iraqi people from presenting a unified front against the Coalition nearly causing a civil war between Shia and Sunni’s, it allowed America to dominate easily both factions and place the minority Kurds in charge of the entire country, a tactic long since used in Syria by the French to place Asad's minority sect in power which created the dictator and the ruling class. Many scholars from within the salafi moment itself have long since warned about their movement being infiltrated and manipulated to create factions within factions as far back as 1998 like Naasir al Deen Albani one of their main scholars when the movement existed in "simpler" times and was more "clear" in its aims. But it’s more accurate to say these scholars were handpicked from obscurity as the leaders of their groups because they were successfully miseducated in order to 77

spread their less than scholarly ideas, this is very evident from Albani’s own work because he quotes al Manar magazine often and claims it was one of the greatest influences on his life, the magazine was written by Jamal al Deen Afghani (d.1897) who was responsible for the foreign backed separatists groups in Egypt that brought down the government and handed it over to the British for colonisation at the turn of the last century, and Muhammad Abduh (d.1905) who forcibly placed himself as the head of al Azhar university, until his death, with the backing of the British in order to pass the Shariah ruling that riba (interest on loans) was permissible so British Banks could dominate Egypt into the next century and buy out the suez canal which helped the British Empire dominate the entire world. The prophet (saws) said “that if foxes were to attack them (the dispersed groups of Syria) they would be victorious”, in 2014 the foxes (ISIS) attacked and were victorious against the people of Syria claiming a small territory after which they declared they had re-established the Islamic Khalifah with this small patch of land alone, only to be later found out they are MOSSAD agents, their idiotic claims should be self evident because people don’t go to war because they think a small patch of land in Syria is the re-establishment of the Khalifah for the entire muslim world. It is absurd that this is a serious and rational claim or that they even took it in such a manner themselves, rather their ulterior lessor motives are clear in it’s absurdity, these are men who know how to effectively lead men during war, so their capacity to organize, plan and deceive is established, the Prophet (saws) himself said ‘War is Deception’, this same statement was later repeated by Tsun Tzu in his famous book ‘The Art of War’. This is the current state of the war in Syria, attention is focused on the foxes (ISIS), The messenger of Allah (saws) goes on to say “Then Allah will send a man from the perfumed musked children of the Messenger”, this is not the Mahdi (r.a) but a person from Ahl al Bayt (the prophets descendants) who will lead the people of Syria. “They will be killed, defeated, then the Hashimite will appear, so Allah will restore unity and favors to the people and this will be the case until the Dajjaal (the 78

lying, false messiah) comes” The Hashimi (which is his lineage from Bani Hashim) as it is mentioned later in other narration’s is called “al Mansur”. He is General of the Army that will come from the East carrying black flags in order to establish the dominion of the Mahdi (ra), before he emerges, the Hadith is saying shortly after the civil war in Syria ends the river Euphrates will dry up and the Black flags will come from the east conquering Arabia and Israel, when muslims see this unity will again return to the hearts of muslims and it will remain like this until the Dajjal (Allah’s curse be upon him) appears. The prophet (saws) call’s al Mansur the Hashimi in a number of narration's, this is one of the most significant events in not only Islam but Christianity as well (discussed later), because according to them Allah will send the six Angel of the Apocalypse to dry up the river euphrates to prepare the way for them to march across Arabia conquering it and Jerusalem. Europe will come to dominate the world this is evident in Ahadith because they will be the ones to place sanctions on Syria and not America and the Great war Armageddon will be between the Muslim’s and Europe, America by this point in time is not mentioned at all by the prophet (saws) because Europe would have taken it place from it as the dominant power. Many narration's once chronological arranged show how specific the prophet (saws) was, mentioning the major events of each decade in order, the following narration begins in the 70’s and spans nearly 50 years into our time. Imam ibn Hammad narrated from Ka'b: "There will be, after the fitnah in ash-Sham (Lebanese Civil war 76-90 and Ikhwan uprising in Syria 79-82), the eastern one which will be the destruction of the Kings and the Humiliation of the Arabs (the Duhaima, sep 11th, when the destruction of the Arabs began with their loss of independence and vilification, this state will continue), until the people of the Maghrib (Morocco, Tunisia, etc) come out”. (Which will occur after the Black flags come form the east, as many Ahadith state). (Nu'aym ibn Hammad, Kitab al-Fitan, No. 53) The current civil war in Syria was allowed to occur by Allah, it was sent to lift the era of dictators from the muslim world, this is regardless of which foreign groups are involved in it, as the famous hadith of Rasul Allah (saws) states ‘Allah 79

may help this Deen with an Evil person’. Hence the fitna mentioned in the above hadith has to refer to when the prophet (saws) said fitna would be going around Sham before settling on Iraq, the fitna began with the Arab Israeli conflict in 1967 which was followed by the Lebanese Civil War between 1976 and 1990, and during that time the Ikhwan (Muslim Brotherhood) attempted to take control of Syria between 1979 and 1982. It began to move to Iraq with the Iran and Iraq war but settled there in 1990 with the Kuwait war which was followed by the Sanctions being placed on Iraq for the next decade, once events settled over Iraq we saw the Fitnatul Ahlasss and Fitnatul Sarra occur which affected the Ummah at large, during this time the prophet (saws) said the muslim Ummah, “they have taken their leave”, their existence and non existence amounts to the same thing. Allah will rally the people of Sham around one of the descendants of the prophet (saws) at the end of this Civil War, He Will engage the people of 7 Banner’s having seven different leaders in a Battle amongst approximately 12-15,000 soldiers under three different banners (battalions) and their password or saying is ‘Die, die!’, meaning to the Death. It is clear from these Ahadith the only people who are going to win are the people of Syria. While the people of Sham will have one leader and under him are three different banners, those who oppose them are clearly 7 different Banners with 7 different and distinct leaders, all of whom are seeking control of Syria. The 7 Banners and their leaders are Bashar al Asad (1), Hizb Allah (2), al Qaeda are two distinct groups (ISIS and al Qaeda) with two different leaders (3,4), and 2 groups from the people of Syria have joined al Qaeda and their groups (5,6), making that 6 Banners so far, it was reported that 3 groups from Syria joined al Qaeda but this isn't confirmed yet as the war hasn't reached it's conclusion the seventh group may be a super power or Iran or Turkey, what is clear is that each of these groups has it's own leader with his own aspirations and plans, while the people of Syria are united in a single war against all of them, exactly as the hadith states.

80

When ISIS claimed to have won and established the Khalifah they were about 10,000 fighters in that war, “They will be killed, defeated, then the Hashimite will appear, so Allah will restore unity and favors to the people and this will be the case until the Dajjaal (the lying, false messiah) comes.” Allah will kill all these different factions and restore unity to the hearts of the Muslims so the next phase of Islamic Governance can begin, a Khalifah underneath the Mahdi (ra). The Mahdi (ra) as other Ahadith indicate will appear after sanctions are placed on Egypt like they were placed on Iraq, these Ahadith mention that other specific events must occur first, like the black banners coming from the east (Afghanistan and it's surrounding areas) who will march across Arab lands conquering them until they finally take Jerusalem and give control of it after six years to the Mahdi (ra), He will emerge while there is a civil war raging in Saudi Arabia. The Prophet Muhammad (saws) said: Black Flags will appear from Khorasan (Afghanistan and the surrounding areas), Nothing will will stop them until they will be placed at Elya (the Holy Land of Jerusalem) (Mustadrak Hakim Hadith 8531. 2 Masnad Ahmad Volume 4,Hadith 1599). Abd Allah said, Whilst we were with the Prophet, some young men from Banu Hashim approached us. When the Prophet saw them, his eyes filled with tears and the colour of his face changed. I said, We can see something has changed in your face, and it upsets us. The Prophet said, We are the people of a Household for whom Allah has chosen the Hereafter rather than this world. The people of my Household (Banu Hashim) will suffer a great deal after my death, and will be persecuted until a people carrying black banners will come out of the east. They will instruct the people to do good, but the people will refuse; they will fight until they are victorious, and the people do as they asked, but they will not accept it from them until they hand over power to a man from my household. Then the earth will be filled with fairness, just as it had been filled with injustice. If any of you live to see this, you should go to him (the Mahdi) even if you have to crawl across ice." (Sunan Ibn Majah (Kitab-al-fitan) Hadith 4082).

81

In this hadith is the reason why Allah will destroy the Arabs, the black flags will come from the east conquering Arab lands, they will instruct them to act according to Islam but the Arabs will refuse to Accept Islam so they will defeat them, afterwards Allah will only leave 1/3 of them alive before the Mahdi (ra) emerges driving many from their home lands due to prolonged war. The phrasing in the earlier hadith. “the destruction of the Kings” is the prophet (saws) announcing when the end of the Saudi Kingdom would begin and what it’s will be, it is the Kingdom in charge of the Holy Lands and in many Ahadith referring to Saudi Arabia shortly after a civil war among three of their present rulers son’s, the Saudi Kingship would come to an end. September the 11, Fitnatul Duhaima, is the worst fitna to befall the world before the emergence of the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him), the prophet (saws) said it is "...a trial that will take place in my nation – it is the greatest of them" (Ahmad), it's effects will continue to increase in waves dividing mankind into two camps, the prophet (saws) called it the era of evil and advised that all good deeds should be performed before it's arrival, “Perform all good deeds before the era of evil dawns” because after the world is split into two camps the camp of hypocrites with no religion will stop all people from trying to do any good in the world so they con dominate the world, this is the camp of secularism, Atheism and the occult. The intensity of the evil that will emerge during this time will stop mankind as a whole from being able to perform any good, corruption will spread intensely during it and man will be forced to choose safety over charity and open kindness, because he wont know the person who he is dealing with and would fear him, its effects will corrupt the entire world as all forms of harmful acts spread, destroying the meaning and fabric of society, and in fact we have seen this with the unprecedented rate of consumption of alcohol, drugs and pornography and everything else that man can do to his body. The prophet (saws) described it's severity in corrupting mankind in this way "tribulations will become so severe that right will be considered as wrong, and wrong will be considered as right. No one will be able to voice the least objection. Every time they resolve it in one place, it will afflict them with division in another 82

place. During it, a man will be a mu'min in the morning and become a kafir in the evening, and no one will be saved from it except one who supplicates like a person drowning in the ocean would supplicate”, and He (saws) advised people regarding it in the following way " They said, "How should we (act), O Messenger of Allah?" He said, " Take what you know to be good and leave what you repudiate; betake yourselves to your own private affairs and leave off the affairs of the general public", Fard Kifaya, community obligations are no longer mandatory on people, don't involve your selves with the ruwaybidah, their people and any public or community affairs they will be dominated by muslims who are kufar, they have joined the camp of the Hypocrites, the West and their Allies, and have apostated from the Deen because of it, ‘their camp will be filled with Hypocrites and no Iman’ (religion) meaning they are no longer Muslims. The devision of this fitna will continue to increase in severity until the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) emerges, the effects of these evils will be so grave and cause such doubt in man that a person would wake up as a Mu’min (Muslim) and become a Kaafir by night, or be a Mu’min (Muslim) at night and become a Kaafir by the morning, in this statement from the prophet (saws) is the affirmation that the camp of the Hypocrites is using the occult because the last time the world saw such quick transformations in people was when Christian Germany adopted the occult Nazi Party, many prophecies which we will quote later also state this literally. The second half of the statement is also an indication of the kind of lives people will live at night, this was not common in mankind before our era, people used to stay at home at night and not venture out, we see that in every subtle phrase of the prophet (saws) is a prophecy regarding what will occur. A person will sell his Deen (way of life) in lieu of a paltry sum, and indeed we have seen this with people joining the camp of the hypocrites or coming under the control of the Ruwaybidah and more recently with people openly denouncing Islam in order to promote a book they have written, this would not have been conceivable 30 years ago, but the atmosphere September the 11th caused around the world changed people's perception of the world and placed mankind on a path ending with only one event, the Dajjal (Allah's curse be upon him). 83

CHAPTER 6

The Era Of The Duhaima (Sep 11th) The Worst Fitnah Before The Dajjal September the 11 was a decisive moment in modern history, it shaped the world we know today and created boundary lines between people none more obvious than between those who thought America orchestrated the Attack versus those who thought Osama Bin Laden was responsible. But the prophet (saws) said the boundary line it created in mankind was more horrific in nature it was nothing less than the boundary between people who had religion and people who didn’t, in effect a war was openly declared on religion itself because the secular world thought it occupied all the key positions and could win, but they didn’t count on one thing, the consequences to man’s actions in the universe, every action has an equal and opposite reaction and in reality they chose to ignore the fact “physics” exists, their total dominance only looked good on paper because it wasn’t anything other than a short term victory, the British Empire before them are a witness to this they where one of the largest empires on earth and literally the shortest lived of them all, even today the cracks in western dominance are showing, with the collapse of their economy and failure to pay of their debts the Western Empire looks to be even shorter lived than the British Empire. The prophet (saws) called September the 11 the Duhaima, which means pitch darkness, it is the beginning of the era of darkness for the entire world because it will end with the emergence of the Dajjal (Allah’s curse be upon him) the same day it finishes or the one following it according to the prophet (saws), it’s severity will only increase in waves until this end comes about, the Dajjal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will then emerge and take charge of the camp full of Hypocrites and no religion and fight against the camp with religion and no hypocrites. 84

Each of these Ahadith gives us more detail about what the Prophet (saws) mentioned regarding September the 11th, they allow us to get a very clearer picture of what has been occurring in the world over the past decade or so and what muslims should do in these times; The Prophet (saws) said, Woe to the Arabs from the great evil which is nearly approaching them: it will be like patches of dark night (The Duhaima). A man will wake up as a believer, and be a kafir (unbeliever) by nightfall (the Hypocrites will have perfected destroying a mans religion and will do it in the span of a day). People will sell their religion for a small amount of worldly goods. The one who clings to his religion on that day will be as one who is grasping an ember, or thorns (He will be going against society and isolated). (Ahmad.) The Prophet (saws) pointed to the Arabs directly in this hadith because the Duhaima will be the beginning of their destruction along with their Kings, Allah’s judgment was passed on them during the time of Saddam Hussain which is why the prophet (saws) said ‘they have taken their leave’, after any crime is committed Allah’s punishment will then begin. The Duhaima is the beginning of this punishment, “There will be, after the fitnah in ash-Sham (wars during the 70’s and 80’s), the eastern one which will be the destruction of the Kings and the Humiliation of the Arabs.” Patches of a dark night mean’s events will alternate over small periods of time between something dark and something darker, night in the wilderness is only lit up by the moon which is then covered by passing clouds, this is a time when man can not see his own hand in front of his face, so in the darkness of night you will come across patches of complete darkness with no moon light. The Prophet (saws) said, Before the Hour comes, there will be a tribulation like patches of a dark night. A man will get up a believer and go to sleep a kafir, or will go to sleep a believer and get up a kafir. The one who sits (isn’t involved in anything at all) will be better than the one who stands, and the one who walks will be better than one who runs. Break your bows, cut their strings, and strike your swords against stones. If someone comes to kill any of you, then be like the better

85

of the two sons of Adam (Abel and Cain, one killing the other out of Jealousy). (Abu Dawud) The following hadith explains what is meant by the one who sits is better than the one who stands, Abu Huraira said that ― “The destruction of the Arabs is close due to an evil that is very near. Only those will succeed who will stop their hands (from acting or fighting).” (Ahmad) It becomes increasingly clear that the destruction of the Arabs is mentioned a number of times in Ahadith and the one who doesn’t go out to fight or take any action in public or political affairs during this time will survive it’s fitnah (trial), the prophet (saws) lifted Fard Kifaya, community obligations, from all muslims during this time. Abu Bakrah related from his father, who related that the Messenger of Allah said, “Indeed there will be a tribulation — the one who is lying down during it is better than the one who is seated; the one who is seated is better than the one who is standing; the one who is standing is better than the one who is walking; and the one who is walking is better than the one who is seeking it out.” Abu Bakrah said, “O Messenger of Allah, what do you order me to do [then]?” He said, “Whoever has camels, then let him go to his camels; whoever has sheep, then let him catch up with his sheep; and whoever has land, then let him go to his land. And whoever does not have any of that, then let him betake himself to his sword, crush its blade with a rock, and then save himself as much as he is able to do so.” (Abu Dawud; a similar Hadith is found in Muslim). The Messenger of Allah (saws) said: “There will be a fitna that will destroy (tastanzifu) the Arabs, its dead will be in Hell. During which the tongue will be more severe (ashadd) than a blow of the sword.” (Ahamd, Abu Dawud, at-Tirmidhi, Ibn Majah) The Ahadith draw a clear picture of what people should have been done during the Fitnah of the Duhaima, September the 11th, and looking back on history this was the one thing Muslims around the world were attacked and criticized over the most, it is amazing to see how the prophet (saws) saw this specific point from His own time. The prophet (saws) said during this fitnah the one who sits will be 86

better than one who stands, and one who walks will be better than one who runs, people should avoid the general affairs of the public and He advised specifically not to go out and participate in any wars or so called Jihad's during this period of time, He repeated it a number of time's saying, cut your bow strings, break your swords, crush their blades, get rid of your weapons, don't respond to anyone making the call to Jihad because the dead will be in Hell if they respond to Jihad. The oppression by the Americans was the rallying cry and banner for those calling to Jihad, they called on the Youth to respond and defend muslim lands, while in every other time in history this would have been correct the prophet (saws) said this is the only time in Islamic history when it isn’t. This is because the callers to Jihad during this time will be liars, the cause's people will be fighting for will be manipulated and there will be much deception, “They will be assuming they have a (legitimate) cause, but they will not have a (legitimate) cause”, they will lie to them asking them to commit suicide, “their dead will be in hell”, and to kill civilians and the innocent, fighting a situation that can’t be changed because the prophet (saws) told us it’s outcome. The Arab world is not going to respond to them even if these groups had won every war in the region, the Arabs are now a people who Allah has passed judgment on already, can anyone avert Allah’s punishments from a people. To drive this point home the prophet (saws) repeated this very point to us in a number of Ahadith because He (saws) knew how the Arabs will behave in our life time, so we shouldn’t wonder if the outcome will ever be something else. The Army of the Mahdi (ra), the black flags will march from the east, they will conquer all of Arabia and even Israel, they will then demand the Arabs return to Islam but the Arabs will refuse even them, while the prophet (saws) clearly said we should respond to them and their call to jihad even if we have to crawl over ice to get to them, so what hope does a small fringe group fighting a false Jihad have of changing that situation, the fact is they are fake and that isn’t their aim at all. Allah has decreed “the destruction of the Kings and the Humiliation of the Arabs” and nothing can avert it.

87

Jabir ibn Samurah said, “I heard the Prophet say, ‘Just before the Hour there will be many liars.’” Jabir said, “Be on your guard against them.” (Muslim). Abu Hurayrah said, “The Prophet said, ‘There will be “Dajjaals” and liars among my Ummah (literally lessor “Antichrists” and great liars). They will tell you something new, which neither you nor your forefathers have heard. Be on your guard against them, and do not let them lead you astray.’” (Ahmad) The wars during this time will be nothing than a front for foreign governments and their media outlets, this is why we see these small terrorist groups go into a country disrupt what ever unity the people have, only to be later followed by the Invasion of a foreign power wishing to dominate that people, this most certainly will be the case in Syria as the prophet (saws) already mentioned it, sanctions will be placed on it just as they were placed on Iraq, but this time it will be Europe doing this. Europe will succeed and be the dominant power at the end of times because this is mentioned in a number of Holy Books, not just ours, the final Great War will be between them and the Muslims who they will try to end entirely, this tyranny is itself mentioned in the Bible very clearly, it will lead to the destruction of Egypt by them and the coast of Sham and cause the people of the Maghreb (north Africa) to rise up against them. The prophet’s (saws) words “their dead are in Hell” can only be a judgment on an act that person involves himself in which is equal to this kind of punishment by Allah, because He is not unjust, and during this time we saw a new type of warfare in Islamic war being utilized and manipulated, they came with false Ijtihad (new legal ruling's) by fake scholar's to justify it, “They will tell you something new, which neither you nor your forefathers have heard. Be on your guard against them, and do not let them lead you astray”. This new thing is the act of suicide bombing, it was the one thing the Ummah was severely attacked and criticized over, many people responded to the call of these people only to be fooled into attacking civilian targets like we saw in Iraq and other Muslim countries, these people were manipulated for the sake of politics

88

and a cause that lead to nothing Islamic, only those manipulating public affairs on a greater scale than the common soldier could perceive benefit from the situation. The act of suicide is the only act that will take a person directly to hell, if you commit murder there is still a chance for tawba (repentance) in life, but not suicide it’s consequences are immediate, and this is exactly as the prophet (saws) described, the dead during this time of fitnah were those who went out to war and became suicide bombers, they attacked civilians, shopping centres and people not involved in any war. A person who commits normal suicide will go directly to hell, so then what of a person who commits suacide to kill innocent people not involved in war, these murderers have ended their own life so their fate is sealed by their own hands. The Prophet (peace be upon him) said, “Whoever intentionally swears falsely by a religion other than Islam, then he is what he has said, (e.g. if he says, ‘If such a thing is not true then I am a Jew,’ he has then left Islam and become a Jew). And whoever commits suicide with a piece of iron will be punished with the same piece of iron in the Hell Fire.” the Prophet (peace be upon him) said, “A man was inflicted with wounds and he committed suicide, and so Allah said: My slave has caused death on himself hurriedly, so I forbid Paradise for him.” (Bukhari) These people have sworn by a way of life other than Islam and committed acts not permitted by it, the prophet (saws) saw who they are and passed judgment upon them. The Prophet (peace be upon him) said, “Whoever purposely throws himself from a mountain and kills himself, will be in the Fire falling down into it and abiding therein perpetually forever; and whoever drinks poison and kills himself with it, he will be carrying his poison in his hand and drinking it in the Fire wherein he will abide eternally forever; and whoever kills himself with an iron weapon, will be carrying that weapon in his hand and stabbing his abdomen with it in the Fire wherein he will abide eternally forever.” (Bukhari) Abu Huraira narrated: We were in the company of Allah’s Apostle in a ghazwa (battle), and he remarked about a man who claimed to be a Muslim, saying, “This (man) is from the people of the (Hell) Fire.” When the battle started, the man 89

fought violently till he got wounded. Somebody said, “O Allah’s Apostle! The man whom you described as being from the people of the (Hell) Fire fought violently (and fiercely for us) today and died.” The Prophet (peace be upon him) said, “He will go to the (Hell) Fire.” Some people were on the point of doubting, while they were in this state, suddenly someone said that he was still alive but severely wounded. When night fell, he lost patience and committed suicide. The Prophet (peace be upon him) was informed of that, and he said, “Allah is Greater! I testify that I am Allah’s Slave and His Apostle.” Then he ordered Bilal to announce amongst the people: “None will enter Paradise but a Muslim, and Allah may support this religion even with a disobedient man.” (Meaning, even if he helped Islam in the war, his act did not save him because his suicide took him to hell) (Bukhari). The recruiters of these false Jihad’s are mentioned in ahadith very clearly, Hudhaifah Bin al Yamaan (ra) said: People used to ask the Messenger of Allah (saws) about the good times, but I used to ask him about bad times fearing lest they overtake me. I said: Messenger of Allah, we were in the midst of ignorance and evil, and then Allah brought us this good (through Islam). Is there any bad time after this good one? (this Hadith speaks about the different stages of good and evil that will exist throughout Islam’s history on earth). He said: Yes. I asked: Will there be a good time again after that bad time? He said: Yes, but therein will be a hidden evil. I asked: What will be the evil hidden therein? He said: (That time will witness the rise of) the people who will adopt ways other than mine and seek guidance other than mine. You will know (their) good points as well as (their) bad points (this was during the Dynasties of Islam). I asked: Will there be a bad time after this good one? (After the Dynasties was the time of Dictators, our time) He said: Yes. (A time will come) when there will be people standing and inviting at the gates of Hell. Whosoever responds to their call they will throw them into the fire (the time which the Duhaima occurred in) I said: Messenger of Allaah, describe them for us. He said: All right. They will be a people having the same complexion as ours and speaking our language. I said: Messenger of Allaah, what do you suggest if I 90

happen to live in that time? He said: You should stick to the main body of the Muslims and their leader (meaning these people will speak about the madhhabs, which is the main body of muslims not being the right group, so don’t believe them). I said: If they have no (such thing as the) main body and have no leader? (What if their isn’t a Khalifah or leader for the Muslims) He said: Separate yourself from all these factions (that will appear), though you may have to eat the roots of trees (in an isolated place) until death comes to you and you are in this state, (leave of the affairs of the general public, their leaders will deceive you and throw you into hell). (Bukhari and Muslim). Ibn Masood (ra) said the fitnah of the Duhaima will be so sever and it's deception so great, that a muslim will not be safe from his own companion, he should be like a statue in his own house to avoid it; Amr ibn Waabisah related from his father from Ibn Mas’ood who said, “I heard the Messenger of Allah say (and he mentioned part of Abu Bakrah’s Hadeeth, mentioned earlier, "let him betake himself to his sword, crush its blade with a rock") “All of those killed in it (the fitna) are in the Hellfire.” Waabisah asked, “And when is that, O Ibn Mas’ood?” He said, “Those are the days of much killing, when a man will not be safe from the companion he sits with.” Waabisah said, “And what do you order me to do if I reach that time?” He said, “Restrain your tongue and your hand, and be a fixture from the fixtures of your house.”(Abu Dawwud) Imam Ibn kathir, who related these ahadith, said ‘it is a trial in which the impact of the tongue is more harsh than the impact of the sword’... a time when Mass Media will have worse consequences and sway on society than the wars and deaths they report on, modern technology only evolved as we know it after 2001 with the Internet that fuelled and created entire industries, mass telecommunication and mobile phones almost did not exist before 2001. Abdullah ibn ‘Amr related that the Messenger of Allah said, “Indeed there will be a trial and it will afflict the Arabs. Those killed in it are in the Hellfire. The effect of the tongue (on society) during it is more severe than the effect of the sword.” (Abu Dawwud) 91

Imam Ibn Kathir related the following Ahadith about this fitna specifically; The Messenger of Allah (saws) said, “When you see that my nation dreads saying to the oppressor, ‘Indeed you are an oppressor,’ then they have taken their leave (i.e. their existence and non-existence amounts to the same thing).” (Ahmad) They failed to stop oppression in Islamic lands so Allah decreed their humiliation and destruction. The Messenger of Allah (saws) said, “There will be Qadfh (heavy winds with stones flying, this is a simile for heavy bombardment by missiles, like what occurred in Baghdad and Afghanistan as well as the wars in Lebanon, Palestine and Syria during this time when they would literally trade missile for missile), Khasf (swallowing of the earth, the 2004 Tsunami that occurred because of a land slip, and the earthquakes in Turkey and Pakistan), and Maskh (stunting of peoples character and intelligence with miseducation, sihr, manipulated beliefs and sects)”. It’s very significant the prophet (saws) mentioned Maskh with the most severe things occurring to the Arabs during this time, the bombardment killed thousands upon thousands of people and the earthquakes killed over 400, 000 people together, this lets us know how sever and widespread Maskh would be in our time. In the Quran the word Maskh refers to transformation of people into animals, but Maskh also refers to the changing of a person’s appearance as well as the deliberate transformation or stunting of a persons character or personality. The word Maskh is synonymous with stunting a person’s growth or development but refers to appearance or demeanour at the same time. One type of Maskh are people who wear heavy makeup or follow trends, something unique to modern society. These are trends whether fashion, music, a scene, or a group and generally termed a subculture, people usually wear heavy makeup with unique hair styles and unique clothes, they look a certain way and behave a certain way that is not normal to society or Deen, the most obvious example is the Goth subculture. In this context Maskh can also refer to unique but general fashion trends that are followed by society at large because as a person takes on a persona which is the 92

act of maskh that stunts their personality by limiting their behaviour and beliefs to that of the group. Maskh of a persons personality can also be done with Sihr (dark magic) as people attack each other with it to stunt a person’s character and capacity so they can take advantage of him, the prophet (saws) said towards the end of time Sihr would be widespread in society this is despite the fact we are in a technological age, it is one of the main reasons why Paganism will again spread on the Arabian peninsula as the narration's mention, they will call on their Shayateen and Jinn to aid them. The Other Kind of Maskh is the kind popularized by spy films such as the Bourne Identity, loosely based on Soviet and U.S programs, where the individual is put through a program by which his personality is wiped, then he is reprogrammed and turned into a specialized government agent. In fact this type of Maskh fits the definition and context of the hadith perfectly because it is the internal change in personality that causes a change in appearance, while the Maskh of subcultures is an external change that then causes a persons character to change with it. One change is from the inside out while the other is from the outside in, and it is the former that is more relevant to these Ahadith. The principles and methods used in these programs where first developed by the Hashashin (Assassins, the word in arabic means those who use drugs to indoctrinate people) and later adopted by occult societies that now dominate the upper class, the modern form of this is used by organizations, advertising companies, and governments on the wider society to push people, such as politicians, leaders, business people and private individuals, in specific career related direction’s through out their life and while it is not a complete form of Maskh it is a more subtle version of it where the person doesn't notice they are being manipulated or limited, the prophet (saws) said: “No, no, the intellects of the general masses at that time will be deceived!”. Both these types of internal Maskh can similarly be done with Sihr (dark magic) by dominating a persons character, his intelligence is limited through it which leaves him open to suggestion as his normal perception of the world is degraded. 93

These kinds of Maskh where practiced by various heretical sects throughout history such as the Hashashin (Assassins) and the Templar’s who they worked for and took from them, both employed the use of drugs to speed up the transformation in a person. The domination of a persons mind would be so complete because the process was prolonged over time, that the Hashashin’s where famous for committing suicide on command for the sake of demonstration to others. All these types of Maskh, which now are no longer limited to these occult sects, appeared around the world at the same time as the prophet (saws) said, we would see heavy bombardment of muslims lands, large scale earthquakes and the wide spread use of Maskh on people because technology allowed it through Mass media. There are other Ahadith that mention maskh and animals literally but that is a specific incident being mentioned and the word has a different meaning in that context, it is a punishment from Allah against one group of people, those involved in subcultures and music, while this hadith is referring to the wider Arab society from which entire tribes are heading towards outright paganism because of the Sihr (dark magic) and maskh they practice. If this subject is new to some we should understand that in the Hadith the prophet (saws) mentions three things equivalent to each other in severity, widespread bombing, severe Earthquakes and Maskh, if Maskh in this hadith was referring to subcultures and simply fashion trends then the prophet (saws) would not have mentioned it in this context of large wars and mass death, this is also a rule in the tafsir of Ahadith. Literally the prophet (saws) was saying during this time the suicide bombers who follow these false Jihads would be brainwashed and deluded, under the influence of Sihr and drug cocktails. The ability to transform a persons personality is clearly mentioned in the Quran, it is part of Human nature, so it shouldn’t be surprising that there are people who would want to learn how to do this forcefully to people through deception, drugs and Sihr (Dark Magic) to use them.

94

In the first verse Allah is speaking about man changing himself and adopting religion, He uses the example of a plain piece of cloth that is the died with color, which is the simile for change in character. [2:138] The colouring of Allah (sibghata Llahi: a verbal noun reinforcing “we believe” in 2:136 which implies: sabaghana Llāhu “Allah has coloured us” ) – and what colouring could be better than Allah’s (i.e, none is better.) What is meant is the Deen on which He naturally formed people so that its effect appear on the person who adopts it, as the dye shows in a garment. There is nothing better than it. It is him we worship. [Tafsir al Jalalaiyn by Imam Suyuti] In the Second verse Allah refers to a Man who sheds his skin, literally as a snake, to wear a new one which shaytan chose for him. [7:175] And recite, O Muhammad (s), to them, that is, the Jews, the tidings, the tale, of him to whom We gave Our signs, but he cast them off, emerging in his disbelief in the same way that a snake emerges from its [shed] skin, he rebelled in disbelief, this was Bal‘am b. Ba‘ura’, a scholar from among the Children of Israel, who had been given some knowledge [of the Scriptures], and who was asked [by his followers] to invoke Allah against Moses. And when he did, the invocation turned against him and his tongue fell out onto his chest, and Satan pursued him, catching up with him and so he became his comrade, and he became of the perverse. [Tafsir al Jalalayn by Imam Suyuti]. The destruction of the Arabs shouldn’t be looked at in isolation because this hadith was telling us about the punishment Allah was enacting on the larger muslim world to prepare it for what is coming, while the bombardment was referring to Arab lands, the earthquakes were referring to Pakistan, Turkey and the coastal regions of Indonesia and Malaysia and the most corrupt regions in these lands, they where entirely dominated by alcohol and prostitution. Malaysia itself built the pertains towers, it was literally a sign of the hour as they joined the race to build tall buildings, even ahead of the Arabs, Pakistan is known for its corruption and Turkey a now secular country is itself the subject of numerous Ahadith during the time of the Mahdi (ra), when He emerges He will need to re-conquer it because they will not respond to his call for Jihad, seven months after He (ra) does 95

the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will emerge so what time is left for them before the end ? About our time the Prophet Muhammad (saws) said: "No! You’d be as great in quantity as the foam of the sea is, seen werever the eye can reach. But you’ll be overtaken by ‘wahn’." The Sahabah asked, "O Prophet of Allah! What is ‘wahn’?" He replied: "Love of this world and fear of death!" Unless Allah does something to shake this situation up, the Muslim world will not take responsibility for what needs to be done, this is why Allah is punishing the muslim world to prepare it for fitnah’s that are far worse than these wars, the Last Great War with the Mahdi (ra) and the trial of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) described as the worst trial this world will face since the time of Adam (as), He is purifying the Arabs of the people among them who adopted Sihr (Dark Magic), Maskh and secularism just like He did with the prophet Nuh (as) killing all the wicked so those better than them can be Allah’s Khalifah on earth. Abu Hurairah related that the Messenger of Allah said, “There will be a trial that is Sammaa (people during the trial will not listen to the truth or to advice), Bakmaa (during it, no one will speak the truth), Amyaa (people will become blinded, not seeing matters clearly). Whoever seeks it out, the trial seeks him out and attracts him. The effect of the tongue during it is more severe than the effect of the sword.” (Abu Dawwud) Samaa (hear no evil), Amya (see no evil), Bakmaa (speak no evil), in other words turn a blind eye to all evil, this is the fitnah of the Duhaima during which people were threatened and attacked, technology and espionage was used against them if they spoke out to improve the situation, and the media was silenced, forced to push the party line in the same way they once criticized the media of communist countries for pushing the party line. Suicide bombing was the major issue this Ummah was criticized and attacked over in the past decade, while muslims during this time should have been like a fixture in their own home not being involved in the general affairs of people, and we have seen from the example of ISIS, how false groups can be set up to recruit na-

96

ive people who are not educated and then manipulated through sophisticated methods. Had a single one of these groups in reality been following the madhhabs, Islam's schools of Law which the main body of muslims follow, this would not have occurred because not a single school of Law, after investigating the permissibility of suicide bombings permitted it as an act, only those calling to new ideologies that neither they or their fathers had heard before permitted all things during war, this wasn’t religion in the end it was a method. The Prophet (saws) said, “There will be “Dajjaals” and liars among my Ummah. They will tell you something new, which neither you nor your forefathers have heard. Be on your guard against them, and do not let them lead you astray.” Suicide bombing is entirely modern and the Fiqh (legality) regarding it required new Ijtihad (jurisprudential reasoning) while the door of Ijtihad (jurisprudential reasoning) had been closed for hundreds of years in Islam, no one was permitted to carry it out because people could no longer reach the degree of qualifications required for it. These qualifications were equivalent to 10 Phd’s, literally you would need to master 10 sciences, past scholar’s that stood out in History were genius in their Iq’s, earning title’s such as “The Scholar of that Century” (Mujadid), “The Proof of Islam” (Hujatul Islam) and “The Scholar of Islam” (Shaykh al Islam), they are all proper titles not forms of flattery earned for specific qualifications or accomplishments, they have only been granted to a small number of people in the past 1400 hundred years which this Ummah has followed. The leaders of these sects, none of whom were qualified to give basic rulings, had hardly opened a book and just made up what they wished to justify these act’s, they turned their claims into slogans that attracted those uneducated and moved by such methods. Imam Ibn Kathir said the Messenger of Allah (saws) intimated that a destructive fitnah will occur in or time and safety from it is achieved by staying far away from it and from the ways that lead to it, he then related the following hadith; 97

‘Amr ibn Waabisah Al-Asdee related that his father said, “As I was within my home in Kufa, I heard ‘Assalaamu ‘Alaikum’ at the door. And I said, ‘Alaikum AsSalaam’ The visitor entered and when he came in, (I saw that) it was ‘Abdullah ibn Mas’ood I said, ‘O Abu ‘Abdur-Rahmaan, what time is this to visit?’ The time was high noon. He said, ‘The day is long for me and I remembered one to whom I can speak.’ He began to relate to me from the Messenger of Allah saying, “There will be a trial werein the one who is sleeping during it is better than the one who is lying down (the person who is doing the least amount of action is the better one); and the one who is lying down during it is better than the one who is seated; the one who is seated during it is better than the one who is standing; the one who is standing during it is better than the one who is walking; the one who is walking is better than the one who is riding; the one who is riding is better than the one who is going forth quickly (seeking it out). All of those killed during it are in the Hellfire.” ‘Abdullah ibn Mas’ood asked, “O Messenger of Allah, and when is that?” He said, “The days of much killing, when a man will not be safe from the companion he sits with.” He said, “And what do you order me to do if I reach that (time)?” The Prophet said, “Restrain yourself and your hand and enter your home.” “O Messenger of Allah, and suppose a man enters upon me in my home?” The Prophet said, “Then lock your house.” ‘Abdullah Ibn Mas’ood asked, “Suppose he enters (forcefully) upon my house?” The Prophet said, “Then enter your Masjid and do like this,” and he then closed his right (hand) on his wrist (restrain your arm), “and say, ‘ My Lord is Allah’ until you die upon that”” (Ahmad) Why would death be acceptable to Rasul Allah (saws) over any other action? This simple fact alone establishes the nature of the situation, it is because in these affairs Sihr is being used constantly to change peoples minds on issues, Sihr isn’t instant it is something that occurs over time, once it has a hold of your mind you are manoeuvred without realizing it, so the best way to avoid this is to not get involved at all this is why the prophet (saws) said death is better than being involved in public affairs which is a sever contrast meaning there are sever circumstances.

98

In this narration we find a summation of all other Ahadith and proof that all these Ahadith are speaking about the same matter because we find parts of the hadith in the various ahadith mentioned earlier tying them all together. Husain Ibn ‘Abdur-Rahmaan Al-Ashja’ee related that he heard Sa’ad Ibn Abee Waqqaas say, “I said, ‘O Messenger of Allah, suppose one enters my home and extends his hand to kill me?’ The Messenger of Allah said, ‘ Be like the son of Adam, and he recited: “If you do stretch your hand against me to kill me, I shall never stretch my hand against you to kill you: for I fear Allah, the Lord of the ‘Alamin (mankind, jinn, and all that exists).”(Quf an 5:28).”‘ (Abu Daawood) 
‫ءن بسط إلى يدك لتقتلنى ما أنا بباسط يدى إليك ألقتلك إنى أخاف اهلل رب العلمني‬

Abu Umayyah Ash-Sha’bani (ra) reported: I asked Abu Tha’labah Al-Kushani (ra), “What do you say about the verse: Take care of yourselves?” (5:105) He said: By Allah, you have asked one who knows. I asked the Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, about it and he said, “You must enjoin good and forbid evil, until you see greed being obeyed and it is followed (capitalism), the worldly life is preferred, and everyone is impressed with his own opinion, then your duty is for yourself and to ignore the common people (this last phrase indicates this events timing because during the time of the Khalifah a muslim was responsible for his fellow muslim under Law, here Fard Kifaya is being removed). Verily, ahead of you are days of patience, werein patience will be like grasping hot coals, and the one who does good deeds will have the reward of fifty men who do likewise.” (Abu Dawud) Allah revealed this verse in preparation for our time and we should use it to protect our self. "O you who have attained to faith! It is [but] for your own selves that you are responsible: those who go astray can do you no harm if you are on the right path. Unto Allah you all must return: and then He will make you [truly] understand all that you were doing [in life]" (5:105). 99

‫يأيها الذين ءامنوا عليكم أنفسكم ال يظركم من ظل إذا اهتديتم إلى اهلل مرجعكم جميعا فينبءكم‬ 
‫ما كنتم تعملون‬

The prophet (saws) said “There will be a tribulation in which a man will be a believer in the morning and a disbeliever by evening, except the one to whom Allah grants Knowledge.” (Ibn Maaja, Vol1, Book 36, Hadith 3954) When Looking for verses in the Quran to recite or to use in Taweez to protect ourself from the fitna of our time, we should use the above two verses as well as the verses regarding Yajuj wa Majuj, "I will erect a barrier between you and them"(18:95) along with Surah al Kahf (chapter 18 the Cave), the prophet (saws) said the verses in surah al Maidah (5) and chapter 18 (al Kahf) will protect us nearing the end of time, the time when these Major events and signs of the hour will occur, we should Aquire knowledge during this time and we should be staying at home. The following Dua it probably the single most important dua for our time, it removes stress, worry and anxiety because of the parts of the body it mentions and works on, but more importantly it breaks a type of sihr that is used to manipulate man, control his sense of direction, and the direction he is headed towards in life. If one can’t remember it all we should make a smaller dua mentioning the Nasiya (forehead) at least because the Jinn target this area to control man, it is the part of the brain that gives man his sense of direction and judgment as Allah mentioned in the Quran, the Jinn (and people) will do sihr on the part of the body responsible for specific actions in man to influence him through it, these dua counter that.

‫ُـك‬ َ ‫اؤكأ َْسأَل‬ َ ‫َض‬ َ ‫ َعدْلٌ ِفيَّ ق‬،‫َاض ِفيَّ حُ كْمُ َك‬ ٍ ‫ م‬،‫َاصيَتِي ِبيَـد َِك‬ ِ ‫ِـكن‬ َ ‫ل ّلهُـ َّم إِنِّي َعبْـد َُكابْ ُن َعبْـد َِكابْ ُن أ َ َمت‬ ‫است َـأْثَرْتَ ِب ِه فِي‬ ْ ‫ِـكأ َ ِو‬ َ ‫خ ْلق‬ َ ‫ أ َ ْو َعلَّمْ ـت َ ُه أ َحَ دا ً ِم ْن‬،‫ْس َك ِأ ْو أَنْزَ ْلت َـ ُه فِي ِكت َاب َِك‬ َ ‫سمَّ ـيْتَ ِب ِه نَف‬ َ ‫اسم ٍ ُه َو ل ََك‬ ْ ِّ‫ِبكُل‬ 
 ‫صـ ْدرِي وجَ َال َء حُ ـزْنِي وذَهَابَ هَمِّ ـي‬ َ ‫ وَنو َر‬،‫ِ ْلم ِ ال َغيْـبِ ِعن ْـد ََكأ َ ْن تَجْ ـعَلَ ال ُقرْآ َن َربِيـعَ َق ْلبِـي‬

100

Transliteration: Allaahumma ‘innee 'abduka, ibnu 'abdika, ibnu 'amatika, naasiyatee biyadika, maadhin fiyya hukmuka, 'adlun fiyya qadhaa'uka, 'as'aluka bikulli ismin huwa laka, sammayta bihi nafsaka, 'aw 'anzaltahu fee kitaabika, 'aw 'allamtahu 'ahadan min khalqika, 'awista'tharta bihi fee 'ilmil-ghaybi 'indaka, 'an taj'alalQur'aana rabee'a qalbee, wa noora sadree, wa jalaa'a huznee, wa thahaaba hammee. The prophet (saws) said “O Allah, I am Your slave and the son of Your male slave and the son of your female slave. My forehead is in Your Hand (i.e. you have control over me). Your Judgment upon me is assured and Your Decree concerning me is just. I ask You by every Name that You have named Yourself with, revealed in Your Book, taught any one of Your creation or kept unto Yourself in the knowledge of the unseen that is with You, to make the Qur'an the spring of my heart, and the light of my chest, the banisher of my sadness and the reliever of my distress.” (Ahmad) We should also recite the last part of Surah al Alaq (96) where Allah mentions the things the Nasiya (Forehead) is used for against man to stop him from worship and being aware of Allah; “HAST THOU ever considered him who tries to prevent a servant [of God] from praying?, Hast thou considered whether he is on the right way (his sense of direction in life), or is concerned with God-consciousness? (Capable of awareness) Hast thou considered whether he may [not] be giving the lie to the truth and turning his back [upon it]? (What muslims are being asked to do today), Does he, then, not know that God sees [all]? (Perfecting this understanding is Human perfection, but they want the opposite for us) Nay, if he desist not, We shall most surely drag him down upon his forehead (Nasiya) the lying, rebellious forehead! (This is it’s role in sin and moving away from Allah, so it is the part that is punished) (96:9-16) If we are afflicted with anything especially a spiritual attack reading the part of the Quran that mentions anything to do with it works against it’s effects, this is the basis for dua, ruqyah and using he Quran to help man. Mankind is deliberately being fooled and given a wrong direction in life these verses counter that.

101

What is happening in the world today is leading to the Major Signs of the Hour and these verses will help us avoid being involved in the events and fitna's that will take us to them, just like surah al Kahf we should be building our own Kahf (cave), making our home a fortress, to protect ourselves. 
‫جعل بينكم وبينهم ردما‬

102

CHAPTER 7

Ahadith On The Sanctions Of Iraq and The Sanctions To Be Placed On Syria and Then Egypt Imam Ibn kathir (r.a) in his chronological arrangement of Ahadith about the end of times placed the following Ahadith with the Great trials that would befall this Ummah before the time of the Mahdi. Abu Nadhrah reported: “We were sitting in the company of Jabir bin Abdullah (r.a.) when he said: It May Happen that the People of Iraq may not send their Qafiz and Dirhams. We said, “Who would be responsible for it?” He Said, “The Non-Arabs would prevent them.” He again said, “There is the possibility that the people of Shaam (Syria) may not send their Dinar and Mudd.” We said, “Who would be responsible for it? He said, “Prevention would be made by the Romans.” He (Jabir b Abdulah) Kept Quiet for a while and then reported Allah’s Messenger (saws) having said: “There would be a caliph in the last (period) of my Ummah who would freely give out handfuls of wealth to the people without counting it”. I said to Abu Nadra and Abu al-Ala, “Do you mean ‘Umar bin Abd al Aziz?” They said “No (he would be al Mahdi)”. (Muslim, Book41, Number 6961) Abu Nadhrah reported: “We were sitting in the company of Jabir bin Abdullah (r.a.) when he said: Soon the people of Iraq will neither receive any food (grain) nor any money.'” We asked, “Why would such a thing happen?” He replied, “Because of the non-Arabs.” He then said: “Soon the people of Shaam (Syria) will neither receive any money nor grain.” We asked as to why this would happen. He replied: “Because of the Romans.” And in the narration of al-Hakim there is the following addition: “Then he said: “By He in Whose Hand is my soul, the matter will return as it began. All Iman will return to al-Madinah, as it began from there,

103

until all Iman will be in al-Madinah.” (Muslim, Volume 2, page 395, the book of tribulations and signs of the final hour) After describing these events, Jabir (r.a.) then brought the saying of the Messenger of Allah (saws): “There will be in my Ummah a khalifah who will give out wealth in heaps, without counting it.” Abu Hurairah related that the Messenger of Allah said, “Iraq will be prevented from its dirham (a currency) and its (Qifaz) measurement; Sham will be prevented from its (Mudd) measurement and its Dinar (a currency) and Egypt will be prevented from its Irdab (measurement) and its Dinar (currency). You will recoil to that position from were you started and you will recoil to that position from were you started, the bones and the flesh of Abu Huraira would bear testimony to it” (Muslim, Book 41 Hadith 6923) Imam An-Nawawee said that this is referring to when the Romans (Europeans) will conquer these countries at the end of time and prevent Muslims from their wealth. The Muslim World changed after the Dynastic Khalifah’s came to an end, previously these lands were strong holds of Islam having the strongest military in the world, it was unheard of in those times that Christians, who were mainly in Europe on the other side of the Map, could successfully place sanctions on so many Islamic lands. It was only in out time that sanctions where placed on Iraq after it's invasion of Kuwait, and they lasted through out the 90's, the Non Arabs (U.N, U.S and the coalition) stopped trade and food from entering the country and during this period the Iraqi currency was de-evaluated so they couldn’t trade with it, “Iraq will neither receive any food (grain) nor any money.” “It May Happen that the People of Iraq may not send their Qafiz and Dirhams”; A Dirham is a currency, 1 Dinar = 4.45 grams of gold and 1 Dirham = 0.7 Dinar. While a Qafiz is a measure of Oil, the word Qafiz has been used throughout history around the world for a measure of Oil, because of Arab influence over southern Italy which borrowed some words from Arabic, one word in 104

the Sicilian language is “Cafisu” or a “Cafiso” a measure of Oil, usually used in reference to Olive Oil. The Hadith specified that the sanctions imposed on Iraq would be about Money and Oil, the prophet (saws) mentioned this long before Oil had any significance in the world and is exactly what occurred when sanctions were placed on Iraq, which tells us the exact timing of this hadith, Iraq could not sell it’s oil and weas only allowed to trade it for food, this was called “The food for Oil program”. The prophet (saws) said a time will come when the liver of the earth will vomit forth, it will be like pillars of gold and silver. (referring to the wars over this he said) The one who kills for it on the day of judgment, he will come and say this is the reason i was killed for ? and the one who was killed will come and say this is the reason i was killed ? The liver's main role is the processing of products we digest and turning it into substances useful to the body, it also neutralizes harmful substances in the blood, the earth’s liver is essentially it’s process of turning dead forests million of years old, along with other hydrocarbons, into oil, a useful product for man. The prophet (saws) mentioned the liver as a metaphor because oil is the product of hydrocarbons that have gone threw a process underground like the liver performs for the body, the terms gold and silver are simile’s for how precious this resource would be. Oil is referred to as pillars of gold and silver because it jets out of the earth in pillars due to pressure and it is essentially a currency being sold by the barrel, in other words, the liver of the earth will spew out pillars of oil that will create wealth like flowing pillars of gold and silver. These sanctions have now been lifted and the conflict is over because the non Muslims have officially pulled out of the country, but we are now living through the initial stages of the Syrian conflict and eventually we will see that country go through something similar to Iraq followed by Egypt and when war reaches Egypt that will be the beginning of the Great Wars. “Syria would withhold it’s Mudd and Dinar”; Mudd is a measure of wheat or generally speaking food such as rice, barley, bread, etc. One Mudd equals 3/4 of a 105

kilogram or 708 grams. A Mudd is also a measure translated in today’s language as a “Bushel”. The sanctions on Syria according to the Hadith will then be about Food and Money, different from the sanctions placed on Iraq. The Prophet (saws) indicated to us some 1400 years ago that Iraq would produce Oil over which sanctions would be placed on it. Egypt will withhold it Irdab and Dinar, the word in the Hadith Irdab is a measurement specific to Egypt, 1 Irdab = 73Kg (of wheat), when referring to grain, Irdab means wheat free from dirt, rubbish and husks. More generally Irdab also refers to fruit in their dried state like dried dates and raisins. Therefor the sanctions on Egypt will impact the dinar (money) and the import of wheat and dried fruits. The measure of Irdab (73Kg) may indicate that the sanctions placed on Egypt will be more severe than those placed on Syria due to its larger Quantity. The Ahadith also specify that it will be two different groups of people who will impose these sanctions on the Muslims, the non-Arabs (U.N, U.S and the coalition) who oppressed Iraq and the Romans (Europeans) who will oppress Syria, this indicates that soon we may see a change in power around the world to Europe, the Euro being the dominant currency in the world today replacing the U.S dollar. This is also indicated by the fact that Al Malhama al Qubra (The Great War, Armageddon) will be fought with the Romans (Europeans) and not America, this rise in power of Europe is also indicated in the scriptures of the monotheistic faiths, said to occur before the return of Isa (as).

106

CHAPTER 8

The Rule Of The Ruwaybidah - The Corruptors Of Society “Those who believe fight in the way of Allah, and those who disbelieve fight in the way of a false deity (Taghut). Fight therefore against the friends of Satan; surely the plotting of Satan is ever feeble”(4:76). The Arabic word Taghut in this verse can be translated in a number of ways and sometimes Allah uses words in the general sense because they apply to a category of things not just something specific. Taughut can refer to idols, a tyrant, or the opponent’s of the Prophet, in a modern context it is used to refer to Tyrants, Dictators and Oppressors, but the essence of it’s meaning is the same whether the Idol, Deity, or Tyrant, because the Tyrant, False deity and Idol are all the same things in relation to man and his nature, all Dictators in essence deify themselves so the people can worship their false idol and just as pharaoh claimed they to claim they are the absolute authority in the land. The underlying context of the entire Quran is man’s nature, how he behaves, how to treat and cure his character from it’s illness’s and the consequences or impact of mans action’s in life whether good or evil on himself and others. When man no longer opposes oppression and accepts the tule of a tyrant this can only occur in a society that has accepted the iconic deification of that tyrant. In modern culture this is called icon-ism and the Movie and Music industry use it deliberately to increase the “star” of a Pop or Movie “Idol”. It’s underlaying symptoms come from a specific set of behavior's Allah has specified in the Quran, Allah said “Have you seen him who chooses, for his god his own lust? (25:43), Allah mentions in the Qur'an three types of “selfs” (Nafs) specifically, these are states that people go through, and occur as a consequence of man’s choices and action’s 107

in life, usually revolving around the things man chooses to enjoy regardless of the consequences they have on his character. They are “Nafs al Ammara” (12:53), “Nafs al Lowamah” (75:2) and “Nafs al Mutma’ina” (89:27). Nafs al Ammarah is the commanding and controlling self, it is the self that constantly wants and desires, man’s appetites are out of control dominating his choices. Nafs al Lowammah is the constant reproaching self, it is the self that is conscious of its own faults, the person is less erratic in his behavior, impulses, and desires are thought about before being followed so the person is more in control of him self then a person who’s self has reached one of the lowest states of humanity, Nafs al Ammarah. Nafs al Mutmaiin is the secure self, the self at Peace, it is tranquil and has certitude of Allah. Little moves it to want and because of this the avenues that influence a person are greatly decreased, people who achieve this often display wisdom in their judgment. Allah elsewhere has indirectly mentioned other types of ego, Nafs al Musawwila (12:18, 12:83 and 20:96) this is the lowest state a human can reach, in this stage the Nafs begins to believe in a false reality that it is seeing in order to satisfy its lowly impulses and needs, most murderers, criminals and people with psychopathic behaviour are in this category. The other types are Nafs al Radiya (the contented self), Nafs al Mardiya (the self that is content and gratified with Allah) and Nafs al Safiyya (the perfected self) all are mentioned in verse 89:28. When society preoccupies it’s self with pleasures and desires, they have chosen their lust as their god, the term god means the thing in the self which man follows, man can profess anything he wants but what he is and what he follows is how he lives and spends his time, if he doesn’t recognize how he spends his time then he is delusional about his own character. Once an entire society degrades to Nafs al Ammarah they can more easily accept the icon of the tyrant and follow his ways. This is because when man is in con108

trol of his self then chivalrous qualities are a natural part of his behaviour, they are a consequence of how he lives his life, this is the fitra (man’s instinct) Allah gave us, and in his self he can not come to accept one of the lowest types of human beings controlling his life, blindly leading him to destruction. The Ruwaybidah are the degenerates placed over the common man by those who rule to oppress any one with a moral belief because moral people correct what is wrong with the world. This practice has spread around the world to every country adopting western culture and they have moved far past Nafs al Ammarah. They began at Nafs al Ammarah and have gone deep into Nafs al Musawila, a nafs mentioned about the brothers of the Prophet Yusuf (saws) who tried to kill him out of deluded love trying to be the favourites in their fathers eyes, the ruwaybidah degraded themselves completely for the sake of power, influence and lust. They sold themselves and their Akhira (afterlife) for small gains in this life and are oppressors just like the tyrant and will be judged just like him. “yet still (you) want to turn to unjust tyrants for judgement, although they have been ordered to reject them? Satan wants to lead them far astray” (4:60). “they rejected their Lord’s signs, disobeyed His messengers, and followed the command of every obstinate tyrant. They were rejected in this life and so they shall be on the Day of Judgement” (11:60-61). “They asked Allah to decide, and every obstinate tyrant failed– Hell awaits each one; he will be given foul water to drink, which he will try to gulp but scarcely be able to swallow; death will encroach on him from every side, but he will not die; more intense suffering will lie ahead of him” (14:15-18). The Ruwaibidah practice the occult to control and influence people and in this way they have brought society closer to their view on life, what we see in society today is not a natural transition becouse the beliefs of the majority of people in society it deliberate and subtle indoctrination, the prophet (saws) said: “No, no, the intellects of the general masses at that time will be deceived! They will be following fools (the ruwaibidah) that have no intellects themselves.” (Ahmad, Ibn Majah, Ibn Hibban).

109

This complete hedonistic and heathen state in Muslim lands the prophet (saws) clearly said would eventuate, Allah's Apostle said, "The Hour will not be established till the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa." Dhi-al-Khalasa was the idol of the Daus tribe which they used to worship in the Pre-Islamic period of ignorance (Bukhari) this hadith means the people who practice sihr (dark magic) and call upon their shayateen will set up idols for their devils to worship them, it is something Arab society is heading towards because they followed the west into the occult (the lizards hole). This is something that didn't come about by accident people are working towards it because it is part of the system of the Dajjal (Allah’s curse be upon him). Allah’s messenger (saws) said “You will indeed follow the ways of those before you, hand span by hand span, and an arms length after another. Even if they enter into a lizards hole (have a myopic view on life, because they solely relied on the occult), you will follow them.” We asked, “Is it the Jews and Christians?” He (saws) replied, “Who else!” (Bukhari). The place of sihr (dark magic) in modern society is mentioned in other narration's by the prophet (saws). He (saws) also said “Indeed all that I fear over my nation are misguiding Imams (leaders). If the sword is placed in my nation, it will not be raised from them until the Day of Resurrection. And the Hour will not arrive until tribes from my nation betake themselves to the Mushrikeen (non Muslims, Christians etc) and until tribes from my nation worship idols.” (Tirmidhi, Sahih) Meaning their betaking themselves to the non muslims is what will lead them to worshipping devils because of their occult practices. Very literally entire portions of Arab society will align themselves with the non muslims and this will lead to entire tribes in the Ummah worshiping idols, because they use sihr (dark magic) calling upon their shayateen (devils) they will leave Islam entirely. Many scholars have spoken about the occult practices of western society here the prophet (saws) is affirming that it will spread to the Arab world and Allah will eventually destroy them for it, killing some and driving others from their homelands. 110

Death is the punishment in shariah for all people who practice sihr (dark magic), this is unanimous among the madhabs (legal schools) because the Prophet (saws) commanded: “Kill every sorcerer, for this is the punishment ordained by Allah”, the companions went out and killed every one of them right down to street magicians performing tricks, so the matter has no doubt about it. The prophet (saws) also said "The world will not pass away until the one who enjoys it the most is the depraved son of the depraved." (Ahmad) people who practice sihr perform depraved acts to empower their shayateen (devils), meaning this will last for generations and the people enjoying the world the most will be the depraved person who comes from a lineage of depraved people. This state of affairs is today being maintained by the Ruwaybidah as they stop moral people from correcting society, this is why Islam is seen as the last threat, all other religions have been pacified except for ours, they destroy Islam by destroying it in the minds of people attacking it’s symbols in precise attacks by their stooges the salafi’s who control ISIS and al Qaeda, they identify people who stand up against them so they can target them in their own lives forcing them to stay silent, they claim to have conquered the entire Ummah in such a way but their own holy books testify to something entirely different, the destruction of their civilization because they deliberately targeted and oppressed the people of Allah so they can more easily mould future generations of people without moral interruptions. A society whose state is to permit everything, is ignorant of human nature and how to balance it, Abu Bakr (ra) said “Without knowledge action is useless and knowledge without action is futile. Knowledge is the life of the mind. When a noble man learns knowledge he becomes humble, [were as] when an ignoble person gains knowledge, he [becomes] conceited. When knowledge is limited – it leads to folly. [But] when knowledge exceeds a certain limit, it leads to exploitation.” The prophet (saws) said towards the end of time the secrets of the earth will reveal themselves to man just like bees follow one another” the secrets of the earth refer to it’s wealth, oil, gold, minerals and metals they will reveal themselves due to advances in science and technology, literally one resource leading to the discovery of another, this has lead to the mass exploitation in society today, it is the reality of Muslim countries adopting a western form of governance, the vilest of people are 111

put in charge to maintain the system, they are corrupt, exploiting and corrupting others in order to benefit placing no value of morality or religion, they want secularise the world because of the degenerate state of religion in their lands even though historically religion was very successful everywhere else in the world. The prophet (saws) in describing the Ruwaybidah was referring to the general and common affairs of the people and not simply matters of government, meaning they would rule over people's personal lives and affairs on a local level, things they have no right to rule over in a person’s home, and so they will not simply be the legislators of a country, in other words this system will be a complete state of control over people’s lives, in every facet they will have a say telling people what they can or cant do on a minute level. It is now common for the legislators to divide the population into smaller ethnic, tribal, religious or sectarian groups and place unofficial people over their affairs in every facet of life, forcing people to go through them to do business, gain any position, employment or education, or even get married, otherwise they will be denied any kind of support in society as they turn organizations and institutions against groups and individuals in order to pressure them into adopting their way of viewing things. This method is being used to place the Ruwaybidah in all positions, further spreading this system while Muslims are forced to either leave their way of life to gain any kind of employment or starve to death. Because they control and speak about the minute aspects of a persons life they intend that no new generations are raised in an Islamic environment and hence Muslim's will be weaned of their own religion in this manner rather than having to deal with them through war. These people use espionage, spying and other methods to subvert anyone that stands out and in this way they claim they are bringing order to the people when in fact it is a form of slavery, this system has now spread around the world as technology makes the private information of people readily available to be exploited against them when the need arises. With Allah spying and espionage are the ultimate form of treason, and for a Muslim it is one of the Kaba'ir (Major Sins), on par with Murder both in severity 112

and punishment. It is a form of alliance with the disbelievers, the ruling on it range from it being a declaration of disbelief and apostasy to a state of major sinfulness, irrespective of whether one prays or performs Hajj. In nearly all cases the punishment is death and in fact this has been it's reality in Islam's history. In our time entire portions of a population are being used for such things in order to subjugate those still practicing their religion, hoping eventually that no one in society will remain who follows Islam except by name, it is because of this Allah has decreed the destruction of the Arabs because they refused to struggle against this. Allah (subhanahu wa ta`aala) warned us against espionage in the first verse of Surat al-Mumtahinah: “O you who believe! Do not take My enemies and your enemies as friends, showing affection towards them, while they have disbelieved in the truth that has come to you. They have driven the Messenger and yourselves out because you believe in Allah, your Lord. If indeed you had gone out to fight in My Cause and to seek My Good Pleasure, then do not confide your affections to them, I am All-Aware of what you conceal and of what you reveal. Whoever among you does this has surely strayed far from the Straight Path.” Imam At-Tabari remarked that you must not put yourself in league with your kith and kin, sons or daughters, if they are outside Islam; allying yourself to them and taking them into your hearts, since they could benefit you in no way on the Day of Resurrection, even if they were your closest relations. Those who are mindful of their duty shall enter Paradise and those who deny their obligations and are disobedient shall enter the Fire. A lengthy hadith mentioned in shia works gives a clear picture of the Ruwaybidah in our time, the prophet (saws) speaking to Salman al farisi (ra) said "I swear to him who holds my life "Oh Salman, at that time will talk (al) ‘Ruwaybidah’." Salman asked: "And what is Ruwaybidah? O Messenger of Allah, my father and mother be sacrificed for you." (the) Holy Prophet (saws) said, "Such persons will talk about public affairs who had not talked in such matter before (these are not the normal type of people one would expect to be in charge and they will govern over matters not normally governed before). Then in a short time, chaos will appear upon the earth, and every nation will think that chaos was only in their 113

land (but it will cover the whole world, this was the exact feeling when muslim countries first adopted western government).” "They will remain in that condition as long as Allah would wish them to remain. Then the Earth will throw out the pieces of its heart - gold, silver, and other minerals (referring to the river euphrates uncovering a mountain of gold, which is when this fitna of the ruwaibidah will end because their masters have been destroyed by this time)- (then the Holy Prophet (saws) pointed towards the pillars, and said), "like these in size, but on that day neither gold nor silver will be of any benefit to anyone. And this is the meaning of the words of Allah ‘So surely did come its (Qiyamat’s) signs’."(Bihar-ul-Anwar, Vol. III, the scholars have rightfully said there are many fabricated shia Ahadith but they consider the narrations from salman al farisi (ra) to be amongst the most accurate). “every nation will think that chaos was only in their land” - These words almost mimic what was perceived in every Muslim country when it initially adopted secular rule not that long ago. Ignorant to the fact muslims had been discussing democratic rule long before the west even heard of the term. The word Democracy comes from the Greek word “Demokratia”, Demos meaning “the people” and Kratia meaning “Power, rule” initially mentioned in Plato’s republic. The idea of Democratic rule has been an Islamic one long before the Idea had spread to the modern west and their is nothing in Islamic Law against it and in fact their is an entire chapter in the Quran called “The Consultaion” meaning of the people in government, but secular rule and democratic rule are not the same thing they are two terms referring to separate issues of governance, for example you can be democratic but not secular and secular but not democratic. Muslim scholars such as Al Farabi (872-950 AD) wrote entire works regarding these matters, in his book called “al madina al fadila”, the Ideal State, he divided the state into categories, first is the ideal muslim state, which is the prophetic state under the guidance of a prophet (saws), then the democratic state, literally using the word “Demokratia” in his book in the 9th century, then comes the dictatorship (oligarchy, monarchy), he then mentions that of all these the best state is the Is114

lamic state in which the prophet or Imam (leader) is a philosopher and a righteous person guided by Allah (swt) followed by the democratic state. Al farabi in the 9th century explained that the most important principle of democracy to be its freedom, of the six Government types, including tyranny and oligarchy, “the regime of Democracy occupies the privileged position of supplying the most solid and best starting point for the establishment of the virtuous human being.” A Democracy promotes the concept of “rule by the people”, the exact phrase used of al Farabi and copied from him by the west. Democracy is the last step towards the Ideal state in which Human beings enjoy freedoms were everybody has a role, not because they have to earn money or because of political influence but because this is their human right given to them by Allah. The best of the rulers are the ones who give the upmost freedoms to every individual in the state. And the best human beings are those who use their freedoms to accomplish to the best of their ability. Al Farabi said “The Democratic city (State) is one in which each one of the citizens is given free rein and left alone to do whatever he likes. Its citizens are equal and their laws say that no man is in any way at all better than any other man… And no one…has any claim to Authority unless he works to enhance their freedom…those who rule them do so by the will of the ruled, and the rulers follow the wishes of the ruled.” (Al Farabi, the Ideal State) The system of electing rulers to office was used in Islam by the first Four Khalifa’s who were all elected, Islamic rule was only later turned into Dynasties, the word Democracy is mentioned in the Quran by another name meaning the exact same thing, chapter 42 al Shura, the Consultation is a Makkan sura that takes its name from verse 38, were the practice of consultation (shura) regarding who should rule is listed as one characteristic of the Muslim community. The passages relating to Consultation in fact speak about the same values the west asserts are it’s superior core values; “Far better and more lasting is what God will give to those who believe and trust in their Lord; who shun great sins and gross indecencies; who forgive when they are angry; respond to their Lord; keep up the prayer; conduct their affairs by 115

mutual consultation; give to others out of what We have provided for them; and defend themselves when they are oppressed. Let harm be requited by an equal harm, though anyone who forgives and puts things right will have his reward from God Himself– He does not like those who do wrong. There is no cause to act against anyone who defends himself after being wronged, but there is cause to act against those who oppress people and transgress in the land against all justice– they will have an agonizing torment– though if a person is patient and forgives, this is one of the greatest things” (Qur’an 42: 36-43). This aspect of consulting people regarding their rulers is only one part of the modern secular system, but this system is easily manipulated essentially negating any benefits the slogans heralding it’s superiority state, and in fact is what is occurring around the world under the Ruwaybidah. Simply because people are elected that doesn't stop the corrupt from helping their friends to be elected, once the entire system is taken over then it is no longer a democracy and the word secular takes on a new meaning, relegating morality so the corrupt can rule as they wish without hindrance. Al Farabi’s three Principles for Democracy, taken from the Quran and Sunnah, are; 1) Al Musaawa: Equality, All Human Beings are equal. 2) Itq: Liberty or Freedom. 3) La-ikrah: “There is no compulsion in the Deen (Way of Life)” (2:256); Financial and Social Freedom. These are translated from al Faraby’s work into english as, Equality, Liberty and Freedom of Expression and life, the aim of society is to develop the “virtuous human being” who is conscious of the world and society around him and is given every freedom to perfect his life’s work what ever path he may choose, this is in contrast to what the Ruwaybidah and those who put them in charge aim to achieve in a “secular” society, “Pharaoh behaved arrogantly in the land, and divided the people into groups, seeking to weaken one section (raising another)” (28:4). 116

The wording in the Hadith "They will remain in that condition as long as Allah would wish them to remain. Then the Earth will throw out the pieces of its heart - gold, silver, and other minerals" is similar to two other Ahadith, the hadith regarding the different type of Governance Islam would be under through out it's time on earth, and the Ahadith (narration's) about the Euphrates river uncovering a mountain of gold, an event that will occur after the rule of the ruwaybidah will end, just before the Great wars first begin and the time of the Mahdi (ra). The Prophet Muhammad (saws) said: "The Hour will not come to pass before the river Euphrates dries up to unveil a mountain of gold, over which people will fight. Ninety-nine out of one hundred will die [in the fighting], and every man among them will say: 'Perhaps I may be the only one to remain alive' (to get a share of the wealth)" (Bukhari, Muslim). The Prophet Mohammad (saws) said: "The Euphrates (River) will recede revealing a mountain of gold and silver. If you are alive (at that time), do not approach it." (Nuaim ibn Hammad's Kitab Al-Fitan). This is similar to the words “Then the Earth will throw out the pieces of its heart - gold, silver, and other minerals” said to occur after their rule ends, mentioned in the Shia narration. The Prophet Mohammad (saws) said: " The time is approaching when the Euphrates (River) will recede revealing a treasure of gold. Whoever is present there should not take away anything from it." (Sahih Bukhari and Sahih Muslim) This is similar to the words “but on that day neither gold nor silver will be of any benefit to anyone. And this is the meaning of the words of Allah ‘So surely did come its signs’." what the prophet (saws) means by signs is signs of the Hour, this is because the Euphrates river drying up is one of the significant signs of the Hour mentioned in both Islam and Christianity and here the prophet (saws) is affirming that Allah mentioned it in the Quran. This gives us an indication of when the rule of the ruwaybidah will end because we know from many other Ahadith that the Euphrates river will uncover a mountain of gold before the time of the Mahdi (ra) and the words "They will remain in that condition as long as Allah would wish them to remain" means it will

117

be after the war in Syria ends, which is the time Allah will end the era of dictators that helped establish the ruwaybidah, the prophet (saws) using similar words. Just as the Prophet (saws) outlined the different dynasties and types of rulers in Islam He (saws) outlined the state of the Muslim Ummah over it's life time ending with the rule of the ruwaybidah, the lowly people being put in charge over people's common affairs. The following Ahadith were related when Muslims were still small in number and Islam had not spread yet, Rome and Persia were the Dominant powers of the World, in the hadith the Prophet (saws) outlines how Muslims would treat each other over Islam's history and ends by identifying the Ruwaybidah; Abdullah b Amr b. al-As reported that Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) said: “How would you be, O people when Persia and Rome would be conquered for you? 'Abd -al-Rahman b. Auf said: We would say as Allah has commanded us and we would express our gratitude to Allah. Thereupon Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) said: Nothing else besides it? You would (in fact) vie with one another (the beginning of Islamic Dynasties), then you would feel jealous (The amassing of wealth), then your relations would be estranged (Muslims have now become kings of the earth) and then you will bear enmity against one another (the era of Dictators), or something to the same effect. Then you would go to the poor emigrants and would make some the masters of the others” (the Ruwaybidah)". (Muslim) It was narrated from 'Abdullah bin 'Amr bin 'As that the Messenger of Allah (saws) said: "When the treasures of Persia and Rome are opened for you, what kind of people will you be?" "Abdur-Rahman bin 'Awf said: "We will say what Allah has commanded us to say." The Messenger of Allah (saws) said: “Or something other than that. You will complete with one another, then you will envy one another, then you will turn your backs on one another, then you will hate one another, or something like that. Then you will go to the poor among the Muhajirin (those who migrated from their original lands) and appoint some of them as leaders of others.” (Ibn Majah)

118

The words going to the emigrants and making them leaders alone don't indicate what is wrong with that situation for that you need the proper context, because one may think this hadith is a prohibition on making Immigrants leaders among people but when this is cross referenced with other narration's a larger picture emerges of the situation the prophet (saws) was describing. The Ruwaybidah were picked from the lowest part of society those who emigrated from their original lands, they were trained in the occult and given authority over people in many cases their own communities in order to oppress them, they are chosen from the Muslim emigrants around the world who had no history in the lands they emigrated to and because of their desperation to establish themselves they are used, manipulated then corrupted into controlling and corrupting others for the wealthy and elite in order to control society and peoples personal lives to a greater extent. These narration's are not specifically referring to government it self or politicians, they are referring to the people the officials informaly use on a more local level. These corrupt people then chose like minded personalities to take all positions of authority, effectively stoping any kind of reform for the better, so mankind as the prophet (saws) said was put onto a path of utter chaos. The prophet (saws) said “There shall come upon people years of deceit in which the liar will be believed, the truthful one disbelieved, the treacherous will be trusted and the trustworthy one considered treacherous” people who do good (Ihsan) will no longer have a place in society and they will be marginalised and isolated. The following ahadith give a time line of future events as we near the time of the Mahdi (ra), they also specify when the fitna of the ruwaybidah will end. Ka'b said: "There will be around the Euphrates, near AshSham (Syria) or a little after it, a great assembly (of armies). They will fight each other over wealth, and seven out of every nine will be killed. And that will be after Al-Hadda (blast) and Al-Wahiya (catastrophe) in the month of Ramadan, and after the split resulting in three banners (battalions or armies), each (head of a battalion or army) will

119

seek the kingship (mentioned in other Ahadith) for himself, among them is a man whose name is 'Abdullah." (Nuaim ibn Hammad's Kitab Al-Fitan) The river Euphrates will uncover it’s treasure but it will be some time after this that the armies will fight each other, the three banners will be the three sons of the Rulers of Saudi Arabia, the blast as ahadith state is an asteroid that will hit the earth and al wahiyah is a major earthquake in the month of ramadan. The Prophet (saws) said: 'Three men will be killed at the place were your treasure is (the Kaaba). Each of them will be the son of a Khalifah (ruler), and none of them will get hold of the treasure (the Kaaba). Then black banners will come out of the east...' If you see him (the Mahdi), go and give him your allegiance, even if you have to crawl over ice, because he is the Khalifah of Allah, the Mahdi.'" (Ibn Majah, Sahih) The Prophet Mohammad (saws) said: "The Euphrates (River) will recede revealing a mountain of gold and silver. If you are alive (at that time), do not approach it." (Nuaim ibn Hammad's Kitab Al-Fitan)) Abdullah ibn Al-Haarith said, "I was standing with Ubai ibn Ka'ab in the shade of Hassaan's high house, and he said, 'People will continue with their differing necks to seek out the world (an Arabic expression, meaning they will chase materialism). I said, 'Yes.' He said, 'Indeed I heard the Messenger of Allah say, 'The time draws near when the Furaat (Euphrates) will lay bare a mountain of gold. When people will hear about it they will proceed to it, and the one beside it will say, ' If we leave the people to take from it, all of it will depart.' And so they will fight over it, with 99 (people) dying from every 100.' (Muslim) Ka'b said: "After two tremors (earthquakes) occur in the month of Ramadan, three individuals from the same Household (family) spring forth (vying for kingship). One of them is vying for it by force, another one asking for it by piety, calmness, and dignity, and the third vying for it by killing and his name is Abdullah. There will be near the Euphrates river a great assembly for battle, were they will fight for the money (wealth or treasures). Seven out of every nine will be killed." (Nuaim ibn Hammad's Kitab Al-Fitan)

120

Abu Huraira said that the Messenger of Allah (saws) said: " The fourth Fitna (ad Duhaima) is 18 years, then it clears. Once it clears, the Euphrates will recede revealing a mountain of gold that the Umma (Muslim nation) will fight for it. Seven out of every nine (people fighting for it) will be killed." (Nuaim ibn Hammad's Kitab Al-Fitan) The prophet (saws) said regarding the Ruwaybidah "They will remain in that condition as long as Allah would wish them to remain. Then the Earth will throw out the pieces of its heart - gold, silver, and other minerals" From these Ahadith it is clear that the fitna of the Ruwaybidah will end just before the Euphrates river uncovers it's treasure. The Prophet (saws) said regarding the Fitna of the Duhaima "It will last for twelve years, then it will end when it ends, and the Euphrates will have uncovered a mountain of gold. They will fight over it until seven out of every nine are killed." In this Hadith the prophet (saws) mentions the fitnah is for 12 years while in the earlier one He (saws) mentioned that it will clear after 18 years, the difference between the two is the phrase "then it will end when it ends" after 12 years have past. In the second hadith He (saws) says it will be for "18 years, then it clears" meaning it’s aftermath will clear completely the 12 years refer to what was occurring in it directly. The 18 years refers to when the fitna and it's ramifications will no longer affect the world, while the 12 years refers to the wars and events occurring during it, the wars that resulted from the attack on September the 11th lasted for 12 years, the war in Afghanistan began in October 2001 and the withdrawal of troops began in spring 2013 ending in 2014, keeping in mind the prophet (saws) was referring to the fitna (a totality of events) and not the wars specifically. If the Euphrates river will uncover it's Treasure soon after 2019, 18 years after 2001, the fitna of the Ruwaybidah will end within the next 4-5 years (after 2014), this is only implying a time frame for these events and when the war in Syria will end because that is when Allah will return Unity to the Ummah, this unity after the war in Syria will result in Muslims fighting this fitna now dominating society entrenching it in chaos and degradation. 121

The following Ahadith give a time frame of events right up to the Mahdi (r.a). The Prophet (saws) said: "Before your treasure (the Kaaba), three will kill each other -- all of them are sons of a different caliph but none will be the recipient. Then the Black Banners will appear from the East and they will kill you in a way that has never before been done by a nation." Thawban, a companion said: 'Then he said something that I do not remember by heart' then continued to say that the Prophet, praise and peace be upon him, said: "If you see him give him your allegiance, even if you have to crawl over ice, because surely he is the Caliph of Allah, the Mahdi. If you see the black flags coming from Khurasan, join that army, even if you have to crawl over ice, for this is the army of the Caliph, the Mahdi and no one can stop that army until it reaches Jerusalem." (Ibn Majah, Ahmad,, alHaakim's Mustadrak, Al Busiri, Ahmad Nuaym, Ad-Daylami, Abu Nuaym) The Prophet (saws) said, 'Three will fight for your treasure (the Ka`bah), each of them the son of a 'Khaleefah', it will be rendered to none of them. Then from the direction of the East will emerge black flags. Then they will fight you like they have fought none before.' Then some words were spoken which I did not remember. He then said, 'If you see him, give bay`ah (allegiance) to him even if you must crawl over ice. For, verily, he is the 'Khaleefah' of Allah, the Mahdi". (Ibn Maajah, Ahmad, al-Haakim's Mustadrak Sahih). Before or just after the Euphrates river uncovers it's gold the ruler of Saudi Arabia may pass away which will cause three son's from the rulers of Saudi Arabia to fight for succession of that country. One of them is vying for it by force, another one asking for it by piety, calmness, and dignity, and the third vying for it by killing, but Allah wont grant it to any of them, soon after this the people of Khurasan (Afghanistan) will march across Arabia conquering and killing the Arabs who have all but left off Islamic rule and fallen into degenerate practices, they will march in order to secure and stabilise the region and will continue marching across Arabia until they reach Jerusalem (Israel) conquering it as well. The Arabs will attempt to give them power and control but they will refuse to accept it saying they will only accept the rule of the Mahdi (ra) who will emerge about six years after this occurs. 122

The Euphrates drying up and the Army of the Mahdi coming from the east are very significant events because Allah similarly mentioned them in the bible. The Euphrates River is mentioned in the Bible in the Book of Revelation in a prophecy that is understood to occur before Isa (as) returns. During the great tribulations of the last days, John the companion of Jesus says “And the sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way of the kings of the east might be prepared.” (rev:16:12), the drying of the Euphrates will prepare the way for the people of the east to march. There will be political instability because three sons from the rulers of Saudi Arabia will fight each other in a civil war for power, none receiving it, Allah will end the rule of the Monarchy after which the country will be under elected leaders, none of whom will be strong, it will during this chaos that the sufyani dictators will emerge from Syria attempting to take control of the region, the people of Afghanistan will respond to this and fight them. All these events are a judgment by Allah on the ruwaybidah who have taken root in Muslim lands and are after wealth "They will fight each other over wealth, and seven out of every nine will be killed" the system has spread to such an extent that the soldiers will die, themselves believing they will be the recipient of some portion of that wealth, indicating the type of people now prevalent in Islamic lands and their military. The state the Ruwaybidah system will leave Arab countries in after they are removed from power is highlighted in the following hadith. When the Mahdi (ra) emerges an Army will be sent against him from Sham, this is how Rasul Allah (saws) described the state of the Muslim Arabs at that time and why Allah will send them a miracle to rescue them from that Army; Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) said: "They would soon seek protection in this House, (the Ka'ba), people who would have nothing to protect themselves in the shape of weapons or the strength of the people. An army would be sent to fight (and kill) them and when they would enter a plain ground the army would be sunk in it".(Muslim)

123

Aisha reported that Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) was startled in the state of sleep. We said: Allah's Messenger, you have done something in the state of your sleep which you never did before,Thereupon he said: Strange it is that some people of my Ummah would attack the House (Ka'ba) (to kill) a person who would belong to the tribe of Quraish (the Mahdi) and he would try to seek protection in the House. And when they would reach the plain ground they would be sunk. We said: Allah's Messenger, all sorts of people throng the path. Thereupon he said: Yes, there would be amongst them people who would come with definite designs and those who would come under duress and there would be travellers also, but they would all be destroyed through one (stroke) of destruction. though they would be raised in different states (on the Day of Resurrection). Allah would, however, raise them according to their intention. (Muslim) This weakness and lack of military strength, weapons and preparedness is also highlighted in another hadith, Abu Huraira (r.a) said "When great wars will occur (around the time of the Mahdi), then Allah will raise an Army from the Non Arabs who will be greater riders and will have better weapons than the Arabs. Allah will support the Deen (Islam) by them". (Ibn Majah) The Gulf nations are wealthier than the other muslim nations yet they will be less equipped and almost powerless to defend themselves against an Army sent from Syria which is considered a third world country in comparison to them, this Army from Syria will show they are defenceless and powerless. Imam Al-Suyuti said regarding the Euphrates river drying up, that it is as “the stopping of water”, the Keban dam stopped the flow of the River Euphrates, and it is now in the process of being dried up because of irrigation and drought. “Turkey and Syria completed their first dams on the Euphrates – the Keban Dam and the Tabqa Dam, respectively – within one year of each other and filling of the reservoirs commenced in 1975. At the same time, the area was hit by severe drought and river flow toward Iraq was reduced from 15.3 cubic kilometres (3.7 cu mi) in 1973 to 9.4 cubic kilometres (2.3 cu mi) in 1975. This led to an international crisis during which Iraq threatened to bomb the Tabqa Dam. An agreement was eventually reached between Syria and Iraq after intervention by Saudi Arabia 124

and the Soviet Union. A similar crisis, although not escalating to the point of military threats, occurred in 1981 when the Keban Dam reservoir had to be refilled after it had been almost emptied to temporarily increase Turkey's hydroelectricity production. In 1984, Turkey unilaterally declared that it would ensure a flow of at least 500 cubic metres (18,000 cu ft) per second, or 16 cubic kilometres (3.8 cu mi) per year, into Syria, and in 1987 a bilateral treaty to that effect was signed between the two countries. Another bilateral agreement from 1989 between Syria and Iraq settles the amount of water flowing into Iraq at 60 percent of the amount that Syria receives from Turkey. In 2008, Turkey, Syria and Iraq instigated the Joint Trilateral Committee (JTC) on the management of the water in the Tigris–Euphrates basin and on 3 September 2009 a further agreement was signed to this effect. On April 15, 2014, Turkey began to reduce the flow of the Euphrates into Syria and Iraq. The flow was cut off completely on May 16, 2014. The Euphrates river now terminates at the Turkish–Syrian border. This is in violation of an agreement reached in 1987 in which Turkey committed to releasing a minimum of 500 cubic metres (18,000 cu ft) of water per second at the Turkish–Syrian border.”Scientist using Satellite imagery "found that during a seven-year period beginning in 2003 that parts of Turkey, Syria, Iraq and Iran along the Tigris and Euphrates river basins lost 117 million acre feet (144 cubic kilometers) of total stored freshwater, the researchers said about 60 percent of the loss is due to “pumping of groundwater from underground reservoirs. The rate was especially striking after the 2007 drought and the demand for freshwater continues to rise.” The Prophet (saws) said about the Mahdi (ra) "disagreement will occur after the death of a Khaliph, then a person will flee from Madinah to Makkah (the Mahdi). Some of the people in Makkah will come to him and take him out against his will and will give him allegiance (Bayah) between Hajar Aswad (the black stone) and Maqam Ibrahim (near the Kaaba). Then an army from Sham (Syria) will come to attack to him but will be devoured by the earth at the place of Baidah (a flat piece of land next to Madinah facing the direction of Makkah). When the people see this, then the Abdal of Sham (Syria) and Asaeb of Iraq (Abdal & Asaeb are high level pious people, meaning the Saints from Shaam & Iraq) will come and give allegiance to him. Then a person from Quraish will come forward ,whose ma125

ternal family will be from Bani Kulaib (a branch of Banu Tamim, referring to the Sufyani who is a warlord, the tribe now ruling Syria is the Bani Kulaib). That person in Makkah (the Mahdi) will send an army towards that Quraishi (the warlord) and will overcome him. This battle will be called the Bath Kulaib and a person is at great loss if he is not present at the distribution of the booty of that Ghazwa (battle). He will distribute the riches and act upon the sunnah of the Prophet (as) and Islam will put its neck on the earth (Islam’s borders and influence will spread again) and he will rule for 9 years on earth." (Masnad Ahmad, Hadith 6581)

126

CHAPTER 9

The Khawarij: The Name Of The Most Evil People In Our Time We have to get a birds eye view of the situation to understand it clearly, the world has changed since the time of the prophet (saws) and the prophet in many ahadith was telling us this, but the message has come to us through the minds and understanding of the companions and those who heard it from Him but didn’t witness it themselves hence ahadith are worded according to their own understanding so we need to make an effort to see what they meant. Before the technological age we could look at what is occurring in one part of the world in isolation because regions did not impact on each other unless an army invaded the lands of other people, but the prophet (saws) himself said in our own time people's lives would become intertwined mourned the world hence nothing is occurring in isolation any longer. We have to ask a simple question to get a birds eye view of what seems to be madness on earth today, "If you where the worst shaytan on earth, Iblis (Allah's curse be upon him) what would you do to get your way", fulfil the oath you took in front of Allah when He created Adam, that shaytan would use modern technology to communicate and organise his forces around the world then he would go about bringing in every other evil shaytan and their organizations underneath his umbrella so He could coordinate everything effectively, in fact not only Islam says he did this very but the bible as well. A number of prophecies mentioned in previous revelations about the Empires that ruled on earth state he has been doing just that from the days of the earliest prophets (as), each time a prophet of Allah was given a vision about the empires of the world they were shown that Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him) controlled 127

many many of them in those visions, the modern world and it’s super powers are no exception these same prophecies saying the same thing about them, what changed in our life time is his ability to coordinate his effort over large regions of the earth because of technology. If the world was under one government, or entire regions where under one organization then control over peoples lives would be easier, this effort is called globalization, “when peoples lives become intertwined”, the prophet (saws) said that when we see this occur peoples covenants, their business contracts between each other, would be corrupt so we shouldn’t trust it or them. Business people will try to gain more and more control over the minutest aspects of peoples lives in order to kill all religion, which can only be done if it is destroyed in peoples homes. This in fact is their main driving force which Allah mentioned countless times in prophecies about the end of times, not just in Islam but Christianity and Judaism, the bible explicitly states this intent without any doubt and we see this today with the Ruwaybidah, the corruptors of society, who try to govern private aspects of peoples lives never governed before. This deliberate effort to rid the world of religion and morality is what occurred after WW1 up to our time when mankind saw a different kind of colonization appear around the world, the domination of peoples cultures and identity that subvertly ended peoples independence and uniqueness. The prophet (saws) literally said before the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him) there would be people who would establish his system on earth for him, they would deliberately pave the way for his arrival, we have to understand the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will use a mixture of both technology and Sihr (the occult) to convert people this is the basis of his system, he is a test and punishment from Allah and Allah only punishes people according to what they have been doing themselves, so everything we know about him is an indication of what the world will look like and is doing before his time, in other words the prophet (saws) was telling us their will be a great number of people on earth using technology and the occult (sihr) to control and manipulate people working towards setting up a system based on the occult and technology.

128

How would these groups even exist in the first place if there wasn't entire portions of society practicing occult sihr (Dark Magic) to gain influence and control over the world, simply because mankind has discovered science hasn’t nullified the existence of Sihr, Allah himself created it and it is clearly mentioned in the Quran a number of times, they are now rather mixing the two together to gain greater control over people. The Messenger of Allaah said, “He is not of us, the one who (looks for) evil omens, or the one on whose behalf they are sought (omens are spiritual signs, information, from the unseen used against people), or the one who practices soothsaying (foretelling), or the one on whose behalf it is practiced; or the one who practices sorcery (Dark Magic), or the one for whom sorcery is done.” (At-Tabaraanee) The Prophet (saws) commanded: “Kill every sorcerer, for this is the punishment ordained by Allah.” Allah said “And they followed [instead] what the devils had recited during the reign of Solomon. It was not Solomon who disbelieved, but the devils disbelieved, (by) teaching people Dark magic and that which was revealed to the two angels at Babylon, Harut and Marut. But the two angels do not teach anyone unless they say, “We are a trial, so do not disbelieve [by practicing Dark magic].” And [yet] they learn from them that by which they cause separation between a man and his wife [in other words dark magic is real]. But they do not harm anyone through it except by permission of Allah. And the people learn what harms them and does not benefit them (the Sahir is in a state of loss in his life). But the Children of Israel certainly knew that whoever purchased the magic (practiced it or had it practiced for them) would not have in the Hereafter any share. And wretched is that for which they sold themselves, if they only knew.” (the extent of their loss in this life and the next) (2:102) From what modern scholars have already said and we can see in their corporate symbolism (logo’s) much of western society is based on the occult, we only need to look at the logo's of the largest corporations on earth to see what occult activities they are involved in because we can identify where the symbol came from in the ancient world and what it meant to those civilizations, it shouldn’t be surpris129

ing for example that three of the worlds largest fashion companies use the vesica piscis as the basis for their logo, this symbol represented the kind of Sihr (dark magic) related to sexual deviancy and empowerment, in others influence and control over people through sexuality. We have to remember that when Allah punishes a people he punishes them according to their crimes, so why would Allah punish the entire world with the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him), the most evil sahir to exist, who will claim through tricks, lies and dark magic he is a prophet and then Allah himself if mankind wasn't involved in similar acts before hand, the last piece of this puzzle is the iconism the world’s governments and entertainment industries are using to create movie stars and pop stars, before them this same knowledge was used to create leaders like Hitler, Stalin and the Kennedy’s. The punishment for deliberately enslaving people with these idols and “stars” is the Dajjal’s claim he is god, the biggest false idol in history, we are in the system of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) right now. The prophet (saws) himself said their would be men who will try to fool the entire world with Deen, the word just means way of life, so He (saws) was warning us that world leaders will fool us new ways of living and that ‘Maskh’ (the stunting of peoples character and intelligence) would be wide spread, maskh is done through sihr (dark magic) and miseducation hence Allah will send the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) to do likewise Maskh on the entire world and fool it with a new way of life and culture. In fact in previous scriptures Allah states that this is exactly what the world powers will be practicing on people before the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him), they will force a corrupt invented culture on the world and this culture was empowered around the world by Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him). We can also illustrate the motivations of people living in our time to do evil with the following example. For the better part of 40 years the USSR (Russia) and the U.S where in a cold war, a war of espionage but both sides fought this war in different ways, while the U.S focused on corrupting Russian agents over time who had ideological motivations to get them to switch over, the USSR eventually real130

ized that since the U.S was a capitalist country it was far easier to bribe people with what ever they wanted, and it was more effective as it turned out, this is over simplifying what occurred, but at the end of this war the USSR was successful in turning agents in some of Americas highest institutions at their highest levels, institutions like the CIA and FBI, much of this has been popularised in our times by hollywood, but it is very clear that capitalism, the culture mentioned in previous scriptures, was created to corrupt people even communist Russia saw western society had destroyed their ideologies and used it against them. The modern sects in the Islamic world should be viewed as separatist movements and not ideological schools, or reformist groups, because what ever ideology they profess is only lip service to deal with whatever the current situation is in the world for their own gain, and in one hundred years of their existence, they haven't put forward anything of depth or substance. So then what are they trying to achieve by separating people from the main body of the Islamic Ummah and increasing their own numbers. The Prophet (saws) warned about this very thing and established what we should do in our time when these people emerge, these narrations spell out who is ultimately right the orthodox madhhabs or the salafi’s and the muslim brotherhood that have spread their tentacles to every muslim country on earth. He (saws) said “My community will not come together on misguidance”; “You have to follow the congregation for verily Allah will not make the largest group of Muhammad’s community agree on error.”, “Whoever among you wants to be in the middle of Paradise, let him cling to the congregation (largest group)”… “Shaytan is a wolf like the wolf that preys on sheep, taking the isolated and the stray among them; therefore, avoid factionalism and keep to the congregation and the collective and the masjid.”, “Allah’s hand is over the group, and whoever dissents from them departs to hell.”, “Allah’s hand is over the group, follow the largest group, for verily whoever dissents from them departs to hell”. The reality of the situation is garnered by the fact that in western countries these sects like the salafi’s and muslim brotherhood, from which every extremist group recruits from are the same groups that are allowed to hold power over ortho131

dox muslim populations in western countries. They are allowed to practice and preach their twisted version of Islam in these countries freely yet traditional muslims are oppressed until they give up their ethics and only pay an outward lip service to the Deen, this is an entirely engineered situation for the benefit of the west. There are many examples of western governments showing favouritism to these fringe groups in order to bolster their numbers and split up larger islamic populations, and many reporters are showing that these governments covertly support their false wars against muslims in their own countries, a clear example of this is ISIS in Syria, they are an excellent stooge for western media constantly being supplied with the latest American weapons to maintain their war, is their ideological slogan then “Death to America, but Buy American guns” ? No these weapons as many muslim officials have stated are flown in by American planes and air dropped to them directly on the battlefield, this isn’t a situation that has developed recently these separatists groups were founded by the west over a hundred years ago when their was still a khalifa to bring it down, what exists today is this same old relationship. The aim of thess groups is to establish hate in the larger population of the world for anything related to an Islamic Khalifah, the word Khalifah is used to condition people and foster hate for it and Islam, this doesn't occur by itself this attitude has to be engineered because the Khalifah is simply a form of government like a Republic or Democracy but it hasn't existed in the world for nearly 100 years so how do people today come to view that it needs to be preempted when they have no experience with it and historically it was the sole force that took Europe out of the dark ages with it’s culture and science. Why would a Kufar system bent on dominating muslim countries support in their midst the very orthodox people they are trying to dismantle overseas, they don't, they are not idiots or even being hypocritical in this matter it is the same consistent party line throughout, but it is covered up with a guessing game of whose side these extremists are on that is the only illusion. These fringe sects are allowed to freely recruit into their groups from the wider muslim youth, they are allowed to work in these countries as citizens, and are al132

lowed to dominate the muslim scene of entire towns so those areas come to be described by their brand of Islam, it isn't difficult for any western society to dismantle them if they wished but they serve that societies own greater purpose in the end. These false muslims very lives and livelihood in western countries is their reward and why they are doing it, they say they have to eat and live so they don't care, they are the people about whom the prophet (saws) said ‘they have sold their religion (and Akhira) for a small sum’ in this life. The prophet (saws) said “There will be migration after migration. The best of the inhabitants of earth will reside where the prophet Ibrahim migrated (Sham).”(Abu Dawuud), the worst people after the prophets (saws) time would be those who emigrated from their lands and are most distant from the lands that Ibrahim (as) emigrated to, and in fact we find the worst kind of muslims and people in western lands, those lands newly discovered and are the most distant from Sham. When these extremist groups like the salafi’s and muslim brotherhood were dismantled in muslim lands 60 years ago they migrated to western countries and founded the very organizations muslims now rely on in those countries in the wests highest institution’s like the MSA found in every western university, this is all a matter of public record. Most modern Sunni scholars have established that all these fringe groups are the continuation of the Khawarij, an extremist group that began in the time of the companions which split into 17 smaller groups after their time and propagated their extremism around the muslim world, Anas ibn Malik reported: The Messenger of Allah, peace and blessings be upon him, said about the Khawarij, “There will be dissension and division in my nation and a people will come with beautiful words but evil deeds. They recite the Quran but it will not pass beyond their throats (they won’t have faith in it). They will leave the religion as an arrow leaves its target and they will not return until the arrow returns to its notch. They are the worst of the creation. Blessed are those who fight them and are killed by them. They call to the Book of Allah but they have nothing to do with it. Whoever fights them is better to Allah than them.” 133

They said, “O Messenger of Allah, what is their sign?” The Prophet said, “Shaving. (Some will shave their heads some will shave their beards)” (Sunan Abu Dawud) The first thing we have to realise about this group is that their fate is already decided the prophet clearly saying they will be on the side of the kufar and hypocrites, He (saws) said “Then, the Duhaima Fitna (Dark Black & Cunning trial that catches people off guard will occur) that will not leave anyone without slapping him a slap (testing his faith); if people say it is finished, it stays longer; a man who is in the morning a Mu'min (Believer) by the evening becomes a Kafir (Disbeliever), until people will be divided into two factions: a faction of Iman (belief and religion) without hypocrisy and a faction of hypocrisy without Iman (belief and religion). When this happens (the sorting is finished), expect the Dajjaal that day or the next day’.” (Sunan Abu Dawud, Al-Haakim, and Al-Zahabi) Because “They recite the Quran but it will not pass beyond their throats” and “They will leave the religion as an arrow leaves its target and they will not return” we know they are in the camp of the Hypocrites with Iman (religion or faith) and will be in that state until the Dajjal (Allah’s curse be upon him) emerges. The prophet (saws) also said about them, 1."They [Khawarij = those outside] transferred the Qur'anic verses meant to refer to unbelievers and made them refer to believers." 2. "What I most fear in my community is a man who interprets verses of the Qur'an out of context." 3 "A people will come out at the end of times, immature, foolish and corrupt. They will hold the discourse of the best of creation and recite Qur'an, but it will not go past their throats. They will pass through religion the way an arrow passes through its quarry. If you find them, kill them, for verily whoever kills them will have his reward from Allah the Day of Judgment." 4. "There will be a huge confusion within my Community (because of these sects spreading it). There will not remain one house of the Arabs except that confusion will enter it. Those who die because of it (by responding toothier false Jihad) are in the fire. The harm of the tongue in it will be greater than that of the sword (during this time because of mass media).” 5. "They are the dogs of the people of Hell." 6. "Some people will be standing and calling at the gates of hell; whoever responds to their call, they will throw him into the Fire. They will be from our 134

own people [i.e. Arabs] and will speak our language [Arabic]. Should you live to see them, stick to the main body (jama`a) of the Muslims and their leader. (If there is no main body and no leader,) isolate yourself from all these sects, even if you have to eat from the roots of trees until death overcomes you while you are in that state." (These ahadith are primarily cited from the sahih sita) The Khawarij are many groups today spread around the world, the original group came from Iraq but since then it has become a sect people join working for the Kufar. When `Ali killed the Khawarij, someone said: "Praise be to Allah Who has brought them down and relieved us from them." Ali replied: "Verily, by the One in Whose hand is my soul, some of them are still in the loins of men and they have not been born yet, and the last of them will fight on the side of the Antichrist." The prophet (saws) said the last of them will fight on the side of the Dajjal (Allah's curse be upon him) which is the side of the Kufar today because his system is now set up around the world, very literally the only place the salafi’s, muslim brotherhood and their offshoots around the world are heading is the Dajjal (Allah’s curse be upon him). The prophet (saws) said ‘If anyone helps in the murder of a believer—even if with only a few words—he will meet Allah with the words written on his forehead: “hopeless of Allah’s mercy”.’ (Ibn Majah in al-Sunan; al- Rabii in al-Musnad; and al-Bayhaqi in al-Sunan al-kubr) This hadith also indicates that it is not only financial and numerical assistance that must be denied to terrorists, but according to the expression ‘bi shari kalimatin’ (‘a few words’), speeches or writings which lend support to the enemies of peace are also condemnable and punishable by Allah. This hadith contains a strict warning to those who mastermind these groups and their acts and misinterpret the Quran by brainwashing youth with glad news of Paradise for murdering civilians. The salafi’s whose offshoot is the muslim brotherhood can be traced through their founder and his teachings to the Hashashin (Assassins). Their exact methods are the same as the Hashashin (Assassins, the word in arabic literally means those 135

who use durgs) of Lebanon who used to brain wash their followers through a drug cocktail and occult practices, they like these modern sects fed their followers drugs or substances without their knowledge to increase the effectiveness of their indoctrination, which is something that is being reported about many ex terrorist’s who leave them, they would catch many of their followers high on drugs or other substances, but publicly these people are meant to represent the holiest of holy people the martyr who embodies the perfect muslim. These are the same people about which the prophet (saws) said ‘if you go to them they will throw you into Hell’, and in fact these Kufar, so called muslims in western countries will use sihr on any person who isn’t inherently evil or accepts their ways of sihr to delude them into going to Jihad to fight their battles for them. All this is nothing but a jihad that is manipulated by this sect in those lands, in this way they intend to weed out any devout people in the muslim community just as Allah mentioned in many prophecies, we see this today by their destruction of ancient mosques around the muslim world, even a child understands that Islamic Law is only enforceable in the society that freely adopts it making their heretical beliefs null and void according to Islamic law outside their homeland of egypt which they originated from. In reality this destruction is their forcing their system onto others in the guise of law, they will meet Allah on the day of judgment with the words “hopeless of Allah’s mercy” written on their foreheads. These people are no longer known as the Khawarij and have taken on many different names throughout history, as the Prophet (saws) described them, they would “kill the people of Islam and leave the idolaters” alone, today they work for them. They declared Ali b. Abi Talib and Uthman b. Affan disbelievers, as well as those who allied with them. They killed Imam Ali b. Abi Talib believing that it was lawful, they wrote to him saying "All of us have killed your brothers, and we believe that both their blood and your blood are lawful", the killer of Imam Ali was Abd al- Rahman b. Muljam al-Muradi. He, along with the other Kharijites, were devout in their worship; however, they were grossly ignorant of religious logic and wisdom and abandoned the Sunnah and the community [jamaa], just as we 136

see today these fringe groups all claiming the Main body of the community is the corrupt group in the world and they are the saved sect, all the while the prophet (saws) in over seven narrations commanded that we should stick to the main body of the Muslim Ummah until Isa (as) descends among us at the end of time. Imam al-Shahrastani said about the false beliefs and ideologies of the Kharijites: “The major factions of the Kharijites are six: al-Azariqa, al-Najdat, al-Ijara, al-Thaaliba, al-Ibadiyya and al-Safriyya. The remaining factions are but offshoots of these. They believe that it is right and obligatory to revolt against the government if it goes against the Sunna (even though the prophet (saws) directly commanded otherwise, the consequences of doing this in Islamic law was apostasy). . . . They are the ones who rebelled against the Commander of the Faithful, Ali (ra), when the process of arbitration (between muslim communities) was underway.” Jundub bin abd Allah said, ‘When the Kharijites seceded from Ali, he went out in pursuit of them and we went with him. When we reached their troops, we heard a loud recitation of the Quran that sounded like the buzzing of bees. Amongst them were some wearing loin cloths and mantles, and seeing them in that state [of ostensible piety], I had mixed feelings about fighting against them. I stuck my spear into the ground, dismounted from my steed, took off my mantle and spread it out and placed my armour on it. I then took my steed by the reigns and started praying towards my spear [as a barrier]. During my prayer I said, “O Allah! If it is obedience to You to fight these folk, then give me permission to do it; and if it is disobedience, then show me a sign of Your disapproval”. As I was in that state of entreaty, suddenly, Ali ibn Abi Talib came, riding the Prophet’s mule. After he came close to me he said, “O Jundub! Seek refuge with Allah from the evil of doubt!” I then hastened to come closer to him, but he dismounted and began to pray. Suddenly, someone on a galloping horse approached and said, “O Commander of the Faithful!” Ali said, “What is the matter?” The rider said, “They have all crossed the stream and got away”. I said, “Allah is the Greatest”. Ali said, “They have not crossed it, and will not do it. It is the promise of Allah and His Messenger that they will be killed”. Then he mounted his steed and said, “O Jundub! I shall send someone to them who will recite the Quran to them and invite them to the Book 137

of their Lord and the Sunna of their Prophet (saws). He will not turn to us [to signal the attack] until they shoot arrows at him. O Jundub! Less than ten will be slain amongst us and less than ten will survive amongst them”. Then he said, “So who will take this copy of the Quran to those folk and invite them to the Book of their Lord and the Sunna of their Prophet and get killed and earn Paradise?” No one responded to his call except a young man from Banu Amir bin Sa'sa. Ali said to him, “Take [this copy of the Quran]”. And so the young man took it and Ali said to him, “You will be killed and will not turn to us until they shoot you with arrows”. The young man walked towards the encampment of the folk, carrying a copy of the Quran. When he reached a place where they could hear, one of them shot him with an arrow. He then turned towards us and sat down. Ali then said, “Now attack them”. I killed eight of them with this hand of mine before I prayed the Afternoon Prayer and less than ten amongst us were slain and less than ten amongst them survived’. (Narrated by al-Tabarani in al-Mujam al-awsa, and cited by al- Haythami in Majma al-zawaid; Ibn Hajar al-Asqalani in Fath al-Bari; and al-Shawkani in Nayl al-awtar.) The prophet (saws) spoke about them at length so we would know them, hence we shouldn't confuse or have doubt about who these people really are today because even the companions had trouble with this because of the worship of Allah they saw coming from them: Ali (ra) said, “O people! Indeed, I heard Allah’s Messenger say, ‘There shall be a folk that comes from my Umma and they will recite the Quran—your recitation will not be comparable to theirs, or your prayers or your fasting to theirs. They will recite the Quran and believe it supports them but [in reality] it is against them. Their prayers will not go past their throats, and they shall exit from the religion just as an arrow exits from a hunted game. If only the army who encounters them knew what has been decreed for them upon the tongue of their Prophet, they would rely on it [and stop whatever else they intended for them]...they have shed inviolable blood and raided the people’s belongings. So go forth [against them] in the name of Allah”.’ This hadith clearly says people will come upon them but will not recognize them for who they are and if they did they would view them differently and ac138

cording to what the prophet (saws) said. This hadith was narrated by Imam Muslim in his Sahih, in the Book of Zakat, under the chapter ‘The Encouragement to Kill the Kharijites’, and Abu Dawuud in al-Sunan in Kittb al-Sunna, the chapter ‘On Fighting the Kharijites’, many other Muhadithun (Scholars) reported this narration as well. The Messenger of Allah (saws) said, ‘At the end of time there shall appear a folk, young in age and foolish. They will speak the words of the best of people [just to mislead others], but their faith will not pass their throats (they won’t have real Islam). They shall pass through Islam just as an arrow passes through a hunted game. Kill them wherever you find them [during war], for the one who kills them will be rewarded on the Day of Resurrection’. (Bukhari and Muslim) The Prophet mentioned that the Kharijites would be young in age and use brainwashed youth to carry out their evil designs. Imam al-Tirmidhi narrated from Ibn Masud in al-Sunan: ‘At the end of time there shall appear a folk, young in age and brainwashed. They will recite the Quran but it will not pass their throats (their faith won't be real). They will speak the words of the best of people [just to mislead others], but they shall pass through Islam just as an arrow passes through a hunted game’. The phrases ‘ahdath al-asnan’ (young in age) and ‘sufaha al-ahlam’ (brainwashed) used in the two Ahadith indicate that these Kharijites will be young and brainwashed they will use young brainwashed people for their heinous acts of terrorism. Similarly, the Quran also calls the foolish ‘sufaha’. Allah says, "And do not give the foolish (those ignorant of people's rights) your wealth that Allah has made a means of support for you"(4:5), in other words don't allow them to take control of your affairs. Sufaha is the plural of Safeeh and refers to people not able to uphold obligations, it includes the insane and everyone who can’t dispose of his own affairs. The Messenger of Allah (saws) said to Kab ibn Ujrah “O Ka’ab ibn Ujrah, may Allah give us refuge from the rulings of al Sufaha (those who brainwash others). The prophet was asked “O messenger of Allah what is the rulings of al Sufaha? He (saws) said “Rulers who will be after me (at the end of time). They do not 139

follow my guidance, and they do not implement my sunnah. The one who follows their lies, and helps them in their oppression, he is not from me, and I am not from him, and he will not enter my Hawd (paradise). And the one who did not believe their lies, and did no help them in their oppression, he is from me, and I am from him, and he will enter my Hawd. (Sahih Ibn Hibban, al Mustadrak, al Hakim) The prophet (saws) said regarding those placed in charge “if matters are not in the hands of the the rightful ones (those who can dispose of affairs correctly), wait for the last hour”. The word Sufaha is derived from Safih, which means the worst of people, so if public affairs are placed in the hands of the worst of people like the Khawarij who work for the Ruwaibidah (corruptors of society) mentioned in this hadith as Al Sufaha, the brainwashers, then the prophet (saws) said “wait for the hour”. This isn’t simply a figure of speech wait for the hour means wait for it to be established, or wait for the major events that bring it to begin and it is because of this expression we can date this to our time exactly, the prophet (saws) said about 2012 when this occurred: “If you see Makkah with holes in its mountains, and its buildings reach (or surpass) it’s mountain tops, then the hour has cast its shadow” the hour is established. These sects gained influence around the world after September the 11th with help of the mass media that developed during this time. Imam Ibn Hajar al-Asqalni said, The Prophet’s statement ‘sufaha al-ahlam’, means that those minds are deficient in intellect. Imam Badr al-Din al-Ayni said: The phrase, ‘sufaha al-ahlam’, implies 'mentally deficient are the brainwashed'. Other scholars also translate ‘sufuha al ahlam’ as empty minds, it's more accurate to say in our time the ‘Maskh’ these sects empty refers to the fact that their intellects are deliberately deprived and stunted through Sihr, drugs and miseducation, which makes the brainwashing easier. These explanations by the hadith scholars illustrate that ahdath al-asnan and sufaha al-ahlam are not people who suffer from insanity, but rather they are brain-

140

washed and immature youth deliberately conditioned to act this way, we have to also remember that in Islam any person below the age of 40 is considered a youth. If we observe the current upsurge of terrorism committed in the name of Islam we will realize that the prophecies of the prophet muhammad (saws) have become a reality, all their dead are in hell and the only way to remain safe from them is to not respond to their call to a false jihad. Abu Umama reported that the Prophet (saws) said, ‘Glad tidings of Paradise to those who kill them or are killed by them’. (Abu Dawuud) Abu Umama also reported that the Prophet (saws) said three times, ‘They are the dogs of the Hellfire; they are the dogs of the Hellfire; they are the dogs of the Hellfire’. Then he said, ‘They are the most evil of those slain under the heavens, and the best of those slain are the ones killed by them’, the ones they kill through their suicide attacks. The Khawarij will continue to appear until the end of time, the last of them fighting on the side of the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him). Sharik b. Shihab said, ‘For the longest I was eager to meet a man from the Companions so I could ask him about the Kharijites. Finally, I met Abu Burza during the day of Eid as he was with a group of his associates. I asked him, “Did you ever hear the Messenger of Allah mention the Kharijites?” He replied, “Yes. I heard the Messenger of Allah with my own ears and saw him with my own eyes. One time some wealth was brought to the Messenger of Allah, so he apportioned it. He gave to those on his right and those on his left, but he did not give any to those who were behind him. Suddenly, a man stood up behind him and said, “O Muhammad! You have not acted justly in your apportioning”. He was a man of dark complexion with a large head of hair, wearing two white garments. The Messenger of Allah became severely angry and said, “By Allah! You shall not find any after me who is more just than I”. Then he said, “At the end of time there will appear a folk—and this one was from them. They shall recite the Quran but (Emaan in) it will not pass their throats. They shall pass through the religion just as an arrow passes through a hunted game. Their notable feature is shaven heads. They shall continue to appear until the last of them appears with the Anti-Christ [al141

Dajjaal]; so you should kill them when you encounter them [in the battlefield]. They are the most evil of the creation”.’ (Ahmad, Nasai, al Bazzar, al Tayalisi). When the Prophet (saws) said, ‘they shall continue to appear’, he eliminated all possible doubts that the Kharijites would appear only once or cause only one fitnah. The first appearance of the Kharijites was during the reign of our master Ali, this was simply their vanguard. Whenever and wherever they rise, they take up arms against the Muslim states and massacre peaceful citizens, terrorism is their mark of distinction. Allah b. Umar reported that the Messenger of Allah said, ‘Every time a generation of them appears it will be cut down—this will occur over twenty times—until the Anti- Christ appears in their last remnant’. (Ibn Maaja) This tells us how far their groups will spread because the Dajjal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will appear from Iran. In islam a generation is seen as a lifetime and the average lifespan of the muslim is about 60 to 70 years according to the prophet (saws), Abu Hurairah (ra) narrated that Allah’s Messenger (saws) said, “The lifespan of my Ummah is from sixty to seventy (years).” (Tirmidhi) The Khawarij and the Ruwaibidah work with each other to achieve the aims of the people they both work for, this shouldn’t be surprising considering that it is a matter of common sense today that any foreign power wishing to dominate a society would go to the worst people in that community and support them to achieve their political goals, the only thing that should be new to us are the prophetic names and titles we are using for them in this book.

142

C H A P T E R 10

The Events Leading Up To The Emergence Of Imam Mahdi Abdullah ibn Masud narrated from The Prophet (peace be upon him) who said: "If only one day of this world remained. Allah would lengthen that day till He raised up in it a man who belongs to me or to my family whose father's name is the same as my father's, who will fill the earth with equity and justice as it has been filled with oppression and tyranny." (Abu Dawwud) The Prophet said: "If there only remains but one day left in the world, Allah will prolong it until a man from my house governs. He will open Constantinople (Istanbul) and the Mountain of Al-Daylam (in Iran)." (Ibn Hibban, At-Tirmizi, Abuya'li, At-Tabarani, Al Bazaar, Abu Nuaym and Al Hakim.) Al-Hakim narrated from Abu Sa'id al-Khudri (ra) that he said: "The Messenger of Allah (saws) said: "At the end of time, a severe tribulation will descend upon my Ummah (the entire Ummah not Just a section of it) from their ruler (Saddam Hussein who invaded Kuwait, this began all the events leading to the Duhaima which caused the second invasion of Iraq). A worse tribulation will not have been heard of before (it resulted in the domination of the muslim world not just Iraq, prior to this time the media still wondered what the muslim world would do if they invaded, since the answer was nothing they only became bolder), until the earth's expanse is constricted upon them (the Ummah), and until the earth is filled with tyranny and oppression, so that the mu'min will find no refuge from the oppression (the oppression of the Duhaima). Then, Allah (after it ends) will send a man from my descendants (when it clears) who will fill the earth with equity and justice as it had been filled with oppression and tyranny (the Mahdi). The inhabitants of the heavens and the earth will be pleased with him. The earth will not withhold 143

any of its growth, but will bring it out, neither will the sky withhold a drop, but Allah will pour it out upon them in showers. He will live among them for seven years, or eight, or nine. The living will wish that the dead were brought to life again to witness the great good that Allah brought about for the people of the earth." Abu Umamah said the Messenger of Allah (peace and blessing upon him) said: “The People asked: ‘O Messenger of Allah, who will be the Imam (leader) of the people at the time?’ He Said: “He will be from my progeny and will be forty years of age. His face will shine like a star and he will have a small black spot on his right cheek. He will don two Qutwaani cloaks (traditional Jewish Cloaks worn by the people of Afghanistan) as if he is from the bani Israil (jewish tribes, the pashtun of the region are their descendants who converted to Islam at the hands of the companions). He will rule for 20 years and will conquer the cities of the Mushrikeen”. (Tabarani) Anas ibn Maalik said that he heard the Messenger of Allah 'say, "We, the children of 'Abdul-Muttalib, are the chiefs of the dwellers of Paradise, I, Hamzah (the prophets Uncle), 'Ali, Ja'far (one of the first to accept Islam), Al-Hasan, Al-Husain (his grandchildren), and Al-Mahdi." (Ibn Maajah) “The Mahdi will have wheat-ich complexion, long straight nose, eye brows round like a bow, big black eyes, very white front teeth with a spacing between them, a small black spot on the right cheek, face glowing like a shining star, a mark on his shoulder like that of the Prophet Muhammad (blessings and peace be upon him), complexion like the Arabs and body like the bani Israil (Jews). He will be slow in speech (with a slight stutter) and when he stutters, he will strike his left thigh with his right hand. He will appear at the age of 40. While praying to Allah, he will expand his hands for prayer like birds expanding their wings. He will be wearing Qutwani Cloaks. He will resemble in character the Prophet Muhammad (blessing in peace be upon him), but in appearance, he will be different. (Muhammad Al-Barzanji in Isha’ah li Ashrat al-Sa’a).

144

Ali (r.a.) said, "The Prophet (pbuh) said, 'The Mahdi is one of us, from among the people of my household. In one night Allah will inspire him and prepare him to carry out his task successfully.'" (Ahmad and Ibn Maajah.) Abi Sadek said: “The Mahdi does not emerge until the Sufyani emerges on the ashes (of the Muslim nation).” (Nuaim bin Hammad) meaning after it is devastated by wars and can not recover it’s leadership or authority, and many of the Arabs have died. Ali bin Abi Taleb (r.a.) said: “If the Sufyani’s Cavalry marsh’s to Kufa (Iraq), the people of Khorasan (Afghanistan and the surrounding area) will be requested to come to aid. The people of Khorasan will come out seeking the Mahdi. So, the Hashimi (al Mansur, mentioned at the end go the Ahadith about the civil war in Sham) with an army carrying black banners, at its front end is Shuayb bin Salih (Al Harith in other Ahadith, their leader), will meet the followers of the Sufyani at Istakhar Gate and a great battle will occur between them. The black banners will be victorious. Sufyani’s Cavalry will run away. At that time, people will wish for the Mahdi (to appear) and ask for him.” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) Al Zuhari said ” The black flags will come from the East, led by mighty men, with long hair and beards, their last names are taken from the names of their home towns and their first names are from a Kunya (nick name, usually starts with ‘Abu’, which means ‘father of ”).” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) The Prophet (saws) said “If you see the black flags coming from Khurasan, join that army, even if you have to crawl over ice, for this is the army of the Khaliph, the Mahdi and no one can stop that army until it reaches Jerusalem.” (Mustadrak al Hakim). From the narration's we can establish a general timeframe for his appearance, not long after Allah lifts the era of Dictators and ends the rule of the Ruwaybidah instability will cause the tribes in Suadi Arabia to contest the throne after the death of one of their rulers, when no one win’s this battle and the Arabs are militarily and politically weak, tyrants (warlords) will begin to appear in Arabia one after the other, the Euphrates river will dry up uncovering a mountain of Gold and Silver over which Muslims will fight, the main warlord is called al Sufyani, he will 145

send an Army to Iraq so the people will request help from the people of Khurasan (Afghanistan, Tajikistan, Pakistan etc.) they will respond to their call and it will be at this time that the Black Banners from the East will come to fight him and the remaining warlords that emerge after him, they will establish the dominion of the Mahdi (ra) who will appear six years after they first appear, mentioned in narration's. There are narrations that say two or more Sufyani’s not just one will appear, meaning a number of tyrants (warlords) will appear who’s ancestry is traced back to Abu Sufyan during this time, the prophet (saws) mentioned they will be from the tribe of Kulaib in syria and the bulk of their Army will consist of this tribe. Even today this prophecy is a reality because basher al Asad comes from this very tribe, a minority sect placed in power by colonial France nearly 100 years ago. If we where to translate what the Ahadith said into modern language, then to put it simply, after being defeated in this civil war the ruling class of Syria will attempt to take back control of Syria through a number of warlords they raise to power. They will then try to dominate the Arab world after much instability and war and even attack the Mahdi (ra), which isn’t surprising since they are not Sunni muslims, they are a mix of something between Shia Islam and Christianity. Ammar binYasir said: “When the Sufyani reaches Kufa (Iraq) and kills the supporters of the family of Muhammad (saws), the Mahdi will (eventually) come (after this) and the bearer of his Banner (who will establish his dominion) will be Shuayb, the son of Salih.” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) Ibn Kathir (r.a) said: The Mahdi (ra) whose name is Muhammad ibn 'Abdullah, Allah will rectify him in a single night — meaning that He will forgive him, guide him, make him understand, and make him wise, after not having been of that description. Allah will provide him with help from the people of the East, who will support him and establish his rule. Their flags will be black, a color which carries with it dignity. The flag of the Messenger of Allah was black, and it was called Al-lqaab. Khaalid ibn Waleed planted it in the ground in Ath-Thunayyah, which is eastern Damascus. This is when he came from Iraq...Similarly, when the Prophet, entered Makkah during its conquest, he wore a black helmet on his head;

146

and according to another narration he was wearing a black turban over his helmet.   After sanctions are placed on Syria we will see sanctions placed on Egypt, the land of Egypt is central to prophecies surrounding the Hour in both Islam and Christianity because soon after it’s occupation and near destruction the Great War, Armageddon, will occur between the Muslims who are the people of these prophetic lands mentioned in the Injeel and the Romans (Europeans) who will invade them. The Muslim’s during it will be led by Imam Mahdi (ra) who will appear after the sanctions and conflicts in Egypt begin. Abu Zarr said the the Messenger of Allah (saws) said: “There will be, from Bani Umayya, a man in Egypt (a descendant from the founders of the Ummayid Dynasty and Abu Sufyan) who will succeed the Sultan (ruler). He will be overpowered or stripped of power. So, he flees to the Romans. He (will then) bring the Romans to the lands of Islam. This is the beginning of the battles (with the Romans that will lead to the Great War).” (Nuaim bin Hammad, Kitab al-Fitan) Abd Allah Bin Amr Ibn Al-Aas stated that: “If you see a tyrant of the tyrants of the Arabs fleeing to the Romans, that will be a sign for the Alexandria Battle (to occur, with the European invasion of Egypt through Alexandria).” (Nuaim bin Hammad, Kitab al-Fitan) Abd Allah Bin Amr Ibn Al-Aas stated that “If you see or hear about a tyrant in a city who is overpowered by another, and flees to the Romans, then that is the beginning of the greater confrontations. The Romans will come after the Muslims.” (Nuaim bin Hammad, Kitab al-Fitan) The Prophet, (upon whom be blessings and peace) said, “A man of the Umayyads will take power in Egypt and then his power will be taken from him, or wrested from him, and he will flee to Byzantium (the Romans, Europe) and enlist them against the people of Islam; and that will be the first of the battles (between the muslims and Europe).” (Tabarani) This hadith could be referring to Europe in general or Byzantium specifically which is modern day Istanbul, at present Turkey is trying to join the European Union, it is more the likely that by the eventuality of these events they would have 147

joined, so this tyrant will flee to them and they will enlist the rest of Europe to invade the lands of Islam, this is a real possibility because the prophet (saws) specifically says that the turks will invade Egypt. Hence between now and then Turkey will be lost to Europe and this is the reason why the Mahid (ra) will have to conquer it again just before the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) emerges, it is also a real possibility that they will fight on the side of Europe in the Great War against the Muslims, which is why the prophet doesn’t even mention it as a muslim country during this time, many scholars throughout history were at a loss as to which time the prophet (saws) intended these Ahadith, the first time it was conquered by the Ottomans or second time by the Mahdi (ra). Amar bin Yusr said: “The sign of the Mahdi is the Turks sweep down against you (both Turkey and southern Russia). Your Caliph who seeks wealth dies (causing the three sons of that family to fight over the Kingdom, none will get it) and you elect a successor after him who is weak so he gets deposed after 2 years from the Bay’a (the three son’s don't win the war over succession so the people will elect a ruler). A Khusf (land collapse) occurs in the West end of Damascus mosque (this is the Second of the three Major Earthquakes at the end of time, the one in the West). The emergence of three individuals (three warlords in Sham named Abqa’ , Ash-Hab, and Sufyani) in AshSham. The attack of People of the West (the people of the Maghreb) on Egypt (to defend it). This is (the beginning of) the reign of the Sufyani.” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan ) When the European’s dominate Egypt the people of North Africa (the Maghreb) will rise up against them, they will attack them and force them out of Egypt to stop the sanctions, when this occurs the European’s will retaliate and Invade Egypt through Alexandria, the people of North Africa will fight them again and upon winning they will head towards Syria and force them out of Syria which they had similarly been dominating. The people of the East will carry Black flags during this time while the People of North Africa will carry Yellow Flags.

148

Najeeb bin Al-Sirri said: the "People of Maghreb will go on 2 expeditions: one of them (the initial conflict) ends by reaching Qantara of Fustat (old Cairo) and (they will) tie their horses to it. The other one is to Sham (Greater Syria)." (Nuaim bin Hammad's book Kitab Al-Fitan) Aqba bin Amer Al-Juhni said: " If the People of Maghreb go on an expedition (The initial expedition), the Romans will take over the Maghreb (North Africa). Alexandria, Egypt and the coast of Sham (Syria and Lebanon) will be devastated." (Nuaim bin Hammad's book Kitab Al-Fitan) Najeeb bin Al-Sirri said, "Abd-Rahman (their leader at the time) leads the People of the Maghreb (North Africa) in an expedition, (the second one), when the Romans have taken over Alexandria. So, they (the people of Maghreb) will fight them (Romans) and defeat them and get them out." (Nuaim bin Hammad's book Kitab Al-Fitan) Abdullah bin Rashid said that he heard his father say: "A man from Quraish of well-known ancestry from his father's and his mother's side will angrily flee to the Romans. So, they accept him and honor him. There are twenty months (1 year, 8 months) from the day he leaves to the Romans until he comes with the Romans' ships to Alexandria..." (Nuaim bin Hammad's Kitab al-Fitan) This chaos will be occurring all within a few years of each other, initially after the People of the East have taken control of Jerusalem, the people of the Maghrib will head towards Sham (Syria), but they will confront the people of the East for political control when they see the people Black flags have differed amongst each other. Why they attacked the people of the East is not clear from Ahadith but they will have mixed intentions, people among them having good and bad reasons, because the Ahadith indicate what Allah’s decree is upon them at the end, what becomes of them after they finish fighting. Al-Zubri said: "If the black banners differ among each other, the yellow banners will attack them. They will meet at the Qantara of the People of Egypt (Old Cairo). The people of the East (the black banners) and the people of the Maghreb (Morocco, Algeria, or Tunis, with yellow banners) fight each other for seven (7 149

days or 7 months). The people of the East will be defeated to the extent that (the people of the Maghreb) will land in Al-Ramla (in Palestine, an area they used to control). Something will happen between the people of Sham (Syria) and the people of the Maghreb that will make the people of the Maghreb angry. So the people of the Maghreb will say: We came to aid you and you do what you are doing, we will quit (tilting the balance of power) between you and people of the East! They warn you because the people of Sham (Syria) will be few in number in the eyes of the people of Maghreb. Then, the Sufyani will come out and the people of Sham (Syria) will follow him (It isn't clear which Sufyani this is). So, he will fight the people of the East (Ahadith relate that the people of the East will fight a number of Sufyani’s, this seems to be the second one).” (Nuaim bin Hammad's book Kitab Al-Fitan) The ahadith indicate that the People of the Maghreb don't believe that the Black Banners which have emerged, are the Mahdi’s army preparing the way for him, because they will take up this large responsibility to aid Egypt agains the might of Europe, then they will go on to help Syria, neither conflicts involved them so they aiding what they perceive are their muslim brothers and fighting for Allah. This confusion is more than likely occurring because in Islam’s History many false claimants have used the symbol of the black flags for political control so they will doubt who the people of the east are, Allah will judge the people of the Maghreb according to their actions and intentions. The Prophet (saws) said "A people will come out of the East who will pave the way for the Mahdi." (Ibn Majah) Abdullah bin Al-Harith bin Jiz Al-Zubaidi said that the Prophet (saws) said : “People from the East will come to assist the Mahdi in laying the foundation for his dominion.” (Ibn Maja, Tabarani) meaning he will emerge only after they have paved the way for him in what was once a corrupt Arabia. The Prophet (saws) said referring to the Black Banners: A man called al-Harith ibn Harrath will come forth from Ma Wara an-Nahr (meaning the region between two rivers, the Amu Darya and the Syr Darya rivers, roughly present day Afghani150

stan, Uzbeckistan and Tajekistan). His army will be led by a man called Mansur who will establish or consolidate things for Muhammad's family as Quraysh consolidated them for the Messenger of Allah (saws). Every believer must help him, or he said: respond to his sermons (Aid him). (Sunan Abu Dawwud) "Al-Harith, a farmer" is a description of him and is the wording in most narration's. Some have: "al-Harith ibn Harrath", the word "Harrath" being a name and not a description, and Allah knows better. “Ma Wara' an-Nahr” is the old Arabic name for the area beyond the River Oxus, which covers present day Uzbekistan and Tajikstan. The Prophet Mohammad (saws) said: ” A man will come out from the East before the Mahdi, from his Household (family), carrying a sword for 8 months, killing and maiming people. He heads toward Jerusalem and dies once he reaches (conquers) it.” (Nuaim Ibn Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) This Hadith indicates that when the people of the East emerge it will take them 8 months before reaching Jerusalem, as the next Hadith indicates this man is al Mansur (ra), al Harith’s General, and he will die upon reaching Jerusalem. Muhammad bin Al-Hanafia, said: ” A black banner (army battalion) of Bani Al-Abbas (the Prophet Mohammad’s uncle, Al-Abbas descendants) will come out (this prophecy refers to the rule of the Abbasid Khalifah). Then, another black banner (army battalions) will come from Khorasan (in the future). Their turbans are black and their clothes are white. At their front end will be a man named Shuayb bin Salih, from (the tribe of) Tamim (this is Al Harith’s other name). They will defeat the supporters of the Sufyani (and proceed further) until he (Shuayb bin Salih) arrives to Jerusalem (were) he will lay the foundation for the Mahdi’s (future) dominion. He will be supplied with three hundred (men) from AshSham (Syria). From the time, he comes out (from Khorasan) until he hands over the matter (rule) to the Mahdi, there will be seventy two months (six years)” (Nuaim Ibn Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan). During this period we will see the many wars between them and the Sufyani warlords, as well as the wars of the people of the Maghreb and Europe, Egypt will be devastated and the coast of Sham, Syria and Lebanon will be devastated. 151

Saeed bin Al-Musayyab reported: “Black Banners will come from the East from the descendants of Al-Abbas (the Abbasids). They will remain for whatsoever Allah wishes (their Khalifah will last as long as Allah wills). Then, small Black Banners from the East will come to fight a man from the descendants of Abu Sufyan (in the future). They will give their allegiance to the Mahdi” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s book Kitab Al-Fitan). Shuab bin Salih (ra), who is, al Harith, a farmer, is the leader of the Black Banners and al Mansur is his general, al Mansur will die upon reaching Jerusalem, the Army will emerge six years before Imam Mahdi (ra) appears they will eventually swear allegiance to him. In term’s of Islam’s time on earth six years is not a long time compared to 1400 years, this is why in most Ahadith say they will appear just before the Mahdi (ra). The Ahadith give a time frame for the emergence of the tyrant al Sufyani, he will appear and last for 9 months, Ka’b said: “He (Sufyani) will rule for the pregnancy period of a woman (meaning 9 months). His (Sufyani’s) name is Abdullah bin Yazid and he is the Al-Azhar ibn Al-Kulaiba or Al-Zahri bin Al-Kulaiba, the physically deformed Sufyani.” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) Another Sufyani will emerge and last for a longer period, Sulaiman bin Isa said: “I was told that the Sufyani will rule for three and a half years.” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan). We should keep in mind that their may be a gap in time between the time each Sufyani warlord appears. Several narrations specify that one of the the Sufyani’s names will be Urwa ibn Muhammad and his Kuniya (nick name) will be Abu-Utba. It seem’s two of the Sufyani’s will be deformed in some way, Artat bin AlMunzir said: ” After Al-Azhar ibn Al-Kulaiba (the Sufyani) enters Kufa (in Iraq), he will suffer from Qarha (an illness), so he leaves it, then dies on his way. Then, another man from them (Bani Kulaiba or Kalb his tribe) emerges (and succeeds him) from between Al-Taif and Makkah or between Makkah and Medina … in Hijaz. He is physically deformed, has a flat face, strong arms, his eyes are inwardly set deep in his eye sockets. At his time, the Hadda (powerful, hammering sound) will occur.” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) 152

Al-Zuhri said: “The people of AshSham offer Bay’a (allegiance) to the Sufyani. He defeats the people of the East (the black banners), kicking them out of Palestine….and follows them and defeats them in several more locations, including Qirqisia. He will suffer from Qarha (an illness) in his throat and after entering Kufa (in Iraq), he leaves it and dies once he reaches the outskirts of AsSham (greater Syria). The people of AshSham will offer Bay’a to the son of Al-Kulaiba (another warlord) whose name is Abdullah bin Yazid bin Al-Kulaiba. His eyes are inwardly set deep in his eye sockets and his face is deformed. Once the people of the East know about the death of Sufyani, they say the reign of the people of Sham is finished. So, they rise up. Once Ibn Kulaiba learns about this rise up, he sends an army. They fight and the defeat will be for the people of the East. Ibn Kulaiba’s army will enter Kufa and kill the fighters (of people of the East) and takes their children and women, and destroys Kufa. Then, he will send an army to Hijaz (Makkah & Madina).” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) During this period, just before the Mahdi, a powerful sound will be heard around the earth, Artat bin Al-Munzir said: “At the time of the second Sufyani, the Hadda (powerful, hammering sound) occurs, such that every nation thinks the land or nation next to them was devastated.” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab AlFitan) If we can image that the entire earth during this time hears a powerful sound that is like massive Hammering. It will be an asteroid that will hit the earth, this Hammering sound is reported in a number of narrations sometimes translated as the Blast in Arabic it is called Al-Hadda. Kab said, “The star thrown (by Allah) is a Shahab (an asteroid) that rushes from the sky with a powerful sound when it drops in the east and because of it, people will experience magnificent disasters (the natural disasters witnessed at the end of time will be because of it)” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab al Fitan). What is unique here is that asteroids have been hitting earth for a long time with out man witnessing natural disasters occurring, so the idea that huge natural disasters will begin because of them isn't an obvious conclusion the companions

153

could have drawn by themselves. It isn't a natural consequence a desert people could surmise or know from experience regarding the earth and it’s climate. It is indicated by narration's as well as prophecies mentioned in the bible that this asteroid will hit America (mentioned indirectly by both) causing it’s destruction, this could be the possible cause for the Great smoke, that will fill the earth from the east to west, mentioned in the Quran (Surah Dukhan) to occur at the end of times for 40 days. America is in fact mentioned in narration's a number of times by the prophet (saws), we will mention some of them here, the first and most obvious are the narration's regarding the sanctions on Iraq which they placed and the fitnah of the Duhaima which occurred because of them. The prophet (saws) also said that towards the end of time “you will see the destruction of civilization and the civilization of destruction”. The destruction of civilization began in WW1 and was complete by WW2, all the Empires and old Civilization's of the world by this point in time had been abolished and most of the world followed new systems of governance, this destruction was mentioned in the narration that spanned the 20th century up to our time. After WW2 the Civilization of Destruction emerged as the dominant power in the world, Civilization isn't the bricks and mortar but the way of life a people lead, America was called the Civilization of destruction because it forced it’s way of life onto the world ending most world cultures that existed (this is something similarly mentioned in the Bible). At this point in time a single world culture that is homogeneous exists dominating all societies on earth, through this culture and civilization almost every single minor sign of the hour was fulfilled, and all the minor signs related to the moral degradation and destruction of society. In the Injeel the book of revelation’s mention a Great Empire that will emerge towards the end which will dominate the entire earth through trade, it is called Babylon the Great or the Mysterious Babylon, a reference to the fact the first Babylon was the corrupting force in the ancient world. The prophecies regarding it are a near exact description of America and its recent history over the past century.

154

The way America is perceived today is a far cry from it’s beginnings, and as many in the United States have commented themselves, the country is no longer the America of old. In the 18th century a newly colonized America chose to cut ties with the British colonies seeking independence and a better way of life, this resulted in a long and bloody war. As a consequence of America’s eventual independence, the British Empire blocked all trade to America by sea, they removed any protection they once had from piracy, and actively created animosity between sailors and their employers, the European Empire’s of the time. Effectively they painted a target on the country and it stopped Europe trading with American settlers cutting them of not simply from trade but science and technology as well, this could have stunted the development of their civilization at a crucial time in their history. Whilst Europe were looking for ways to take advantage of this situation, the new American colony gained one of the main sponsors in the world at the time removing the blockade entirely, that of the Islamic Khalifate. They protected American trade through European and African waters ensuring the country was not isolated from civilization in their infancy and in return America Paid the Jizya tax, they signed a treaty of Peace and Friendship known as the Treaty of Tripoli. The Islamic Khalifate at the time was the richest and most powerful Empire in the world and not in need of the Jizya tax, it would be interesting to know if they again would offer their aid, which they were famously known for around the world, if they had known what would become of America after WW2. The prophet (saws) said in another hadith that mention’s America, “There will come a people at the end of time from (both) the east and the west and they will have power over my Ummah (nation) so woe to the weak of my Ummah that follows them, and woe to them from Allah (taala)." [In Arabic] there will come a people min al mashriki wal maghrib, qawmun yalunu ummati, they will dominate my ummah, fa waulyn lil dha'ifihi minhum, wa waylin lahum min allahi taala. These people will dominate the weak in the Ummah of Muhamad (saws), setting up the system of the Ruwaybidah, dominate means they will control and influ155

ence them, the weak among the muslims wont have Strength in their Iman (faith) so they will be swayed by them in doing what they want. The description of America is unique because how can a single nation dominate the entire Muslim world all at the same time when it spans from Africa to China, considering travel and communications in the ancient world. So from this description we know it speaks about America who was the only single nation to do that in Islam’s history, as the hadith mentions they will be a new people coming towards the end of time, and America was discovered very recently in man’s history on earth. A “People that come from (both) the east and the west” - if we look at that sentence from the Urf of language (it’s traditional use), the only place that falls in the east and the west now is America, "qawmun" meaning one people that come from both the east and the west at the same time, viewing the world map, in the ancient world Morocco was called “al maghrib al aqsa” the furthest west, and Asia was “al mashriq al aqsa” the furthest east and people did not have any idea of anything beyond that until they discovered America, now they have something that falls both in the east and the west by the old map. If we look at the earth from the perspective of Arabia, what's west of America is the east and whats east of America is the west, a similar narration is mentioned in Shia works regarding them. In a lengthy hadith enumerating the signs of the Hour, the prophet (saws) said “Mosques will have external decorations and beauty and there will be worshippers too but there will be hypocrisy and mutual enmity in their hearts. Then will appear a people from the West who will dominate the weak among my people. People will produce copies of the Holy Quran in letters of gold but will not act upon it” (Mudkhal of Ibn-al-Hajj). The full list of signs mentioned in this narration themselves make the timing of these people and their identity very clear, they refer to the degradation of society that occurred over the last half century or so because of western culture spreading around the world.

156

The Injeel mentions that Allah will plunge America into darkness at the hands of the people it trades with, which will destroy it, it is mentioned in narration's and the injeel that the Asteroid or Blast that will destroy America completely will occur at a later date than the falloff it’s civilization, closer to the time of the Mahdi (ra), in the later parts of the 6 year rule of the people of the East (literally “Kings of the East” in the Injeel). Saudi Arabia at present is a stable country it would be more reasonable to assume that civil instability will occur after large events have changed the political landscape of that region, America being their main supporter. Al-Hakim narrated from Abu Hurayrah (ra), from the Prophet (saws) that he said: “There will be a blast [haddah] in Ramadhan (the Holy Islamic month) that will awaken one who is asleep, and terrify one who is awake. Then there will appear a group [isabah, a party] in Shawwal [the following month], then bloodshed in Dhul-Hijjah [two months later], then the prohibitions will be violated in alMuharram [the following month], then there will be death in Safar [the following month], then the tribes will conflict with each other in Rabi [the following month], then the most amazing thing will happen between Jumada and Rajab [two months later and will itself span two months]. Then, a well-fed she-camel will be better than a castle sheltering a thousand”. This is because it will be a year of starvation and famine, and trade around the world will be disrupted, most likely due to the Meteor blast and the Smoke that will spread across the earth for 40 days, as well as the instability of the region. The meteor will change the political landscape in Saudi Arabia causing factions in the country because America is now devastated. The Bloodshed mentioned here is not the civil war but later instability just before the Mahdi (ra) because in a sahih hadith it is mentioned the civil war will occur before the Black flags appear. The Prophet (saws) said: 'Three men will be killed at the place were your treasure is (the Kaaba). Each of them will be the son of a Khalifah (ruler), and none of them will get hold of the treasure. Then black banners will come out of the east...' If you see him (the Mahdi), go and give him your allegiance, even if you 157

have to crawl over ice, because he is the Khalifah of Allah, the Mahdi.'" (Ibn Majah, Sahih) So a more accurate chronological order would be, America is plunged into Darkness and Power shift to Europe, the Euphrates river drying up preparing the way for the black flags in the east, the ruler of Saudi Arabia passes away, civil war ensues over succession, the Sufyani emerges from Syria after or before the Civil War in Saudi Arabia, then the black flags will appear to aid the people of Iraq against the Sufyani conquering Arabia and Jerusalem, they will be offered rule over the Arabs but they will refuse it saying they will only accept the rule of the Mahdi (ra), nearing the end of their six year rule the Sound (or Meteor) will occur causing further instability in the region. The people of Saudi Arabia will elect a ruler during this time but he will be deposed after two years, this will eventually lead to the factions and massacres after the Meteor mentioned in the Hadith above. Nu'aym ibn Hammad narrated from 'Abdullah ibn Mas'ud (ra), from the Prophet (saws) that he said: "When there is a scream [sayhah] in Ramadhan, then there will be bloodshed in Shawwal [the following month], and the tribes will form groups in Dhul-Qi'dah [the following month], and blood will be spilled in DhulHijjah, and al-Muharram! [the following months and it lasts for two months] What will happen in al-Muharram?" [in the following month] saying it three times, "Indeed, indeed! The people will be killed in a great massacre."  "We said: "What is the scream, O Messenger of Allah?" He said: "This will be in the middle of Ramadhan, on a Friday morning. That will be when the month of Ramadhan begins on a Friday night. There will be a blast [haddah] that will awaken one who is asleep, and bring the young women out of their rooms, on a Friday night during a year of many earthquakes and severe cold. So when Ramadhan begins on a Friday night in that year, then when you have prayed Fajr on Friday in the middle of Ramadhan, then enter your houses, close your doors, block your windows, cover yourselves, and block your ears. When you sense the scream, fall down in prostration to Allah [ta'ala] and say: "Subhanal-Quddus, subhanalQuddus, rabbunal-Quddus [Glory be to the Most Holy, glory be to the Most Holy,

158

our Lord is the Most Holy]." For whoever does that will survive, and whoever does not will be destroyed." This is because the Blast that results from the meteor is a punishment from Allah and this dua will protect a person from the shock wave’s spiritual ramifications that will spread around the earth with the sound it creates. Destroyed here means it will affect mans fate, the dua will protect one spiritually as the prophet (saws) said the only thing that can change fate is a persons Dua, and this is the nature of Allah’s punishment it affects all levels of creation both physical and spiritual. An example of this are the lands on earth Allah has cursed, the lands of the people of Lot and the people of Ad, it is Haram in Islam to enter them or even look at them when one is passing them because the curse of Allah upon that land is permanent and affects people who enter it.

159

C H A P T E R 11

America In Previous Scriptures “Then ask those who read the scripture before you” (10:94)

It is surprising that even though the prophet (saws) mentioned everything that would occur towards the end of time, year after year, decade after decade, century after century that when the Great War, Armageddon, finally comes America is not mentioned at all. Prior to this point in time there are direct and indirect references to it in quit a few ahadith. The Great War will be fought between Imam Mahdi (ra) and Europe, this is stated clearly in many narration’s, some are mentioned later in this work, this alone tells us that regardless of who the dominant power in the world is today by the time the promise of this end arrives a switch in power will occur and Europe will dominate the world by that time, in fact not only Islam indicates this but previous scriptures as well, looking at the world today we can see that process has already started with the creation of the European Union. The prophet (saws) primarily mentioned the events that would impact the Muslims directly, He (saws) did not mention the rise and fall of all the world empires in history, hence a more complete picture of America is missing. Had we lived 100 years ago we would have instead been searching the Ahadith for what the prophet (saws) said about the British Empire because it was the dominant empire in the world, what we see in Ahadith are the things these Empires were involved in which impacted on us, but not a complete outline of their time on earth.

160

This is slightly different in previous scriptures, in them are accounts of what was the end of the Christian and Jewish Empires and the Pagan Empires they interacted with such as Babylon, Egypt, Rome and Persia. The bible speaks about them because these events were more relevant to the Ummah (nation) of Jesus (as) and Moses (as), if we read previous scriptures we will see that many of the prophecies begin with statements like ‘this is what will happen to your people’, or ‘this Empire will replace your Empire followed by this Empire’ and so on until the return of Isa (as) which gives us an opportunity to see what will happen in the world before Isa (as) returns. The Book of Revelations in the Bible is a book which mentions our time in vivid detail, it was written by the companion of Jesus (as), John (ra), in it He writes that towards the end of his life on earth Allah showed him what would occur to the world after him right to the end of time, these events chronologically revolve around the Islamic empire which ended the Roman Empire that ruled the world in his time, the British Empire that took over from the Islamic Empire, and the American Empire that took over from the British, these are the three super powers that succeeded each other in history. This book is relevant to muslims not just because it talks about events in our life time and future filling in many gaps, it is a book that addresses muslims directly as the descendants of Ishmael and it is quite literally intended for our benefit seen from the many pieces of advice through out it explicitly addressed to us along with the fact it begins with how Iblis (satan) tried to stop Allah’s promise to Ibrahim (Genesis 17) to give His son Ishmael (ra) many nations that would rule the earth, it is very literally the story of how Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him) attacked Islam throughout History and what happened to the world after the last Khalifa fell to the British and ends with Imam Mahdi (ra) fighting Europe in the Great War. The Book of Revelation is divided into 22 chapters, the companion John (ra) was shown events before his time, then into the future ending with the return of Isa (as) and finally the day of resurrection. So just like the prophetic narrations of the prophet Muhammad (saws) the book has a definite and clear timeline which we can identify with ease because of this chronology. 161

Chapter 12 of the book begins with events relevant to the first of these empires, the Islamic Empire, in this chapter Iblis (Satan, Allah’s curse be upon him) goes to the wife of Ibrahim (as), Hagar (as) when she is pregnant with Ishmael (as) and waits for his birth. As the Bible states his intention was to stop the birth of the Islamic Empire he saw would come from him that Allah promised to Ibrahim (as) earlier (Genesis 17), Ishmael is the father of the Arabs and Islam while Isaac his brother (as) was the father of the Jews. John (as) is shown symbolic images in a vision representing these events, these images aren’t like watching events on a television, symbolic means that the images He is shown take on the qualities of the event in life and what they mean, symbolic images are like taking a shortcut to understanding the nature of what we are looking at, in movies today music and specific camera angles are used to add drama and emphasis, here Allah uses animals and beasts whose qualities are understood by people living thousands of years ago to pass on that information. John (as) says “A great sign appeared in heaven: a woman clothed with the sun (married to a prophet, this is what clothed means while the sun refers to the light of a prophet), with the moon under her feet (the moon reflects the light of the sun, it is a symbol relevant to Islam whose main symbol through history is the crescent moon, it means a people who reflect the light of a prophet, under her feet means will descend from her, they will be her descendants) and a crown of twelve stars on her head (which means the rollers and empires that will come from her). 2 She was pregnant and cried out in pain as she was about to give birth. 3 Then another sign appeared in heaven: an enormous red dragon (Satan) with seven heads and ten horns and seven crowns on its heads (as the bible later explains a head means a nation or people, the horn is a king and the crown means the beast they come out from, a Dragon in this case, controls these kingdoms, so the verse is saying the Dragon, satan controlled these Empires most of which were pagan). 4 Its tail swept a third of the stars out of the sky and flung them to the earth (he would attack the empires that existed at the same time as the Islamic empires, these are the remainder of the stars in the sky, flung them to the earth means they will no longer follow religion properly, they are no longer heavenly). The Dragon (in the old 162

world a giant snake was called a dragon) stood in front of the woman who was about to give birth, so that it might devour her child (Ishmael) the moment he was born. 5 She gave birth to a son, a male child, who “will rule all the nations with an iron sceptre.” (He was the father of the Islamic Dynasties that rolled the world, the sceptre relates to another prophecy in the bible about Imam Mahdi the last prince, or star, that would come from this lineage) And her child was snatched up to God and to his throne (Allah granted him prophethood). 6 The woman fled into the wilderness to a place prepared for her by Allah, where she might be taken care of for 1,260 days (3.5 years).” The stars on Hagar’s (as) crown are a reference to the Islamic rulers and empires she was the mother of, just like the horns and crowns on Iblis’s head. The Dragon sweeping away a third of the stars out of the sky was his attack on the world empires throughout History, he would be successful in destroying a third of them completely. The stars on the crown in the general sense refer to the Islamic Empires but their number, 12 specifically refers to twelve Islamic rulers. The entire chapter relates the Story of Hagar (as) the wife of Ibrahim (as) the mother of the prophet Ishmael (as), Ibrahim was instructed by Allah to take her and Ishmael into the desert wilderness of Makkah and leave them there to be looked after by Allah, “The woman fled into the wilderness to a place prepared for her by Allah”, the place was desolate with no water, Hagar had given birth to Ishmael (as) and Allah wanted to protect her and Him. The dragon as the Bible later clarifies was Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him), Allah made a promise mentioned in the bible to Ibrahim (as) to grant Ishmael (as) a vast kingdom that would rule the earth, “who will rule all the nations with an iron sceptre”, while the Jews had an empire they were not vast enough to rule the earth it was located in modern day Palestine. In the book of Genesis (17) Allah said to Ibrahim (as) about all his descendants “I am Allah the All-Powerful. If you obey me and always do right, 2 I will keep my solemn promise to you and give you more descendants than can be counted” (a reference to the Arabs primarily and the Jews who were lesser in number). 3 Abram bowed with his face to the ground, and Allah said: 4-5 I promise that you will be the father of many nations (a reference to the many Islamic Empires, the Jewish 163

Empire was one empire and is included in the promise but it cant fulfil it alone). That is why I now change your name from Abram to Abraham.6 I will give you many descendants, and in the future they will become great nations (meaning more than one and strong, while the Islamic empires spread around the entire earth the Jewish Empire was isolated to a small region that was dominated by the Roman and other Empires). Some of them will be kings (this is in contrast to princes, it refers to a type of rule and it’s quality). 7 I will always keep the promise I have made to you and your descendants, because I am your God and their God. In the next passages of the book of Genesis Allah promises a Kingdom to Isaac, the father of the Jews and in verse 20 he promises a kingdom to Ishmael, “I have heard what you asked me to do for Ishmael, and so I will also bless him with many descendants. He will be the father of twelve princes (the rulers or stars mentioned earlier), and I will make his family a great nation.” So each son was promised a kingdom by Allah, it was from Ishmael (as) that the Arabs descended, and in the vision of John the women had twelve stars on her head these are the twelve rulers promised to come from her son Ishmael, the prophet (saws) used similar expressions He (saws) would say “My Companions are like the stars, whichever of them you follow you will be rightly guided” (Baihaqi and others) The prophet in many ahadith spoke about the twelve rulers that would come, the first four rulers of Islam were from among the twelve and Umar ibn Abdul Aziz (ra) was another such ruler, his life is a testament to this, scholars have named a few more and the last one will be Imam Mahdi (ra) just before Isa (as) returns. The tribe of Quraysh was the prophets tribe and they were descendant from Ishmael, the Prophet Muhammad (saws) said: "Islam shall neither pass away nor be deviated while there are my 12 Khalifahs (successors in this context) from my nation in it, all of them will be from Quraysh. When the last of them passes away, the Hour will be established and the earth will be destroyed (swallowed) with all its inhabitants" the last of them will be Imam Mahdi (ra), the Bible speaks about him later in revelations as the prince of princes who will rule before Jesus returns with an iron sceptre which is part of the prophecy about Ishmael mentioned above. 164

The Prince of Princes is a term christians in a convoluted explanation confuse for Jesus (as) but the bible is literal and straight forward on this point, all of which is clear from the passage, the prophets are like the sun in their light and kings in their rule they are not referred to as princes because no one is above them, the prince of princes means the prince of these twelve princes so the precedent for the phrase comes from these earlier verses in the same book of revelations while their commentators say it has no precedent. The Messenger of Allah said “This affair (Islam) shall neither pass nor will come to an end while my twelve Khaliphs (princes) pass in it. All of them will be from Quraysh” (Muslim). Because the prophet (saws) connected this matter to the hour we know the rulers are not chronological but through out Islam’s entire time on earth. The Messenger of Allah said “This religion shall survive till the Hour is established, and there are twelve Khaliphs (Princes) upon you. All of them will be from Quraysh.” (muslim) The Messenger of Allah said: “This affair (Islam) shall always remain upright till there are twelve chiefs. All of them will be from Quraysh. (Ahmad) Iblis (Satan) from the earlier promise of Allah to Ibraheem knew about these religious nations and wanted to stop this from ever coming about so He tried to attack the child, but “her child was snatched up to Allah and to his throne” which means He was made a prophet of Allah who was now protected. When Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him) saw he could no longer do anything “17 Then the dragon was enraged at the woman and went off to wage war against the rest of her offspring—those who keep God’s commands and hold fast their testimony about Jesus.” This is another clear reference to the Muslims because the Jews did not “hold fast their testimony about Jesus”, Hold fast means they will be tested about who He (as) is and they will stay firm, because we are talking about the descendants of Abraham today this is the place of muslims in the world, this verse is also another affirmation of how Allah viewed the Arabs. There is a reason why the book of revelations begins with the story of Hagar and her descendants the Arabs it is because the rest of the book is about the Is165

lamic people and what will happen to them over time. This specific phrase “those who keep God’s commands and hold fast their testimony about Jesus” is used a number of times in the book to show the events being mentioned revolve around the muslims and the decedents of Hagar, this is how Allah refers to muslims as those who “hold fast their testimony about Jesus”. Before Islam came to the Arabs Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him) attacked Her descendants by first turning them away from the religion of Ibrahim (as) to paganism hoping that would stop Allah’s promise, but through the prophet Muhammad (saws) Allah turned them back to worshiping Him and it was only after this occurred that Allah granted the Arabs the many Empires He promised Ibrahim (as), Allah fulfilled His promise to Abraham under Islam “because I am your God and their God”. The next chapter in the book of revelations chapter 13 shows that after Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him) could not stop the birth of the Islamic Empire, He then went to the Empire that came after it in history, the British Empire. John (as) says, “The dragon (satan) stood on the shore of the sea. And I saw a beast coming out of the sea (the next empire to rise up after the Khalifah). It had ten horns and seven heads, with ten crowns on its horns, and on each head a blasphemous name (the empires that the British conquered and ruled around the world where blasphemous, many were pagan or idol worshipers). 2 The beast I saw resembled a leopard, but had feet like those of a bear and a mouth like that of a lion (they will dominate through speech, and devour). The dragon (Iblis) gave the beast his power and his throne and great authority. 3 One of the heads of the beast seemed to have had a fatal wound, but the fatal wound had been healed. The whole world was filled with wonder and followed the beast. 4 People worshiped the dragon (satan) because he had given authority to the beast, and they also worshiped the beast and asked, “Who is like the beast? (the wonders amazed people) Who can wage war against it?” (who is as strong as it, the world was in awe of the British war machine).

166

The prophet (saws) said “Iblis places his throne upon water; he then sends detachments (for creating dissension); the nearer to him in rank are those who are most notorious in creating dissension.” (Muslim) Both the prophet Daniel (as) and John had visions in which they saw empires being represented by beasts with multiple heads, in the book of Daniel verse 7 (the dream is related in it’s entirety at the end of this book) the prophet (saws) describes how Allah sent him a dream in which he saw the rise of the last four empires that would rule this earth before the day of judgment, the Romans, then the Ottomans who ended them, then the British who ended them and then the Americans who took over from them, each empire was represented by a Beast and the character of the Beast represented the character of the Empire and it’s actions in History, the Ottomans were represented by a Bear, the prophet Daniel (saws) said “And there before me was a second beast, which looked like a bear. It was raised up on one of its sides (almost standing), and it had three ribs in its mouth between its teeth (it ate other beasts). It was told, ‘Get up and eat your fill of flesh!’ (the Ottomans were expansionists they warred against other empires ending them) (Daniel:7) In both Daniels (as) dream and this vision the British were represented by a leopard, the feet of the British leopard were like a bear because it means they walked in the footsteps of the Ottomans, the British along with the rest of Europe feared and looked up to them emulating their advancements for a few hundred years before their defeat, they mimicked their expansionist nature setting up their own world empires to challenge them, hence the feet of the British empire are like the empire of the bear that came before. The British leopard in that dream also had four wings like the beast of the Roman Empire and this is the other Empire the British emulated, the dream of Daniel is very similar to what the companion John (as) saw. The Islamic Empire was the dominant empire of the world after the Roman Empire which John lived in, it spread from West Africa all the way to China, they conquered the Romans and Persians the worlds two super powers, it was the British with the help of their allies that ended the Last Islamic Khalifah the Ottomans, this Islamic Dynasty had been the world super power until 1919 for 600 years.

167

The British island literally built a world empire from the sea through naval expeditions “And I saw a beast coming out of the sea”, at the end of their conquests they boasted that their Empire was so large “the sun did not set upon it”, as the book of revelations would show it was because “Allah did not trust them in the Dark”. They continuously sent forward naval expeditions one after the other around the world sowing dissension and establishing colonies in the aftermath, most of the people they ruled were pagan or idol worshipers in origin, from Africa to India to the Americas, “with ten crowns on its horns, and on each head a blasphemous name”. In the dream of the prophet Daniel (as) the Angels explain to him that the Heads, Horns and Crowns of the beast represent Kings and nations controlled by the beast which itself means a large Empire made of many nations, here in this vision of John (as) they represented the British Empires many colonies around the world, in this vision is the chronology of world empires through history which the dream of the prophet Daniel (saws) conquers with. “The dragon (Iblis) gave the (British) beast his power and his throne and great authority”, it is now a matter of historical record that British society at the turn of the century was heavily involved in the occult, many of the occult societies we hear about today were created or came to power during this period, at the time it was largely seen as a form of entertainment by the masses like people would play a video game today or watch a movie, but to some and many in places of authority, it was a form of control and a means to wealth and dominance which they used freely. The verse affirms that Sihr (Dark Magic) and the occult was a part of the way the British built their empire, by using Iblis’s “power and his throne” which he freely gave them, his throne means what ever He controlled was theirs and this means the devils of the world and every evil they controlled, this was how a small island could rule and enslave such a multitude of people around the world. “People worshiped the dragon (Iblis) because he had given authority to the beast” people literally turned to the occult because it gave Authority to the British Empire, today we openly see this influence on society in business and the entertain168

ment industry were people don’t care so much about hiding it. What the verse is referring to by people or other societies worshiping the Dragon (Iblis) because it gave Britain authority is Nazi Germany. A sign of occult practice is to take a religious symbol and turn it upside down or backwards, like the upside down cross that represents satanic practice, the main symbol for Nazi society was the swastika, this was originally a Buddhist symbol turned backwards and much has been written and documented about the horrific occult practices of Nazi society, most of which was human sacrifice all this was nothing more than a continuation in Europe of what occurred in Britain, although with far worse abuses. Each european society mimicked and competed with the other for power and dominance, the Prophet (saws) himself affirmed that this occult practice would spread to Arabia and that many of it’s tribes, large portions of Arab society, would go back to worshiping devils, evil Jinn, eventually they would set up idols for them, in an age of technology this isn’t out of ignorance of science like in the days of the prophet (saws) but because dark magic is being practiced and relied on. John (as) says describing the rise of the British Empire, “5 The beast was given a mouth to utter proud words and blasphemies and to exercise its authority for forty-two months (3.5 years). (Because of their occult practice) 6 It opened its mouth to blaspheme God, and to slander his name and his dwelling place and those who live in heaven (Britain claimed that through it’s technology, “wonders”, it could solve everything and religion was redundant, the entire society became Atheist and secular, the Church and religion were no longer relevant). 7 It was given power to wage war against Allah’s holy people and to conquer them (they ended the Islamic Khalifah which was last Empire based on Religion they then warned against all organised religion around the world. The Prime Minister of England Benjamin Disraeli (d.1881) himself said what “they want…is an end to ecclesiastical (religious) establishments.” If Sihr (dark magic) could be used to gain power and control, then religion is what corrects and destroys it so it was a threat to their power, proper religion isn’t any less effective in the same sphere that sihr works in, if dark magic twists and destroys religion straightens and builds up it creates strong human beings, so now they attacked all people of religion around the world ending any possible redress to the wrongs they created on earth). And it was 169

given authority over every tribe, people, language and nation (China, India, Africa, the Americas the list of civilizations they ended is too great to enumerate). 8 All inhabitants of the earth will worship the beast (the British way of Life).” Allah says “Have you seen him who chooses, for his god his own lust?” (25:43), the word worship is used in this sense they were enslaved by British culture which used sihr to achieve this, and as the bible will later state America followed suit in this regard taking what the British did and turning the dial up to ten, in the words of the bible becoming “the great prostitute” of the world the second Babylon, “Babylon the Great”, who mixed it’s filth (sihr) with it’s trade. “The whole world was filled with wonder and followed the beast” Their advances in science, “wonders”, at the turn of the previous century began with the world following and worshiping the British way of life. “People worshiped the dragon (Iblis) because he had given authority to the beast” people began to turn to Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him) and the occult because they saw the power the British Empire gained, they worshiped the beast and asked, “Who is like the beast?”, fascination with British society lasted for many decades until WW2, “Who can wage war against it?” the worlds sense of amazement and hopelessness at the British war machine was ingrained in peoples minds through out this time. By 1922 the British Empire held sway over 458 million people, one-fifth of the worlds population at the time and covered almost a quarter of the Earth’s total land mass. After the defeat of Napolian-france in 1815 who first showed Europe they could challenge the might of the worlds largest Empire the Ottomans, by taking Egypt from them, Britain enjoyed a century of almost unchallenged dominance, the Empire achieved it’s largest territorial extent immediately after WW1 with the conquest of the Ottoman Khalifah. But after WW2 when Nazi Germany nearly dealt them a death blow, the Empire began to erode as other world powers dominated it’s colonies and America gained control of the worlds economy, by 1997, with the transfer of Hong Kong a former British subject, back to China this to many marked the end.

170

Chapter 13 of the Book of Revelations begins to then speak about the Nation which would come to Power after the British Empire, “One of the heads of the beast seemed to have had a fatal wound, but the fatal wound had been healed.” WW2 almost ended England completely, Hitler dealing them a fatal blow save for the involvement of America in the war which changed the balance of power. John (as) goes on to say “11 Then I saw another beast rising out of the earth (America). It had two horns like a lamb and it spoke like a dragon (iblis). 12 It exercises all the authority of the first beast in its presence,3 and makes the earth and its inhabitants worship the first beast, whose mortal wound was healed (Nazi Germany almost ended the British Empire during WW2). 13 It performs great signs (displays of power), even making fire come down from heaven to earth in front of people (it’s might is through it’s air force), 14 and by the signs that it is allowed to work in the presence of 4 the (first) beast it deceives those who dwell on earth, telling them to make an image for the beast (this means to imitate it, become an image of it) that was wounded by the sword and yet lived. 15 And it was allowed to give breath to the image (culture) of the beast (the British Empire), so that the image (culture) of the beast might even speak (convert people through culture, in the old world people converted to another religion not culture) and might cause those who would not worship the image of the beast (follow them) to be slain (become isolated in the world and defeated). 16 Also it causes all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, 5 to be marked on the right hand or the forehead (marked here means to use a mark), 17 so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark (the bar codes on their products), that is, the name of the beast or the number of its name. 18 This calls for wisdom (advice): let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man (human), and his number is six hundred three score and six (six hundred and sixty six).” The passage is speaking about America and how power switched from British society to American society and what occurred as a result, although the language is of 2000 years ago, Islamic society isn’t to different from it, we have preserved our way of life for the past 1400 years so we are better situated to understand this passage than people who don’t come from this culture. 171

It shouldn’t be difficult to understand it’s meaning because the Angels who spoke to John (as) were not trying to confuse people, it was a message intended for a distant future whose context in the world had not yet existed, once it did it became easy to understand because the world and time it is meant for had arrived, this explains why previous generations of christians and scholars had trouble looking at it and went of on tangents in explaining it. During WW2 Britain received a fatal wound from Nazi Germany, America rescued them from death by entering the war. America was then seen as the dominant force that ended WW2, but it still looked up to the British way of life at that time, being the allies of the British and because the world was not ready to change they made the world worship the British way of life (image) until they came into their own, essentially biding their time. Eventually they took over completely with capitalism as the book of revelations states, this was the system they set up to control and enslave the worlds nations it began when the sterling pound (British currency) was no longer the world currency and it switched to the U.S Dollar. Prior to WW1 Britain was the dominant economy in the world, and the pound was the global reserve currency, after WW2 in 1949 Britain was forced to devalue the pound by 30%, and from then the U.S dollar anchored the international economic system, the pound was devalued again in 1967 and in 1971 America suspended the convertibility of the dollar into gold, ending the Bretton woods System set up after WW2, taking complete control of world economies. In Sharia and all religious Law’s as long as the paper notes we carry can still be exchanged for gold the system was accepted by Allah because this stopped complete manipulation of a currency as you had to back it up with actual wealth. Our notes were called promissory notes, the promise they fulfilled was that it was worth something tangible, i.e gold, but once this stopped the money we carry is no longer actual wealth it has what ever value man wants it to have, the value we placed on it is defined by the system invented around it and those who control it. So now the system has gone from making wealth from tangible assets like gold, to making money from money, which is entirely Riba or interest and the prophet (saws) prohibited making a profit by trading money for money. This is the system 172

the prophet (saws) said we won’t be able to get away from towards the end of time, He (saws) said towards the end of time riba (interest from money) would creep into every person’s house like dust, everything has a spiritual impact on the world and wealth created from riba is corruption, it comes with everything we purchase because it was all created with money that went through the system that now controls the world, this is what the prophet (saws) meant by dust it is a simile for the spiritually negative effects. To put this into perspective, if dark magic can corrupt a person in a tangible way the effects of riba on products purchased with it are like smearing filth itself too the product and expecting a healthy outcome in life as we live with it, there is a real reason why Allah didn’t allow it, the capitalist system has spiritually strangled the entire world and stopped it from achieving real growth and it’s main weapon is interest based loans which everything runs on, (we have written much on what the spiritual part of this universe is in the research notes at the end of this work). “telling them to make an image for the beast”, Allah says He created man in his image, this means likeness in terms of qualities, so the image of the beast here means the likeness of British society, in other words America made the world imitate British society. Much of the language employed in religious text is understood by knowing the vocabulary of the Prophets, Angels and Allah, we will find that the same kind of vocabulary is employed from the oldest revelations to the later ones. The first beast rose from the sea, its power was gained from naval expeditions, but the second beast rose from the earth, its power was in its Army, the American military and Air force which dominated the entire world, this is a contrast being given to john (as) about both nations. “It had two horns like a lamb and it spoke like a dragon”, the second beast looked soft like a lamb but spoke like a satan, this is the contrast, in other words a wolf in sheep’s clothing and in this verse literally the beast spoke like Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him) the other Dragon in this vision. The British by comparison had a mouth like a Lion, it “was given a mouth to utter proud words and blasphemies”, so the emphasis here is on deception being America’s greatest weapon this 173

in part is a reference to it’s deceptive politics and the entertainment industry which fooled people and helped it’s image dominate the world. “It exercises all the authority of the first beast in its presence” the second beast had all the Authority of the first beast, which the dragon (Iblis) gave them, meaning America similarly practiced the occult and dominated the world with it and just as the torch of world power was passed on from England to America, history has shown it simply passed on from one occult society to another. For the past 5 decades they exercised the same kind of cultural dominance England had until they perfected it and let go of those old ties more openly during the 70’s when the sterling pound was finally no longer relevant. “It performs great signs, even making fire come down from heaven to earth in front of people” This is first a reference to American technological advances, just like the British scientific “wonders” but here they are referred to as signs because of the medium they are displayed on, television, radio and the internet. Allah’s signs are seen and understood by man through his heart and mind, in contrast to wonders which referred to machinery at the turn of the last century, this is more closely related to the mediums through which they showed the world their military power and cultural dominance. The American Air force made “fire come down from heaven (the sky)” and they threatened and dominated the entire world with it over the last century, it’s superiority was paraded (their signs) on television, radio and the internet to convince people of their power, this verse is more than likely a primary reference to the Vietnam war (1962-1975) and that period because that is when America first asserted itself onto the world. The Air force used large amounts of napalm bombs, an incendiary device during this war, it was used by them during WW2 on Japanese cities but England was still in charge then. “and by the signs that it is allowed to work in the presence of the beast it deceives those who dwell on earth, telling (threatening) them to make an image for the beast that was wounded by the sword and yet lived.” America paraded it’s military power to threaten the world into accepting the British way of life as an inevitability for other non white cultures around the world. When America first took 174

power from England for many decades they upheld the British way of life everything was done publicly according to British custom, this is “the image”, it refers to the western culture they were forcing onto people. “allowed to work in the presence of the beast”, because we are talking about Empires this is a subtle reference to technology and the medium through which the work was done, how people were able to see it, they deceived the world about the nature of western society through propaganda in their entertainment industries, while capitalism created wealth because that was it’s focus the greed and corruption it created poisoned society as a consequence and because it wasn’t spiritually or psychologically healthy for mankind and they knew this perfectly coming from a christian society which they turned away from, this was their deception about their way of life they did it because they could control other nations with it and didn’t care about the consequences which everyone is living today. The book of revelation’s literally says America fooled people with English culture forcing people to become ‘the image of western society’. “And it was allowed to give breath (life) to the image of the beast, so that the image of the beast might even speak (propagate) and might cause those who would not worship the image of the beast to be slain”, they spread their English society and forced the world to emulate it so the entire world would be one single culture controlled by them. America single handedly fulfilled almost every minor sign of the Hour, the overwhelming majority of the minor signs revolve around the moral degradation and destruction of society and culture around the world and here the book of revelations is rightfully placing this destruction at the feet of one nation, because that is how it occurred in history one culture destroyed all the others. “might cause those who would not worship the image of the beast to be slain”, Allah here is saying this was their intention from the start, those who didn't adopt their way of life would be killed of by those who did adopt it, it is easier to defeat people if you can isolate them from the rest of the world first. The prophet (saws) said towards the end of time we would see “the Civilization of Destruction” emerge a civilisation that would destroy others and there would 175

be campaigns to kill and weed out good people, all people of religion. This in fact is the main theme through out the later chapters of the book of revelations. Allah said He will take revenge on America for killing his people and when the punishment of America is complete, John (as) said, “After this I heard what sounded like the roar of a great multitude in heaven shouting: “Hallelujah! Salvation and glory and power belong to our God, 2 for true and just are his judgments. He has condemned the great prostitute (America) who corrupted the (entire) earth by her adulteries (cheating and betrayal). He has avenged on her the blood of his servants.” “Also it causes all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, to be marked on the right hand or the forehead”. Like many Ahadith of the prophet this is an old manner of speaking, Marked here means to use and the next sentence affirms this because this context makes the most sense to it, so the sentence would read “Also it forces all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, to be use the mark on their products so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark.” “marked on the right hand or the forehead” is a reference to products worn or used on the wrist or on the head, it doesn't literally mean people will have a mark on either, because the mark is directly associated with all people on a personal level regardless of status it is a reference to the products worn by all people, the right hand in old language refers to what is given with the right hand "when you give to the poor, do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing, so that your giving will be in secret” the prophet (saws) said this as well as Mathew (as) in the bible. The one thing that all people give with the right hand that has a mark on it are credit cards, it is a direct result of the capitalist system the bible is talking about and today the banks are trying to rid the world of paper currency so that all people will only use cards (the mark) to pay for things. The prophet (saws) said towards the end of time people will have musical instruments on their heads, and that a person will leave his home and his hip will tell him what is happening with his family. The first reference as scholars stated is to portable music devices and earphones (earbuds) worn on peoples heads and the

176

second reference is to mobile devices, phones, carried in our pockets these are examples of how people used to speak to describe things. The entire verse is talking about a world system that will be created which will dominate societies around the world, all people both rich and poor, each item or product, tangible or intangible will be in this system and marked with a number, a barcode so it can be tracked and societies will be controlled by it. This is the system America created, no country today can trade without the approval of the WTO, no company can trade internationally without obtaining ISO certification and number, and no student can get a higher education without doing an O level and A level exam, everything receives a tracking number or mark. This verse is talking about barcodes and other similar recording systems used to track every single item on earth, it is saying America will set up this system and they will force it onto all people in order to control them. Any country that ever resisted America in history and it’s a long list from Africa, Arabia, Asia to south America they dominated them through their economic system by isolating them from the rest of the world first, if that did not work they went to war with them directly or indirectly. This is the same system that the prophet (saws) said would be set up for the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him) to manipulate the world through, he will use it to squeeze the countries of the world even further than America did and place sanctions on anyone who doesn’t accept him. “so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark (barcode), that is, the name of the beast or the number of its name.” This verse is even clearer on this point, the entire reason for the mark is trade and to dominate the different societies on earth through trade, no country can buy or sell unless they join the club. This modern reality is entirely Unique to America throughout history and as the bible clearly says, from the start it was set up to dominate people, they then fooled the world into accepting it through the old image of British society that people already knew. The bible here is entirely talking about the birth of capitalism in the language of people who lived thousands of years ago, and what capitalism will do to the 177

world, no system in the history of the world was named in literal terms after making money or capitalizing and monetizing every aspect of life, so we can’t expect the bible to use newly invented words that no one would understand, people who have insight should be able to see what is meant from the description the verse is giving. “that is, the name of the beast or the number of its name." this verse is saying America will be named after this system it just described, or its name will come from the system itself, the name this verse refers to is Capitalism and America is called a capitalist society “the name of the beast” Capitalism is also the “image”of the beast they want followed. The word barcode refers to the capitalist system it is a part of and that is the mark the passage is talking about, so If we simplify it the literal sentence would read “capitalist, that is the name of the beast and barcode is the number of it’s name”. “This calls for wisdom: let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast” calculate in the old world means sum up it’s parts, to measure a person and see who he is, “for it is the number of a man” the barcodes only comes from humans, it is only a human system created by men, in other words don’t place it on a pedestal, don’t idolize it, see that it is fallible and has faults. “and his number is six hundred three score and six (in biblical words, which ads up to 666).” This verse removes the hollywood myth of 666 and shows these people never even read this book they built up an entire notion on word of mouth because it is the advice given to John by the Angels speaking to him about the weak nature of the system, its isn’t something satanic or has anything to do with the antichrist, how can wisdom from the Angels be satanic yet they have been force feeding this idea through the media for decades now. Those who have wisdom shouldn't be afraid of this system, they should sum it up and see that it is man made, invented and has limits. The number itself is unusual and may be a latter alteration or corruption of the bible because numerology is not practiced or taught by the Angels and varying manuscripts of the bible record different numbers, the oldest manuscript has 616, while others have 328, on the other hand it may be entirely accurate but the spe178

cific number is not as relevant just what it is trying to show because the system which it refers to is a barcode system and one barcode looks just like any other. Because it is a system of numbers for recording things not divining them as christian commentators believed, hence it’s relevance is not to numerology but capitalism and this is something previous commentators of the bible could not have foreseen. If we translate the advice, the sentence would read, “sum up the capitalist system of America by the normal manner of men today, and you will find it is man made, the barcodes look like this 666”. In the original language the comparison is between the entire Empire, the beast, and the image of man, in other words judge the economic system of America as you would judge any man, you will find it is just created by men, the phrase ‘the number of a man’ means the image of a man, it is human or something men conjured up, and this system it’s barcodes look like this 666, or 616 or 328. The numbers are presented to show what the barcode and other similar recording systems will look like in the future to remove the mystery around it which is the purpose of the entire advice, don’t be in awe of it, it’s just a system of numbers like 666 or 616 or 328. The prophecy in the wisdom given to John (as) is about what barcodes will look like 2000 years into the future, because the bible just took an entire passage to warn against it and capitalism. How would anyone at the end of this passage show people living at the time of John (as) what this system would come to look like ? The book of revelations is also teaching man how to free himself from the enslavement of the system, because it is inevitable that the system will dominate the world it is giving man another alternative to freeing himself; “This calls for wisdom (advice): let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast (look at it clearly), for it is the number of a man (human).” The advice is that man should not give any respect to the system, corporations, banks utilising it and the countries employing it, because the act of giving respect is the act of submitting you mind to their influence, will and control, for them to abuse which gives them power over your life and society ultimately, this is a spiritual reality that will afflict 179

people if they show respect to morally corrupt people disguising themselves as upstanding business men, they are holding their opinions up higher than themselves psychologically so anything they say has increased influence over you “subconsciously” because you’ve switched of your critical thinking once respect is given. So the advice is to remove even the smallest traces of respect from within ourself by doing the acts that will destroy it, we need to raise ourself by lowering them because it isn’t enough to just decide we no longer respect them, we spent our lives inadvertently giving respect so this has to be spiritually balanced with the opposite before it can disappear and stop affecting us. In the old days when a society wanted to demonise, remove any place of respect and show contempt to a ruler or criminal they used to march them through the main street allowing the crowds to throw garbage at them, so likewise for each person the expression of removing respect from within our self has to be expressed clearly, this could be as simple as taking a logo and throwing garbage at it, each person is different but the power we gave them unknowingly as children has to removed, this is the advice of Allah in the book of revelations. Christian commentators essentially understood the exact same things we have mentioned in this chapter about this entire passage, but they could not understand who it was referring to they couldn't place it in a historical context, this is more than likely because if you belong to any of these societies you can’t view them objectively, and John (as) did not belong to these modern societies He came from an ancient culture very similar to the Islamic one from the exact same region. The book of revelations is like a timeline, beginning with the earlier prophets (as) and ends with the return of Jesus (as). It isn't to difficult to see who set up the modern capitalist system that the entire world was forced to adopt or which empire they took over from and used as a model society the rest of the world had to emulate. Who these empires of the world are is a matter of historical record, one empire taking over from the other, the Ottomans took over from the Romans, the British took over from the Ottomans and the Americans took over from the British there is no guess work but christians don’t like to acknowledge the presence of Islam in 180

anything let alone the bible, you would struggle to have them even acknowledge Allah made a promise to Ibrahim about them. America as most people agree is the corrupting force in the world today and the corrupting force of the end times, profiting from every kind of vice, it is dominating other world cultures with it’s entertainment industries and has the biggest gambling and pornographic industries on earth. Every other civilization clings onto it's heritage that is ancient while this 232 year old country established in 1783 paid the Jizya tax to the Ottoman Khalifah for the next 15 years after it’s war of independence, seeking protection from British and European reprisals in order to protect it’s commerce and way of life, this amounted to 20% of US revenue in 1800 and it is the one now destroying the entire world with it's capitalist “anti-culture” that isn't actual culture at all, it’s simply what ever the corporate machine can think up to make a profit and it is constantly changing having no real value in peoples lives, it is destroying every other cultural “image” on earth. Once we know who the passage is talking about it is astonishing to see how people living thousands of years ago described modern events, which phrases they chose to picture a modern world history that is this technical, the description is amazing to read and even more impressive in it's simile's. Here is ‘Matthew Henry's Concise Commentary’, a christian commentary, regarding this passage: 13:11-18 Those who understand the first beast to denote a worldly power, take the second to be also a persecuting and assumed power, which acts under the disguise of religion, and of charity to the souls of men. It is a spiritual dominion, professing to be derived from Christ, and exercised at first in a gentle manner, but soon spoke like the dragon. Its speech betrayed it; for it gives forth those false doctrines and cruel decrees, which show it to belong to the dragon, and not to the Lamb. It exercised all the power of the former beast. It pursues the same design, to draw men from worshipping the true God, and to subject the souls of men to the will and control of men. The second beast has carried on its designs, by methods whereby men should be deceived to worship the former beast, in the new 181

shape, or likeness made for it. By lying wonders, pretended miracles. And by severe censures....It is made a qualification for buying and selling, as well as for places of profit and trust, that they oblige themselves to use all their interest, power, and endeavor, to forward the dominion of the beast, which is meant by receiving his mark. To make an image to the beast, whose deadly wound was healed, would be to give form and power to his worship, or to require obedience to his commands. To worship the image of the beast, implies being subject to those things which stamp the character of the picture, and render it the image of the beast. The number of the beast is given, so as to show the infinite wisdom of God, and to exercise the wisdom of men. The number is the number of a man, computed after the usual manner among men, and it is 666. What or who is intended by this (passage), remains a mystery.

182

C H A P T E R 12

America The Beginning Of The End “And We sent not before thee other than men whom We inspired - Ask the followers of the Remembrance if ye know not!” (Qur’an 16:43) The bible continues the events at the end of time in the book of revelations chapter 14, in general we will summarise the events and then quote the passages. The Angels inform John (as) that only 144,000 people on earth will remain completely pure during these time, the number is drastic because there is a campaign around the world to weed out and destroy all people of religion and as the book of revelations will later state America and western society will “get drunk of the blood of saints”, meaning they will take good people use them up and throw them away leaving them a shell of their former selfs. John (as) said, “The Angels sang a new song before the throne of Allah (a song means a new path, tariqah), no one could learn the song (follow this way of life) except the 144,000 who had been redeemed from the earth (they understood the new life Allah gave them, by simile previous religions were for specific prophets but Allah gave these 144,000 a new “path” for the world they lived in). 4 These are those who did not defile themselves with (the corrupt) women (of their time), for they remained virgins...No lie was found in their mouths; they are blameless.” (Literally they are sidiqeen, completely pure and only speak the truth.) The Prophet (saws) said “So there will come a day when people will deal in business with each other, but there will hardly be any trustworthy persons among them, such that it would be said that in such and such a tribe, there is such and such a person who is honest, and (this state will continue) until a man will be ad-

183

mired for his strength, intelligence, and good manners, although indeed he will not have faith equal to a mustard seed in his heart.”(Tirmidhi) The Prophet (saws) said (before) “The time of the Dajjal will be years of confusion. People will believe a liar, and disbelieve one who tells the truth. People will distrust one who is trustworthy, and trust one who is treacherous; and the Ruwaybidah will have a say.’ Someone asked, ‘Who are the Ruwaybidah?’ He said, ‘Those who rebel against Allah and will have a say in general affairs.”(these are the Salafi’s, ISIS, Al Qaeda their offshoots, those behind them and those who sold their religion to the west)’” (Ahmad) John (as) continues “Then I saw another angel flying in midair, and he had the eternal gospel (this is not the bible penned by his contemporaries, john was literally living out the book of revelations at this time before it was included in the christian bible 300 years later) to proclaim to those who live on the earth—to every nation, tribe, language and people. 7 He said in a loud voice, “Fear Allah and give him glory, because the hour of his judgment has come (after America completes it’s system and dominance it will be judged). Worship him who made the heavens, the earth, the sea and the springs of water.” 8 A second angel followed and said, “‘Fallen! Fallen is Babylon the Great,’ (America), which made all the nations drink the maddening wine of her adulteries” (Their wine or culture wasn’t only intoxicating, it was maddening, causing people to loose themselves entirely, it forced every nation to betray by committing lowly acts to achieve it’s aim.) 9 A third angel followed them and said in a loud voice: “If anyone worships the beast (America) and its image (culture) and receives its mark (is lost in it’s capitalism) on their forehead or on their hand (adopting it wholeheartedly), 10 they, too, will drink the wine of Allah’s fury, which has been poured full strength into the cup of his wrath. They will be tormented with burning sulfur in the presence of the holy angels and of the Lamb (Jesus). 11 And the smoke of their torment will rise for ever and ever. There will be no rest day or night for those who worship the beast (obey it) and its image (adopt America’s way of life), or for anyone who receives the mark of its name (becomes a capitalist).” The phrase “the mark of it’s name” distinguishes it from being any sort of branding or tattoo on the hand or forehead as some assumed because it is the 184

“mark” (label) of it’s name (what it is called). The Mark (barcode) of it’s name (capitalist), means anyone who adopts the system and is then called a capitalist like them, today the first world countries are all called capitalist in contrast to third world countries that are said to be still developing, which is another way of saying adopt our capitalist way of life, third world is a veiled insult because these countries are being squeezed they don’t lack intelligence or ability they are not allowed to grow so they can be in any sort of position to compete and challenge the west, the price of the wests dominance is the misery of the rest of the world and this is their insurance. The remainder of the chapter speaks about how Allah after decreeing the end of “Babylon the Great”, a simile he uses for America, he then sends the Angels to seal the fate of all Mankind on earth because they adopted the capitalist system, He has now judged all of their actions and are to far gone to come back. This reality of the world is a subtle reference to the mankind being divided into two camps on filled with hypocrites and no faith and the other filled with faith and no hypocrisy, this is what it means to seal the fate of mankind they are being divided, from we first see how the book of revelations matches what the prophet (saws) said about the world being divided at the end of time. Chapter 15 then speaks about the beginning of the end, in this chapter Allah sends Seven Angels to change the world, from the order in which these events are mentioned a clear timeline can be seen, the same as those mentioned by the prophet (saws). After America has come to power and corrupted the world away from religion and forced every nation to adopt it’s capitalist system, Allah sends the Angels to seal the fate of man because of what they chose. Man was forced to make that choice when September the 11th occurred, your either with America or against them as they famously declared, the world was split into two camps from this point, after this sorting began that is when Allah sent the first of the seven Angels to change the earth for ever, we are already seeing the first impact of these Angels who will begin by initially ridding the earth of wildlife through the misconduct of man, the creatures in the sea will die out then the those in the air. 185

We say through man because this is the system in the universe Allah created from day one, man is Allah’s vicegerent on earth, the Angels were asked to prostate to him or follow his lead, hence they will punish man through what he is doing by stoping any way to redress his wrongs, a simile for this is the Arabs spring (uprising), Allah said he would send a flood to end the era of dictators but this wasn't enacted by saintly people who are being killed Allah rather used the extremists to do this, as the prophet (saws) said Allah will use an evil person to help his religion. This is why Allah asks us to look for his signs through understanding and knowledge, this requires wisdom and wisdom is being able to combine information from many sources to see the greater picture clearly, hence we should forget any disney or convoluted understanding of how Allah does anything this is all hollywood making people short sighted so America can dominate other cultures enslaved to it’s entertainment industry. The sixth Angel is the one most significant to Islam because He is the one who dries up the river Euphrates to prepare the way for the people of the East (the Mahdi’s Army) to march across Arabia and conquer Jerusalem (Israel), this gives us a timeframe for when America is said to fall because the fifth Angel is sent to Punish it directly destroying it’s economy. The prophet (saws) said the fitnah of September the 11th will clear up completely after 18 years, which is 2019 then shortly after that the river Euphrates will dry up uncovering a mountain of gold over which the Arab nations will fight. This means by 2019 American influence and dominance around the world will wane most likely because other superpowers will assert themselves more openly. This gives a time frame for when America will fall after this point, the Arab nations directly fighting each other is a clear indication that they no longer have the west commanding them on what to do so they will challenge each other openly, more than likely it will be Saudi Arabia, Iraq, Jordan and Iran involved in this war and maybe Turkey the countries near the euphrates river, the river drying is a prophecy is in both Islam and Christianity so it isn’t a matter of if but when.

186

John (as) says, “I saw in heaven another great and marvelous sign: seven angels with the seven last plagues (strife and tribulations)— last, because with them Allah’s wrath is completed (this is the end when they are done we will see the Great Wars). 2 And I saw what looked like a sea of glass glowing with fire and, standing beside the sea, those who had been victorious over the beast (America) and its image (culture) and over the number of its name (literally, victorious over “the barcodes of the capitalist”, they are the people who did not fall into this system, use it’s products and saved themselves from it’s culture). They held harps given them by Allah 3 and sang the song of Allah’s servant Moses and of the Lamb (Jesus) (they believed in both Moses and Jesus, here the word song is used to mean religion, they sang the song of religion meaning they believed in the religion of both Jesus and Moses): “Great and marvelous are your deeds, Lord Allah Almighty. Just and true are your ways, King of the nations. 4 Who will not fear you, Lord, and bring glory to your name? For you alone are holy. All nations will come and worship before you, for your righteous acts have been revealed.” 5 After this I looked, and I saw in heaven the temple—that is, the tabernacle of the covenant law—and it was opened. 6 Out of the temple came the seven angels with the seven plagues (plague represent strife and punishment, it isn’t a human plague). They were dressed in clean, shining linen and wore golden sashes around their chests. 7 Then one of the four living creatures (this is possibly the four prophets who Allah extended their lives for a time, Isa (as), Elijah (Ilyas), al Khidr (as) and Enoch (Idris), this is a literal reading of this verse further explained in Ezekiel and Isaiah, which negates the christian esoteric and convoluted interpretation) gave to the seven angels seven golden bowls filled with the wrath of Allah, who lives for ever and ever. 8 And the temple was filled with smoke from the glory of Allah and from his power, and no one could enter the temple until the seven plagues of the seven angels were completed. (The prophets that are still alive are asked to deliver the punishment that will bring the end of mankind because they are still the living leaders of Mankind). 187

Chapter 16 speaks about the punishment itself, Allah will plunge America into darkness just before He dries up the river Euphrates. John (as) says, “16 Then I heard a loud voice from the temple saying to the seven angels, “Go, pour out the seven bowls of God’s wrath on the earth.” 2 The first angel went and poured out his bowl on the land, and ugly, festering sores broke out on the people (bani Adam) who had the mark of the beast and worshiped its image. This means their foulness was made apparent and open to people, the rest of mankind won’t find them or their ways alluring after this point, the last economic crisis America faced almost certainly changed the way that country and it’s system was viewed, even it’s leaders were calling for change to the economic system, this is a simple fact regardless of it’s connection to this verse that means change in how America and it’s allies are viewed will have begun, “who had the mark of the beast and worshiped its image”, by 2019 the prophet (saws) said the effects of America’s fitnah will clear up. 3 The Second angel poured out his bowl on the sea, and it turned into blood like that of a dead person, and every living thing in the sea died. (We have to remember these are visions representing events in life). The Jewish bible translated from Hebrew, which is closer to the original language, reads ‘the ocean became like a diseased person and every living thing died’, the significance of this difference is that a disease takes time to finish, while death is immediate, so more accurately the picture should be ‘the sea became sick and over time every living thing in it died’, we are seeing the beginning of this now with fish stocks depleting around the world, we are increasingly relying on fish farms because of over fishing and pollution killing everything. There are many things we can look at to see how our oceans are changing for the worst, presently about 3.5 million plastic bags go into the ocean every day this has created what came to be termed "The Great Pacific Garbage Patch" which is a giant man made island of garbage, estimates of it's size place it between 700,000 square kilometres (270,000 sq mi) about the size of Texas to more than 15,000,000 square kilometres (5,800,000 sq mi) which is 0.41% to 8.1% the size of 188

the entire Pacific Ocean, one published report found that by 2050 the oceans will contain more plastic than fish by weight. Another published report found that over the past 60 years, global fishery catches have been chronically underreported, with over 50 per cent of the fish our nets rake in (by weight) going unaccounted for, this means we are taking from the ocean much more fish than previously thought.

“Scientists recently tracked changes in the energy balance (rising sea temperature) of the ocean over the past 150 years, which is the longest continuous record of what’s happening at different depths in the sea. They found that over the last 18 years the oceans absorbed roughly the same amount of heat from global warming as they did over the entire 20th century. What’s more, the rate of deep ocean warming is fast accelerating, a full 35 per cent of that heat has sunk to below 700 metres in depth. This will impact everything from marine ecosystems to global sea levels. Even small changes in the temperature of the deep ocean will have dramatic global feedback, a small rise in the icy temperatures of the deep ocean will cause water to thermally expand. Because seawater expands as it warms, deep ocean warming means rising seas, which impacts coastal communities, ecosystems and infrastructure.”

4 The third angel poured out his bowl on the rivers and springs of water, and they became blood. (After the oceans are the rivers, a natural progression that we also see in the world, the rivers similarly stoped producing food)…

8 The fourth angel poured out his bowl on the sun, and the sun was allowed to scorch people with fire. (Solar activity becomes more intense and drought becomes more common, sea temperatures are rising killing entire aquatic species).

189

9 They were seared by the intense heat and they cursed the name of God, who had control over these plagues, but they refused to repent and glorify him.

10 The fifth angel poured out his bowl on the throne of the beast (America), and its kingdom was plunged into darkness. People gnawed their tongues in agony 11 and cursed the God of heaven because of their pains and their sores, but they refused to repent of what they had done…(the Jewish bible which is a more literal translation reads, ‘the kingdom of the Beast became Darkened, and in agony they were gnawing their tongues’).

The throne of America can mean either it’s capital or it’s centre of control, the centre from which the system is controlled from, throne here is a reference to something functional and not merely a prize like a nations capital, they can be the same if they are located in the same place. Plunged into Darkness or became Darkened in a modern context can either mean the system itself will be plunged into Darkness or the Capital itself is, or something will for ever Darken the entire country plunging it in chaos. The prophet (saws) towards the end of time being spoken against will be more severe to a person than a blow with a sword, “the pen is mightier than the sword” in a country run by the media and entertainment industry, “People gnawed their tongues” they wished they hadn’t spoken a word by this point in time, this is the end of America’s media and entertainment industries.

A countries economy is tied to it’s society and vice versa, Allah will destroy the centre and heart of the American system, as later passages mention this will plunge the entire country into a darkness it won’t recover from leaving it a former shell of it’s self, this will in turn plunge the world capitals tied to it economically, so the economic and societal destruction of America will have a flow on effect to other parts of the world.

190

12 The sixth angel poured out his bowl on the great river Euphrates, and its water was dried up to prepare the way for the kings from the East.

When this river dries up the people of the East, the Army of the Mahdi (ra) will march across Arabia, this tells us when the throne (System or Capital) of America will be plunged into Darkness. At this point American dominance has ended along with it’s society but it hasn’t been physically destroyed as later passages indicate, this will occur after this collapse is complete when it’s people turn on each other. 13 Then I saw three impure spirits that looked like frogs; they came out of the mouth of the dragon, out of the mouth of the beast (America which spoke like a Dragon) and out of the mouth of the false prophet (the word prophet here is used in the general sense as a person who conveys a message, a false way of life, meaning the leader who is teaching it’s people a false way of life). America here is called by three names, the Beast that spoke like a Dragon (a deceptive devil) and a false prophet, the dragon isn’t a reference to Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him) because the verse in referring to the frogs is talking about Jinn (devils) and he is one of them, so it can’t be said a Devil came out of another Devil. America is called a false prophet because it brought a new system, way of life (Deen) and forced it onto the world which is exactly like the prophet (saws) described the 30 Dajjaals (world leaders) that tried to fool the world with Deen (communism, socialism, marxism, etc) after WW1. The frogs themselves are a simile for the type of shayateen (devils) these are, the shape of the devil’s (a frog) characterizes their behaviour, as the next verse will show this is a reference to the ‘Maskh’ (stunting of peoples character with Sihr) America was using to fool people with false guidance. 14 They are demonic spirits (Jinn, Shayateen) that perform (occult) signs, and they go out to the kings of the whole world (after America’s collapse), to gather them for the battle on the great day of Allah Almighty (Armageddon, once they see America has collapsed they go to other leaders to sow more dissension among 191

people, these devils are the enemies of man only wanting his destruction because of what Iblis swore he would do to mankind, drag them to hell with him). The Jinn are not naturally shaped like a frog which means shrinking in this verse, this shrinking means the Jinn are performing Maskh which can be characterized by shrinking something (a persons character) to a frog’s size, like the fairy tale of the prince shrunk and turned into a frog and only a kiss from someone pure, a princess, can change him back into a prince meaning a complete person, this is the underlaying meaning of the fairy tale, to be a complete human (Bashran Sawiya, in the Quran) not someone whose character is warped. To understand this more fully we have to understand that Jinn take on the qualities and appearance of what ever they are doing, in this case they are shrunk to something that looks like a frog in order to perform signs to people who practice the occult, in other words control and guide them through the signs and illusions they show them. The symbolism occult societies are famously known for, which are entirely functional, are used by Jinn to show people what they want from them, in arabic this is called “isharat” to subtly hint at something you want done or understood. All of this is another affirmation that American society like British society before it is ruled by the occult. Once these Devils see that America is destroyed they will go out to the other nations who adopted the American system and still employing it to similarly influence them. Allah himself shows man signs in creation, He mentioned this more than 300 times in the Quran, so do the Angels, but the jinn who follow religion can do this as well and often do so in less obvious ways than Devils (corrupted Jinn) to stay anonymous. People who practice the occult are shown more obvious signs by their devils so they follow the devils more closely, they manipulate what ever they show and in Islam this is called ‘was-wasa’ (whispering) were the person is closely following the whispers and delusions of the Shaytan, Allah spoke about this in the Quran and dedicated the final chapter of the Quran to it so we could always keep it in mind.

192

Over time people who practice the occult listen to them more closely eventually loosing themselves, they chase after the signs like a man dangling a carrot on a stick in front of a donkey he wants to move, only experience can show them each of the times these devil’s lied to them about something because of how subtle they are. We have to understand that while man can have foresight into a matter, because of what the Jinn are made from the can see this foresight in our mind like we watch HD television, because of this clarity they can manipulate our foresight long before it eventuates, the only way to save ourself from their influence is by stopping them outright through what Allah and his messenger said stops them, and by not being involved with them if we give them an inch then it is already to late they move at speeds we can’t keep up with. John (as) continued, 16 Then they gathered the kings together to the place that in Hebrew is called Armageddon (in Palestine). The word Armageddon is translated to Greek from Hebrew har megiddo, har Strong, megiddo - meaning "a mountain or range of hills (sometimes used figuratively). Megiddon or Megiddo means a place of crowds. "Mount" Tel Megiddo is not actually a mountain, but a tell (a hill created by many generations of people living and rebuilding on the same spot) on which ancient forts were built to guard the Via Maris, an ancient trade route linking Egypt with the northern empires of Syria, Anatolia and Mesopotamia. Megiddo was the location of various ancient battles, modern Megiddo is a town approximately 25 miles (40 km) west-southwest of the southern tip of the Sea of Galilee in the Kishon River area. They will gather the world around Palestine beginning the first of the major Battles before the last one, events at this point will begin to revolve around what is occurring in this Land because when the Kings of the East march they conquer Arabia and Israel. This is just the beginning of the Major wars Europe will invade Egypt and North Africa then the People of the Maghreb will invade Jerusalem attacking the Kings of the East, then warlords will appear from Sham which includes Palestine, to fight them both all the while Europe will dominate the world

193

eventually destroying Egypt and the coasts of Syria and Lebanon in their invasions. 17 The seventh angel poured out his bowl into the air, and out of the temple came a loud voice from the throne, saying, “It is done!” (The air will similarly be ploluted birds and wildlife dying, this could be a reference to the smoke mentioned in the Quran, it will cover the earth for 40 days before disappearing or something later). Before reading the next passage we have to keep in mind the passing of time, America is punished by the fifth Angel, then the Sixth Angel dries up the river Euphrates then the seventh Angel allows the atmosphere to be destroyed, this is all over a number of years almost a decade. The next passage is talking about events just before the Mahdi (as) emerges and is towards the end of the rule of His Army, during this time America is destroyed economically but after some time it’s people will implode and turn on each other when Allah punishes them with an Asteroid. 18 Then there came flashes of lightning, rumblings, peals of thunder and a severe earthquake (the second of the 3 Major earthquakes towards the end of time in Damascus). No earthquake like it has ever occurred since mankind has been on earth, so tremendous was the quake (it is said to occur in Damascus, part of the Great Mosque collapsing). 19 The great city split into three parts, and the cities of the nations collapsed (the passage here is talking about events around the world, After America is attacked the cities connected to it economically will overtime collapse). God remembered Babylon the Great and gave her the cup filled with the wine of the fury of his wrath. 20 Every island fled away and the mountains could not be found (this is possibly because by this time Allah will have given it His final punishment mentioned later in the book, He will command an Angel to fling an Asteroid at it this will cause tidal waves on earth and a smoke to cover the world for 40 days, the smoke is mentioned in the Quran but not it’s cause). 21 From the sky huge hailstones, each weighing about a hundred pounds, fell on people (this is now referring to America after the Asteroid hit the country). And they cursed God on account of the plague of hail, because the plague was so terrible.

194

When the prophet (saws) in Ahadith mentioned Qadhf, stones being thrown by the wind it meant bombardment, similarly Hailstones here means missiles so the passage is a simile. 100 pounds (45Kg) is not that large it is about the weight of a missile, for example the AGM-114 Hellfire Missile weighs about 106 pounds (47Kg), later passages say the cities of America will be burning which likely due to the fact that after the collapse of it’s society parts of America will attack each other with missiles, the Hellfire missile is the current primary air to ground weapon for the armed forces of the United States.

195

C H A P T E R 13

The End Of America “Behold! I taught you the Book and Wisdom, the Torah and the Gospel…” (Qur’an 5:113-114)

The prophet of Allah (saws) said "O community of Muslims, roll up your sleeves, for the matter is momentous. Prepare for an imminent journey. Garner provision now as the journey is long. Lighten your loads, for before you is an ascent most steep! Only those traveling lightly shall bear its climb. O humanity, before the Hour comes, you will see wonders, vast tribulations, and difficult times. Darkness will prevail, and foulness will take the forefront. Those who enjoin right will be oppressed, and those who condemn vice will be suppressed. Hence, strengthen your faith for that time, and cling to faith as you would clench on for dear life. Flee to righteous deeds, and force yourselves to perform them. Be patient during the difficult times, and you will eventually arrive to eternal bliss."

ُ‫َس َّل َم يَقُول‬ َ ‫صلَّى اهللَُّ َع َليْ ِه و‬ َ َِّ‫َسولَ اهلل‬ ُ ‫س ِمعْتُ ر‬ َ : َ‫َضيَ اهللَُّ َعن ْ ُه قَال‬ ِ ‫َسبْنِ مَالِكٍ ر‬ ِ ‫)حديث مرفوع( َع ْن أَن‬ ، ‫السفَ َر بَعِ ي ٌد‬ َّ ‫ َوتَزَ َّودُوا فَ ِإ َّن‬، ٌ‫ َوتَأ َ َّهبُوا فَ ِإ َّن الرَّحِ يلَ َقرِيب‬، ‫شمِّ رُوا فَ ِإ َّن األ َ ْم َر جَ ٌّد‬ َ ‫ني‬ َ ‫ْش َر املْ ُْسلِ ِم‬ َ ‫ ” يَا َمع‬: ، ‫ش ُددًا‬ ُ ‫السا َع ِة أُمُورًا‬ َّ ‫ي‬ ِ ‫َني يَ َد‬ َ ْ ‫ إِ َّن ب‬، ‫خفِّفُو َن‬ َ ُ ْ‫خفِّفُوا أَثْقَا َل ُك ْم فَ ِإ َّن َورَا َء ُك ْم َع َقبَ ًة َكئ ُودًا ال يَ ْقطَ ُعهَا إِال امل‬ َ ‫َو‬ ‫ُضطَ َه ُد فِي ِه اآل ِمرُو َن‬ ْ ‫ فَي‬، ‫َس َق ُة‬ َ ‫َص َّد ُر فِي ِه ا ْلف‬ َ ‫ َويَت‬، ‫ص ْعبًا يَت َمَ ل َُّكفِي ِه الظَّلَمَ ُة‬ َ ‫ َوزَمَانًا‬، ‫َوأ َ ْهوَاال ِعظَامًا‬ ‫صالِحِ ا ْلعَمَ ِل َوأ َ ْك ِرهُوا‬ َ ‫ وَالْجَ ئ ُوا إِلَى‬، َِّ‫ فَأ َ ِعدُّوا َلذَل َِكاإلِيمَ ا َن بِاهلل‬، ‫ُضا ُم الن َّاهُو َن عَنِ املْ ُن ْ َك ِر‬ َ ‫بِاملْ َ ْعرُوفِ َوي‬ 
” ِ ‫ْضوا إِلَى الن َّعِ يم ِ الدَّا ِئم‬ ُ ‫الضرَّا ِء تُف‬ َّ ‫َاص ِبرُوا َعلَى‬ ْ ‫ و‬،‫ُوس‬ َ ‫َ َليْ ِه النُّف‬

196

(Taken from: A Sermon from The Mercy to All the Worlds (s), Translated by Hamza Yusuf.) Allah’s messenger (saws) said “You will indeed follow the ways of those before you, hand span by hand span, and an arms length after another. Even if they enter into a lizards hole, you will follow them.” We asked, “Is it the Jews and Christians?” He (saws) replied, “Who else!” (Bukhari). Allah's Apostle said, "The Hour will not be established till the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa." (meaning, worshiping devils because this was an idol the arabs used to worship) (Bukhari) Chapter 17 gives a detailed view of how Allah Judged America, He initially calls it “Babylon the Great” because this is it’s likeness but emphasizes that it is far worse than the original Babylon which by the time of John (ra) was destroyed and replaced by the Persian Empire. Allah also calls America “The Great Prostitute”, a reference to it’s methods in business, trade, politics and everything it is involved in, it sold its soul and self in everything it did. America would choose to be a countries ally for a few years just to dominate another country, then it would be that countries ally it dominated just to dominate it’s former ally it now wants to betray, this is a prostitute it is in bed with everybody. Likewise the nations of the world sold themselves to it, as the bible state not realizing who they were sleeping with was a prostitute that would equally cheat on them, this metaphor is in contrast to a women who would be faithful to her husband, the alliances she made in life. John (as) said, “17 One of the seven angels who had the seven bowls came and said to me, “Come, I will show you the punishment of the great prostitute (America), who sits by many waters (sleeps (trades) with everybody around the world). 2 With her the kings of the earth committed adultery (sold the souls of their own nations), and the inhabitants of the earth were intoxicated with the wine of her adulteries (the result of her trade, the technology and products she produced).” 3 Then the angel carried me away in the Spirit into a wilderness (here a seperate example is given of America and it’s allies). There I saw a woman sitting on a scarlet beast (bright red in color) that was covered with blasphemous names (if we 197

remember the British beast, here this means the beast is irreligious and immoral because the names covered it’s body while America is the women ridding it) and had seven heads and ten horns (no crowns mean the beast didn’t control these nations, but they were together, allied, as later passages show this beast is the European Union). 4 The woman was dressed in purple and scarlet (bright red), and was glittering with gold, precious stones and pearls. She held a golden cup in her hand, filled with abominable things and the filth (result) of her adulteries. The women riding the beast with no crowns means America through it’s capitalist system is riding the nations that are together with it. America mixed her own filth, the result of her trade and dirty politics with her products, the term blood diamond is today given to diamonds sourced from war torn countries who’s money is being used to buy weapons that further the cycle of blood shed, in this same way her adulterous dealings and filthy politics are mixed in with her products they are not morally separate from each other. All of these issues arise from the countries social illnesses which can be seen in it’s consumption of the earths resources, today Americans constitutes 5% of the worlds population but consumes 24% of the worlds energy, three times greater than what they need, they eat 815 billion calories of food each day which is roughly 200 billion more than needed and enough to feed 80 million people, they throw out 200,00 tons of edible food daily and have more shopping malls than high schools. When a society is focused on Capitalism that becomes the psyche of that society, they proudly call themselves capitalist but to moral people that’s the same as being proud of being called a psychological disease. John (as) continues, 5 The name written on her forehead was a mystery (this is an expression, who they are was unknown yet to John): “Babylon the Great the Mother of Prostitutes” and of the abominations of the earth. “America the Greater Babylon and the Mother of all Prostitutes” it is one of the abominations of the earth, meaning unnatural, if we look at who they are this is a country founded and run by occult societies unlike other nations founded on race and religion. John couldn’t understand this reality how such a people could 198

exist, to people living 2000 years ago Americans are aliens so what he was shown of them didn’t make sense to him. 6 I saw that the woman was drunk with the blood of God’s holy people, the blood of those who bore testimony to Jesus. (America used up the pure hearted people of the earth and spat them back out once they finished with them, they toyed with peoples lives as if it had no meaning. The people who bore testimony to Jesus are the muslims who testify he isn’t Allah, Christians are a majority in the world and in power so there is no need to testify or prove anything because they are the ones doing all this). When I saw her, I was greatly astonished. (not even in medieval Europe were people treated in such a way, enemies were killed or tortured but peoples beliefs were not ripped out of their hearts and the meaning of family, friends and religion was not taken from them, to America there are no boundaries). 7 Then the angel said to me: “Why are you astonished? I will explain to you the mystery of the woman and of the beast she rides, which has the seven heads and ten horns. 8 The beast, which you saw, once was, now is not, and yet will come up out of the Abyss (from no were) and go to its destruction. (The beast is the European Union, America’s great partner who adopted their ways after WW2, which they now use to dominate the rest of the world forcing them to follow them, America is riding this beast. The original Roman Republic ended with Julius Caesar (d.44BC) who proclaimed himself it’s first Emperor, this was before the time of John (as) who lived in the Roman Empire not Republic. The Roman Empire itself is said to have been born after this point with it’s first true Emperor being Augustus (d.14AD), the European Union in essence is the Republic of Europe, the Roman Republic reborn). The inhabitants of the earth whose names have not been written in the book of life (the people yet to be born) from the creation of the world will be astonished when they see the beast, (when the European Union first takes power from America, mentioned in later passages), because it once was (the Roman Republic), now is not (Rome is an Empire), and yet will come (it’s true face won’t be known until they take Power and it will astonish the people of the world when it does this).

199

9 “This calls for a mind with wisdom (advice). The seven heads are seven hills (countries) on which the woman sits (these countries border each other, the European countries, contrast this with the previous expression “sits by many waters” which means continents). 10 They are also seven kings (kingdoms in this context because as the next verse states they no longer exist). Five have fallen, one is, the other has not yet come; but when he does come, he must remain for only a little while (the British Empire, so this new vision is showing John the future of man, in the last vision the British were portrayed as a Beast of their own here they are apart of another beast because they joined the European Union). 11 The beast who once was, and now is not, is an eighth king (the European Union). He belongs to the seven and is going to his destruction (Hence the verse is talking about the old kingdoms of Europe, the Eighth King the EU in contrast is called a beast, and not another king, because it will rule the lands were these old kingdoms used to be, the verse is saying the kingdoms come from the same geographic set of lands, these are kingdoms that rose and fell are from the same group of people but at different points in history). Five of these empires are ancient and gone such as Greece, one existed at the time of John the Gaul which encompassed present day France, Luxembourg, Belgium, most of Switzerland, parts of Northern Italy, as well as parts of the Netherlands and Germany, although at this point the Gaul were subdued by Rome, and the last is yet to come the British Empire. 12 “The ten horns you saw are ten kings (future rulers of the new countries that will form in Europe) who have not yet received a kingdom, but who for one hour will receive authority as kings along with the beast (the individual countries of Europe will receive authority like an Empire when the European Union controls world affairs). 13 They have one purpose and will give their power and authority to the beast (the countries will give authority to the Union they are a part of). 14 They will wage war against the Lamb but the Lamb will triumph over them because he is Lord of lords (ruler of rulers) and King of kings—and with him will be his called, chosen and faithful followers.” (The term Lord of Lords meaning the God of gods can’t be an expression of an Angel because there is only 200

one God and there are no other gods to be a God over, it is a lie to express things falsely and Angels don’t imagine things they speak their pure reality, truth (haq). The sentence also builds up towards the last phrase King of Kings it isn’t going down in emphasis which is why Lord here means ruler and not god). The vision in conveying the message spans a length of time because it is a summation of events in the original vision, so it’s beginning is Europe underneath American dominance, then Europe takes control and fights Armageddon, and it ends in the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) who they will follow, Jesus (as) will finally return after the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) to kill him who they will probably fight as well not recognizing him at first, narrations also say Rome (either in Italy or the Union at this time) will return to Allah accepting Islam with Jesus. He will go there and bring out the original injeel, bible, which Allah gave him to show them who He is, the current bible is a collection of accounts written after his time, it isn’t actual revelations given to Jesus (saws) while he was alive. Other narrations say when the hour comes the Romans will be the most in number, which means they did not die at the hands Jesus (as) or Yajuj wa Majuj (Gog and Magog) and they are not themselves Gog and Magog who Allah kills for Jesus (saws). This current bible is a collection of books by different authors and isn’t revelation, at most it is inspiration given to the saints and a history book in other parts of it. The words of Jesus and Allah are mentioned throughout it, saints don’t receive revelations most prophets don’t either, revelations are specific Books Allah reveals to mankind, his words alone, like the Original Torah and Zabur the book given to the prophet David (as), the Christian definition of revelation is entirely wrong some think it’s to predict the future, others think it means to speak to Allah, if that were true then every Angel receives revelation all the time and so will Humans when they finally enter Heaven, revelation is Allah’s words alone which He intends to be Laws for mankind, in them He speaks in the first person to mankind and certainly not through the words of someone else. John (as) continues, 15 Then the angel said to me, “The waters you saw, where the prostitute sits, are peoples, multitudes, nations and languages” (it trades with all the people of the earth, the seven continents of the earth). 201

16 The beast and the ten horns you saw will hate the prostitute (Here is affirmation that America and the nations of the beast are seperate from each other. The European Union and it’s leaders although are America partners don’t like them because it was from Europe that the colonial empires sprang from and America was a colony at one point, now they rule over them telling them what to do). They will bring her to ruin and leave her naked (They will take over from America as the worlds super power, and strip her of everything); they will eat her flesh and burn her with fire (other translations have consume, or throw what is left of her into a fire, they will strip America bare and cut her off from trade, burn with fire can have more than one meaning and may not mean war they may isolate her economically burning her society that way). 17 For Allah has put it into their hearts to accomplish his purpose by agreeing to hand over to the beast their (America’s) royal authority (Allah does things even through evil people), until Allah’s words are fulfilled. 18 The woman you saw is the great city that rules over the kings of the earth.” (Here the verse affirms the women is a country that rules over the worlds nations and this passage has nothing to do with the Antichrist). The passage translated from Hebrew reads, “And the horns (countries) which you saw and the beast (the Republic), these will have hatred for the prostitute (America), and they will make her desolate and naked and will eat her baser (flesh) and will burn her up in eish”, references are then given to Yechezkel 16:37,39 which speak about a mans lovers being striped of what they have including their clothes, until they are entirely naked. So the verse means the European Union will strip America of everything it has, it’s international trade, power, influence, until it is isolated, desolate and naked, they will eat her flesh meaning they will then take even more leaving her bare boned, and then will burn her up until her society isn’t recognizable any more. When Allah sends the fifth Angel to plunge America into Darkness the Angel will open up the way for Europe to accomplish this, America is now in more debt than it can possibly pay back. “plunge into darkness” means American society will collapse entirely and they won’t see a way out, we saw this partially in it’s last economic crisis from which it barely recovered the crisis showed the world America’s

202

economic and social vulnerability, this time it won’t be allowed to recover from any disaster that strikes it and the matter will be final. Chapter 18 mentions that it will be primarily the traders around the world that will lament the fall of America, which itself is a unique description for any kind of empire except a capitalist one, this is a significant description indicating who the Empire is in the book of revelations and is unique to the country that leads the world with capitalism. It may be said that at the fall of any empire those who trade with it lament the loss of trade, but this is entirely different here because the traders are being singled out by Allah as the Key figures relevant to it’s destruction and identification, in one verse it says “Your merchants were the world’s important people” not it’s politicians or leaders or army generals this is a stark contrast from how the world existed in the time of John when the Roman Empire’s military and it’s generals were the most important people, this can be only talking about our life time. John (as) says, “After this I saw another angel coming down from heaven. He had great authority, and the earth was illuminated by his splendor. 2 With a mighty voice he shouted:” “‘Fallen! Fallen is Babylon the Great!’ She has become a dwelling for demons and a haunt (playground) for every impure spirit (person or devil), haunt for every unclean bird, haunt for every unclean and detestable animal. (American society will no longer function becoming a playground for every kind of “devil” human or otherwise, it will become a dystopia). 3 For all the nations have drunk the maddening wine of her adulteries. The kings (nations) of the earth committed adultery with her, and the merchants of the earth (the corporations) grew rich from her excessive luxuries.” 4 Then I heard another voice from heaven say (to the people of God, living in America): “‘Come out of her, my people,’ so that you will not share (participate) in her sins, so that you will not receive any of her plagues (punishment); 5 for her sins are piled up to heaven, and Allah has remembered her crimes (Her time of Judgment is now). 6 Give back to her as she has given (Allah is advising people how to deal with America in life); pay her back double for what she has done. Pour her a 203

double portion from her own cup (the punishment on America is economic isolation and the destruction of her culture and Allah will allow Europe to fulfil his punishment). 7 Give her as much torment and grief as the glory and luxury she gave herself. In her heart she boasts, ‘I sit enthroned as queen. I am not a widow (alone in the world); I will never mourn.’ (She lies to herself that she is rules the world and won’t accept the truth she is a widow, isolated in her position from the world, she raises herself above everyone and expects they should love her for it. When her time comes this is how she must be dealt with by the people of the world). 8 Therefore in one day her plagues (punishment) will overtake her (they will catch up to her): death, mourning and famine. She will be consumed by fire (this could be literal or metaphorical in the context of the capitalist system being destroyed), for mighty is the Lord Allah who judges her.Threefold Woe Over Babylon’s Fall 9 “When the kings of the earth who committed adultery with her and shared her luxury see the smoke of her burning, they will weep and mourn over her. 10 Terrified at her torment (never believing this could happen), they will stand far off and cry (watching from a distance indicates modern technology, they will cry from their own lands): “‘Woe! Woe to you, great city, you mighty city of Babylon! In one hour your doom has come!’ (they are lamenting the loss of their own trade with her, because no one can amass wealth as they did. The switch here to America being described as a city, is a reference to the country itself, the prior descriptions were describing America’s place in the world and the nature of it’s people). 11 “The merchants of the earth will weep and mourn over her because no one buys their cargoes anymore—14 “They will say, ‘The fruit you longed for is gone from you. All your luxury and splendor have vanished, never to be recovered.’ 15 The merchants who sold these things and gained their wealth from her will stand far off, terrified at her torment. They will weep and mourn 16 and cry out: “‘Woe! Woe to you, great city, dressed in fine linen, purple and scarlet (bright red), and glittering with gold, precious stones and pearls! 17 In one hour such great wealth has been brought to ruin!’ (the Attack on her will be sudden) “Every sea captain, and all who travel by ship, the sailors, and all who earn their living from the sea, will stand far off. 18 When they see the smoke 204

of her burning, they will exclaim, ‘Was there ever a city like this great city?’ 19 They will throw dust on their heads, and with weeping and mourning cry out: “‘Woe! Woe to you, great city, where all who had ships on the sea became rich through her wealth! In one hour she has been brought to ruin!’ (This more than likely implies that with it’s economic collapse there will be mass destruction of some kind, mass riots from Americans themselves in major cities which will stop trade ships from continuing their journey. We saw in the 2003 New York mass blackout that only after a short time of no electricity people began to riot and loot, this is an indication of how it will become a dystopia, a former haunt of what it once was). 20 “Rejoice over her, you heavens! Rejoice, you people of God! Rejoice, apostles and prophets! For Allah has judged her with the judgment she imposed on you.” (Allah judged America as America Judged the people of Allah and fell short of this estimation). 21 Then a mighty angel picked up a boulder like a large (or Great) millstone and threw it into the sea (this is the giant Asteroid that will hit the earth, after which we will witness great natural disasters around the world, beginning with a huge earth quake, the second of the three great earthquakes towards the end of time, it will split Damascus in three. Although the vision sounds like events will occur in a single day everything takes time in real life and this Asteroid won’t be the same day America is economically ruined), and said: “With such violence the great city of Babylon will be thrown down, never to be found again. Even though the Asteroid hits in the ocean this means it will be off the coast of America and it’s intention is to decimate it completely, in the other vision of John we are told the islands will disappear and the mountains won’t be seen, the Quran in surah al Dukhan (the smoke) talks about a smoke towards the end of time that will cover the earth for 40 days, this sounds like something temporary an Asteroid will cause and many Ahadith indicate this as well. 22 The music of harpists and musicians, pipers and trumpeters, will never be heard in you again. No worker of any trade will ever be found in you again. The sound of a millstone will never be heard in you again. (The punishment of Amer205

ica ends with the Asteroid the remainder of the chapter is lamentation over the corporations losses). 23 The light of a lamp will never shine in you again. The voice of bridegroom and bride will never be heard in you again. Your merchants were the world’s important people. By your (dark) magic spell all the nations were led astray. (Here another reference is made to the occult practices of America in business, politics and everything else, the verse is saying America is using it to dominate the world.) 24 In her was found the blood of prophets and of God’s holy people, of all who have been slaughtered on the earth.” (The blood of prophets (saws) is found in the descendants of the prophets, like Ahl al bayt who are descendants from the prophet muhammad (saws) it is a reference to the most moral people on earth not just those who are good). The Ahadith state that it will be after the people of the East march across Arabia, and near the end of their six year rule, that the Hammering sound will be heard around the earth, and this will be an asteroid which Allah will hit the earth with. So it will be some years after America’s collapse that the Angel will hurl the Asteroid, the fall of America will cause instability around the world and more than likely is the cause for the instability in Saudi Arabia that will result in the civil wars and massacres the prophet (saws) mentioned. Many asteroid’s have been suggested in the future as being the one to hit America, but astroid Apophis is more unique than others, on April 13, 2029, a date within the time period suggested for this to occur, NASA stated that the flyby of asteroid Apophis will be one for the record books. On that date, Apophis will become the closest flyby of an asteroid of its size when it comes no closer than 19, 400 miles (31,300 Km) above Earth's surface. Discovered in 2004, the asteroid, which is the size of three-and-a-half football fields, gathered the immediate attention of space scientists and the media when initial calculations of its orbit indicated a 2.7 percent possibility of an Earth impact during a close flyby in 2029, another chance existed in 2036 but they have both been ruled out. If we want to put that distance into perspective, the earth's diameter is about 12,742 Km wide, and in space that distance (19,400Mi) is just above our heads, 206

the moon for example, which everyone sees in the night sky is 384,000Km (225,622mi) from earth while the asteroid will fly past at a distance of only 31,000 Km (19,400Mi). The injeel, Bible, says that Allah will command an Angel to veer an asteroid from it's normal course and slam it into the Ocean, it may or may not be this asteroid but NASA can only check for normal trajectories and this one comes extremely close, given this and the fact NASA will be useless when America collapses to detect anything, and that any number of solar or gravitational events can veer Apophis of course as it flies between us and the moon. The Quran mentions that towards the end of time Allah will punish the people on earth with a smoke that will fill the entire sky, in surah ad Dukhan Allah says, “(But watch thou for) their torment, O Muhammad, on (the day when the sky will produce visible smoke) filling what is between the sky and the earth, (That will envelop the people) that smoke will surround the people. (This) smoke (will be a painful torment) a torment of hunger. ((Then they will say): Our Lord relieve us of the torment) remove from us hunger. (Lo! we are believers) in You as well as in Your Messenger and Scripture (44:10-12, Tanwir al Miqbas min Tafsir Ibn Abbas). This smoke will cause famine around the world destroying crops and vegetation, we can deduce the timing of this smoke within reason, because it will not occur during the time of Isa (as) which is a blessed time, nor will it occur in the time of the Mahdi (ra) because similarly it is blessed, nor will it Occur during the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) because he is Allah’s punishment and this won’t be something that he does, so we are left with two possibilities, before the time of the Mahdi (ra) or after the time of Isa (as). It is less likely to be after the time of Isa (as) because after he descends Allah will change the earth to be one of bounty were people will receive what ever they wish, so when Isa (as) dies and then Allah finally takes the Quran up to heaven, this will be a corruption for people and the Hour will only come upon the worst of people who will receive almost anything they want, a description given in Ahadith. But before the time of the Mahdi (ra) we see that many Ahadith as well as the injeel (bible) say that Allah will punish the people of the earth with famine and many other kinds of afflictions, so it is reasonable to assume the Dukhan will be a result of the Asteroid impact, it will cause famine because the smoke will cover the 207

sky hindering sun light, stopping crops from growing around the world. Some have suggested that the smoke is pollution but that has yet to cause famine or starvation around the entire world, while famine will be a direct result of the smokes appearance, Allah also calls the smoke in the Quran a painful torment, while pollution is more reasonably described as a discomfort and the people after the time of Isa (as) won’t suffer torments until the Hour itself. Next Chapter 19 of the book ends with an account of Imam Mahdi (ra) waging war against Europe, John (as) says, 11 “I saw heaven standing open and there before me was a white horse, whose rider is called Faithful and True (the Mahdi, his name means the one who is guided and in the original language the words relate more literally). With justice he judges and wages war. 12 His eyes are like blazing fire, and on his head are many crowns (he will rule many nations). 14 The armies of heaven were following him, riding on white horses and dressed in fine linen, white and clean. 15 Coming out of his mouth is a sharp sword with which to strike down the nations. “He will rule them with an iron sceptre.” (This is the same description to that of Ishmael “She gave birth to a son, a male child, who will rule all the nations with an iron sceptre” indicating the rider is a decent of Ishmael, when it was said Ishmael will rule with an Iron sceptre it meant His descendants in the vision, it was they who pulled all nations in history conquering both Rome and Persia). 19 Then I saw the beast (Europe, America is destroyed at this point and the beast she was riding is all that remains) and the kings of the earth and their armies gathered together to wage war against the rider on the horse and his army (This is the war between the Muslims and Europe at the end of time, the Jinn from America went to gather the Kings of Europe to Armageddon). 20 But the beast (Europe) was captured, and with it the false prophet (it’s leader who like America before him wanted people to follow a new way of life, Deen, Capitalism) who had performed the signs on its behalf (another reference to the occult is made here and the fact that the Devil’s of America are now manipulating Europe). With these signs he had deluded those who had received the mark of the beast and worshiped its image (are now following Capitalist Europe and it’s culture). The two of them were thrown alive into the fiery lake of burning sulfur (the false prophet leader, 208

and the European Union). 21 The rest were killed with the sword coming out of the mouth of the rider on the horse (this indicates that something separate will happen to the leaders of Europe than the people), and all the birds gorged themselves on their flesh (they were all defeated in the Great Battle, Armageddon).

209

C H A P T E R 14

The People Of The Maghreb and The People Of The East It was narrated from Thawban that the Messenger of Allah (saws) said: “Three will fight one another for your treasure, each one of them the son of a caliph, but none of them will gain it. Then the black banners will come from the east (in another hadith recorded by Ibn Maja the prophet (saws) said the three sons will hardly have turned to fight each other when the black flags will have emerged), and they will kill you in an unprecedented manner.” Then he mentioned something that I do not remember, then he said: “When you see them, then pledge your allegiance to them even if you have to crawl over snow, for that is the caliph of Allah, the Mahdi.” (Ibn Maja) meaning they are his army and the Mahdi (ra) will emerge to lead them after they have established his rule for him. Allah will cause the river Euphrates to dry up to pave the way for the Kings of the East to conquer the Arabian peninsula and Jerusalem (Israel), the Arabs will fight a large war over the wealth the river Euphrates uncovers after which Saudi Arabia will be plunged into a civil war between the sons of it’s rulers, they will have just began this war when the black flags, the Mahdi’s army, will have emerged from the east. They will conquer the Arabian peninsula to establish Islamic rule there once more ‘“People will come from the east, paving the way for the Mahdi,” meaning, for his rule’ (Ibn Maja). The people of the Maghreb (North Africa) around this same time will rise up and defeat Europe in Egypt kicking them out, a number of wars will occur as a result of Europe's invasion of North Africa and Arabia. This will result in another invasion by Europe conquering Syria, Lebanon and North Africa, the muslims will take back their land driving Europe's army out from North Western Africa to210

wards Egypt, at the end of this invasion as ahadith mention, the general leading the army along with his men will accept Islam in Egypt ending the invasion for good. The Black flags will come from Afghanistan to fight the warlords that appear in Arabia as a result of all these wars, the ruling tribe of Syria, Asads family after having lost Syria in this civil war will try to take back control through a number of warlords the Prophet (saws) called the Sufyani’s. The Black flags will remain victorious until Russia invades Arabia through Azerbaijan and Afghanistan from the North, then Turkey invades Arabia. At some point during this time the non muslims of East Africa will invade Egypt through the south for wealth in a number of wars, they are defeated by the muslims but eventually will succeed in plundering Egypt's treasure and leave, the muslims will follow them and defeat them in their own lands. After defeating Europe in Egypt the people of North Africa will head towards Syria and Jerusalem, eventually fighting with the people of East, the black flags. The Prophet (peace and blessing be upon him) said: “That a person called Sufyani will appear from the suburbs of Damascus and his general followers will be the people of the Kulaib Tribe (the ruling tribe in Syria now, Asad and his family belong to it). He will attack (so fiercely) that he will cut the bellies of Women and kill children. To fight against him, the people of the Tribe of Qais will gather (the Pashtuns, people of the East). The Sufyani will fight them and kill them so much that no valley will be left without their dead bodies”. (Al Hakim, Mustadrik Pg.520) Ibn Masud said: “If the Turks (Turkey and Russia) and Khazar (the word comes from the Khazar Empire, the lands north of Afghanistan and Arabia, i.e southern Russia) appear in Al-Jazeera (Arabian Peninsula or Northern Iraq) and Azerbaijan, while the Romans (Europe) appear in Omq (a valley in Antioch & Northern Syria) and its outskirts. The Romans will fight a man of Qais tribe (from Afghanistan) from the people of Qansareen. The Sufyani in Iraq fights the People of the East. In each side, there is an enemy (Russia invades from the North). After he (the Sufyani) fights them for 40 days and does not get support (from Muslims in 211

other regions), he reconciles with the Romans (Europe) such that neither party will owe the other one anything." (Nuaim bin Hammad's Kitab Al-Fitan) The Turks are mentioned with the Khazar (southern Russia), so it means that when Europe Attacks Arabia, Turkey and Russia will also invade. Al-Walid bin Muslim said: "The black banners will remain victorious against those who oppose them until the Turks enter (Muslim lands) through the door of Armenia (on the border of Turkey).” He added: "The first sign of the signs of their demise (the black banners) is their dispute among each other." (Nuaim bin Hammad's Kitab Al-Fitan) Russia will have to cross the narrow passages of the Caucus mountain ranges heading south into Azerbaijan and Arabia, and go around the Caspian sea to invade Afghanistan from the North. Turkey but that point in time has joined the EU (Romans) and invades with them, not much is mentioned about Russia in either the Ahadith or the Bible so their role seems to be relatively small during these wars, Ahadith indirectly indicate that they may be opportunistic and attack Europe while it is engaged in war with the muslims. The first Sufyani warlord will appear before the black flags march on Arabia and will be the cause for them invading. Ali (ra) said "The (first) Sufyani will appear in Sham, and then there will be a battle between them at Qirqisiya (in Syria) until the birds of the sky and the wild beasts of the land are satiated with their corpses. Then, there will be an attack against them from their rear, so a group of them will go forward until they enter the land of Khurasan (essentially Afghanistan). The cavalry of the Sufyani will pursue the people of Khurasan and kill the supporters of the family of Muhammad. Then, the people of Khurasan (the black flags) will come out looking for the Mahdi." (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab AlFitan) Qirqisiya is an ancient ruined city near Busra in Syria, on the banks of the Euphrates river. Ali (ra) said: "When the cavalry of the Sufyani comes to al-Kufah (in Iraq), he will send them in pursuit of the people of Khurasan. The people of Khurasan will come out, looking for the Mahdi. Then, he (the Sufyani) and the Hashimi 212

(Mansur the General of the black flags) will meet with a group of people with black banners, at their head Shu'ayb ibn Salih (al Harith the leader of the Black flags). The followers of the Sufyani will meet in battle at the gate of Istakhar (an ancient ruined city in Iran), and a fierce battle will be fought between them. The black banners will be victorious, and the cavalry of the Sufyani will flee. When that happens, the people will wish for the Mahdi (to appear) and await him." (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) Abi Ja’far said: “A young man from Bani Hashem (Prophet Mohammad’s family) with a mark in the palm of his right hand comes out from Khorasan with black banners (al Mansur). Between his hands (meaning he will protect) will be Shuayb bin Salih (their leader). He fights the followers of the Sufyani and defeats them.” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) The following hadith indicates why the people of the Maghreb (North Africa) will fight the People of the East, Al-Walid bin Muslim narrated: “If the black banners split into 3 groups: a group calling for the progeny of Fatima (direct descendants of the prophet to rule the Muslims), a group calling for the progeny of Abbas (the prophets tribe to rule the muslims), and a group calling for (the kingship to be) for themselves…” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s book Kitab Al-Fitan) The People of the East wont accept rule for themselves even though muslim Arabs are calling for them to rule over Arabia, they are effectively leaderless at this point because of a number of civil wars, the Saudi Kingdom would have faced civil war over succession which no one would have won, and Arabia’s first war lord one of the Sufyani’s will have emerged by this time so there is general chaos is the middle east. Allah’s decree upon the people of the Maghreb is clear in the following hadith, they have mixed intentions, among them will be people who are blind to religion and the significance of the events they are involved in, so peoples fate will differ, some of it good and some of it bad. Al-Zubri said: " Those of the black banners and those of yellow banners will meet and fight until they reach Palestine. Then, the (second) Sufyani marshes against the people of the East (the black banners). Once the people of Maghreb 213

(yellow banners) land in Jordan, their chief dies, so they split into 3 groups. One group returns to were it came from. One group goes to perform Hajj. One group remains. The Sufyani fights and defeats them so they will pledge allegiance to him (in defeat).” (Nuaim bin Hammad's book Kitab Al-Fitan) Ibn Masud said: “If a man from Fahr (North Africa) gathers Barbars and goes on an expedition, a man from the progeny of Abu Sufyan emerges (the second Sufyani). Once the Fahri's army hear about the Sufyani, they will split into 3 groups. One group retreats, one group remains with him (Fahri) and marshes toward AshSham and one group goes to Hijaz. The two armies meet in Wadi AlOnsul in AshSham. The Barbars will be defeated. Then, the Sufyani will fight the People of AshSham." (Nuaim bin Hammad's book Kitab Al-Fitan) Ka'b bin Alqama said: "If the Maghreb invades Egypt (to defend it)…the chief of the Maghreb will be a man from Kinda who is A'raj (can not walk properly)." (Nuaim bin Hammad's book Kitab Al-Fitan) Ka'b bin Alqama said "The sign of the Mahdi's (immanent) appearance will be battalions coming from the Maghreb, lead by A'raj (a man who is Limp) from 'Kinda." (Nuaim bin Hammad's Kitab Al-Fitan page 205) The Appearance of the people of Maghrib lead by this man will be an indication of the nearness of Imam Mahdi (ra), just like the People of the East who will appear six years before him are a sign of his immanent appearance in Islam and Christianity. All these events will occur around the sanctions Europe will place on Egypt and the appearance of warlords in Arabia, which is a more accurate term describing for them than dictator or tyrant. Abu Hurairah related that the Messenger of Allah said, “Iraq will be prevented from its dirham (a currency) and its (Qifaz) measurement; Sham will be prevented from its (Mudd) measurement and its Dinar (a currency) and Egypt will be prevented from its Irdab (measurement) and its Dinar (currency). You will recoil to that position from were you started and you will recoil to that position from were you started, the bones and the flesh of Abu Huraira would bear testimony to it” (Muslim, Book 41 Hadith 6923)

214

The narration's mention that the Major Khasf (earthquake) of the West will occur in Sham (Syria) before the Mahdi (r.a), when the people of the Maghreb go on their second expedition to Syria, if it occurs because of the Asteroid then we can roughly know when to expect it. Ali bin Abi Taleb (r.a.) said: “When the black banners differ among each other, a town/city of the towns/cities of Iram (Sham) and the western side of its Mosque collapses. Then, in AshSham (greater Syria), three banners (armies) come out for each (three different warlords), the As’Hab (a warlord who is a reddish white man), Abqa (a warlord seeking rule in Egypt), and the (second) Sufyani. The Sufyani comes from AshSham and Abqa’ from Egypt. The Sufyani will defeat them (both, As’Hab and Abqa).” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) This hadith indicates that a number of smaller warlords will emerge and compete with the Sufyani, he will defeat them all. It is more than likely this is the second of the three Sufyani’s, he emerges after the black banners differ which is toward the end of their time and it is around this time Ahadith indicate the Asteroid will hit, the smaller warlords will more than likely emerge to fill the vacuum of the first Sufyani trying to wrestle power from the ruling tribe of Syria, the Bani Kalb. Mohammad bin Al-Hanafiya said: (when) "The People of Maghreb enter the Damascus Mosque and while they are looking at its marvels, there will be a land tremor, so the western part of the Mosque will collapse and there will be a Khusuf (land collapse) in a town called Harasta (outside of Damascus). Then, the Sufyani comes out and fights them (the people of Maghreb) until he pushes them back to Egypt. Then, he returns and fights the People of the East (the Black Banners) until he pushes them back to Iraq." (Nuaim bin Hammad, Kitab Al-Fitan) “The Earth will swallow a village called Harasta near Damascus.” (Muhammad Al-Barzanji’s book Isha’ah li Ashrat Al-Sa’a) The following events are chronological and span the six or so years just before Imam Mahdi (ra) appears. Amar bin Yusr said: “The sign of the Mahdi is: The Turks (Russia, or Turkey) sweep down against you. Your Caliph who seeks wealth dies (after the Euphrates river uncovers it’s Gold, over which he will involve himself) and you elect a successor after him who is weak so he gets deposed after 2 215

years from the Bay’a (this seem’s to be after the three son’s don't win the war over succession so the people will elect a ruler, around the time the Black flags first appear). A Khusf (land collapse) occurs in the West end of Damascus mosque (this is the major earthquake in the West). The emergence of three individuals (three warlords in sham Abqa’ , Ash-Hab, and the second Sufyani) in AshSham (Greater Syria). The attack of People of the West (the people of the Maghreb) on Egypt (to defend it). This is (the beginning of) the reign of the Sufyani (the third one who fights the Mahdi).” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) The Ullumah said the first of the three Major landslides (earthquakes) referred to in Ahadith was the Indian Ocean Tsunami of the coast of Indonesia in 2004, it killed over 230,000 people, most of them Muslim (130,000 Indonesians), in less than an hour. It was one of the deadliest natural disasters in recorded history, it occurred due to an earthquake whose magnitude was 9.1 and was the third largest ever recorded. It occurred due to a Khasf (land slip), the exact description of the hadith, in the ocean floor as an estimated 1600 Km (1000 mi) of fault surface slipped about 15 meters (50ft). We can identify the significance of this earthquake because the following Ahadith tell us this was the time Allah will begin punishing people for their immorality, indicating that the 2004 Tsunami was one of the three Major Khasf ’s spoken of by the prophet (saws). The Prophet (saws) said “If you see my Ummah fearing a tyrant so much that they dare not tell him that he is a tyrant, then there will be no hope for them.” (Ibn Kathir) this narration is referring to Saddam Hussain, it was the lowest point in islamic History, the strength of the Muslims had no sway to change anything on an international level and they did nothing to stop oppression, the 90’s marked the beginning of the end for the Arabs. Abu Hurairah related that the Prophet said, "By the One Who has sent me with the Truth, this world will not come to an end until they are afflicted with AlKhasf (earthquakes), Al-Qadhf (strong winds that cause rocks to fly a simile for Bombardment), and Al-Maskh (emergence of people who perform maskh on 216

other’s and themselves)." The Companions asked, "And when is that, O Messenger of Allah?" He said, "When you see women riding private parts (when internet pornography becomes widespread), when there will be many female singers (the music industry spreads and exploits women), when there will be much false testimony (globalization, when the contract’s become corrupt and people bear false testimony), when men will suffice themselves with men, and when women will suffice themselves with women." (homosexuality becomes accepted in society) (Al-Haafiz Abu Bakr Al-Bazzaar related this narration, taken from Ibn Kathirs al Bidaya wa Nihaya) The Pornography industry spread immensely after the emergence of the internet which occurred soon after the year 2000, giving us a clear timeframe, homosexuality spread and became accepted in society only fairly recently in history, around the same time pornography did, in the 90’s it, along with pornography, were still largely rejected in society and looked down upon. The music industry equally spread with the internet, they primarily relied upon female singers to attract an audience by sexualizing every aspect of the singer. We can see in these three events an underlaying current, that of sexuality being monetized, and in fact the slogan “sex sells” was the catch phrase of the day used to justify these once rejected practices, the popularity of one industry, music, helping spread the acceptability of the others. All these occurred simultaneously around the same time and it should not be to difficult to understand their significance, considering the epic nature of the 2004 Quake on a historical scale along with the fact the hour “cast it’s shadow” on people not long after this in 2012. The war we are seeing now in Syria will eventually lead to Imam Mahdi (ra) himself, this war will be followed by sanctions, then eventually the emergence of the Last Tyrant’s (war lords) the Muslim world will face. Abi Qabil said: “A man will reign from Bani Hashem (the Black Flags). He kills Bani Umaya (the tribe of the second Sufyani) until very few of them remain alive and does not kill except them. Then, a man from Bani Umaya will rise up (the third Sufyani) and kills for every man two until no body remains alive (from the 217

army of Khurasan), except women. Then, the Mahdi appears.” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) Khaled bin Ma’daan said: (the second) “Sufyani defeats the group twice (the people of Maghreb), then perishes. The Mahdi will not come out until a Khusf (land collapse) occurs in a village in Ghawta (Syria) called Harasta. (This hadith was found in group of Ahadith regarding the people of the Maghreb)” (Ibn A’sakir) The prophet (saws) said, "As the strife calms down in one place in Sham (Greater Syria), it will rise up in another (place). The strife will not end until Angels call out from the sky "The Mahdi is your Leader". "The Mahdi is your Khaliph" (the events surrounding Syria will continue until the Mahdi emerges). (Taken from the works of Harun Yahya in which he cites it from - Mustafa Resit Filizi, Treatise on the Coming of the Mahdi, p 63) Saeed bin Al-Musayab said: “There will be a Fitna in AshSham (Greater Syria). Its beginning will be like the play of boys. Then, the affairs of people will not settle on anything and unity will not be achieved (meaning this will be the beginning of Unity) until a caller calls from Heaven: ‘Follow this person’ (the Mahdi), and a hand appears (a simile) as a sign.” (Nuaim Ibn Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) This Hadith most likely refers to the Arab spring that swept across the muslim world, it’s Ahadith similarly mention Unity after the war ends, “Its beginning will be like the play of boys” it began with something small and trivial in relation to the consequences, boys join in play on the spur of the moment, on a whim, the Uprising in Syria took place because of the Arab spring, almost like a fashion trend it was picked up by the Islamic world and occurred very quickly because of a single suicide in Tunisia. If we look at the contrasting events, the era of Dictators across the Muslim world ended because of “something like the play of boys”, a Tunisian’s fruit stand was confiscated by an official bullying him at which the store owner committed suicide because of this bullying and his desperate situation, this then toppled a number or world leaders. 218

The Messenger of Allah (saws) said: "There will be, after me, fitan (trials). From them will be fitnah al-Ahlas, in which there will be fleeing and plunder (the Kuwait war and its ramifications). Then, after them, will be a fitan worse than them (the Duhaimma, September the 11th and the sifting of people). Whenever it will be said that they have finished, they will be prolonged, until no house of the Arabs will be left without them (the strife) entering it (mass media), and no Muslim except that they have reached him (modern communication), until a man comes from my descendants. (trials will continue until the Mahdi emerges).” (Al-Hafidh Abu Muhammad al-Husayn narrated it in Kitab al-Masabih from Abu Sa'id alKhudri) Ibn Mas'ud said: "The Messenger of Allah, upon whom be blessings and peace, told us, 'I warn you of 7 severe trials, which will occur after me: a trial, which will come from Medina, a trial in Mecca, a trial, which will come from Yemen, a trial, which will come from Syria, a trial, which will come from the East, a trial, which will come from the West, and a trial from the valley of Syria, which is the Sufyaani'" (al-Hakim and Nu'aym ibn Hammad) Ibn Mas'ud said, "Some of us have seen the first of them, and some of this community will see the last of them." The first trials were at the beginning of Islam and have been identified by the scholar’s, the later events are to occur around the time of the Mahdi (ra), the trial from the East is in the direction of Iraq which may refer to the wars and sanctions that have settled over that region, the trial from the west may refer to the Events surrounding Egypt that will lead to the emergence of the Sufyani, and we are now seeing the beginning of the Fitna in Syria which was initially mentioned before the trials of the East and West. Before the Great War, Armageddon, begins narrations mention other events and conflicts that will occur in Egypt and North Africa, we will relate only some of these. After Europe initialy invades Egypt some of it’s forces will invade North Africa from Spain, at the same time Africans from Abyssinia will invade southern Egypt.

219

The Messenger of Allah (saws) said: "The Romans (Europeans) will attack those Arabs who reside in their land, until not a single Arab man or woman or child remains in their land but that they shall be killed by the Romans." (Nuaim bin Hammed's Kitab Al-Fitan, page 260) Abdullah bin Amr ibn Al-'As said: “A man from the enemies of the Muslims in Andalusia (southern Spain), called Zhul-'Urf, will assemble a great army from the polytheist tribes (Christians of Europe). Those who are in Andalusia will realize that they have no power to face them, so the people of means from the Muslims will flee in ships and cross (the sea) to Tanjah (in Morocco). The weaker people will remain behind, and their group will not have any (large) ships in which they can cross. So, Allah will send them a goat to create a path for them across the sea (a simile for a speed boat which skims across the top of the water). The goat will cross over and the water will not cover its hooves (engine). The people will see it and say: "The goat! The goat! Follow it!" So the people will all cross over (in smaller boats), following its traces (navigating by it’s wake), then the sea will go back to how it used to be before. The enemy will cross over in ships. When the people of North Africa see them, they will flee from North Africa along with those Muslims who had been in Andalusia, until they enter Al-Fustat (which used to be a capital of Egypt and is located in the Southern edge of today's Cairo). That enemy will come forward until they settle in the area between Marbut and the Pyramids, at a distance of five "burud" from them, and they will fill that area with evil. The banner (army) of the Muslims will go out to face them on the bridge, and Allah will give them (Muslims) victory. They will defeat them (the European invaders), kill them and drive (the rest of) them away to Libya, to the distance of ten nights' journey. The people of Al-Fustat will make use of their cattle and their tools (their supplies) for seven years. Zhul-'Urf will escape death and he will have with him a document that he will not read until after he is defeated. He will find in it a reference to Islam that urges him to enter Islam. So, he will request safety (from the Muslims) for himself and for those of his companions who came with him and accepted Islam. So, he will enter Islam and become one of the Muslims. 220

Then, in the next year, a man will come from Abyssinia (Ethiopia or East Africa) called Asbis, who will have assembled a great army. So the Muslims will flee from them, leaving Aswan (in Southern Egypt), until there is no Muslim remaining there or around there who has not entered Al-Fustat. So, Asbis and his army will settle at Manaf, at a distance of one "barid" from al-Fustat, and the battalions of Muslims will go out to face them, and Allah will grant them (Muslims) victory over them (Abyssinia), so they will kill (in the battlefield, many of) them and take (the rest of) them as prisoners, until an (Abyssinian) will be sold for a cloak."(Nuaim bin Hammad's Kitab al-Fitan) Amr bin Al-Aas said: " Egypt will be devastated when it gets hit by the four arrows: the arrow of the Turks, arrow of the Romans, arrow of Abyssinia (Ethiopia or East Africa), and arrow of the people of Andalusia." (Nuaim bin Hammad's Kitab al-Fitan) 'Abdullah ibn ‘Amr ibn Al-'As said (regarding the Abyssinians, Ethiopia or East Africa), "They (the Abyssinians) will come in their ships, heading toward Al-Fustat (Southern Cairo), and they will set out until they settle in Manaf (very close to AlFustat), where Allah will cause the treasure of Pharaoh to be unearthed for them, and they will take from it what they wish, saying: "We will never find a treasure better than this!" So, they will go back, and the Muslims will follow their trail until they catch up to them. Allah will cause the Abyssinians to be defeated. The Muslims will kill (in the battlefield, many of) them and take (the rest of) them captive, until an Abyssinian will be sold (ransomed) for a cloak." (Nuaim bin Hammad, Kitab al-Fitan, No. 57) The following hadith indicates when Abasynia will attack in relation to the Sufyani’s emergence, Huzaifa said that the Messenger of Allah (saws) said : "When the dark people (possibly, the Abyssinians, meaning Ethiopians) come after the Arabs, they will be defeated and thrown into the lowest part of the Earth (dead sea basin or a land near were they invaded). While these circumstances exist, the (first) Sufyani will come with three hundred and sixty men until he reaches Damascus. After a month, he will be followed by thirty thousand from Kalb (tribe). He will send an army to Iraq and kill one hundred thousand in Az-Zawra (possibly refers to Bagh221

dad)..." (Nuaim Bin Hammad's Kitab Al-Fitan, Tabarani, and Abu Amru Uthman bin Saeed Ad-Dani) Abi Qubayl said: “In Africa, there will be a prince (ruler) for 12 years. Then, after him, there will be a Fitna (strife). Then, a dark man will rule and fill it with justice. Then, he will march toward the Mahdi and declare allegiance to him, and will fight for him.” (Nuaim bin Hammad's Kitab Al-Fitan, Jalal-uddine AsSuyuti's Al-Urf Al-Wardi fi Akhbar Al-Mahdi, a part of Al-Hawi li Al-Fatawa) Towards the end of the six year period in which the Black Flags Rule, civil war will again break out among the tribes of Saudi Arabia, it will be during this war that Imam Mahdi (ra) will emerge. Amr bin Shuaib reported from his grandfather that the Messenger of Allah (saws) said, “In Zul-Qa’da (an Islamic month), there will be a fight among the tribes, Muslim pilgrims will be looted and there will be a battle in Mina in which many people will be slain and blood will flow until it runs over the Jamarat AlAqba (one of the three stone pillars at Mina). The man they seek (Imam Mahdi) will flee and will be found between the Rukn (a corner of the Ka’ba containing the Black Stone) and the Maqam of Prophet Abraham (near the Ka’ba). He will be forced to accept people’s Bay’a (oath of allegiance). The number of those offering Bay’a will be the same as the number of the people of Badr (around 310). Then, the dwellers of Heaven and the dwellers of the Earth will be pleased with him. ‘ (Nuaim bin Hammad’s book Kitab Al-Fitan) Imam Abu Dawud narrated from Umm Salamah (ra) from the Prophet (ra) that he said: "There will be conflict with the death of a khalifah. (this Hadith skips through events spanning years) Then a man (Imam Mahdi) from the people of alMadinah will come out, fleeing to Makkah. A group of men from the people of Makkah will come to him and bring him out by force, and give the bay'ah to him between the Rukn and the Maqam. An army will be sent against him from Sham, but they will be swallowed up by the earth in al-Bayda' between Makkah and alMadinah (this is the third Great Earthquake at the end of time). So when the people see that, the Abdal of Sham and the best of the people of 'Iraq will come to him, and give him the bay'ah between the Rukn and the Maqam. Then, a man 222

from Quraysh and his maternal relatives from Kalb (one of the Sufyani’s) will come and send an army against them, and they (i.e. the Mahdi and his companions) will be victorious over them. That will be the battle of Kalb, and what a loss for the one who did not witness the spoils of Kalb! So he will distribute the wealth, and he will rule the people according to the Sunnah of their Prophet, and Islam will be established in the land. He will remain for seven years, then he will die and the Muslims will pray over him." Imam Abu Dawud said: "Some of them narrated from Hisham "nine years", and some of them said "seven years"."

223

C H A P T E R 15

Imam Mahdi and The Great War Armageddon Umm Salamah, the wife of the Prophet related that the Prophet said, “There will be discord when a Khaleefa (ruler) dies. A man from the inhabitants of Madeenah will flee to Makkah, and people will come to him from the dwellers of Makkah. They will bring him out (to the people), yet he will be averse to what they want of him (to be their leader). Then they will pledge allegiance to him between the Rukn (i.e. the Black Stone) and the Maqaam (the Station of Ibraaheem in Makkah). An army will be sent to (attack) him from Sham (Syria and surrounding areas) and they will be swallowed up (by a Khasf) in Al-Baidaa — a place between Makkah and Al-Madinah. When people see that, the Abdaal from Sham will come to him and the best people from Iraq will come and pledge allegiance to him. Then a man from the Quraish (the ruling tribe of Makkah) will appear; his uncles are from the children of Kalb (ruling tribe of Syria today). He will send an army to them but they (the Mahdi’s army) will be victorious over them... Wealth will be distributed and people will apply the Sunnah of their Prophet. Islam will achieve stability and firmness in the earth. That will last for seven years, after which (after this period ends) the Mahdi will die and the Muslims will pray over him." (Abu Daawood, Ibn Kathir in al Bidaya wa Nihaya) Ali (ra) said: "The Mahdi will not come until one third die, one third are killed, and one third remain." (Nu'aym ibn Hammad) That is, One third die because of things like hunger or disease, we witnessed similar events under the sanctions placed on Iraq, One third will be killed because of the wars in Arabia and the Civil wars in Saudi, and One third will survive. Most likely this Hadith, and other similar Ahadith are referring to the Arabs alone 224

because Islam had not yet spread to others parts of the world during the time of the Prophet (saws), and He was informing his people what would happen to them after his time. The Great War between the Muslim’s and Europe is mentioned not only by John (as) in the book of revelation it was mentioned by the prophet Daniel (as) who had a dream regarding the rise of Europe. In the book of Daniel (10), as the prophet is standing on the bank of the river tigris He (as) is overtaken by sleep, after which Allah sends him a vision, He is informed about what will happen to the Greek Empire after him and the end of the Persian Empire which it fought with, then in the book of Daniel 11:21 while speaking about the wars between the King of the North (Europe today) and King of the South (Arabia and Persia today) mention is made of a future ruler of the north just before the return of Isa (as) who is a contemptible person, He will invade the South when it feels secure in the world and seize it through intrigue, not unlike the British Empire and America after it that controlled many parts of the world through proxy leaders (a figure that can be used to represent the value of something in a calculation). Mention is made of him in chapter 8, “for at the appointed time of the end… When the transgressors have reached their fullness, A king shall rise, having fierce features who will understand sinister schemes. His power shall be mighty, but not by His own power (Under him will be the power of the nations, through the EU), He shall destroy fearfully and shall prosper and thrive; He shall destroy the mighty and also the Holy people. “Through his cunning He shall cause deceit to prosper under his rule; And he shall exalt himself in his heart. He shall destroy many in their prosperity. He shall even rise against the Prince of Princes (the Mahdi); But he shall be broken without human means (his fate will be separate from his peoples). And the vision of the evenings and mornings Which was told is true; therefore seal up the vision because it refers to many days in the Future.” (Daniel 8:19,23-26) Christians believe every title refers to Jesus it was because of this they no longer saw the chronology of events as their interpretations became convoluted and increasingly esoteric to maintain this underlaying premise. The Prince of Princes is someone less than the King of Kings, because it is a title that is given to a saintly 225

ruler that is less than a prophet (saws) who ruled, it is a title beneath the status of Jesus (as). Even the Jews before them had a prophecy about a religious figure coming before the time of Jesus (as), Elijah, whose name means the first part of the muslim Shahada, “the one who affirms Allah” or La Ilaha ila llah, there is no deity except Allah, this is the role of the Mahdi during this time of occult rule, to Affirm Allah to people who turn to Devils, this what it means in Ahadith when they say He (ra) will spread Justice, just like oppression was spread around the world, and it is part of the meaning of his name. Once these events begin to unfold in front of our eyes it won’t be long until we know when the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will actually appear because many Ahadith give specific years between events. The Great War (Armageddon) will be fought against the Romans, they were the Global force of Europe in their time, the term Romans is a designation for the direction and location of the Enemy Muslims would be facing. Since the Roman Empire no longer exists afnd the prophet (saws) was given the news ahead of time that muslims would defeat the current Empire in the Quran, in the opening verse of Surah 30, ‘The Romans’, “The Romans have been defeated” (30:1), the “Roman’s” spoken of at the end of time are a simile for Europe in our time. In the world today that power is the European Union which is fast becoming the dominant power in the world. The European Union currently consists of 27 of the 50 or so countries of Europe, some of the countries which are a part of the European Union are, France, Germany, Greece, Italy, Portugal, Ireland, Romania, Serbia, Spain, Switzerland, Sweden, Ukrain and the United Kingdom. Europe's first altercation with the Muslim world during this time, as Ahadith mention, will be when they place sanctions upon Syria, afterwards they will again place sanctions on Egypt, which will be the initial steps towards the Great War. The Prophet (saws) said "There will be devastation all around the World. Ultimately, Egypt will also be ruined, but until Basra (Baghdad) is destroyed, Egypt will remain secure. The destruction of Basra will be due to Iraq's destruction (the 226

city will be destroyed because the country will be invaded)…” (Qurtubi, Mukhtasar Tazkirah, p. 530) This account mentions that Egypt won't be destroyed until the city of Baghdad is destroyed along with Iraq, this occurred after 2003 with Iraq’s complete loss of Independence and ended in 2011 with the pull out of western troops. The war cost Iraqi’s their country and resulted in yet another minority group being put in charge of the majority in a Muslim country. Eventually after this event Europe who will be seeking to impose it’s dominance on the region as the Americans did, will place sanctions on Syria and then again on Egypt, around this time the Euphrates will uncover a mountain of Gold over which there will be another Great battle between the Arabs, very similar to the Iraq-Iran War. al-Hakim narrated from Ibn 'Abbas (ra) that he mentioned the story of the Mahdi, and said: "And the earth will cast forth its precious valuables." It was said: "What are its precious valuables?" He said: "Cylinders of gold and silver." What is clear from all these narrations is that the Mahdi will appear after the following events, they will occur within a few short years of each other; • The Throne of Saudi Arabia is fought over by three sons from amongst it’s rulers. • The Euphrates river will uncovers a mountain of Gold and Muslims in the region will fight over it, most of whom will die. •

Sanctions are placed on Egypt, after they are placed on Syria.

• The People of the East; Afghanistan and the surrounding Area, will march across Arabia with black flags conquering all the Arab lands stabilizing the region, until they reach Jerusalem and conquer it. • The people of the Maghrib; Morocco, Tunisia and Algeria, will rise up to stop Europe's oppression of Egypt, beginning the first of the wars between the Muslims and Europe.

227

Ahadith say there will be more than one warlord during this time, when one is defeated he is replaced by another all in less than a decade. It will be during the second civil war of Saudi Arabia that Imam Mahdi (ra) will emerge. When the Sufyani warlord sees the Mahdi he will send an army against him from Sham, the Army may contain European solders in it, but Allah will cause it to be swallowed up by the Earth before reaching him, and this is the third Major Khasf (earthquake) mentioned in Ahadith. When the people see this they will know that person is the Mahdi (ra), because this is the most famous sign that the prophet (saws) mentioned would establish his identity. The first to go to him will be the Awliya (saints) of Sham and Iraq, the best people in Islam in terms of Ihsan (Human perfection) during the time of the prophet (saws) were those who recognized the truth first and accepted it, their good nature allowed them to discern Haq (Justice) from falsehood, in a similar way the best people of Islam today will recognize Him first and go to him. They will pledge allegiance to him, then a man from the tribe of Quraish will rise up whose maternal uncles are from Kalb (the ruling tribe of Syria), this is another minor warlord, he will send an army against him, but the Mahdi will defeat it, the Imam will then head towards Syria and kill the Sufyani in Palestine near the sea of Galilee (lake of Tiberias), these are the initial day’s of the Mahdi’s rule. Artat bin Al-Munzir said: "The Mahdi will send the the first battalion he formed to (fight) the Turks (who are part of Europe and invade Arab lands, it may also mean Russia). He defeats them and takes what they have from spoils and money. Then, he marshes to Syria and conquers it. Then, he emancipates (frees) all the slaves (possibly war prisoners) he has and gives their owners their value (pays ransom for them).” (Nuaim bin Hammad's Kitab Al-Fitan, Jalal-uddine AsSuyuti's Al-Urf Al-Wardi fi Akhbar Al-Mahdi, a part of Al-Hawi li Al-Fatawa) Although the translation says the Turks, this can refer to either Russia or Turkey in Ahadith because of the word Tartar, their present day decadents are the Turks, Mongols, Manchus and southern Russians. 228

It may also be, that one hadith is referring to Turkey, like the turkish invasion of Egypt which is across the Mediterranean from them, and these set of Ahadith refer to Russia which is just north of Azerbaijan and the Arabian peninsula, the following hadith makes it clear this is the case, Russia will invade Arab lands, while the Turkey invades Egypt as part of the European Union. Yunus bin Saif Al-Khulani said: " You will reconcile with the Romans (after all these initial wars) through a security treaty. Then, together, you will invade the (lands of the) Turks (Russians) and Kerman (a region currently in Iran) and Allah will conquer them for you..." (Nuaim ibn Hammad's Kitab al-Fitan) We know from many Sahih Ahadith with certainty, that the country of Turkey won’t be invaded and conquered by the Mahdi until Armageddon occurs, which is after all these events so the Turks in this narration must be the Russians, Turkey is also trying to join the European Union, so the treaty would apply to them. Ka'b said: "...You will enter into a reconciliation treaty with them for 10 years... You and the Romans will invade an enemy (located) behind Constantinople (in Turkey, this is the location of Russia). When you return for that invasion, you will see Constantinople (meaning the Armies will pass through Turkey on their way to Russia and on their way back)… Then, you and they will invade Al-Kufa (a city in Iraq) and cause devastation to it (It’s possible Russia has conquered it at this point)… Then, you and the Romans together will invade some of the people of the East (Iran as other narrations state)…” (Nuaim ibn Hammad's Kitab al-Fitan) Artat bin Al-Munzir said: " The Sufyani will fight the Turks (Russians). Their eradication (uprooting) will be at the hands of the Mahdi. The first battalion formed by the Mahdi will be sent to (fight) the Turks." (Nuaim bin Hammad's Kitab Al-Fitan, Jalal-uddine AsSuyuti's Al-Urf Al-Wardi fi Akhbar Al-Mahdi, a part of Al-Hawi li Al-Fatawa) Makhul said that the Messenger of Allah said: " The Turks (Russians) will make two invasions: one of them will be in which they will devastate Azerbaijan, and in the second one, they will reach to the shore of the Euphrates (this is possibly when they Conquer Iraq).” (Nuaim bin Hammad's book Kitab Al-Fitan)

229

After the conflicts over Egypt begin we would make three different truces (according to Ahadith) with Europe all short lived, eventually the Mahdi (ra) will make a fourth truce with Europe, after defeating all the warlords in Arabia, this truce will last for about seven years, taking up the majority of his time on Earth. During that time the Mahdi will establish and strengthen the presence of Islam on Earth. We will then help Europe attack an enemy beyond them that is attacking them, more than likely Russia, during the truce the Mahdi will conquer the entire Arabian peninsula and Iran, but eventually this truce will be broken. The Prophet (saws) said, "You will make a firm truce with the Romans (alRum) until you and they wage a campaign against an enemy that is attacking them. You will be granted victory and great spoils. Then you will alight in a plain surrounded by hills. There, someone among the Romans shall say: 'The Cross has overcome!' were upon someone among the Muslims shall say: 'Nay, Allah has overcome!' and shall go and break the cross. The Romans shall kill him, then the Muslims shall take up their arms and the two sides shall fall upon each other. Allah shall grant martyrdom to that group of Muslims. After that the Romans shall say to their leader: 'We shall relieve you of the Arabs (intending Genocide), and they shall gather up for the great battle (Armageddon). They shall come to you under eighty flags (nations or groups), each flag gathering 12,000 troops (960,000 soldiers in total)" (Abu Dawud, Kitab al-Jihad - Vol. 3/7 - No. 2479, Ahmad, Ibn Majah) Once Europe has broken the seven year truce with the Muslims this will result in the Great War, al Malhama al Kubra (Armageddon). The Prophet said: "You will make a truce of peace with Rome; you and they will conquer an enemy from behind them (Russia). You will be safe and you will achieve spoils. Then you will descend in a fertile soil that has many mounds in it. A man from the Romans will stand, raise the cross, and say, 'victory is for the cross.' A man from the Muslims will rise and kill him (the Romans Kill the Muslim after he Kills the Christian). At that point, the Romans will betray their agreement and there will be massacres (the agreement is between nations, these two men from each nation are not their representatives and acted on their own behalf, only those in charge can resolve the truce and it was resolved after Europe decided on 230

Genocide rather than justice). They will gather for you, advancing toward you with 80 banners, and with each banner there will be 10,000 (800,000, the difference is more than likely because a later narrator of the hadith was not certain of the words)." (Ahmad) A look at Europe today would show that it comprises of less than 80 countries, these Ahadith indicate that other countries from around the World would be invited to aid them, Possibly through NATO (which is a political and Military alliance) or the UN, this force will consist of 800,000 to 960,000 troops under 80 different flags. If this is the case, then it becomes clear that the eradication of the Arabs, the prophet (saws) spoke of was agreed to by the nations of the world who are now joining in. It is also possible that each European country will rather offer more than one battalion under separate flags, possibly a flag for each of unit in the Air force, Army and Navy. Europe will be gathering their forces for nine months, and the Muslims will be gathering their armed forces in Iraq, Syria (Sham) and Yemen, the Mahdi will then send the mujahideen (Muslim fighters) to engage them when they invade. Yusair ibn Jabir narrated: Once there blew a red storm in Kufah and there came a person who had nothing to say but (these words): "Abdullah ibn Mas'ud, the Last Hour has come." He (Abdullah ibn Mas'ud) was sitting reclining against something, and he said: "The Last Hour will not come until the people do not divide inheritance and rejoice over booty." Then He said pointing towards Syria, with a gesture of his hand like this: "The enemy will muster strength against the Muslims and the Muslims will muster strength against them." I said: "You mean Rome?" He said: "Yes, and there will be a terrible fight. The Muslims will prepare a detachment, which will not return unless victorious. They will fight until darkness intervenes. (what remains of) Both sides will return without being victorious and both will (have been) wiped out. The Muslims will again prepare a detachment for fighting unto death so that they may not return unless victorious. When it is the fourth day, a new detachment from the remnant of the Muslims will be prepared and Allah will decree that the enemy will be routed( the Bible similarly says they will be captured). 231

They would fight such a fight the like of which has not been seen, so fierce that even if a bird were to pass their flanks, it would fall down dead before reaching the other end (The fighting will be so fierce between these Huge Armies, in contrast to other wars, that most will be killed in four days, nearly 2 million soldiers). (There will be such a large scale massacre) that when counting will be done, (only) one out of a hundred men related to one another would be found alive. So what can be the joy at the spoils of such war and what inheritance can be divided? They will be in this very state (of loss for some time afterwards) when they will hear of a calamity more horrible than this. A cry will reach them: 'The Dajjaal has taken your place among your offspring.' They will therefore throw away what is in their hands and go forward, sending ten horsemen as a scouting party. Allah's Apostle (peace be upon him) said: 'I know their names, the names of their forefathers and the color of their horses. They will be the best horsemen on the surface of the Earth on that day or among the best horsemen on the surface of the Earth on that day.'"(Sahih Muslim, Book 41, No. 6927) Before the Great War begins, Europe will come to the Muslims and will say, “Do not stand between us and those who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them.” hoping to avoid the greater battle by only taking the European muslims who converted, an indication of their racist and bigoted mindset at the time that the only people that would matter are those who left their religion as if an insult. The Muslims will refuse, saying: “By Allah, We will never hand over our Muslim brothers”. The Romans will then attack Syria causing heavy casualties among all the Arabs in that region, a hadith says, The Romans will then say during the war: “We will not cease fighting you until you bring out to us every one among you whose origin is not from you”, they will try to take back and imprison the Non Arab Muslims, many of whom are from Europe having converted to Islam. So the European Muslim who converted will come out and say: “Allah forbid that we should go back to unbelief after Islam!”, the oppression of Europe during the end of times is prophesied in the Bible, it will be a cause for many in Europe to search for the truth, for a religion that has been preserved from it’s first days and

232

isn’t oppressive, they will accept Islam leaving Europe and the path it has chosen for itself. The Europeans will then begin the Great War, and that is when Allah (azza wajall) will send down His punishment on them, three times during the Great War they will come at the Muslims then finally Allah will grant the Muslims victory. A third of the Muslim army will first flee, and Allah will never accept from them repentance (Towba). A third will be killed during the war, and they will be the noblest martyrs in the sight of Allah. The surviving third will be victorious, never to suffer defeat thereafter, after the Great War they will then go on to conquer Constantinople (Istanbul), without having to fight. The battle will last four days Each day the Muslim troops will take an oath that they will not return except as victors. For three days, they will fail to defeat the enemy, with many men becoming martyrs. On the fourth day, Allah will cause Europe to falter, be routed and succumb to a tremendous onslaught from the remaining Muslim troops. A Hadith says Allah will command Jibril (as) along with 70,000 Angels, Micha'il (Michael) with another 70,000 Angels and Israfil with Another 70,000 Angels to help the Muslims against Europe, just as they helped the Prophet (saws) at the Battle of Badr, Islam’s first victory. The Prophet (saws) said “You’ll join hands with a Roman group and war with another (Europe won’t entirely be united). You’ll gain victory. At that time, you will be present in a plain of great mountains with plenty of trees. In the meantime, the Romans will raise the crucifix and refer the victory to it. At this, a Muslim will become angry, and will pull the crucifix down, at which, the Romans will unite (again) breaking all treaties with the Muslims. The Romans will demand their wanted people (the converts from their people), to which the Muslims will answer: "By Allah! They are our brothers. We will never hand them over." This will start the war. One-third of the Muslims will run away. Their ‘Tawbah’ (Repentance) will never be accepted. One-third will be killed (during the War). They will be the best martyrs near Allah. The remaining one-third will gain victory, until under the leadership of the Mahdi, they will fight against the non-believers. This group will belong to Khurasan (ancient name for Afghanistan and the surrounding Areas). They will be wearing black turbans. People will rise up from the East 233

who will keep on coming forward, trampling the ground under their feet, to the aid of the Mahdi to help establish his government.” (Ibn Majah) Abu Huraira (ra) narrated "When the Great War Occurs, Allah will raise an Army from the Non Arabs who will be greater riders and will have better weapons than the Arabs. Allah will support the Deen (Islam) by them." The above Hadith describes them as Mawali or Non-Arab Muslims, this could be the Group Europe demands to be handed over to them when they break the truce and Attack Arabia. The Hadith mentions they will have better weapons than the Arabs which is the state of the Arab world today, the Americans and Europeans lead the World in Arms development. The Messenger of Allah said: “You will fight the unbelievers until the remnant of you (what remains) fight on the River Jordan, you on the East of it and they on the West of it.” (Ahmad) The State of Israel has as its Eastern border, the dividing line of the River Jordan, that is the line between the Muslim armies and the Non-Muslim armies, some considered this to be the war in which the Mahdi will establish his Khalifah in Jerusalem ending Israel but the words "remnant" is used in the hadith which means remainder or what is left of the Muslims at the time, which is a later event. Narrations clearly state that Israel will be taken by the people of the East, it is hard to imagine that the Armies marching from the East carrying the black flags can plant them in Jerusalem, the state of Israel today, with out having conquered it first, and indeed the prophet (saws) said nothing will stop them until they plant it there. Later wars will be fought in that land, and all Ahadith mention Palestine as the land of the people of the East, which they will hand over to the Mahdi (ra). The Muslims will eventually win the Great War and go on to conquer the Lands of Europe “they (the Muslims) will not pass any city without conquering it by declaring Allah's greatness (they will conquer these lands using, Dhikr, with out fighting), until they come to the City of the “Romans” referring to their capital at the time.

234

The Mahdi will arrive at Istanbul and set up arrangements for the Khalifah, appoint people to govern there making preparations for the implementation of Islamic law after Turkey had left the muslim community to Join Europe. Abu Hurayrah related from The Prophet (saws) said, "The Romans will surround a leader from my pure musked children. His name will be the same as mine (i.e. the Mahdi). They will fight each other at a place called Al-A'maq (the place of the Great War, Al-A’maq is a toponym, it is near Dabiq, between Aleppo in northern Syria and Antioch in southern Turkey) and one third, or thereabouts, of the Muslims (Army) will be killed. They will fight again on another day and again one third or thereabouts of the Muslims will be killed. On the third day they will fight again and the Romans will be defeated. And they will remain there until they open Constantinople. It is whilst they are distributing the spoils of war that a messenger will come informing them that the false messiah is in their home town with their children." (Ibn Hibban, Tirmidhi, Abuya'li, At-Tabarani, Al Bazaar, Abu Nuaym and Al Hakim.) "The Hour will not come until seventy thousand men of Banu Ishaq (Men of Jewish origin who the Mahdi will send) invade it (Constantinople). When they come to it they will settle around it, and they will not fight with a single weapon or shoot a single arrow. They will say: "La ilaha illallahu wallahu akbar (There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest)," and the side that is on the sea will collapse (referring to its walls). Then they will say: "La ilaha illallahu wallahu akbar (There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest)," and its other side will collapse. Then they will say: "La ilaha illallahu wallahu akbar (There is no god but Allah and Allah is the Greatest)," and it will be opened up for them and they will enter it and take the spoils. (Muslim) And Nu'aym ibn Hammad narrated from Ibn Mas'ud (ra), from the Prophet (saws) that he said: "Allah will cause Constantinople to be conquered at the hands of a people who are the allies (awliya') of Allah (ta'ala). Allah will preserve them from death, illness and disease until Isa ibn Maryam (as) descends, and they will fight alongside him against the Dajjaal."

235

It is more than likely that these Jews will come from what is left of the orthodox Jewish community in Israel, the Pashtuns of Afghanistan are descendants from the original Jewish tribes and many Ahadith refer to the Mahdi wearing Jewish cloths and looking like a Jewish man, these Ahadith refer to the Pashtuns, but by the time of the Great War much of there forces would have been spent fighting the war lords of Arabia, one of the Sufyani’s will fill every valley with their bodies then invade their lands killing every male until only women and the elderly remain. The Ahadith mention they will be present during the great war, “This group will belong to Khurasan”, but what is more significant than this is that the Jews have a prophecy about the return of Isa (as) which mentions their condition by the time of his arrival and it is identical in wording to what the prophet (saws) said about them “at the hands of a people who are the allies (awliya') of Allah (ta'ala). Allah will preserve them from death, illness and disease until Isa ibn Maryam (as) descends, and they will fight alongside him against the Dajjaal.” It may be that both groups having the same origin from the original tribes of Judaism, and as Allah himself in the Quran promises to bring all the Jewish tribes back to Jerusalem by the end, which includes the Pashtuns who are subject to any promise Allah made to Abraham in the torah and bible, they are referred to as one people. We have to keep in mind that between the time the People of the East take Jerusalem and the Mahdi arrives that is six years, and between the Mahdi and the Great War that is about seven years, which is more than a decade since Jews would have ruled Israel by then, this is a long time for change and people to forget the present situation, there are more Ahadith regarding orthodox jews including the fact the Mahdi will bring out the Ark of the Covenant, showing them the Original Torah debating with them regarding the truth, through which many will accept Islam at his hands. It will be after this point in time, when the Muslim’s have conquered Istanbul, that news of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will begin to spread, but it will be false.

236

As the Mahdi (a.s) and his men are busy in Istanbul a rumor will spread that "the Dajjaal has broken loose in Syria and is wreaking havoc among your families.” This news will be very disturbing to the Imam, and so consequently, he will hurriedly leave for Syria. In the meantime, ten men will be sent ahead to ascertain the truth. The Holy Prophet (saws) said referring to these men: “ I know their names and the names of their fathers they will be among the best warriors in that era.” One of them will report that the story is false and the Dajjaal has not yet emerged, it was a lie fabricated by Shaytan to try and disrupt the progress of the Muslims. Meanwhile those who conquered Istanbul, the Jews, will march on and invade the enemy territories of western and southern Europe (comprising of countries like, Bulgaria, Greece, Serbia, Bosnia, Croatia, Austria, Italy, etc.) in the same manner they conquered Istanbul with Tasbih and Takbeer, without the use of weapons. The Prophet (saws) said: "If there only remains but one day left in the world, Allah will prolong it until a man from my house governs. He will open Constantinople (Istanbul) and the Mountain of Al-Daylam (in Iran)." (Ibn Hibban, AtTirmizi, Abu ya'li, At-Tabarani, Al Bazaar, Abu Nuaym and Al Hakim.) Nafi' ibn 'Utbah said, "The Prophet said, 'You will attack Arabia (The Mahdi when he first Appears), and Allah will enable you to conquer it. Then you will attack Persia (The Muslims and Europeans), and Allah will enable you to conquer it. Then you will attack Rome (Europe's main city), and Allah will enable you to conquer it. Then you will attack the Dajjaal (with Jesus), and Allah will enable you to conquer him." (Sahih Muslim)

237

C H A P T E R 16

The Dajjaal His Followers and His Place Of Emergence "... The day that certain of the signs of thy Lord do come, no good will it do to a soul to believe in them then, if it believed not before nor earned righteousness through its Faith..." (al-Anam 6:158) The Prophet Muhammad (saws) said: “The world is like a garment torn from end to end and hanging by a thread that would soon be cut off.” (Sunan Baihaqi) Abu Hurairah said, "The Prophet (saws) said, 'There are three things which, when they appear, no good will it do a soul to believe in them then (believe in what they are), if it believed not before nor earned righteousness through its Faith. They are: The Dajjaal, the Beast, and the rising of the sun from the west." Every prophet from the first days of man on Earth warned his people about the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) because his fitnah would be the worst the world will see, if we contemplate the severity of what is happening to people of religion all around the world today what He will do to mankind will be far worse, he will take all the tools being employed and use them against mankind to completely corrupt them, those who follow him will have a short term victory not lasting more than one year two months and fifteen days, afterwards they would have lost everything in life, and he will be successful in misleading most of mankind, and for that Allah will kill them just like he killed the people of the earth for Nuh (as). Abu Huraira reported Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) as saying: May I not inform you about the Dajjaal what no Apostle of Allah narrated to his people? He would be blind (in one eye) and he would bring along with him an Image of Paradise and Hell-Fire and what he would call Paradise that would be Hell238

Fire and I warn you as Noah warned his people (who were about to drown). (Muslim Book 54, Hadith 7558) Hudhaifah related that the Messenger of Allah said, "I know more about what the Dajjaal has with him than he himself knows. With him are two flowing rivers; in the vision of the eye (illusions and sihr, people will be brainwashed using technology while they sit with him and think these are miracles), the first one is white water; in the vision of the eye, the second one is burning fire. If he (the Dajjaal) reaches one of you, then let him go to the one he sees as being fire and let him close his eyes. Then let him bend his head and drink, for it is indeed cold water. And the Dajjaal has an eye (the right eye) that is obliterated; over it is coarse skin (that covers the eye). Written between his eyes is 'Kaafir,' which every believer will read, regardless of whether he is literate or illiterate." (Muslim) Imran ibn Husayn narrated that the Prophet (saws) said: Let him who hears of the Dajjaal (Antichrist) go far from him for I swear by Allah that a man will come to him thinking he is a believer and follow him because of confused ideas roused in him by him. (Abu Dawud, Book 38, Hadith 4305) Sulaimaan ibn Shihaab Al-Qeesee said, "'Abdullah ibn Mughnim, who was one of the Prophet's Companions, came down and related to me that the Prophet said, 'Ad-Dajjaal: there is nothing hidden about him. He will come from the East (from Iran). He will call to the truth (at first), and he will be followed. He will go on behalf of the people and fight (others for) them, and he will be victorious over them (he will take advantage of peoples weakness during war). He will continue upon that state until he reaches Kufa (near central Iraq). There he will manifest Allah's religion and apply it, and for that he will be followed and loved. But then after that he will say, 'Indeed I am a Prophet.' Every person of sound mind will be alarmed by that, and as a result will part from him. Later on he will say, 'I am Allah.' Allah will cover his eyes; his ears will be cut and "Kaafir (disbeliever) will be written between his eyes, and that will not be hidden to any Muslim (he may not be blind in one eye at first but then will be injured in some way). Anyone who has a mustard-seed amount of Eemaan (faith) in his heart will then part from him. His companions will be from the Jews, the Magian (in Iran), the Christians, and these foreigners from the polytheists (idol worshipers). Then, according to what they see 239

(how they will interpret it), he will call a man, order for him to be brought, and then he will kill him. Next, he will cut the body into (two) pieces, (displaying) each piece separately. He will separate between the two, so that the people can see them. After that, he will gather them back together, strike (the body) with a rod, and suddenly the man will be standing. The Dajjaal will say, 'I am Allah, I bring to life and cause death."' (At-Tabaraanee - Ibn Kathir in al Bidaya wa Nihaya)  Al-Mughirah ibn Shubah said The Prophet (pbuh) said: People will follow the Dajjaal like swarms of bees, and he will kill a young man and bring him back to life. This is not a kind of magic; it will be something real (technology and science used to fake miracles) with which Allah will test His servants at the end of time. Many will be led astray (by it), and many will be guided by it (knowing he is tricking people). Those who doubt (that he is fooling them) will disbelieve, but those who believe (he is fooling people) will be strengthened in their faith. He will approach a Bedouin whose parents have passed away and will say to him, "Will you believe that I am your Lord if I bring your parents back to life?" The Bedouin will reply, "Yes." The demons, that are accompanying the Dajjaal, will assume the appearance of his parents and say to the Bedouin, "Oh son believe in him and follow him, he is your Lord.' The Bedouin will be deceived into believing the Dajjaal. (Ibn Majah, Ibn Khuzaymah, and Al-Hakim). The Dajjaal will make a stop at a place called Markanat (near Taif in Saudi Arabia). On hearing about his arrival, the women will rush towards him, the men will be forced to tie their mothers, daughters, and sisters fearing they will believe in him and get caught up in (his) Fitna (strife and tribulation). (Musnad Ahmad) Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) said, Blessed is the land of AIMadina; when the Dajjaal comes out, there will be an angel at each of its mountain-passes. He will not enter it When that will occur, Al-Madina will shake its inhabitants with three quakes, and then every single male and female hypocrite will go out to him — most of them will be women. That is the Day of Deliverance, the day that Al-Madina gets rid of filth just as bellows get rid of the filth of metal. (Ahmad)

240

Maihjin ibn Al-Adra' reported that, one day, the Messenger of Allah addressed the people, saying, "The Day of Deliverance — and what is the Day of Deliverance?" He repeated this three times, and it was said, "And what is the Day of Deliverance?" He, said, "The Dajjaal will come, climb (Mount) Uhud, and look at AlMadina. Then he will say to his companions, 'Do you know this white castle? This is the Masjid of Ahmad (in the time of the prophet the masjid was small).’ Then he will come to Al-Madina, but will find at each of its mountain-passes an angel with an unsheathed sword. He will go to the side of a salty, barren land, and he will strike his tent (in the ground). Next, Al-Madina will quake three times: every single male and female hypocrite and every single male and female wicked-doer will leave it, going out to him. That is the Day of Deliverance. (The people of madina who joined the camp of the hypocrites with no religion will go to him)” (Ahmad) The Prophet Mohammad (saws) said: “I warn you regarding the (false) Messiah. He will remain on Earth for 40 mornings. His dominion will reach every were (on earth). He will not come to 4 mosques (he will not be able to enter them): the Ka'ba, the Messenger's Mosque (in Madina), Al-Aqsa Mosque (in Jerusalem), and the (Mosque at mount) Tur (in Egypt).” (Ahmad) Mount Tur is where Isa (as) will go to escape from Yajuj wa Majuj. Abu Huraira narrated that Allah's Messenger (saws) said: “The Dajjaal will come from the direction of the East with the intention of attacking Madina until he camps behind (mount) Uhud (near Madina). Then, the angels (protecting Madina) will turn his face towards AsSham (Greater Syria) and there, He will (eventually) perish. (Isa will attack him in Syira and kill him in Palestine)” (Sahih Muslim) The Prophet (saws) said: “The Muslims will soon be besieged up to Madina, such that their most distant frontier outpost will be Salah (around Khaibar, close to Medina).” (Abu Dawud) Abdullah bin Busr reports that the Prophet (saws) said: “Between the Malhama (the beginning of the wars with Europe) and the conquest of the City (Constantinople), there will be six years (mostly spanning the time of the peace treaty), and 241

the Dajjaal (Anti-Christ) shall appear in the seventh year (seven months after Istanbul is taken)” (Sahih Muslim, Abu Dawud, Ibn Majah) The Prophet (saws) said: “Al-Malhama Al-Kubra (The Great Battle, Armageddon), the conquest of Constantinople, and the coming of Dajjaal (Anti-Christ) will be within (a period of) seven months.” (Abu Dawud and Ibn Maja) About 7 years after the peace treaty is signed, it is broken then the Great war Occurs, when the muslims defeat the Europeans they will go onto conquer Constantinople (Istanbul in Turkey), between the time Constantinople is taken and the appearance of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) is Seven months. Jaber bin Samra reported from Nafi bin Otba that the Prophet (saws) said: " ...You will marsh against the Arabian Peninsula and Allah will open it, then Persia (Iran) and Allah will open it. Then, you will marsh against the Roman land’s and Allah will open it. Then, you will marsh against the Dajjaal (Anti-Christ, or his lands), and Allah will open it (victory, through Isa)." Then, Nafi said (to Jaber): "O' Jaber, we will not see the Dajjaal emerge until the Roman land’s (Europe) has been conquered (by the Muslims)." (Muslim) Rome in the above narrations could mean Either Rome in Italy or the Main city of the Europeans, it's power base and capital. Between the conquest of Istanbul and the coming out of the Dajjaal is about seven months, he will emerge from Khurasan (present day Iran, Turkmenistan, Afghanistan) and will be followed by 70,000 of the Jews of Isfahan, a city in central Iran, the Bedouins of Arabia, and the evil people among the Muslims and non-Muslim in this region. The Dajjaal will be given permission to come out at the end of time, after the Muslims conquer Constantinople. At first, he will appear in Asbahaan in Iran, in an area called Al-Yahoodiyyah (the jewish area). 70,000 Jews from its inhabitants will help him; they will have on them weapons and Teejaan, which are long green robes. Also, 70,000 Tartars (Turks and people from Southern Russia) as well as some people from Khurasaan (Afghanistan and that area) will support him. He will first appear as a leader fighting for people; then he will claim prophethood, and then he will claim divinity.

242

The Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will take countries one after the other, and regions one after another. There will remain no city that he will not have landed in, except for Makkah and Madina. He will remain for a period of forty days on earth; one day will be like a year, one day will be like a month, and one day will be like a week; the rest of his days will be like the (normal) days of the people, this averages out to one year, two and a half months. He will march with his Army from Iran to Iraq and then across Arabia to Syria conquering all the lands he passes until the Muslims along with the Mahdi (ra) will finally be besieged in Sham on mount Megiddo in Palestine. Through this victory against the Muslims he will gain influence and a following in the non-Muslim world because he would have weakened the Muslims after defeating the European Union, He will use this victory to spread his false message to a world that is already bent on the genocide of the Arabs. Jabir ibn Abdullah said, “The Prophet said, ‘The Dajjaal will appear at the end of time, when religion is taken lightly. He will have 40 days in which to travel throughout the earth. One of these days will be like a year, another will be like a month, and another will be like a week, and the rest will be like normal days. He will be riding a white donkey; the width between its ears will be 40 cubits (60 feet, 18.3m)...” Here the Prophet (saws) is describing his mode of transport, in another narration “We said: Allah's Messenger, how quickly would he walk upon the earth? Thereupon he said: Like cloud driven by the wind”. A donkey is a carrying beast, this is a simile for a business Jet, given the size, which are mostly white in color, having a wingspan of about 60 feet depending on the model, the LearJet40 has a wingspan of 14.56m and a length of 16.93 m. The span between the donkeys ears refers to its wings and it travels in the air like a cloud driven by the wind. The speed in which the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) travels is why it is impossible to take the 40 days he will stay on earth as 40 normal days, and scholars like Imam Ibn Kathir and Imam Suyuti in fact said his period is much longer. Imam Suyuti said his stay will be for 3 years, this is taken from the hadith were the 243

narrator wasn't certain if the prophet (saws) in this instant said 40 months or 40 days, 40 months/12 = 3.33 years or 3 years, 3 months and 3 days while Imam Ibn Kathir said he will be on earth for about 1 year 2 months and 2 weeks, 1 day like a year, 1 day like a month, 1 day like a week and the rest are normal days. It would be near impossible for him to carry out his wars, and travel the entire earth setting foot in every major city in this short span of time all the while converting people to his message. Simply moving an entire army on land across Arabia and waging a number of wars would take more than this length of time and the prophet (saws) indicated all this by saying his days won’t be normal. [The Hadith of Jabir continues] “He will say to the people: “I am your lord.” He (the Dajjaal) is one eyed, and your Lord is not one eyed. On his forehead will be written the word Kaffir (disbeliever), and every believer, literate or illiterate, will be able to read it (the significance of literate and illiterate is that it is written in light by Allah and all believers will have the ability to see it with the light of Allah). He will go every were except Makkah and Madinah, which Allah has forbidden to him; angels stand at their gates. He will have a mountain of bread, and the people will face hardship, except for those who follow him (placing sanctions on those who don’t). He will have 2 rivers (a simile), and I know what is in them. He will call one Paradise and one Hell. Whoever enters the one he calls Paradise will find that it is Hell, and whoever enters the one he calls Hell will find that it is Paradise. Allah will send with him devils that will speak to the people (he will use the occult, Sihr and devils to delude mankind). He will bring a great tribulation; he will issue a command to the sky (with technology) and it will begin raining. Then he will kill someone and bring him back to life. After that he will no longer have this power. The people will say, “Can anybody do something like this except the Lord?” The Muslims will flee to Jabal alDukhan (a mountain) in Syria, and the Dajjaal will come and besiege them. The siege will intensify and they will suffer great hardship. Then ‘Eyssa son of Maryam will descend, and will call (out to) the people at dawn: “O people, what prevented you from coming out to fight this evil liar?” They will answer, “He is a jinn” (his occult practice will make him look inhuman). Then they will go out (of their fortress), and find ‘Eyssa son of Maryam (outside), the time for prayer will come, and 244

the Muslims will call on ‘Eyssa to lead the prayer, but he will say, “Let your Imam lead the prayer.” Their Imam will lead them in praying (the morning prayer), and then they will go out to fight the Dajjaal. When the liar sees ‘Eyssa, he will dissolve like salt in water (a simile, when salt dissolves in water the grains disappear so only the water is visible and in the presence of Isa (as) he will have no presence next to him, his persona and power with the occult will entirely dissolve in front of the light of a prophet). ‘Eyssa will go to him and kill him, and he will not let anyone who followed him live.’” (Ahmad.) Abu Bakr Al-Siddiq (r.a.) narrated that The Prophet said: "The Dajjaal emerges from a land in the East called Khurasan (a region that includes the North eastern part of Iran, Afghanistan,Turkmenistan, south east of the caspian sea). He will be followed by people whose faces are like flattened shields (the Tartars, i.e. Turks, Mongols, Southern Russia and parts of Iran)” (Tirmidhi, Ahmad, Ibn Maja, and Al-Haakim) The Bulk of his Army will be from this region of Khurasan, because the wars he will fight will be in the muslim lands next to it, his army will comprise the many different communities and religions that exist there, Muslim, Christian, Jew, etc, he will also convert large portions of mankind around the world but they won’t be asked to fight. Abu Huraira said that The Prophet said: "The Dajjaal will go down to Khuz (a province in eastern Iran) and Kerman (another region in Iran) with seventy thousand (soldiers) whose faces look like flattened shields (the Tartars).” (Musnad Ahmad) Abu Saeed Al-Khudri said that the Prophet said: "The Dajjaal will be followed by seventy thousand from my Umma (nation of Muslims) wearing Al-Sijan (a type of hood or turbans, associated with Sijistan, known today as Sistan, in Iran)." (AlBaghawi and Abd-Al-Razzaq) This could be the Shia, Sunni or both since Rasul Allah (saws) mentioned they are part of this Ummah (pbuh).

245

Anas bin Malik said that the Prophet said "Seventy thousands of the Jews of Isfahan (a city in Iran) will follow the Dajjaal, wearing Tayalisa (a type of hood worn by the Jews, it resembles the Saudi hood)." (Sahih Muslim) Mohammad bin Musab said that the Prophet (saws) said: "Seventy thousand from the Jews of Isfahan (a city in Iran) wearing Al-Tijan (turbans) will come out with the Dajjaal." (Musnad Ahmad and Tabarani) When we are faced with the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) our hearts will be put to test in that moment by Allah to see its quality. What argument will we put forth at this time when he will conjure miracles like a magician using science and the occult claiming to be a prophet right before our eyes to prove himself, some people will see it for what it is others won't have the capacity. We don’t notice the weaknesses in our character until we are challenged by an event like the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him), because not many things in life come to point them out, we live comfortable lives, so they stay hidden in us growing. At the end of this test Allah will send Isa Ibn Maryam (as) to kill the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) and stop the corruption he has spread, when the people see Isa ibn Marayam (a.s) they will see the difference between a real Messenger from Allah and a false prophet, the distinction is that clear, He will have the light of prophethood with him which is the oldest light in the universe because it was the first light Allah created and the most powerful, when the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) sees the prophet Isa (as) he will disolve like salt in water in the presence of that light, right now people don’t know the difference between one form of guidance and another, one light and another but Allah will make this very clear, they think they can build a lasting world of deception but anything built with the light of deception is only temporary because the natural state of matter in the universe is purity since the prophet (saws) said “all good is from Allah and all evil is from us”, Allah created the universe but we bring evil into it, the light of deception is a deformity of matter created through evil acts and the universe always maintains it’s natural equilibrium, the blank slate or tabula rasa it was created on and so deformities like America can’t last. 246

The Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will appear when the rest of the World has turned away from religion and followed their desires and it was America after September the 11 that put the world on this path splitting the world into two camps a division that will not end until he emerges. The prophet (saws) said “The Dajjaal will appear at a time when religion is treated lightly and knowledge is turned away from" people will prefer to satisfy their desires than follow knowledge and the wisdom behind it, he will come and perform what will seem like miracles but will be technology mixed with the occult, the occult will be used to stunt peoples intelligence (maskh) while they are witnessing the technological “miracle” hindering their critical thoughts, he will trick people ordering the sky to rain claiming it is a miracle that only Allah can create, he will cause crops to grow in places stricken by drought all to convince people to follow him, and this is after 3 years of almost no rain on earth, he will even raise the dead and bring them back to life imitating Isa (as) in his works and much more claiming he is the messiah, he will be relentless in his dawah (proselytizing) traveling to every major city on earth to make certain everyone hears his false message. When 'Uthmaan ibn Abee Al-'Aas came, we stood, but then he sat, and so we sat also." 'Uthmaan said to them, "I heard the Messenger of Allah say, 'The Muslims will have three countries: a country at the meeting of two seas (Azerbaijan which is between the Caspian Sea and the black Sea), a country in Al-Jazeerah (Arabia or North Iraq), and a country in Ash-Sham (greater Syria). People will become alarmed three times, and the Dajjaal will come out in the 'Aaraadh of the people (this possibly means from among the smallest groups in society). He will defeat those in the East (the people of the Black Flags). The first country he will go to is the one that is at the meeting of two seas (Azerbaijan). Its people will become divided into three groups: a group that will settle down in Ash-Sham (syria) and see what he is, a group that will catch up to the Bedouins (Join the Arabs of Saudi Arabia and the Emirates), and a group that will go to the country next to them (Armenia, which borders Turkey). With the Dajjaal there will be 70,000, and upon them there will be crowns (the Jewish turban in Arabic). Most of those who are with him will be Jews and women (this refers to his army not the totality of his followers around the world). Then he will go to the country (either Turkey, Georgia 247

or Armenia) beside it (Azerbaijan, beside doesn’t necessarily mean next to), and they will become divided into three groups: a group that will settle down in AshSham (Syria) and see what he is, a group that will go to the Bedouins (Arabs), and a group that will go to the country that is beside theirs, and it is in Western Sham (Lebanon). And the Muslims will betake themselves to 'Aqabah Afeeq (In Syria were he will face Isa eventually); they will send their livestock forth, and their livestock will become afflicted. That will be hard upon them, for they will be afflicted with severe hunger and harsh difficulties, to the extent that one of them will burn the string of his bow and eat it. While they are upon that state, a caller will call out in the late night, just before Al-Fajr, 'O people, rescue has come to you.' He will repeat that three times. People will say to one another, 'Indeed that is the voice of a man who is full. "Eeysa ibn Maryam (Jesus) will descend at the time of the Fajr Prayer, and the leader of the people will say, 'O Roohullah (Spirit of Allah), go forward and lead the prayer.' He will say, 'In this Nation, some of its members are leaders for the rest.' So their leader will step forward and lead the prayer. When he will complete his prayer, 'Eeysa will take his spear and go toward the Dajjaal. When the Dajjaal will see him, he will melt like lead does. 'Eeysa will place (stab) his spear underneath the chest of the Dajjaal, and he will kill him. The Dajjaal's companions will be defeated, and at that time, they will not have anything to hide behind. Even the tree will say, 'O believer, this is a disbeliever.' And the rock will say, 'O believer, this is a disbeliever.'" (Ahmad) Ibn Mas'ood said, "When the Dajjaal comes out, people will be divided into three groups: one group will follow him; one group will go to a land that has Manaabit Ash-Sheeh; and the last group will go to the shores of Iraq; he will fight them and they will fight him until the believers gather in the villages of Ash-Sham. They will send an advance party, among whom there will be a rider whose horse is white with redness or it is black and white. They will be killed, with not a single one of them returning." (Related by Ath-Thauree, Ibn Kathir in Al Bidaya wa Nihaya) Jaabir ibn 'Abdullah related that the Messenger of Allah, said, "The Dajjaal will come out at a time when the religion (of the people) will be weak and when 248

knowledge (wisdom) will be turned away from. He will have forty days to journey through the earth; one day from that will be like a year; one day will be like a month; one day will be like a Jumu'ah (a week); and the rest of his days will be like these days of yours. He will have a donkey to ride; its breadth between its two ears is forty arm-spans (a business jet). He will say to the people, 'I am your Lord.' He is one-eyed and your Lord is not one-eyed. Between his eyes is written Kafara (K.F.R, short for disbeliever), with letters, which every believer will read, regardless of whether he is literate or illiterate. He will go to every (place of) water and every spring except for Al-Madeenah and Makkah, both of which Allah made forbidden upon him. And the angels are standing at the gates of both (cities). He will have with him a mountain of bread, and people will be in difficulty (in terms of food) except for those who follow him. He will have with him two rivers, and I am more knowledgeable regarding them than he is. One of those rivers he will say is Paradise, and the other he will say is Fire. As for whoever is made to enter the one he calls Paradise, it is in fact Fire. And as for whoever is made to enter the one he calls Fire, it is in fact Paradise. Sent with him are devils that talk to the people, and with him is a great Fitnah (deception). He orders the sky to give rain, and it rains, according to what the people see (meaning it is a delusion that He did it by simply command it, technology will be used to fool people). He kills a soul and then brings it back to life, according to what the people see (thinking he is god but he is using technology). He will say to the people, 'Does anyone other than the Lord do this?' The Muslims will betake themselves to the Mountain of Dukhaan in Sham (Syria and surrounding areas). He will go to them and besiege them. He will be severe in his besiegement and will make matters very difficult for them. Then 'Eeysa ibn Maryam will descend in the last part of the night just before Fajr (morning prayer). He will say, 'O people, what has prevented you from going out to the wicked liar?' They will say, 'This man is from the jinn (a devil doing sihr).’ They will go and find 'Eeysa ibn Maryam before them. The prayer will be gathered, and it will be said to him, 'O Roohullah (Spirit of Allah), step forth (and lead the people in prayer).' He will say, 'Let your Imam go forth and lead you in prayer. After they pray the morning prayer, they will go out to him, and when the Liar sees him, he will melt and dis249

solve just as salt dissolves in water. He (Eeysa ibn Maryam) will walk to him and kill him. Even the tree and rock will call out, 'O Roohullah,' (Spirit of Allah) this is a Jew. And he will kill all those who followed the Dajjaal, leaving no one from them to remain." (Ahmad - Ibn kathir in al Bidaya Wa Nihaya) The Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) when he besieges the Muslims will have with him 70,000 Jews from Iran, it will be a miracle of the prophet Jesus (saws) that when the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) is killed these Jews won’t have a place to hide, so much so that even the trees and rocks will give away their location. Some previously thought this miracle narrated in shorter Ahadith meant muslims will be massacring the Jews at the end of time all around the world when Jesus returns but this event, as the full account is a recent fabrication, this is a local event and a miracle of Jesus (as) who himself is jewish. By the time Jesus (as) returns many people with him will be Muslims with Jewish origin as the prophet (saws) mentioned many times, so it will be the Jewish followers of Jesus who are the remnants of the Mahdi’s (as) army killing the Jewish followers of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him). Around the time of Isa's arrival (a.s) a hadith states that the Muslims of Yemen would conquer India, “A group of people from my Ummah will invade India, and Allah will cause them to conquer it, until they come to the kings of India and bind them in chains. Allah will forgive all of their sins. Then, they will turn toward Sham, and they will find 'Isa ibn Maryam in Sham” (Naeem ibn Hammed), Muslims during this time will still fight the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) around the world but they will loose many wars and win some. To the rest of the world the beginning of these events may seem at the start like a war NATO is involved in, similar to the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, and not what previous depictions of Armageddon had envisioned it to be, a Global war and Massacre instead of the local one confined to Arabia and Europe the significance is what it will lead to and the time period of mankind it is marking. By this point in time the world would have seen many disasters, an astroid that will annihilate America, three years of global drought and almost every animal on earth dying, Europe and the Muslim world will be engaged in a massive war and the peo250

ple of Asia and India will eventually follow the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) joining the ranks of Yajuj wa Majuj who are their cousins by lineage back to Nuh (as). We should understand that Sham (greater Syria), Egypt and Arabia are the lands of the Prophets (may Allah bless them) from the beginning of time until our prophet (pbuh) 1400 years ago, Allah has chosen these lands as the places He sent down his revelations and holy books to. All revelations revolve around and speak of these Land's he chose to bless above others, and it is the context of all the prophetic information we have regarding the events just before the Hour. The European’s will have their beliefs and excuses about why they will involve themselves in this Syrian war and will again be involved in such a war over Egypt, and why they will break the seven year truce between them and the Muslims, all seen in their words "Do not stand between us and those who took prisoners from amongst us. Let us fight with them." and their words “We will not cease fighting you until you bring out to us every one among you whose origin is not from you (those who converted from amongst them).” But both reasons are light in consequence to the Great War that follows. These excuses are very similar to how World War One began, a war costing over 65 million lives over the assassination of two human beings. This attitude is in line with present day hostilities and attempts to rid Europe of Islam, once a people adopt a behaviour it is hard to rid them of it and it will only increase. It is rather that these events will Lead to the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) who will do more damage to the world and man’s psychology than al Malhama al Kubra (the Great War) ever did, nothing will justify their actions and what they want to achieve. An-Nawwas b. Sam'an reported that Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) said “at this very time that Allah would send Christ, son of Mary, and he will descend at the white minaret in the eastern side of Damascus wearing two garments lightly dyed with saffron and placing his hands on the wings of two Angels. When he would lower his head, there would fall beads of perspiration from his head, and when he would raise it up, beads like pearls would scatter from it. Every 251

non-believer who would smell the odour of his self would die and his breath would reach as far as he would be able to see...” Isa (Jesus) will descend with the Judgment of Allah, being himself as pure as the Angels, Allah said in the Quran “And they (the Pagans 0f Makkah) say: "Why has not an angel been sent down to him? (in person)" (Allah replied) Had We sent down an angel, the matter would have been judged at once, and no respite would be granted to them”(6:8), Had Allah sent down an Angel physically, Allah’s judgment through his presence would have been passed on the action’s of the people present, Jesus is similarly that Judgment being sent down by Allah. The prophet (saws) continued…“He would then search for him (the Dajjaal) until he would catch hold of him at the gate of Ludd and would kill him. Then a people whom Allah had protected would come to Jesus, son of Mary, and he would wipe their faces and would inform them of their ranks in Paradise and it would be under such conditions that Allah would reveal to Jesus these words: I have brought forth from amongst My servants such people against whom none would be able to fight; you take these people safely to (mount) Tur (in Egypt), and then Allah would send Gog and Magog and they would swarm down from every slope. (The wall of Yajuj wa Majuj came down after the prophet (saws) died, historically it was located in the caucus mountain range the only place that fits its description in location and legend. The descendants of the tribes of Yajuj wa Majuj in the world will follow the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) and the people of Asia and India who neighbour them will join their ranks to likewise follow him becoming part of these tribes, as the prophet (saws) said “who ever imitates a people becomes one of them” and “who ever speaks arabic is an arab”, these people will believe in the religion of the Dajjaal and immitate their cousins). The first of them would pass the lake of Tiberius and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there. Jesus and his companions would then be besieged here (at Tur, and they would be so hard pressed) that the head of the ox would be dearer to them than one hundred dinars, Allah's Apostle, Jesus, and his companions would supplicate to Allah, Who would send to them (extremely small) insects (a simile for a disease or virus, mentioned in other ahadith which would attack their necks) and in the morning they 252

would perish like one single person. Allah's Apostle, Jesus, and his companions would then come down to the earth (from the mountain) and they would not find in the earth (around them) as much space as a single span which is not filled with their putrefaction and stench. Allah's Apostle, Jesus, and his companions would then again beseech Allah, Who would send birds whose necks would be like those of bactrian camels (having long necks) and they would carry them and throw them were Allah would will. Then Allah would send rain which no house of clay or (the tent of) camels' hairs would keep out and it would wash away the earth until it would appear to be a mirror. Then the earth would be told to bring forth its fruit and restore its blessing and as a result thereof, (during this time) there would grow (such a) pomegranate that a group of persons would be able to eat that, and seek shelter under its skin and the milking cow would give so much milk that a whole party would be able to drink it. And the milking camel would give such (a large quantity of) milk that the whole tribe would be able to drink out of that and the milking sheep would give so much milk that the whole family would be able to drink out of that (this is what life will be like when Isa returns, but after he passes away 40 years later…) and at that time Allah would send a pleasant wind which would soothe (people) under their armpits, and would take the life of every Muslim and only the wicked would survive (on earth from this time on) who would commit adultery like asses and the Last Hour would (only) come to them”. (Muslim)

253

C H A P T E R 17

The Trial Of The Dajjaal The trial of the Dajjaal (Alah’s curse be upon him) is extra ordinary the world will see things that are not normal because the world he will try to rule already does extra ordinary things so He will have to outshine that for people take notice of him. He (Allah’s curse be upon him) will take what the world is already doing, utilising sihr (dark Madic) and technology to enslave the world under one government and turn that dial all the way to ten, what America is doing now He will do and take it to extremes because America is the one who set up the system of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him). The book of revelations is almost entirely dedicated to this fact, it describes the system that will enslave the world, the capitalism America invented and the Sihr (Dakr Magic) it adopted from the British empire which Iblis gave them, and about all this the prophet (saws) said towards the end of time a people will come who will set up the system that the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will use against people. “And they followed [instead] what the devils had recited during the reign of Solomon. It was not Solomon who disbelieved, but the devils disbelieved, (by) teaching people magic and that which was revealed to the two angels at Babylon, Harut and Marut. But the two angels do not teach anyone unless they say, “We are a trial, so do not disbelieve [by practicing magic].” (2:102) The type of sihr being utilised is primarily done by the Jinn that accompany people their is little effort on the part of these people except to give the Jinn access to who they want to attack, it was the Jinn who taught sihr to people in the time of Sulaiman (ra) and it is the Jinn in our time doing this, they use the people they are attached to, to empower their sihr with that persons evil behaviour and they per254

form Isharat (signs) for these people telling them how to behave, act and talk so they achieve their goals, exactly as the book of revelations described, the Dajjal (Allah’s curse be upon ) will likewise have shayateen (devils) with him doing the exact same thing these occult people are doing but to greater effect. He will say to people “What do you think if I bring your father and mother back to life for you? Will you bear witness that I am your Lord?" The Bedouin will say; "Yes," so two devils (wiht him) will assume the appearance of his father and mother” The Messenger of Allaah (saws) said: ‘The Dajjaal will emerge at a time when religious commitment is low and knowledge has decreased… Then ‘Isa ibn Maryam will descend just before dawn and will call people, saying, ‘O people, what is stopping you from coming out against this evil liar?’ They will say, ‘This man is a jinn’ (Ahmad) The Prophet (saws) said: He who amongst you would survive to see him (the Dajjaal) should recite over him the opening verses of Sura Kahf (18 in the Quran). He would appear (first become apparent to people who he is) on the way between Syria and Iraq and would spread mischief right and left. O servant of Allah! adhere (to the path of Truth). We said: Allah's Messenger, how long would he stay on the earth? He said.. For forty days, one day like a year and one day like a month and one day like a week and the rest of the days would be like your days. We said: Allah's Messenger, would one day's prayer suffice for the prayers of the day equal to one year? Thereupon he said: No, but you must make an estimate of time (calculate your obligations and needs). We said: Allah's Messenger, how quickly would he walk upon the earth? Thereupon he said: Like a cloud driven by the wind. He would come to the people and invite them and they would affirm their faith in him and respond to him. He would then (use technology and) give command to the sky and there would be rainfall upon the earth and it would grow crops. Then in the evening, their posturing animals would come to them with their humps very high and their udders full of milk and their flanks stretched. He would then come to another people and invite them. But they would reject him and he would go away from them and there would be drought for them (he 255

will use technology and science against them) and nothing would be left with them in the form of wealth. He would then walk through the waste, land and say to it: Bring forth your treasures, and the treasures would come out and collect (themselves) before him like the swarm of bees (this is a simile for the resources underneath the ground, they will swarm like bees means resources will be discovered one after the other very quickly, this is how the prophet (saws) described the secrets of the earth being discovered in another hadith). He would then call a person brimming with youth and strike him with the sword and cut him into two pieces and (make these pieces lie at a distance which is generally) between the archer and his target. He would then call (that young man) and he will come forward laughing with his face gleaming (he will use science to resurrect a person) and it would be at this very time that Allah would send Christ, son of Mary, and he will descend at the white minaret in the eastern side of Damascus wearing two garments lightly dyed with saffron and placing his hands on the wings of two Angels. When he would lower his head, there would fall beads of perspiration from his head, and when he would raise it up, beads like pearls would scatter from it. Every nonbeliever who would smell the odour of his self would die and his breath would reach as far as he would be able to see. He would then search for him (the Dajjaal) until he would catch hold of him at the gate of Ludd (in Palestine) and would kill him. Then a people whom Allah had protected (more than likely of Jewish origin who converted because of the Mahdi, as other Ahadith mention, it is also a Jewish prophecy in the torah) would come to Jesus, son of Mary, and he would wipe their faces and would inform them of their ranks in Paradise and it would be under such conditions that Allah would reveal to Jesus these words: I have brought forth from amongst My servants such people against whom none would be able to fight; you take these people safely to Tur (in Egypt), and then Allah would send Gog and Magog (who had followed the Dajjaal that now had been killed) and they would swarm down from every slope (seeking vengeance, they are more than likely the Buddhist and Hindus of Asia who share a similar lineage with the original Gog and Magog tribes, Gog and Magog where the Dajjals first supporters when He emerged so whoever joined his ranks became one of them). The first of them 256

would pass the lake of Tiberius and drink out of it. And when the last of them would pass, he would say: There was once water there. Jesus and his companions would then be besieged here (at Tur, and they would be so hard pressed) that the head of the ox would be dearer to them than one hundred dinars, and Allah's Apostle, Jesus, and his companions would supplicate Allah, Who would send to them insects (a simile for a disease which would attack Gog and Magog’s necks) and in the morning they would perish like one single person (this is because the disease is engineered to only attack one type of Dna marker and most of Gog and Gagog have a similar lineage back to Nuh). Allah's Apostle, Jesus, and his companions would then come down to the earth and they would not find in the earth (in their region) as much space as a single span which is not filled with their putrefaction and stench. Allah's Apostle, Jesus, and his companions would then again beseech Allah, Who would send birds whose necks would be like those of bactrin camels and they would carry them and throw them where Allah would will. Then Allah would send rain which no house of clay or (the tent of) camels' hairs would keep out and it would wash away the earth until it could appear to be a mirror. (People will then live with Isa (as) and during his life time) Then the earth would be told to bring forth its fruit and restore its blessing and, as a result thereof, there would grow (such big) pomegranate that a group of persons would be able to eat that, and seek shelter under its skin and milk cows would give so much milk that a whole party would be able to drink it. And the milk camels would give such (a large quantity of) milk that the whole tribe would be able to drink out of that and the milk sheep would give so much milk that the whole family would be able to drink out of that (then after Isa (as) dies 40 years later) and at that time Allah would send a pleasant wind which would soothe (people) even under their armpits, and would take the life of every Muslim and only the wicked would survive who would commit adultery like asses and the Last Hour would come to them. (Sahih Muslim, Book 55, Hadith 7559) The world of VR (virtual reality) is beginning with technology like the oculus rift and vibe recently being released; The Messenger of Allah said, "I know more about what the Dajjaal has with him than he himself knows. With him are two 257

flowing rivers; in the vision of the eye (illusions and sihr, people will be brainwashed using technology while they sit with him), the first one is white water; in the vision of the eye, the second one is burning fire. If he (the Dajjaal) reaches one of you, then let him go to the one he sees as being fire and let him close his eyes. Then let him bend his head and drink, for it is indeed cold water..." (Muslim) The river is white water in the vision of the eye, so the river is a metaphor, and the command to drink is then also a metaphor. The VR technology of today is just the first step, eventually they will connect these devices to your body so you feel and sense everything, like your almost living a dream, most people experience dreams like they experience real life, they feel, sense and taste everything but none of it is the real world. This is our body doing it on it's own, all this is an informed educated guess based on where technology is directly headed, if we wanted to theorise then we would say they will find a way to interface with mans senses using the bodies electromagnetic field, which is just the same field mobile phones use to communicate and they will use holographic technology to drive the VR experience, holographic technology was originally fuelled by movies like star wars but they have began developing it and Japan has simple working prototypes. Once we imagine a holographic virtual reality which you walk into, that interfaces with mans senses, like the holodeck on star trek, then we can see why it was described like a white flowing river in the minds eye by the prophet (saws), your living a dreamlike scene that you can sense, taste and almost touch, this is the Dawah tools of the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him), today we use powerpoint or keynote presentations he will use the latest technology to teach his message. Once mainstream quantum computers become available the world will change because of what can become possible with them, today we have quad core computers which is just 4 old style cpu's stuck together on the same chip, with quantum computers that number four will increase by an almost infinite number by comparison, this is the difference in computing power. With technology they will be able to create the same thing as dreams, the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him) is a sahir (occultist) who uses sihr to change 258

peoples beliefs and delude them, he will also use technology to achieve this, so the ways of sihr will increase as technology increases and he will come at a time in the future when man would have solved the problem of mainstream quantum computers, the first super computers based of the principles of quantum mechanics have already been built. Hence it is more than likely the two rivers are things based on VR technology that he will use on people, and because He is selling the opposite of religion his idea of what Jannah (heaven) is, materialism, lust etc is Hell for anyone who adopts it (experiences it this way) because it is an addiction and it will be instant. While His idea of Hell which is religion and asceticism he will dress both as poverty, hardship and lack of wealth so they look like hell to people looking at them because ascetic's (Awliya) rid themselves of material distractions to focus the self. But when people go to it and experience it they will see it is salam, inner peace, harmony and calmness in the self, this is the comparison to the fire that is lust and materialism which he will promote. Imam Ibn Kathir mentions the Dajaals (Allah’s curse be upon him) stay on Earth “He will remain for a period of forty days on earth; one day will be like a year, one day will be like a month, and one day will be like a week; the rest of his days will be like the (normal) days of the people. This averages out to one year, two and a half months.” This is calculated by adding one year (a day like a year) plus one month (a day like a month) plus one week (a day like a week) and the remaining days...equalling to One year, Two months (60 days) and Two weeks (14 days). The following Hadith of the Prophet (saws) indicates this is what is meant by this length of time: “We said, 'O Messenger of Allah, for the day which is like a year (so he will be on earth for at least one year), will one days prayers be sufficient? He said, 'No, you must make an estimate of the time, and then observe the prayers” (aqdarhu lahu qadrahu) (Muslim)  The basic advice means the length of time is a single year in which more than one days prayer will be needed, so then why would the prophet (saws) say one year will be like a day making the companion wonder about the obligations of prayer 259

during this time. The underlaying assumption in the translation (not the words of the companions) is that the day and night cycle will alter, hence the translation shouldn't be confused with the prophet’s (saws) reply, the sun will not stay shinning for a single year, and a single day will not literally last for a years period of time. It may seem the companions (ra) have assumed this literalness, but the prophet (saws) did not affirm this assumption in his reply, and he knew what he meant by their words. It is more reasonable to assume the companions understood his words and asked the question in relation to it’s deeper context, which is lost in translation, they asked will the religious obligation’s of one normal day be enough to support us spiritually for this year you labelled a “Day”, because the prophet said this year will be experienced like a day, so then what will Allah expect of us to help us spiritually. If the prophet called this year, a Day, then does Allah still require the five daily prayers or will he stretch out the obligation over a year, the prophet (saws) said that you must “observe what is decreed” meaning observe what is owed to protect your self, these are his literal words in Arabic “aqdarhu lahu qadrahu”. Unlike the translation in arabic the word “time” is not used in the prophets reply (aqdarhu lahu qadrahu) the translator added this himself, the translation is missing the depth of the conversation and the literal reply of the prophet (saws), who said “observe what is necessary for it”. A muslim’s life is regulated by his worship, Allah made five prayers obligatory upon us each day, but they are the minimum that must be done to still be considered a muslim, or a person on the path of Islam. Those who achieved Ihsan (Human perfection) as the prophet (saws) did would pray more than this, as much as they saw they needed in order to protect themselves from human imperfection’s and the harms of this world, which the light of their prayer helped them with. Because of the prophets response it is more than likely the word salat (prayer) is meant in the wider sense of prayer and not strictly the five obligatory prayers, this hadith would then be translated as “We said, 'O Messenger of Allah, for the day which is like a year, will one days worship be sufficient? (that is the 5 obligatory

260

prayers, the Sunnah, Dhikr, Dua, recitation of the Quran, etc) He replied, observe it’s obligations and calculate your needs” (aqdarhu lahu qadrahu). They understood the complexity of the issue’s being discussed and were the most qualified people in these subjects, they were discussing it as people deeply educated in it, otherwise we would have to assume something ridiculous in the literalness of the translation, and that is the sun will be shinning for a year, on one spot on earth while the other is dark, and you will have to measure time between prayers and then observe them as you would during normal days, which is an interpretation the scholars have historically always avoided giving this hadith and simply said they don't know it’s meaning. The Arabic spoken is classical Arabic and often the same words would be used in deeper conversations that would otherwise have a simple meaning but the context of the conversation would dictate the alternate meaning and the subtle changes in the construction of the sentence, hence “One day like a year” does not literally mean a single day “will be like year”. Alternately this phrasing can also mean that what ever Allah gives spiritually in a normal day is now going to be given to mankind over a year, indicating attrition over this time. The prophet next in the hadith, which is much lengthier and hasn’t been quoted in it’s entirety, advised that who ever lives to see the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) should recite the opening verses of Surah al Kahf (chapter 18) against him, the nature of the conversation is spiritual advice and what protects one spiritually. What is missing from the context is our own understanding of what prayer is for, and what man achieves by it, because when we see that prayer is a tool that a person uses, then we can understand the companions concern over it, they were not being lazy asking could we get away with one days prayer in a single year, they were the best community Allah brought forth all of whom were extremely dedicated to Islam, they were trying to look after their own needs and Iman (faith).

261

One day like a year means the Baraka (light) that would be present in a single day, man will receive or find it over a single year instead, people will face this attrition during the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him). Because this is the main reason why the fitna of the Dajjaal is so grave and the worst event that mankind will face since Allah placed man on earth, it is important to understand it and it’s nature. It basically means there will be little spiritual light present in the world during his first year on earth, to understand the significance of this we have to know what Baraka, light, is and why man needs it. To know the importance of baraka in a practical manner, and how it relates to our life would take an entire work, and we have addressed this in a book elsewhere, but to sum up, the spiritual world often spoken about is the subatomic part of our universe that quantum particles like light exist in. Light is a subatomic substance, all animal’s and creature require it, in short all life on earth require the spiritual world to function properly, the most basic example all of us know of is photosynthesis, or the process of how plants turn light into food. Prayer is a means of putting more Baraka (light) in a person’s life, because physiologically the act produces it in the human body, and through it man achieves what he wants in life because it helps him have faith in what he is doing, the light in his heart strengthens his mind, to understand this we need to understand the Physiology of all creatures and how they produce an electromagnetic field, the other name for light given by physics. We can think of it’s effects in the following manner, if increased baraka, a substance synonymous with the term blessings, is present in a persons time he is more productive and will achieve more in a very short span of time than he would otherwise in an entire day. If their isn't increased light in a persons time he could take hours to achieve something that would normally take half that time, he would be easily distracted were otherwise he would be focused, light helps the body work at it’s best. Baraka (light) affects a person’s psychology, consciousness and perception because the entire body is one large interconnected system, this in turn affects his mood, state, focus and life, in understanding how all this fits in to the big picture 262

we can then glimpse life on earth during the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon) when man is in a state of deprivation. The word Light in the Quran is a simile for all the subatomic particles in the universe, and in essence Baraka is a type of Light. For example the human body produces a chemical called serotonin, it is essentially a complex chemical responsible for our feelings of love, but the body produces it according to our will and state, other chemicals are responsible for the feelings of peace or tranquility. Alternate to this, Allah can send down peace and tranquility upon a person and he will then feel these because of what Allah did, so we know that what Allah just gave man has to interact with the human body telling it to produce these chemicals of peace and tranquility just like our state of love would tell our bodies to produce serotonin but Allah interacts wit us from the subatomic part of the universe to do this and he speaks of this in the Quran often. In the same manner that man relies on the feelings of peace and tranquility to find rest, comfort and feel relief from his worries, Man relies on the Light of Allah to free himself from his burdens, this Light is earned by performing the different acts in religion besides prayer, like dhikr, istighfar, fasting, hajj and many other sunnah acts the prophet (saws) did. Baraka is a general term that can take on many specific forms when placing it in different context, how people normally describe it is according to the results they see in their lives and not it’s material origin or source. Baraka is always intended in a literal tangible manner and in the following verse Allah not only intends it in a tangible form but outlines the effects of this specific type of Baraka, He says “It was said (unto him): O Noah! Go thou down (from the mountain) with peace from Us (Salam from us) and blessings upon thee” (Baraka upon thee) (11:48), both peace and blessings are said in the tangible sense, this isn't mere good wishes that have no actual effect in life, Allah was saying we have given Noah (as) these things to help him after the flood. In another verse, “Allah sent down His serenity (Sakina) on him.” (9:40), the word sakina is derived from sukun, meaning tranquillity, gravity and serenity.

263

Allah, in literal terms said He placed Sakina in the Ark of the Covenant, Allah in the Qur'an said about the Ark of the Covenant “And their Prophet (Samuel) said to them: “Verily! The sign of His kingdom is that there shall come to you At Tabut (The Ark), within it is Sakinah (peace and tranquility) from your Lord and a remnant (relics) of that which Moses and Aaron left behind, carried by the angels. Verily, in this is a sign for you if you are indeed believers.” (2:248) it is common knowledge the Ark contains the relics of the prophets, but Allah is saying it also contains the substance of tranquility, if we said it contains the chemical of tranquility our body produces people would understand it better, but Allah is referring to the subatomic substance of tranquility instead. The prophet (saws) was asked by a companion about the strange things he was experiencing when he recited the Quran, the prophet (saws) replied, “That was As-Sakina (the substance of tranquility) which descended because of (the recitation of) the Qur’an.” (Bukhari) descended means came to the physical world from the depths of the subatomic space. Without getting into the depths of human physiology, Light is an electromagnetic wave, it is an electric wave which produces a magnetic wave that in turn produces an electric wave and so on, this is how light propagates through space. The Human body has a complex nervous system connected to it’s major organs, it is the human bodies electrical wiring sending signals throughout the body, all regulated by it’s two centres the Brain and the Heart. The Brain produces an electromagnetic field, Doctors often use the electromagnetic field to generate images of the brain and body using MRI or Magnetic Resonance Imaging. The Heart similarly generates an electromagnetic field but it is by far the largest rhythmic electromagnetic field in the body, which is even stronger than the brain’s, “Compared to the electromagnetic field produced by the brain, the electrical component of the heart’s electromagnetic field is about sixty times greater in amplitude (strength) and it permeates every cell of the body. The heart’s magnetic component is also approximately five thousand times stronger than the brain’s magnetic field and can be detected several feet away from the body with sensitive magnetometers.”

264

Different laboratories have detected the electromagnetic field of the heart on a more sensitive level from about 8 to 10 feet away. These fields are essential and required by the body to function properly because they are the bodies first interaction with the world around it on a subatomic level, the most sensitive level in the universe, basically our senses begin sensing what ever interacts with this field first, and it is the foundation of human consciousness and psychology. Researchers have also discovered “that our emotions affect the heart’s electromagnetic field”, different emotions, like frustration, love, hate, fear produce different frequencies in the electromagnetic field, frustration for example is a more concentrated shorter frequency. Animal’s and many other creatures similarly produce an electromagnetic field, they use it to sense the world around them in more complex ways than humans, some creatures like sharks have specific organs that allow them to see the world and sense creatures at a great distance through the electromagnetic field while with humans that is done through our consciousness, we often sense people and things around us or what their feeling. In literal terms the human body through it’s various organs produces light that our consciousness is influenced by, although this light is in the invisible spectrum, baraka increases this light giving us feelings of peace and bliss while depravation leads to depression. The prophet (saws) understood this fact about the human body and used to often ask Allah for light during his prayer, He would often say “O Allah, place light in my heart, and on my tongue light, and in my ears light and in my sight light, and above me light, and below me light, and to my right light, and to my left light, and before me light and behind me light. Place in my soul light. Magnify for me light, and amplify for me light. Make for me light and make me a light. O Allah, grant me light, and place light in my nerves, and in my body light and in my blood light and in my hair light and in my skin light”. (Bukhari, (hadith no. 6316) and by Muslim (hadith no. 763)) other narration's report: “O Allah, make for me a light in my grave... and a light in my bones” (Tirmithi (hadith no. 3419)). “Increase me in light, increase me in light, increase me in light” (Bukhari in Al-'Adab Al-Mufrad (hadith no. 695)). “Grant me light upon light” (Bukhari, cf. Asqalani in Fathul-Bari 11/118). 265

He (saws) was very specific in what He mentioned and asked for in these Dua’s (prayer’s), He didn't simply say Allah grant me light, he listed all the specific places in the human body He wanted Allah to grant him light because he understood the Human bodies need for it’s electromagnetic field (Light) to function, it is essential for the nervous system and man’s higher faculties of perception, when Allah increases it man can perceive the world around him with more clarity, this understanding is the foundation of religion and why we perform religious acts, it is the reason why the companions were concerned about the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him). This is the significance of worship which the companions were asking about during the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him), the human heart through prayer produces an increased amount of light that helps man’s higher functions, it will be important during the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) when a year will be like a day in what man receives and He will need his psychological strength to resist his lies. But all this is simply the human aspect of the matter, if the Baraka is withheld from the entire earth then it’s ramifications are far wider, affecting most creatures on earth, they rely on the electromagnetic field to sense the world around them, in most cases to avoid danger, navigate or find prey. This is the test of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) man will face from Allah during this time, the first year he is on earth man will receive in a year what he would normally receive in a day, then in a month he will receive what he receive’s in a day and then he will receive the same over a week. This may all be referring to a cosmological event that will affect the solar system on a quantum level during this time, or it could be due to the fact earth is hit by an asteroid creating some global change which he will take advantage of and emerge, possibly the shifting of earths orbit. We have to also keep in mind that one of the later signs of the hour is the sun rising from the opposite direction and this could be the first precursor to that, Allah himself changing something in the subatomic universe that will cause this effect during the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him). 266

Another obvious matter which could be the cause of this spiritual deprivation are the Jinn, most Jinn nowadays are devils involved in shir (dark magic) because they use it to get what they want, the prophet (saws) said that every person on earth “… There is assigned to him a companion from among the jinn and a companion from among the angels” (Muslim), the Jinn will be the first to know about the emergence of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) who they consider to be like their master they have been waiting for, it is more than likely that when he emerges most Jinn on earth will turn on the human they are assigned to to try and convince them of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him), so mankind will be spiritually besieged for the first year of his emergence, but this effort will wane afterwards. When we consider Quantum Mechanics other mechanisms affecting life, based on the laws of physics, can be enumerated such as the coherence of waves, the ability of particle waves to connect and communicate with each other. The Human Bodie’s electromagnetic field will interact with other fields around it and other people’s perceptive organs pick this up. Scientist are beginning to realize that human consciousness is a state of matter, like a Liquid, Solid or Gas, and that it is similarly made from matter and particles but only subatomic like light, and it is subject to the same laws of physics that govern the rest of the Universe. What we know as consciousness is the result of the bodies interaction with the universe around it on all levels right down to the subatomic world. Because the brain and nervous system are a distributed parallel processing system, it can compute multiple things at the same time and act on each simultaneously, so consciousness is born out of the sum of those interactions in the body. How man is inspired is relevant to both scenarios we have outlined above, that of a cosmological change affecting mans physiology or that of the Jinn attacking him through his consciousness because the way through which they harm man is via the same mechanisms in his body. It is very significant that it was in Surah al Shams (The Sun, 91) that Allah took one of the most significant oaths in the Quran regarding this very nature of Man

267

and its connection to the subatomic universe, the objects in space and their radiance or the quantum fields they generate…Allah said; 91:1 CONSIDER the sun and its radiant brightness, 91:2 and the moon as it reflects the sun! 91:3 Consider the day as it reveals the (sun to the) world, 91:4 and the night as it veils it darkly! 91:5 Consider the sky and its wondrous make, 91:6 and the earth and all its expanse! 91:7 Consider the human self, and how it is formed in accordance with what it is meant to be, 91:8 And inspired it (with conscience of) what is wrong for it and (what is) right for it. 91:9 To a happy state shall indeed attain he who causes this [self] to grow in purity (Zakaha), 91:10 and truly lost is he who buries it [in darkness]. 91:11 TO [THIS] TRUTH gave the lie, in their overweening arrogance, [the tribe of] Thamud... Allah (swt) says that regarding the reality of All these things which he swore by, the tribe of Thamud “gave a lie to” (91:11), meaning they not only new what this chapter meant but lied about it, lied that Allah was the cause behind all this, one thing we now about Ancient cultures is their fascination and obsession with the celestial bodies and the inspiration they receive through them, Here Allah is explaining the immediate effects of how this all worked because what occurs with the Sun affects us here on earth starting with our weather and ending with our mood and perception that are subject to it’s subatomic fields. Allah not only asks us to consider the sun and its brightness (solar activity) but the moon that reflects the sun, which is the other body in space affecting earth on a subatomic level (91:2) and how the suns solar activity reaches us, then He asks us 268

to consider the cycle between increased activity in the fields they generate around the earth and decreased activity by saying, “Consider the day as it reveals the (sun to the) world (91:3), and the night as it veils it darkly!” (91:4), scientist have been measuring these effects, using sun spots, for a few hundred years, their peak effects are during the day and weakest at night. Allah then asks us to consider this relationship with the sky and how it is made (91:5) and the whole earth, its expanse and how this is spread over it (91:6), then to think about how this is connected to the human self and how it is formed (91:7) to sense all of it and how through the soul this inspires and affects its conciseness of what is right for it and what is wrong for it (91:8), in other words how the body senses the subatomic world around it. He will be happy who causes his soul to grow (91:9) and purifies him self and He will be wretched who buries it in darkness (91:10), the soul is made from subatomic particles and here Allah is saying it is affected by subatomic activity on earth through the celestial bodies in space. In Arabic the word consider is translated according to the intention of Allah with this oath, but literally the oath in Arabic reads: By the sun and its radiant brightness, By the moon as it reflects the sun! By the day as it reveals the (sun to the) world, By the night as it veils it darkly! By the sky and its wondrous make, By the earth and all its expanse! By the human self, and how it is formed... The intent is to consider these things been sworn by in greater detail and how they relate to each other and mans soul, Allah then mentions that this relationship the Tribe of Thamud (7:73) which the Prophet Saleh (saws) was sent to guide, lied about it, and ignored the reality between the things Allah swore by and Himself, consequently they were destroyed because of their evil along with most Ancient civilizations that worshiped the celestial bodies rather than the one who created them along with the eco system they exist in. Their depth of knowledge regarding the celestial bodies and their effect on human consciousness shouldn't be surprising since nearly all ancient cultures around the world had an advanced understanding of these celestial bodies and their effects on the human self. While we focused on technology, their way of life is reflected in their religion and the elaborate structures they constructed and left be269

hind in perfect alignment with the movement of the celestial bodies in space, meaning they wanted to know what these bodies would be doing in the future so they could tell how mean will be influenced by them. The structures marked their elaborate movements through the sky for the sake of tracking their influence on the human self. No one has ever claimed Man evolved in the last few thousand years which is why the technological world exists, rather we have had the same capacity for intelligence throughout history but in the ancient world man applied himself in a different direction with the same complexity we witness in our world in the absence of electricity. Some of these tribes took to worshiping these celestial bodies instead of Allah for a very real reason they witnessed, but they failed to perceive that beyond all of this there is something even greater, they saw the celestial bodies as the source of inspiration, power and influence on human life, which Allah in nearly all scripture condemned because it was short sighted since He was their creator and said that through them He inspired the soul. The soul is the most subatomic “part” of mans body made entirely from subatomic particles that are subject to the laws of physics, Quantum Mechanics. Man during the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) can not rely on the strength of his character because he will be attacked from within himself either by the Jinn who will swarm over his senses creating a state of spiritual deprivation or because something atmospheric has occurred hindering his senses, he will rather have to rely on Allah to overcome this trial whose aim is to show man the importance of Allah on earth in the same way we view the importance of the atmosphere to keeping us alive, Allah plays an important part in life every day we don’t notice just like man did not notice the atmosphere for thousands of years, in this way what is with in man’s self will come to the fore, in times of adversity mans inner character will show and each person has to decide in that moment if he will stay on the course he is presently on or change. Allah will test the hearts of Mankind with the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) to show what they have been hiding in their hearts.

270

Another significant event that could be the cause behind a year being like a day, although it is difficult to articulate without mentioning to much physics, is the death of most animals on earth due to the three year of drought before the Dajjaal’s (Allah’s curse be upon him) emergence the absence of animals on earth would make it feel desolate and almost lifeless affecting man spiritually. It is more than likely that this year of hardship will be because of these three things occurring on earth, the Asteroid hitting earth, the Jinn attacking man and the animals dying, the Jinn rely on animals like man and their death will cause them great distress leading great numbers of them to follow the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) when he emerges. Ibn Maaja narrated that “There will be three hard years before the Dajjaal appears. During them, people will be stricken by a great famine. In the first year, Allah will command the sky to withhold a third of it’s rain, and the earth to withhold a third of it’s produce. In the second year, Allah will command the sky to withhold two thirds of it’s rain, and the earth to withhold two thirds of it’s produce. In the third year, Allah will command the sky to withhold all of it’s rain, and it will not rain a single drop of rain. He will command the earth to withhold all of it’s produce, and no plant will grow. All hoofed animals will perish, except that which Allah wills. He was asked “What will sustain people during this time?” He said, Tahlil, Takbir and Tahmid. (Saying La ilaha illa Llah, Allahu Akbar and al Hamdulilah). This will sustain them as food does.” To illustrate the relevance of this drought, if we walk into a rainforest we would sense the forest is brimming with life, due to life’s electromagnetic field that creatures produce it is the source behind us sensing other life in the forest long before we ever saw anything, in a similar way earth itself is brimming with life around us that we can sense just by walking outside, now imagine all animal life on earth died in three years, this will also kill many insects and other creatures that rely on them because entire eco systems are connected to each other. Each one of these species individually produce an electromagnetic field that impacts their larger surroundings collectively, and us ultimately, if mass populations of wildlife all suddenly died out there would be a massive void of life on earth, the earth will be deprived of it’s baraka. It would be like turning the entire earth from 271

a rain forest to a metropolitan concrete jungle that is now void of wildlife and the benefits man derives from it simply by being in it’s presence, the earth would be almost dead after this three year drought. This may seem foreign because it is new but Allah has spoken about something similar in a different context which we all know, this type of “subatomic” deprivation mankind will similarly suffer on the day of judgment, except on that day Mankind wont receive light from his natural surroundings and self, he will only be granted it in exact measure by Allah, according to each persons deeds in life and being deprived of it will cause great suffering very similar to what man will face during the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him). “On that Day shall the hypocrites, both men and women, speak [thus] unto those who have attained to faith: “Wait for us! Let us have a [ray of] light from your light!” (they will be deprived of light causing them to suffer so they will chase people to take it from them) [But] they will be told: “Turn back, and seek a light [of your own]!” And thereupon a (large) wall will be raised between them [and the believers], with a gate in it (stoping the Hypocrites from bothering the believers): within it will be grace and mercy (for the believers), and against the outside thereof, suffering” (for the hypocrites who are deprived completely of light).(57:13) Being deprived of sunlight for extended periods will cause depression and suffering this is just part of mans physiology, he needs light to do many things. The deprivation of light on that day will cause worse suffering, and Allah granting it will cause grace and mercy becouse physiologically both grace and mercy are products of man being in a state of abundance while suffering is caused by the human body being deprived, “for he to whom Allah gives no light, no light whatever has he!” (24:20), if man’s senses are deprived his character begins to depress and suffer, then eventually his will, will crumble causing a major state of depression. This naturally occurs to people who spend a lot of time indoors and they often need to exercise just to stop this from happening. The Messenger of Allah (saws) said on the day of resurrection “Then a bridge will be laid over the Fire." That will lead to Heaven, all mankind must cross it before entering, Allah's Apostle added, "I will be the first to cross it. And the invoca272

tion of the Apostles on that Day, will be 'Allahukka Sallim, Sallim, (O Allah, save us, save us!),' and over that bridge there will be hooks (coming from Hell) Similar to the thorns of As Sa'dan (a thorny tree). Haven’t you seen the thorns of AsSa'dan?" The companions said, "Yes, O Allah's Apostle." He added, "So the hooks over that bridge will be like the thorns of As-Sa’dan except that their greatness in size is only known to Allah. These hooks will snatch the people according to their deeds. Some people will be ruined because of their evil deeds, and some will be cut into pieces and fall down in Hell, but will be saved afterwards, when Allah has finished the judgments among His slaves, (he will) intend to take out of the Fire whoever He wishes to take out from among those who used to testify that none had the right to be worshipped but Allah.” (Bukhari) Allah linked our deeds in life to what He will grant us in the next life, which is all connected through physics and physiology with the universe, this on the day of judgment is represented by our ability while passing over the bridge Sirat, “Some people will be ruined because of their evil deeds”. Crossing the Bridge depends on everybody's light that Allah will grant them, the prophet (saws) said “He who has very little light (his body won’t function normally being deprived, he) will creep facedown. His hands and feet will slip, and he will cling to it again. At long last, he will break free from it by creeping and creeping.” (Tabarani) Abu Sa'id Al-Khudri narrated: We, the companions of the Prophet said, "O Allah's Apostle! What is the bridge?' He said, "It is a slippery (bridge) on which there are clamps and (Hooks like) a thorny seed that is wide at one side and narrow at the other and has thorns with bent ends. Such a thorny seed is found in Najd and is called As-Sa'dan. Some of the believers (because of their light) will cross the bridge as quickly as the blink of an eye, some others as quick as lightning, (others like) a strong wind, (others like) fast horses or she-camels (all because of the light they receive). So some will be safe without any harm; some will be safe after receiving some scratches, and some will fall down into Hell. The last person will cross by being dragged over the bridge." (Bukhari) Three years before the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) comes out, there will be three years of hardship, during which the people will be afflicted by severe hunger because of the drought. So it was said: "How will the people live at that 273

time?" He said: "By declaring Allah's oneness [at-tahlil], magnifying Him [attakbir], glorifying Him [at-tasbih] and praising Him [at-tahmid]. That will fulfill the same function as food for them” it’s light will sustain them through the baraka of their acts, and subdue hunger pains. The prophet (saws) said “He will have forty days to journey through the earth”; but these days are not normal days, because “one day from that will be like a year”; intense spiritual deprivation will last for a year, then “one day will be like a month”; the intensity of deprivation will diminish, then “one day will be like a Jumu'ah (a week); it will continue to diminish “and the rest of his days will be like these days of yours”. He will travel the world spreading his false beliefs, then after claiming prophethood he will spread his false religion (way of life), and then after claiming divinity he will spread his Kufr of Allah entirely, all of which will be to test Mankind who where playing with the very things he is now using against them. Mankind turned to the occult so the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will test them with it, they combined this with technology to delude man so he will also test them with it, they invented ideologies to enslave man so he will also test them with it, they used psychology to dissect mans nature and turn it against him and so he will also test them with it. “There is no Creator (save Him) Who created the heavens and the earth. (He quickeneth) for the Resurrection in the life of the world; (your Lord and Lord of your forefathers) your Creator and the Creator of your forefathers before you.” (Tanwir al Miqbas min Tafsir Ibn Abbas, 44:8) The Messenger of Allah, Muhammad (saws) said: "Some people will come on the Day of Judgement and their Imaan (faith) will be outstanding, its light will shine from their chests and from their right hands. So it will be said to them, glad tidings for you today, Assalaamu alaykum and goodness for you, enter into it (Jannah) forever!' So the angels and the Prophets will be jealous of the love of Allah for them. So the Sahabah (companions) asked, ' who are they O Messenger of Allah?' He (saws) replied, "They are not from us and they are not from you. You are my com274

panions but they are my beloved. They will come after you and will find the book (the Qur'an) made redundant by the people, and a Sunnah which has been killed by them. So they will grab hold of the book and the Sunnah and revive them. So they will read them and teach them (the Qur'an and the Sunnah) to the people and they will experience in that path a punishment more severe and more ugly than what you (Sahabah) have experienced. Indeed, the Imaan of one of them is equivalent to the Imaan of forty of you. The Shaheed (martyrs) of one of them is equivalent to forty of your Shuhadaa'. Because you found a helper towards the truth (the Prophet) and they will find no helper towards the truth. So they will be surrounded by tyrant rulers in every place, and they will be in the surroundings of Bayt ul-Maqdis (al-Quds, at that time). The Nussrah (victorious support) of Allah will come to them, and they will have the honor of it on their hands." Then he (saws) said "O Allah give them the Nussrah and make them my close friends in Jannah." (Ahmed) Allah said "I swear by time, Most surely man is in loss, Except those who believe and do good, and enjoin on each other truth, and enjoin on each other patience" (103:1-3).

‫َاصوْا‬ َ ‫َاصوْا بِالْحَ قِّ َوتَو‬ َ ‫الصالِحَ اتِ َوتَو‬ َّ ‫ُس ٍر إ َِّالا َّلذِي َن آ َمن ُوا َو َع ِملُوا‬ ْ ‫ِنسا َن َلفِي خ‬ َ ‫اإل‬ ْ ‫َص ِر إِ َّن‬ ْ ‫وَا ْلع‬ ‫ِالصبْ ِ
ر‬ َّ

275

Research Notes and Related Material About The Following Chapters This section of the book presents information relevant to various points raised in the book, it also gives a deeper background to each subject helping explain some of the decisions made in chronologically arranging the narrations. The topics discussed begin with human physiology and the unseen world because the book ended on this note so we felt it would be easier to answer related questions to this subject first, while these questions are still in peoples minds, the emerging scientific field of Biophysics deals with this topic in greater detail. I have written on this subject previously and these books can be downloaded from my website www.Ghayb.com, you can also download a Pdf copy of this book from the site, this book along with other books I have written can be discussed at the forum SunnahMuakadah.com.

cclxxvi

C H A P T E R 18

Human Physiology and It’s Relationship To Baraka Allah in the Quran explains in many verses how the Universe was created, and in many other verses, in vivid detail, explains how the Universe will be destroyed, and how we will be resurrected when He creates another Universe after this one. Through the Quran and many Ahadith Allah and his prophet (saws) give a complete picture of not only life, but the larger world around us and the forces in it that impact on us, not simply the quantum forces but, unseen forces like the Jinn or the guidance and help of the Angels. This picture was made very clear to people living 1400 years ago in a language they could understand, in fact the period before Islam came to be labeled as the Jahaliyah, the days of ignorance by comparison. The scientific language we know today we invented our self as we placed our own labels on everything we discovered in this Universe, which is why we no longer speak the language of the prophets (as). Hence when man recently discovered the subatomic world, the world with in the Atom, it should be no surprise that Allah who spoke about the entirety of creation in detail not only prepared man for this knowledge but spoke about it at length in the Quran, along with his prophet (saws), using the terminology most appropriate for the people of Arabia during the prophets (saws) time, this same language would hold for the next 1300 years, that as until the modern age that relabeled everything.

277

In fact Allah made a promise in the Quran to show mankind the subatomic world, also called the Quantum Universe, in which the smallest particles in creation exist by the time we near the Hour. Allah said “In time We shall make them fully understand Our messages [through what they perceive] in the utmost horizons [of the universe] and within themselves, so that it will become clear unto them that this [revelation] is indeed the truth.” [Qur'an 41:53] Soon after mankind understood what space was he unraveled the way it exists by studying the smallest particles in it, the subatomic world, hence what Allah promised mankind was fulfilled and in the manner He mentioned, we would learn about space by studying ‘what is within our self ’, the small particles we are created from. Once our knowledge of the Universe became more complete we became capable of putting together the picture Allah left for us in the Quran and Sunnah. Allah created Angels from light this is a subatomic particle called the photon, and he created the Jinn from a pure fire that isn't fueled by anything burning, a pure smokeless flame, this may have seemed hard to understand prior to our time but we now know the sun burns through fusion and is self sustaining, similarly the Jinn are crated from a similar fire, from these simple examples and many others Allah mentions in the Quran we can see he was giving us a picture of the subatomic world and the beings He created in it, all from the smallest particles in the Universe. Allah says in the Quran that it is a source of healing and baraka (light) for mankind, so what does he mean by that, is this something imaginary or real? It was narrated that Abu Sa’eed (r.a) said: “A group of the companions of the Prophet (peace and blessings of Allaah be upon him) set out on a journey and traveled until they stopped in (the land of) one of the Arab tribes. They asked them for hospitality but they refused to welcome them. The chief of that tribe was stung by a scorpion and they tried everything but nothing helped them. Some of them said, ‘Why don’t you go to those people who are camped (near us), maybe you will find something with them.’ So they went to them and said, ‘O people, our chief has 278

been stung by a scorpion and we have tried everything but nothing helped him. Can any of you do anything?’ One of them said, ‘Yes, by Allaah, I will recite ruqyah (spiritual healing) for him, but by Allaah we asked you for hospitality and you did not welcome us, so I will not recite ruqyah for you until you give us something in return.’ Then they agreed upon a flock of sheep.’ Then he went and spat drily and recited over him Al-hamdu Lillaahi Rabb il-‘Aalameen [Surah alFatihah]. (The chief) got up as if he was released from a chain and started walking, and there were no signs of sickness on him. They paid them what they agreed to pay. Some of them (i.e. the companions) then suggested to divide their earnings among themselves, but the one who performed the ruqyah said, ‘Do not divide them until we go to the Prophet (peace and blessings of Allaah be upon him) and tell him what happened, then wait and see what he tells us to do.’ So they went to the Messenger of Allaah (peace and blessings of Allaah be upon him) and told him what had happened. The Messenger of Allaah (peace and blessings of Allaah be upon him) asked, ‘How did you know that it (al-Fatiha) is a ruqyah? (Contained spiritual healing) ’ Then he added, ‘You have done the right thing. Share out (the flock of sheep) and give me a share too.’ And the Messenger of Allaah (peace and blessings of Allaah be upon him) smiled.” (Bukhaari, 2156; Muslim, 2201) The Spiritual world the Quran calls “ghayb” is the subatomic world, the Quantum Universe, our bodies interact with it all the time. The image we see in our mind during dreams or when we imagine things is created from light and other particles, but how does the body manipulate those particles to create the image, this is one example of how the body influences the subatomic world and it’s particles, that image in turn influences how we will react, behave and feel, all of this gives us the order of how things operate in turn, first from the image in our mind, what we imagine, to the chemical reactions produced in our body as a result of what we think, and this is simply one way how the quantum world influences man through his physiology.

279

Mans nervous system, the human brain and the heart create a very strong electromagnetic field that can be measured 3ft from our body with simple scientific equipment, we use it to sense the world around us and direct our sense perception, because this field is the first thing particles interact with before we notice anything else, a property explained by physics, and it is directly connected to all our perceptive organs, this is another way the human body interacts with the subatomic world and there are many other ways. The very cells in our body rely on light (photon particles) itself to survive and fuel the smallest reactions in our body all driven from the quantum world, that keep us alive, if photons (Light particles) didn’t have enough strength to fuel the reactions in our cells we would eventually deteriorate and die. In the Hadith mentioned earlier, the chief was bitten by a scorpion and was poisoned, the companion of the prophet (saws) spat on the bite then recited surah al fatiha which removed the poison from him, the prophet (saws) then affirmed the fatiha contains healing in it’s recitation. We can ask why doesn't this work for us, why cant we cure anything with a simple recitation, but this is like asking, if we jump why cant we reach space ? a person with knowledge will say this is because of gravity, those who don't know about gravity will stay silent or make something up. There is something in Islam known as human perfection, Allah taught about this from the earliest revelations, the Prophets where the most perfect of Human beings, they are followed by whoever reaches near to them in the perfection of their character, we sometimes call these people the Awliya (saints). Perfection of a persons character is needed because it means nothing of bad qualities is hindering the Baraka as it cures the person, our body is the tool we use when we recite the Quran. Similarly the companions had the most perfect character after the prophet (saws) they where all Awliyah (friends of Allah). Bad qualities produce bad chemicals and other consequences in the body which hinders the recitation, it is like a bad reception so our acts are not effective. The Angels govern this universe from the subatomic world bringing about Allah’s will, this is the picture Allah draws for us, and as we can see from what we 280

know about the Quantum Universe they are perfectly capable of it since they are created from light (photons), one of the most commonly found particles in the Universe. Allah commanded the Angels to prostrate to Adam and in turn to the rest of mankind, or rather those who perfected them self like the prophets that came after Adam along with the Awliya. This prostration means that they will follow them and do as they will when they reach similar perfection to the Angels, hence when the prophet (saws) says that in the Quran is a spiritual healing, it means that this healing comes from the subatomic world through it’s recitation and the Angels will bring about it’s effects for those who perfected their character. This is why the prophets (saws) could display miracles along with the companions, and the Awliyah of later generations after them as they willed, something Allah promises to grant them in a hadith Qudsi once he chooses to love a person. But Allah was teaching all of us that the Quran contains healing and baraka not just the prophets or the Awliya, this is because how effective it is depends on our moral character, those who are better people will have greater effect in their ruqyah than those who are evil, and this is in degrees until we reach the prophets whose recitation (ruqya) always worked, while ours improves the situation and lifts parts of it’s harmful effects. In fact Allah in the Quran, in reference to all this, says “We send down in the Qur'an that which is a healing and a mercy to those who believe: to the unjust it causes nothing but loss after loss”. Meaning when the fatiha is recited the healing is sent down to us, and because Allah gives it a direction of coming down, we know it is traveling, this is then a quantum substance he is sending down, something made from matter in this Universe, hence the healing is a subatomic matter like the Angels and light. The words ‘sent down’ are used to refer to the subatomic universe because the quantum part of the Universe that Angels exist in is the higher one while the physical world, were particles have solidified, is the lowest state of existence and matter. We know that in this Universe there is visible and invisible light, like ultraviolet

281

light, which is another thing that tells us the unseen world (ghayb) is the same world as invisible light. Hence Allah is telling us that healing is given to us through the Quantum Universe which our bodies interact with all the time in more ways than we can list here. If we ask ‘did Allah speak more directly in the Quran regarding Quantum Mechanics, the physics of the Subatomic world’, the answer is a clear yes and in many places, most of us would have read the chapters dedicated to it but never understood the significance or the knowledge Allah was mentioning behind what was being said. Similar to many other verses regarding science in the Quran such as embryology which where not understood until science discovered those areas of knowledge. Surah Al Qariah is one such surah, Ibn Abbas related that Allah called the Hour al Qariah (the Calamity, surah 101) because it shakes peoples hearts. 101:1 “OH, the sudden calamity! (2) How awesome the sudden calamity! (3) And what could make thee conceive what that sudden calamity will be? (4) [It will occur] on the Day when men will be like moths swarming in confusion…Allah then gives one very specific and vivid image of that Day to show it’s Awesomeness… “and the mountains will be like tufts of wool, like carded wool in terms of the lightness with which it floats [in the air] until it comes to settle upon the earth”(5), (Tafsir al Jalalayn). The Mountains which are solid rock will literally turn into what looks like fluffy wool then they will float in the air like the clouds are floating today. The image is very clear but the science behind how this would occur could not be understood until Allah’s promise to teach mankind regarding the Quantum Universe was fulfilled. In the Universe there are four fundamental forces that act on all particles, three of these these forces are what make all the small particles come together to create the matter, physical objects, bodies of water and gas’s we see around us in the world, one of these forces is said to be responsible for 99% of all chemical reactions. It isn’t important to know their names to understand this but they are Grav282

ity, the Electromagnetic force, the Strong nuclear force and the Weak nuclear force. When the Hour sounds these forces will be the first thing that will be affected and come to a stop, the very bonds holding matter together will begin to weaken and eventually cease to exist. Because the rocks that these strong mountains are made from will become like tufts of wool loosely held together, as all the forces holding matter in the Universe are weakened, including gravity, the mountains will come apart and then float in the air like clouds, the reference to tufts of woll is an indication that they will come apart slowly so the particles will remain loosely held together and float. This exact image is repeated in surah Al Waqiah (The Event) verse 6, “When the earth is shaken with a shaking [severe], (56:5) and the mountains are shattered into [countless] shards, (56:6) so that they become as scattered dust” an eventuality of the process. Another clear example of Quantum Mechanics, or physics of the subatomic world, is Surah Takwir (Shrouding in Darkness, 81) “WHEN THE SUN is shrouded in darkness, (2) and when the stars lose their light, (3) and when the mountains are made to vanish, (4)”…This is an exact description of what will occur when the fundamental forces in our Universe cease to exist seen in the sun and stars going dark. Allah then gives a very unique picture in verse 6, “and when the seas are set afire (read sujirat or sujjirat), [when] they are set alight and become [a mass of] fire” (Tafsir al Jalalayn). How can water burn when it puts out fire, this is very simple if we think about what water is made from, 2 Hydrogen atoms and one Oxygen atom, H2O, if the bonds holding these atoms together become weakened and no longer exist we have Hydrogen gas being released from the sea, which is very flammable and is used today to power many alternative fueled vehicles, that fire caused by the Hydrogen gas burning will be fueled by the Oxygen atom no longer bonded to it, fire will follow the source of oxygen (air), so the oceans will literally be on fire. The most famous sign of the hour in the Sunnah is that of the Sun rising from the west soon after the death of Isa (as), this is the opposite direction it now rises 283

from, for this to occur the earth would have to follow the opposite path in space it is now on, this is the clearest sign that the fundamental forces in the Universe are being altered because the sun is like green tree frogs, which are dying, detecting the state of the environment, the most sensitive species will feel the effects first. Although this is still theory among physicist they theorize that just as the Universe is expanding, and this is like an elastic band, gravity will eventually cause the expansion to stop and head in the opposite direction, the Universe will contract, and like the Big Bang it is termed the Big Crunch, except that Allah will end this expansion with an eternal event the blowing of the trumpet, before it reaches the point they calculate based on how much energy is present in the universe, the mechanics of how a sound can unravel matter and affect the expansion of the universe is another area of knowledge physics explains. This will occur soon after Allah takes the lives of all believers from the earth, because the purpose that Allah created the Universe for, to know him, will no longer exist. The Sun unlike the earth isn’t a solid body it is a giant Mass of quantum particles, about 75% Hydrogen and 25% Helium along with a small amount of heavier elements, and it is entirely driven by the forces of the subatomic universe, hence this giant Mass which dictates the forces of Gravity in our galaxy is closely aligned to the fundamental forces in the Universe and were anything to occur to them the Sun would experience it first before the earth along with the stars. The four fundamental forces in the Universe are created by the expansion of the Universe, if we swing our arm fast that movement creates a force of wind around it, in a similar way the forces in the Universe exist because the Universe is expanding (moving). If something occurs to the expansion of the Universe, like contracting after expanding, it will affect these forces first, and if the Sun reversed it’s orbit in space, because it is the largest body affecting gravity in our galaxy, it would cause the planets to all spin around it in the opposite direction, kind of like a water whirlpool that now spins the other way causing everything in the water to spin in that direction as well.

284

The following tafsir (exegesis) to verse 7:40 mentions a unique phenomena and requires more consideration, [7:40] (Lo! they who deny Our revelations) Muhammad (pbuh) and the Qur'an (and scorn them) scorn believing in them, (for them the gates of Heaven will not be opened) to receive their works or souls (nor will they enter the Garden until the camel goeth through the needle's eye) they will not enter Paradise just as a camel cannot pass through the eye of a needle; it is also said that this means: they will not enter Paradise until a (large) rope goes through a needle's eye. (Thus do We requite the guilty) the idolaters. (Tanwir al Miqbas min Tafsir Ibn Abbas) Here Allah mentions a large camel passing through the eye of a small sowing needle a the prerequisite for the people of Hell (jahanam) being able to escape it, often termed a dark black pit. The examples Allah set’s are always related to possible things He created, hence the simile is a balance of things relating to the Laws of Physics in this universe, which means that if the Universe were somehow to allow a camel to pass through the eye of the needle, meaning as it is escaping hell it needs to shrink to this size, then the people of Jahanm (hell) would be able to enter paradise. Allah mentions this verse in a Quran filled with examples of quantum mechanics like the mountains turning into very fine particles, space turing into molten brass (or tanned leather) when the bonds holding matter will begin to weaken and unravel, space will look like molten metal or tanned leather at the time of the hour, or the sun and stars loosing their light which is a unique connection since at the time of the prophet (saws) no one knew what a star was let alone that it relates to our own sun. Hence this verse (7:40) shouldn’t be taken in isolation as something imaginary or a wild oath which isn’t in Allah’s speech or befitting His majesty, it is another example of Allah speaking about the subatomic universe, in this case, literally the end for matter to shrink in order to escape hell. We know from previous revelations when Allah showed the prophet Idris (saws) the Universe, like many prophets, He showed him Jahanam (Hell), when Idris (as) described it in physical detail while looking at it from the outside that description 285

matched exactly what is scientifically known when we look at black holes. What isn’t commonly known about black holes and what the prophet (saws) mentioned, is that many but not all have a disk of debris around them known as a secretion disk and many others have large plumes, jets of light, coming out of them from the matter they swallow up, they are lightyears in diameter even bigger than our galaxy. Light when it enters a black hole it can not escape along with any other matter and it is shrunk, Humans and all beings need light to survive, enjoy life and function physically so it isn’t hard to understand, as the prophet (saws) mentioned how blackholes are Jahanam (hell), it is a place were no sun can exist while humans need sunlight to thrive, depriving humans of sunlight causes depression and anxiety and many other kinds of suffering. This verse was revealed regarding the people of Jahanam who scorned the prophet (saws) and the believers (as), blackholes is a place where matter and the laws of Physics are not like everywhere else, this is why Allah employs an unusual simile for people inside Jahanam (hell). Allah says the doors of Heaven wont open for them until the camel can pass through the eye of the needle, this is a simile for matter being capable of escaping a black hole, the eye of the needle is the crushing force on matter at the entry to the black hole, the camel will shrink if it goes near it, Allah also describes the people of Jahanam as being sealed away for eternity inside it, this is what literally seals them in, the inward crushing force of the black hole which doesn’t allow anything to leave. All of this is Quantum Mechanics, the physics of the subatomic world and it is mentioned very clearly by Allah in the Quran in many places, the Baraka Allah speaks about is the benefit we receive from that world which our body depends on daily to function normally, this is one reason why Allah instructed man to pray five times a day to continually receive that benefit which keeps our heart healthy and that in turn helps keep the strife and afflictions of the world away from us, something the prophet stated in literal terms.

286

The Prophet (saws) said: “Trials are presented to the heart (repeatedly) as a mat is woven straw by straw. So, whichever heart absorbs it, a black spot is blotched on it, and whichever heart deflects it, a white dot is spotted on it. (This continues) until hearts become one of two states: a whitened heart that is not harmed by any trial so long as the heavens and the earth remain, or a blackened, deviant heart that knows no good and rejects no evil except what it absorbs of its desires” (Reported by Muslim). If a person feels something in his heart he lives out (carries out) the actions of that feeling, for example if he falls in love he caries out the actions of a person in love after he starts to feel love, if he is depressed he carries out the actions of a depressed person, the heart that absorbs the trial will live out that trial and be afflicted by it, this is the significance of purifying the heart with prayer, fasting, dhikr and other beneficial things we do in life, they protect a person before the trouble enters into his life. In this hadith is the understanding that strife and trials created by humans, impact the quantum universe and affect particles their which in turn affect other people around us, many laws in quantum physics can account for this like quantum entanglement which explains how quantum particles are connected together. All this is why the prophet (saws) used to say that reciting a specific surah will protect someone for a specific number of days, the impact of the recitation only lasts for a length of time protecting the person from a specific type of affliction in the world. For example if we recite the first three verses of surah al Baqarah, ayat al kursi and the last three verses of this surah and make a habit of reciting them daily, a persons life, property and family will be protected and no evil will come upon them while it is being recited, here we see the prophet (saws) making a distinction between the evil in this world and the trials of life, the trials we face are not always due to effects of evil acts other people carry out. Reciting the last two verses of Bani Israil is a protection against theft, reciting surah al Ahzab and Saba a person will receive protection from Allah for that entire night, reciting surah al Fath is a protection in times of war and travel, in the 287

Fatiha is a cure for every illness except death, literally man will receive benefit from it against every illness it’s effectiveness is according to how clan our character is, reciting surah al Kahf on Friday will protect a person from the fitnah of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) for that week, there are many more similar examples in the sunnah. Baraka which in general terms means blessing and refers to what ever benefits us spiritually should be thought of as subatomic particles, it is like a large field made up of quantum particles that depends and only materializes because of our actions. To understand what it looks like, light for example is made of the photon particle, when we turn on a light bulb we don’t see a single photon we see a field of light made up of many photons spread out around the room, in a similar way this is how any kind of Baraka exists like a field of light, or a cloud as Ahadith described. The fact the prophet (saws) gave a time period to the consequences of us reciting parts of the Quran shows how He viewed the effects of the Quran, it is like a medicine whose effects wear of after some time so we need to apply it again in order to receive and maintain it all the time in our life, the following hadith shows the prophet (saws) fully understood the way the quantum Universe worked and much of his advice was so mankind could derive benefit from it. Al-Bara’bin Azib narated: A man was reciting Surah Al-Kahf and his horse was tied with two ropes beside him. A cloud came down and spread over that man, and it kept on coming closer and closer to him till his horse started jumping. When it was morning, the man came to the Prophet, and told him of that experience. The Prophet said, “That was As-Sakina (the substance of tranquility) which descended because of the Qur’an.” (Bukhari) This companion had firasa, his inner vision was made clear, Allah granted him spiritual vision to see the Sakina that descends when any person recites the Quran, many of us simply feel it when we recite. The Prophet (saws) said beware the vision of the believer for he sees with the Light of Allah (Tirmidhi), meaning Allah is giving him literal light to see what He wants him to see at that time.

288

If we understand this we can understand the literalness in Allah’s words regarding the Ark, Allah said “Verily! The sign of His kingdom is that there shall come to you At Tabut (The Ark), within it is Sakinah (peace and tranquility) from your Lord and a remnant (relics) of that which Moses and Aaron left behind, carried by the angels. Verily, in this is a sign for you if you are indeed believers.” (2:248) We see in this verse that Sakinah, which mean peace and tranquility, is treated like a substance that Allah placed inside the Ark and this is what gave the Ark it’s benefit to mankind, prayer gives us a similar benefit. There is literally a whole lot more that can be said on this subject as we delve deeper into it but this is not the scope of this work, this subject matter was included to clarify the chapter regarding the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him), the prophet (saws) said what He will have with him is not a kind of sihr (Dark Magic) but a kind of knowledge from Allah, the prophet (saws) was referring to technology which he will use like sihr (Dark Magic). Theses are advancements in science that will exist in his time, the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will literally manipulate the forces of the Universe to create miracles and fool people, to do this you have to control matter from the quantum universe in order to make things appear from thin air. The Prophet (saws) said “Before (the) appearance of the Dajjaal, a group of people would pave the way (for him), setting up a system to prepare the world for his arrival.” we are now living in that system which he will take advantage of to control people. Regarding all the science and knowledge that the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will have with him the Prophet (saws) said “I know more about the powers which the Dajjaal will have than he will know himself ” (Muslim), the prophet (saws) understood the technology the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) would use to do what he does better than him. In order to understand how the prophet (saws) could know this, we have to understand that Man is an immense vessel than can hold a lot of knowledge and understanding, we know this from the fact Adam (as) was given the names of literally

289

everything, to see how this is possible we have to understand the role of the heart in mans consciousness. By similarity we know this is possible for Angels who were created at the beginning of the universe and have not forgotten anything since then, this is the nature of light which Angels are created from and the role of the Human soul is similar in nature. As the scholars said our soul plays a role other than keeping us alive, it is our connection to the unseen world which it is constantly looking at it, and the heart is our connection to the soul itself hence the need to purify the hearts to connect to it more clearly. The prophet (saws) similarly said about himself “My Lord came to me in the best form" - the narrator said: "I think he said: `in my sleep'" - "and asked me over what did the Highest Assembly (al-mala'u al-a`la) vie (“the angels brought near" according to Ibn al-Athir in al-Nihaya and others); I said I did not know, so He put His hand between my shoulders, and I felt its coolness in my innermost, and knowledge of all things between the East and the West came to me.”(Sahih, Tirmidhi) All knowledge in the east and west is not all knowledge in the Universe, we must then ask how does Man explain the knowledge we have with us today to desert Arabs living 1400 years ago, this is how we should look at the prophet’s (saws) words, as a person trying to explain to mankind every aspect of this same Universe around us, in a language the Arab tribes could understand. Allah summed up the entire matter of how the quantum universe or ghayb (the unseen world), is connected to the physical world through our physiology and consciousness in the following hadith Qudsi: Allah almighty said “I am as my servant thinks I am. I am with him when he makes mention of me. If he makes mention of me to himself, I make mention of him to myself; and if he makes mention of Me in an assembly, I make mention of him in an assembly better than it. And if he draws near to me an arm’s length, I draw near to him a fathom’s length. And if he comes to Me walking, I go to him at speed.” (Muslim)

290

Our imagination colors our world and we experience the world how we imagine it, bad imaginations lead to all the illnesses of the nafs (self) because we pollute them, while those who know Allah that knowing (Maarifa) will color their world until they see the signs of Allah in the Universe because they know were and how to look, Allah will go to them at speed, this is how Allah created the human body to know him and why He created the universe in this way. The prophets (as) where given the most knowledge among mankind and the prophet (saws) was instructed to speak to people according to their level of understanding. Regarding the vision the heart perceives, Imam Ali was asked what is creation, the Universe, Imam Ali replied ‘it is like the dust in the air, it only becomes visible when the light of Allah strikes it’. It’s amazing that he would use dust as an example, dust in the air becomes visible when sun light hit’s it, hence dust is the perfect simile for the particles in the Quantum Universe that everything in the unseen world is made from, our heart sees the image made from these particles when a light that we can perceive shines upon it. Imam Ali also said “You think that your self is some insignificant thing and yet in you are all of the cosmos” in Arabic: “tahsibu nafsaka anaka jarmun saghirun, mu fikan Allam al Akbar”. We have to ask our self what prerequisite knowledge did the companions have to be able to come to this conclusion, to say such things, most people throughout history would have looked at such words and said Allahu Allam, only Allah knows, yet the verse regarding this matter is plainly their in the Quran and the companions understood the Quran best, because the prophet (saws) himself taught them, but it took the world nearly 1400 years to perceive it. They understood what Allah said in these verses, “In time We shall make them fully understand Our messages [through what they perceive] in the utmost horizons [of the universe] and within themselves, (in the heart ‘it is like the dust in the air, it only becomes visible (to man) when the light of Allah strikes it’.) so that it 291

will become clear unto them that this [revelation] is indeed the truth.” [Qur'an 41:53] Allah in the Quran even explains how, in a single surah, surah al Shams 91, and the prophets companions would have had the best understanding regarding it’s meaning, but that is another topic which we will dedicate another work to Insha Allah. Allah makes it very clear when all this knowledge would be revealed to mankind, in answer to the non muslims who asked when the Hour will come, Allah replied to their challenge “Man is a creature of haste; [but in time] I shall make obvious to you [the truth of] My messages: do not, then ask me to hasten [it]” (21:37), Allah replied by saying I will not bring the Hour until I first reveal to mankind the meaning of the Quran, that is, everything in the Quran that man could not understand before our time science would eventually uncover, and it is only after this point in time that Allah’s promise of the Hour will come to pass. In this verse is the affirmation by Allah that everything we have mentioned regarding the Quantum Universe and its relationship to man’s physiology and his consciousness is the crux of the matter, this is the reality behind every single spiritual experience and miracle we have read about in the Quran or Sunnah or even experienced. Mankind has unravelled the mysteries of space, and since that promise in the Quran is now fulfilled we are seeing the sings the prophet (saws) described as the hour casting it’s shadow over people, and in the very near future, before the Mahdi (ra), we will see another event that will mark it’s nearness being just above mankind’s head as the prophet (saws) stated. We can use the following simile to understand all we have mentioned, everyday each of us uses a computers operating system, Window’s, Mac or Android, to talk the hardware of the computer, it is the interface between us and the physical parts the computer is made from, in the same way nature is the interface between us and Allah, He uses it and everything in it to talk to us and guid us. The heart sums up the meaning of that picture and translates it into feelings we can interpret with our mind and put words to, as some scholars said the heart is Allah’s riding ani292

mal, because it can sum up the entire Universe (picture) just by looking at it, it doesn’t matter how big the picture is, those who purify their hearts receive a clear picture and can interpret it clearly, and those who corrupt their hearts receive a deluded picture that is hard to understand. In this universe Angels can guide man through the system Allah placed in the human body, Jesus (as) understood this and said the body is a temple, and the prophets received revelation through their hearts, while the Devils can hijack the system (our physiology) like a virus in a computer, when this occurs it then needs to be cleaned to work properly again. Allah says in the Qur’an: 91:7 Consider the human self, and how it is formed in accordance with what it is meant to be, 91:8

And inspired it (with) what is wrong for it and (what is) right for it.

91:9 To a happy state shall indeed attain he who causes this [self] to grow in purity (Zakaha), 91:10 and truly lost is he who buries it [in darkness]. There is a famous saying by the Great Scholars of Islam, who summed up all of this knowledge in a short expression, they said “Qalb al insan Arsh al Rahman”, the human heart is the throne of the Merciful. In relation to this subject the following work clarifies the matter further from an Islamic point of view and shows that historically our scholars spoke about these matters at length with an Islamic vocabulary. The Mulk, the physical world, comes from Alam al Malakut, the Angelic world, or the world of light, and light in the Quran is the simile for quantum particles. In modern terms the scholars have always said the physical world is created from the quantum world because this is what our Deen has always said.

293

C H A P T E R 19

What Is the Unseen World and Where Is It: Explaining The Technical Terminology Of The Scholars Regarding the term “Unification of Allah” or “Union with Allah” found in the translations of works on Tasawwuf, Sufism: “Among the disservices done to Islam by some Western scholars is their tireless insistence that the Sufi term wusul ("to arrive, to reach") be translated as if it meant ittihad ("to unify") with the result that their translations of Sufi works are filled with talk of "union with God," a rendering that has come to be traditional and authoritative among them, while it is a fallacious conception that the masters of Tasawwuf (sufism) from every age (in history) have taken pains to dissociate themselves, their method, and their students from. So it is perhaps fitting to mention two of the aphorisms of the great Shadhili master Ibn 'Ata' Illah, who said: Your reaching Allah is reaching the knowledge of Him, for other than that, Our Lord is too exalted for anything to be joined with Him or for Him to be joined with anything; and He also said, The affirmation of electhood (being selected) does not necessitate a negation of the fact of being human. Election is merely like the rise of the daylight's sun: it appears on the horizon without being part of it. Sometimes He takes it from you and returns you to your own bounds. For daylight is not from you to yourself, but rather it comes over you. (al-Hikam al- 'Ata 'iyya wa al-munajat al-ilahiyya (9.24), 59, 66, aphorisms 2\3 and 249)” The Reason why such expressions, that seem ambiguous and baffling to the laymen and translator, are used by classical scholars in their specialized works is because Allah himself speaks in such a manner in the Quran. Allah uses descriptive imagery to convey ideas that have great depths, so the scholars have done the

294

same, these works are considered technical works requiring a technical vocabulary, in this manner they are imitating what the prophet said about the Quran; The Prophet (saws) who was given the revelation of the Quran said “I have been sent with ‘Jawami-al-Kalim’ (the shortest expression having the widest meaning) and have been made victorious with awe, and while I was sleeping, I saw that the keys of the treasures of the world were placed in my hand." Abu Huraira added: Allah's Apostle has gone, and you people are utilizing those treasures, or digging those treasures out.’(Bukhari) The Prophet Muhammad (saws) said, Jawami'-al-Kalim means that Allah expresses in one or two statements or thereabouts the numerous matters that used to be written in the books revealed before (the coming of) the Prophet. This means the shortest expression containing the widest amount of knowledge, therefor to convey something using descriptive imagery, to speak of it how it is seen and experienced in peoples lives is Jawami-al-Kalim. That treasure is the knowledge contained in these expressions we find in the Quran and Sunnah. The reason why expressions which are wrongly translated as “unification with Allah” are used, but rather mean “the Knowledge of Allah” is because the scholars understand how the human conscious perceives the world and gains knowledge, man gains knowledge from all his senses what is wrongly termed unification is rather inner realization of Allah’s “Hand” (or actions) in the moment they are experiencing (“seeing Allah”), so a person gains certainty that what they witnessed is the will of Allah acting in the world (as events are unfolding). The prophet (saws) himself used a similar expression in the Hadith of Jibril to describe what Ihsan (Human perfection) means. When Jibril visited the prophet (saws) and the companions (r.a) in the form of a man he sat with them and asked the Prophet (saws) four questions, What is Islam? What is Iman? What is Ihsan? and When is the Hour? When the prophet (saws) was asked about Ihsan He (saws) said; Ihsan (Human perfection) is “That you worship Allah as if you see Him, for if you don't see Him then truly He sees you.” 295

When Jibril (as) went away, the prophet (saws) asked, 'Umar, do you know who the questioner was?' Umar said, 'Allah and His Messenger know best.' He said, 'He was Jibril who came to you to teach you your deen." (Muslim and Bukhari narrated the hadith and it has a grade Higher than Sahih and that is “Agreed Upon”). All this relates to knowledge man gains from the unseen world (the quantum world), between our human sight of the physical world and our sight of the inner Unseen world is a Barzakh (barrier or veil) over our perception stoping us from seeing that world of Angels and Jinn and everything else Allah created in it completely; “Behind them lies the intervening (Barzakh) barrier (stretching) to the day of their resurrection” (23:99-100) meaning this veil is only temporary in this Universe and man who was created in Jannah (heaven), naturally has the capacity to see the unseen world if that barrier wasn’t present. The prophet (saws) said this Barzakh (veil or barrier), which stops us from seeing that world, which exists around us, can be removed when we do certain things. The Prophet (saws) said: "If your hearts were always in the state that they are in during dhikr (a time when the heart is receiving light from Allah), the Angels would come to see you to the point that they would greet you in the middle of the road." (Muslim). In other words if we where always receiving light from Allah we could see through the Barzakh (veil), and see the Angels to such an extent they would greet us in the middle of the road, meaning this is how much we would become accustomed to them in our life. Imam Nawawi in his Sharh Sahih Muslim commented on this hadith saying: "This kind of sight is shown to someone who persists in meditation (muraqaba), reflection (fikr), and anticipation (iqbal) of the next world.” To “worship Allah as if you see Him” isn't figurative speech, it is literal, and to explain the manner of this in as a succinct a way as possible and with out using Jawami al Kalim like “Reaching Allah” (or ignorantly “Union with Allah”); many of Islam’s greatest Ullumah, such as Imam al Ghazali, Ibn Arabi, Shaykh Abdul Qadir al Gilani (and others to numerous to name), said that the unseen world which the Jinn and Angels exist in is the world our imagination (our minds eye) looks into 296

when we imagine something, the quantum universe, but their is a barzakh (barrier) between us and that world preventing us from seeing that world completely. This barzakh (barrier or veil) has been removed for the Prophets and Awliya so they can see the Jinn and Angels, the veil itself isn't just one veil it is made up of layers of veils and each of these veil’s is removed as man gains insight and increases in Human Perfection (Ihsan). This continues until he attains Ihsan completely and can “worship Allah as if he sees him”. As if he sees him here means sees the signs of Allah in creation and acts upon them like saydinah Khidr did when he taught Musa (as), which Allah mentioned in surah al Kahf (18), with the example of the boy the ship and the wall, each time al Khidr (ra) received knowledge regarding these matters from the Unseen world and Musa (as) who was accustomed to receiving out right revelations could not perceive how al Khidr knew, he was reading the Signs Musa had not yet learned how to read, Allah was rather sending Angels to speak to Musa (as) directly. The Prophet said: “Ittaqu firasat al-mu’min fa innahu yara bi nurillah”, “Beware the vision of the believer, for he sees with the light of Allah,” then he recited the verse: “Therein lie portents for those who read the signs” (al-mutawassimin) (15:75) (Tirmidhi) Allah also said; “Those who strive hard in Us, We shall most surely guide them in our Ways” (29:69) “In everything He (Allah) has a sign which declares that He is One.” Allah states this entire matter very clearly in the Quran, Allah will say on the day of judgment to people: “We have stripped from thee the Veil that covered thee and thy (inner) vision, this day is iron” (50:22) “Behind them lies the intervening (Barzakh) barrier (stretching) to the day of their resurrection” (23:99-100).

297

It’s interesting that Allah says the barazh stretches to the day of judgment and not across space, this reference to time rather than location has significance in physics, relating to relativity, time (time dilation), the nature of the barrier (Barzakh) or field between the seen and unseen quantum world, and the nature of how Angels exist in that world. “Some faces that Day shall be Nadirah (shining and radiant), looking at their Lord” (75:22-23) “And thus We gave Abraham [his first] insight into [Allah's] mighty dominion over the heavens and the earth - and [this] to the end that he might become one of those who are inwardly sure”. (6:75) The Sight of Allah's dominion is with mans inner perception, Allah removes the Barzakh (veil) over mans perception and he then sees the unseen world that others can not. “Means of insight have now come unto you from your Sustainer [through this Quran]. Whoever, therefore, chooses to see, does so for his own good; and whoever chooses to remain blind, does so to his own hurt. And [say unto the blind of heart]: "I am not your keeper.”(6:104) The Quran is a means to guide man to this insight Allah gave the prophets, those who achieve Ihsan (Human perfection) Allah removes the Barzakh for them like he did for the prophets (saws), a persons depth of perception into that world is according to his capacity and the perfection of his inner sight. Imam al Ghazali said perfection of our inner sight can not be achieved until after death, "this day is iron” means we will have certainty with that vision. “In matters of faith, He has ordained for you that which He had enjoined upon Noah - and into which We gave thee [O Muhammad] insight through revelation -as well as that which We had enjoined upon Abraham, and Moses, and Jesus: Steadfastly uphold the [true] faith, and do not break up your unity therein. [And even though] that [unity of faith] to which thou callest them appears oppressive to those who are wont to ascribe to other beings or forces (the Jinn and Shayateen) a

298

share in His divinity, Allah draws unto Himself everyone who is willing, and guides unto Himself everyone who turns unto Him”. (42:12-15) "which We have revealed unto thee", implying that it was only through revelation that the Prophet Muhammad came to know "that which God had enjoined upon Noah”. The Prophet gained knowledge through his perception of the unseen world and the revelations Allah gave him from that unseen world. “This [revelation, then] is a means of insight for mankind, and a guidance and grace unto people who are endowed with inner certainty”.(45:20) it is because man sees with his minds eye that Allah is speaking about inner certainty, more accurately it is mans heart that sees the unseen world as Allah mentions in the Quran literally, but sight is naturally located with the eyes. When Allah punishes people he deprives them of the insight and guidance that they normally receive from their hearts and He leaves them to go astray accumulating more sins for which their punishment in the end will be more severe, this then is the opposite of receiving insight. “HAST THOU ever considered [the kind of man] who makes his own desires his deity, and whom Allah has [thereupon] let go astray, knowing [that his mind is closed to all guidance], and whose hearing and heart He has sealed (the hearts perceptive faculty is stopped), and upon whose sight He has placed a veil? (his inner senses) Who,then, could guide him after Allah [has abandoned him]? Will you not, then, bethink yourselves?” (45:23-25) “For he (the prophet Lot) had truly warned them of Our punishing might; but they stubbornly cast doubt on these warnings, and even demanded that he give up his guests [to them]: whereupon We deprived them of their sight [and thus told them, as it were]: "Taste,then,the suffering which I inflict when My warnings are disregarded!” (54:36-37) Imam al Ghazali said regarding the verse “We have stripped from thee the Veil that covered thee and thy (inner) vision, this day is iron” (50:22); In that hour (it) shall be said unto (man), “We have stripped from thee the Veil that covered thee and thy (inner) vision, this day is iron” (50:22). Now that covering Veil (on the inner eye) is that of the imagination and fantasy (He “who makes his own desires his 299

deity”, the punishment for this is, “upon whose sight He has placed a veil?”); and therefore the man who has been deluded (blinded in his inner sight) by his own fancies, his false beliefs, and his vain imaginations replies (on that day): "Our Lord! We have seen Thee and heard Thee! O send us back and we will do good. Verily now we have certainty in knowledge!".. If we understand the physical world and the unseen world are the same Universe and that human consciousness or our imagination is a state of matter, it is created from matter, and made from the small quantum particles (subatomic particles) that exist in the universe like light, It becomes easier to realize that our minds inner sight (imagination) is looking into the quantum unseen world. If we imagine a brick wall in our mind, we are literally moving and arranging these quantum particles to form that image in our mind, that image of the brick wall is real and made from real substances. From here we can understand how literal statements like “worshipping Allah as if you see him” are. The Messenger of Allah (saws) said: ‘The angels are created from light (the scholars said it is the same light we see in our mind that shapes the images of our imagination), just as the Jinn are created from smokeless fire (a fire that isn't fueled by wood burning) and mankind is created from what you have been told about.’ (Muslim)) The Angels are created from the same light we see in our mind so it isn't to difficult to see how they are charged with being inspiration for mans guidance and the bearers of Allah’s revelation, which the prophets received through their inner perceptive faculties. It also shouldn't be to difficult to see how the Jinn, who are being tested on earth like mankind can similarly be a source of inspiration for Good or Evil and they influence man through his perceptive faculties whispering to him what they want him to do. Throughout the body is the nervous system, it is literally the bodies electrical wiring and it is connected to the brain, heart and every other organ in the body, it is this quantum aspect of mans physiology that beings made from quantum parti300

cles such as Angels and Jinn can interact with man through, this reality everyone on earth is subject to through out his life just like the Laws of physics. Our inner perceptive faculty that sees the unseen world is the heart, It was reported from Jabir ibn Abdullah that some angels came to the Prophet while he was sleeping. Some of them said, ''He is sleeping.'' Others said, ''His eyes are sleeping but his heart is awake.'' Then they said, ''There is an example for this companion of yours.'' One of them said, ''Then set forth an example for him.'' Some of them said, ''He is sleeping.'' The others said, ''His eyes are sleeping but his heart is awake.'' Then they said, ''His example is that of a man who has built a house and then offered therein a banquet and sent an inviter (messenger) to invite the people. So whoever accepted the invitation of the inviter, entered the house and ate of the banquet, and whoever did not accept the invitation of the inviter, did not enter the house, nor did he eat of the banquet.'' Then the angels said, ''Interpret this example to him so that he may understand it.'' Some of them said, ''He is sleeping.'' The others said, ''His eyes are sleeping but his heart is awake.'' And then they said, ''The house stands for Paradise and the call maker is Muhammad; and whoever obeys Muhammad, obeys Allah; and whoever disobeys Muhammad, disobeys Allah. Muhammad separated the people (i.e., through his message, the good is distinguished from the bad, and the believers from the disbelievers).''.”(Bukhari) “Know that Allah comes between a man and his heart”(8:24) Revelation was sent down to the heart of the prophet (saws) to perceive, “Which the True Spirit hath brought down, Upon thy heart, that thou mayst be (one) of the warners” (26:193-194) The heart is our normal perceptive faculty present in all mankind, which Allah guides us through or punishes through, “We have revealed to you as We revealed to Nuh and the Prophets who came after him." (4:162), we follow the emotions we feel there and they are according to how we sense matters, a study of the hearts nervous system and the neurons present there will show it is a mini brain, built to sense and remember emotions, the hearts role and importance above the brain can be gaged by the fact that in the fetus the heart develops long before the brain does to regulate the body. 301

Imam Suyuti said “Whomever Allah desires to guide, He expands his breast to Islam, by casting into his heart a light which it [the heart] expands for and accepts, as reported in a hadith; and whomever He, Allah, desires to send astray, He makes his breast narrow”. (6:125, Tafsir al Jalalayn) the heart produces the largest electromagnetic field in the body, in literal terms it produces a field of light that can be measured by scientist, this electromagnetic field is produced my almost all living creatures and it is how they sense the world around them. When two waves touch, as physics states, they can become coherent, or synchronies with each other, and a transfer of information occurs between them without hindrance, non coherent waves, that haven’t synchronized, transfer information less clearly. “And whosoever believeth in Allah, He guideth his heart. And Allah is knower of all things.” (64:11) "And obey not him whose heart we have made heedless of Our Remembrance, who followeth his own lust.” (18:28) The heart is the faculty that receives information through our senses, Lust muddles the senses so the person can not perceive clearly through his faculties. It was once said: O Sayyid! A gnostic of high degree used to say, ‘Being a dervish (an ascetic) is to correct the imagination.’ In other words, nothing other than the Real (Haq) should remain in the heart (Otherwise the imagination will only see the lies and false beliefs the evil heart contains). In truth, he spoke well. O Sayyid! Since the veil is nothing but imagination, the veil must be lifted through imagination. Night and day you must dwell in imagining Oneness (Tawhid). (Shaykh Baqi's son, Khwaja Khurd) Tawhid of the heart here means un-attaching the heart from this world, not having any feelings or emotions towards anything in it and only remembering Allah. This lesson Allah has been teaching mankind from the earliest of revelations He sent to man, Allah said “But those will prosper who purify themselves (their inner selfs). And glorify the name of their Lord in prayer. No, you prefer the life of this world; But the hereafter is better and more enduring (here Allah is encouraging people to renounce the world). And this is in the books of the earliest revelations. The books of Abraham and Moses. (Surah al Alla 87:14-19) 302

What is meant by “this day is iron, ” (50:22) is that what was veiling our inner sight, the veil (Barzakh) on our imagination, will be lifted on this day (Qiyamah) and our inner eye (Imagination), will from now on be focused and see straight, permanently seeing the unseen world and everything Allah created in it like Heaven, Hell, the Angels and Jinn, “Some faces that Day shall be Nadirah (shining and radiant), looking at their Lord” (75:22-23). So what man once thought was imagination, illusion and unreal he will see with his inner eye clearly in front of him and it will be tangible and real to his vision like this world is, it will be solid to his eye as Iron (Hadid). The unseen world, like the Angels, is made from subatomic particles, the particles are smaller than atoms all linked together to create something bigger, like invisible light it to is invisible to us, but we will be able to see when Allah lifts the barzakh from our imagination and our lower self won’t be present to muddy the picture in our mind creating delusions in us, we will only see what is actually there. With this understanding of what the unseen world is, Allah described the entire day of judgment with the simple phrase, “this day is iron”, this is “Jawami al Kalim” of everything we have mentioned so far, but Allah in His perfect speech was able to describe it with 3 simple words in arabic. Allah in Arabic literally uses the word “Hadid” (iron), and this is the descriptive imagery He employs to describe in short sentences what would take pages to teach, which is why the works of the scholars are considered technical works and not easy to understand, they employ much descriptive imagery that requires study in others fields of knowledge (prerequisite knowledge) to know the proper context of it, there is no such thing as actual “Union with god”, translators added this from their preconceived ideas they learnt from elsewhere, outside of islam and hence it is entirely false, most translators in fact are not qualified to translate these works it is like asking a physicist to translate a chemistry textbook. “Union” is simply a reference to mans perception being directed to what Allah wants it to see at that moment He is acting in creation, in other words seeing His signs as he mentions in the Quran many times. The person witnesses Allah’s “hand” in creation and is one of those people “who worships Allah as if he sees 303

Him” because he is following what Allah is showing him, this is the meaning behind the story of Khidr in the Quran who was following what Allah was showing him at each moment. This entire matter is summed up in a famous hadith Qudsi where Allah literally says when He loves a person he takes control of all his perceptive faculties and guides them to perceive Him in life; The Messenger of Allah (saws) said that Allah (mighty and sublime be He) said: “Whosoever shows enmity to someone devoted to Me, I shall be at war with him. My servant draws not near to Me with anything more loved by Me than the religious duties I have enjoined upon him, and My servant continues to draw near to Me with supererogatory (extra) works so that I shall love him. When I love him I am his hearing with which he hears, his seeing with which he sees, his hand with which he strikes and his foot with which he walks. Were he to ask [something] of Me, I would surely give it to him, and were he to ask Me for refuge, I would surely grant him it. I do not hesitate about anything as much as I hesitate about [seizing] the soul of My faithful servant: he hates death and I hate hurting him.” (Bukhari). After Allah lifts the veil from all of mankind's sight on the day of Judgment He says about man in the Quran (50:23), “His companion (the Angel which accompanied man through out his life and was right next him) will say: “Here is (your record) ready with me”. The first thing man will see when the veil from his inner sight is removed is his recording Angel who he was blind to his entire life, yet the prophets (saws) could see them. The words of the prophet (saws) “That you worship Allah as if you see Him” is a short expression of the reality of Ihsan when it is experienced and achieved, the Prophet (saws) spoke from his own experience with Ihsan to answer Jibril and teach us. When someone begins to practice perfecting his inner self, slowly as he draws closer to Allah, Allah will lift one veil blinding his inner perception after another until his inner sight becomes sharper and he gains more insight and wisdom.

304

When he reaches Ihsan (Human Perfection) he would be worshiping Allah as if he sees him, the closer he draws nearer to Allah the better he will be able to read and see Allah’s signs in creation. “We detail Our signs for people who know” (6:97), “On the earth are Signs for those with certainty in Faith”(51:20), “That is, [signs] for the arifun (Awliya, those who have experience with Allah) by which they find evidence for their ma’rifa (gnosis)”(51:20, Tafsir al Tustari). The word “sign” (ayat) appears more than 351 times in the Qur'an instructing people to read the various kinds of signs that Allah has created for us. The Prophet (Allah bless him and give him peace) said: “We, the Community of Prophets, are the people most severely tried, then others according to the perfection of their faith.” The Prophet (saws) said, “Many amongst men attained perfection but amongst women none attained perfection except Maryam (Mary), the daughter of ‘Imran, and Asiya, the wife of Fir’aun (Pharaoh). And the superiority of Aishah (the prophet’s wife) to other women is like the superiority of Tharid (an Arabic dish) to other meals.” (Bukhari). “Ina lilah wa ina ilayhi rajioon”.

305

C H A P T E R 20

The Jewish Origins Of The Pashtun and Surrounding Areas The Mahdi's army are the black flags that will come from the east, the bible refers to them as the Kings of the east, the prophet (saws) said about them that they are of Jewish decent and called them Bani Isra'il, this description narrows down the identity of Imam Mahdi's army considerably and explains much. Al Zuhari said ” The black flags will come from the East, led by mighty men, with long hair and beards, their last names are taken from the names of their home towns and their first names are from a Kunya (nick name, usually starts with ‘Abu’, which means ‘father of ”).” (Nuaim bin Hammad’s Kitab Al-Fitan) We can say with certainty that the Mahdi's army are the people of Afghanistan, the Pashtun who are of Jewish decent having converted to Islam just after the prophet's (saws) death. "led by mighty men" when Russia was still the USSR at the height of it's power they invaded Afghanistan the Pashtun fought them for nine years denying the worlds second most powerful superpower victory, the prophet (saws) also said once they march with the black flags they will keep on coming, they won't stop their Jihad for Islam generation after generation until the end. Many Historical sources exist for about their origin in old manuscripts; here is one Quote that is comprehensive in its account. In his Travels into Bokhara, which he published in 1835, Sir Alexander Burnes wrote: "The Afghans call themselves Bani Israel, or the children of Israel, but consider the term Yahoodi, or Jew, to be one of reproach. They say that Nebuchadnezzar, after the overthrow of Israel, transplanted them into the towns of Ghore near Bamean and that they were called after their Chief Afghan, they say that 306

they lived as Israelites till Khalid (Ibn Walid) summoned them in the first century of the Muhammadans. Having precisely stated the traditions and history of the Afghans I see no good reason for discrediting them… the Afghans look like Jews and the younger brother marries the widow of the elder. The Afghans entertain strong prejudices against the Jewish nation, which would at least show that they have no desire to claim – without just cause – a descent from them. (Sir Alexander Burnes, Travels into Bokhara, Vol. 2:139-141.) Regarding The Mahdi’s Appearance Being like the Bani Israil and His Wearing a Qutwani Cloak There is a Hadith in Sahih Muslim which says “Allah's Apostle (may peace be upon him) said: You have heard about a city the one side of which is in the land and the other is in the sea (Constantinople). They said: Allall's Messenger, yes. Thereupon he said: The Last Hour would not come unless seventy thousand (70,000) persons from Bani lsra'il (Jews) would attack it (referring to the army of the Mahdi). (Sahih Muslim: Book 41, Hadith 6979) Bani Israil is a term referring to the origins or lineage of a people. The Prophet Muhammad (blessing and peace be upon him) said that ”When you hear the news of Black Flags coming from the East, then, you must join them even if you have to crawl over ice (to reach them).(Trimdhi) On the authority of Thawban, the Messenger of Allah (upon him be peace and blessings) said: “Before your treasure, three will kill each other (over it), all of them are the sons of a different Khaliph (ruller) but none will be the recipient. Then the black Banners will appear from the East and they will Kill you in a way that has never been done by a nation.” Thawban said: ‘Then he said something that I do not remember by heart’ then continued to say that the prophet (praise and peace be upon him) said: “ If you see him give him your allegiance, even if you have to crawl over ice, because surely he is the Khalif of Allah, the Mahdi. If you see the black flags coming from Khurasan, join that army, even if you have to crawl over ice, for this is the army of the Caliph, the Mahdi and no one can stop that army until it reaches Jerusalem.” (It’s isnad is Sahih according to AlHakim who narrates it in Mustadrak al Hakim). 307

An Afghan brother wrote regarding this Issue: In the Encyclopaedia Britannica 1997 it says, Qutwani cloaks resemble the Israili "Tallit" of present day. Both Qutwani cloak and Tallit have fringes on their borders (similar to how it is seen in Native American dress) and it’s mostly made of Wool. It generally falls across the head, neck, and shoulders. However the Qutwani cloak is larger and a more conspicuous prayer shawl than the Tallit. The Qutwani cloak is exactly like the cloaks worn by the Pashtoons of Afghanistan and Pakistan and it is also worn in the same way like the Qutwani cloak described in the hadith. The Pashtuns wrap these cloaks around them to protect them from the cold weather. In fact these cloaks are often the necessary part of Pashtun dress. In Contrast to present day Jews who wear the Tallit as a symbol and are much smaller, so it can’t be wrapped around the body. If Imam Mahdi’s army is from Khorasan and that region it should not be hard to understand why Rasul Allah (blessing and peace be upon him) said he will resemble the Bani Israil, as he will choose to dress like his followers. Rasul Allah (blessing and peace be upon him) for example used to wear a Yemeni cloak even though he wasn’t from Yemen. “He (Imam Mahdi) would be wearing two Qutwani Cloaks. He will appear exactly as a person from Bani Israeel. He will rule for 20 years and will conquer the cities of the Mushrikeen (Idolaters)  (Ref: Kanz-ul-Aamal, Page 268,  Hadith No 3868). The blessed Mahdi’s stature and posture resemble those of the People of Israel. (Reference:Al-Qawl Al-Mukhtasar Fi alamat al-Mahdi al-Muntadhar, pp. 36-29.) He will resemble one of the Israelites [in his external appearance]. (Reference: Al-Uqayli, An-Najmu's-saqib fi Bayan Anna'l Mahdi min Awladi Ali b. Abu Talib Ale't-Tamam ve'l Qamal). It is as if he is a man from the people of Israel.  (Reference: Nuaym ibn Hammad, vr. 52a; Mar'i ibn Yusuf al-Maqdisi). Many Ulluma say the 20 years mentioned in the above hadith refer to Different Era’s in the mahdi’s life (prior to his public emergence), the 7 to 9 years mentioned 308

in other hadith will be in the final part of his life, meaning when Allah shows he is the Mahdi. It may also be that the narrators made a mistake in transmitting the Ahadith. Other Ahadith Regarding The Army Of The Mahdi and The Origins Of The Pashtuns The Sufyani (A person from the Quraish tribe) will appear in the Arabian Peninsula and will be the enemy of Imam Mahdi, the tribe of Kash (in Arabic spelled Qais) will fight against the Sufyani as told in the following Hadith Narrated by Abu Huraira (R.A) The Prophet (peace and blessing be upon him) said: That a person called Sufyani will appear from the suburbs of Damascus and his general followers will be the people of the Kulaib Tribe. He will attack (so fiercely) that he will cut the bellies of Women and kill children. To fight against him, the people of the Tribe of Qais will gather. Sufyani will fight them and kill them so much that no valley will be left without their dead bodies. (Reference: Mustadrik P520) The word Qais or Kash is the name of numerous personalities of the Bani Israil an example is Saul son of Kish; Kash is known as the forefather of the Pashtuns because he is the first one to embrace Islam,when he became Muslim he was then known as Abdur Rashid. Kash or Kish are the same word, the Arabs pronounce it Qais, hence Bani Qais is used in Ahadith. In Pakistan and Afghanistan we find many places where Pashtuns live by the name of Kish/Kash such as: - Dasht-e-Kash: a desert in southern Afghanistan. - The city of Kish Khenjak in Afghanistan in Velayat-e Oruzgan . - The Sulaiman Mountain range is also know by Pashtuns as the Kash Ghar, The Mountain of Kash or Qais. An Example of One scholar tracing his Afghan ancestry: Hadhrat Mohammed Maseehullah Khan, hails from the renowned and distinguished Sherwaani family of Pathans. Although the Sherwaani clan is famed as Pathan, it in reality is Sayyid 309

(descendant from the prophet Muhammad) in its origin, for its ancestral progenitor was Sayyid Husain Ghauri R.A. who migrated from Ghaur during the reign of Khalif Abdul Maalik Bin Marwaan (d. 65 A.H.) and settled in the region neighboring ‘Koohe Sulaimaan.’ (The Sulaiman Mountains) Sayyid Husain Ghauri R.A. settled among the Pathans and married the daughter of Batan Bin Qais Abdur Rashid. She bore him two sons, Lodi and Serwaani. The descendants of Serwaani became known as Sherwaani. It is then to this family of Sayyids that Hadhrat Maseehullah Khan Saheb belongs. The people of this region are the descendants of Ibrahim, Allah promised to his entire family, both Arabs and Jews, the lands of Canaan, Lebanon, Syria, Jordan and Palestine, he will once again fulfill this promise when these Muslim Jews inherit this land. The Prophet (sallallahu 'alaihi wa sallam) said: A man called al-Harith ibn Harrath will come forth from Ma Wara an-Nahr (roughly present day Afghanistan). His army will be led by a man called Mansur who will establish or consolidate things for Muhammad's family as Quraysh consolidated them for the Messenger of Allah (saws). Every believer must help him, or he said: respond to his sermons. (Aid him) (Sunan Abu Dawud Book 38, Hadith 13) "A people will come out of the East who will pave the way for the Mahdi." (Ibn Majah.)

310

C H A P T E R 21

Ahadith Not Chronologically Arranged In This Work Abu Hurairah said, The Prophet said, "There are two types among the people of Hell whom I have not yet seen. The first are people who have whips like the tails of oxen, with which they beat people, and the second are women who are naked in spite of being dressed; they will be led astray and will lead others astray, and their heads will look like camels humps. These women will not enter Paradise; they will not even experience the faintest scent of it, even though the fragrance of Paradise can be perceived from such a great distance." The Ullumah agree this has already occurred, the hairstyle mentioned was famous in the 60’s and 70’s and is current today, it is probable the prophet (pbuh) was referring to the feminist movement that swept the world as he said “they will be led astray and will lead others astray” indicating they will be taught and will teach others suggesting a movement. The feminist began as something idealistic but turned into something worse, its founder an educated women denounced the movement later in her life when it turned away from defending women's rights and became about liberation from morals and religion. Abd Allaah bin ‘Amr said “I heard the Apostle of Allaah (saw): “There will be emigration after emigration and the people who are best will be those who cleave most closely to places which Abraham (as) migrated (Syria).The worst of its people will remain in the earth cast out by their lands (remain in their own lands), abhorred (cursed) by Allaah, collected along with apes and swine by fire.”[Sunan Abu Dawood Book 14, Hadith 2476] The Prophet (pbuh) said: A people will come from the Direction of Faris (Persia or Iran today), and will say : 'O Arabians! You have become to fanatical! If you 311

do not recognize their rights properly, nobody will be with you…One day let it be given to you, and one day to them, and let these mutual promises be kept…'they will go to Mutik (the name of a mountain in the region), and Muslims will descend from there to yazi (the Iranian Plain)…The Polytheists will stand on the other side by the banks of the pitch black river known as the Rakabe (an area rich in oil wells)…there will be war between them: Allah will withhold the victory from both armies. (Portents of Doomsday, Barzanji, p 179) The Iran and Iraq war as the hadith says Allah withheld victory from both sides, a portion of the war took place in the exact area our prophet (pbuh) mentioned. Iran and Iraq fought for control over the Arvand Rout or Shatt al Arab waterway (an important shipping lane for oil exports), in 1969 Iran Abrogated it's 1937 pact with Iraq over the waterway due to both countries change in leadership and increased hostility between them and ceased paying tolls to Iraq (by claiming international standards and) since almost all the ships that used the waterway where Iranian the old treaty was not fair. This caused the major tensions between the countries in modern times. Ayatollah Khomeni and the people of Iran after the Iran revolution said to the Iraqi leadership exactly what our Prophet (pbuh) said, You have become fanatical or oppressors, they believed that Iraqi's should have followed Iran's example and rose up against the dictatorship and established an Islamic government. Iraq finally invaded Iran in 1980 only to have a neither side win the war by 1988. 'Urwah related that Usaamah ibn Zaid said, "The Prophet overlooked a high structure from the structures of Madeenah, and he said, 'Do you see what I see?' They said, 'No.' He said, "For indeed I see the trial falling in your homes like the falling of the rain." (Bukhaaree and Muslim) While looking at a building the prophet referred to the fitnah of television and radio since the television signal would pass over the houses in a similar manner as the simile, and this is more than likely the case since in another hadith it mentions that this is how the Fitnah of the Duhaimma would enter every home. It has been related that Abu Hurairah reported this Hadeeth from the Prophet: "Time will converge (it means that people will not be blessed in their time, and so 312

the day and night will go by quickly for them); knowledge will decrease; miserliness and avarice will remain; trials will appear; and Al-Haraj will increase." The Companions asked, "O Messenger of Allah, and what is it?" He said, "Killing, killing." (Ibn Kathir in al Bidaya wal Nihaya) Jaabir also related that he heard the Messenger of Allah say, "Indeed before the Hour there are liars; among them is the one of Al-Yamaamah, the one of San'aa Al-'Absee, and the one of Himyar. Also among them is Ad-Dajjaal, he creates the most Fitnah (trials and tribulations)." Jaabir said, "Some of my companions say that they are almost thirty men." (Ahmad) Abu Hurairah related that the Messenger of Allah said, "The Hour will not come to pass until thirty Dajjaal Liars come out; each one of them lies upon Allah and upon His Messenger" (Abu Daawood)

313

C H A P T E R 22

The 30 Dajjaal's Here are the various forms of the Ahadith: Jaabir ibn Samarah related that he heard the Messenger of Allah say, "Indeed before the Hour there are liars." Jaabir said, "So beware of them." (Muslim) This hadith doesn’t mention Dajjaal's, but Liars. Jaabir also related that he heard the Messenger of Allah say, "Indeed before the Hour there are liars; among them is the one of Al-Yamaamah, the one of San'aa Al-'Absee, and the one of Himyar. Also among them is Ad-Dajjaal, he creates the most Fitnah (strife and tribulations)." Jaabir said, "Some of my companions say that they are almost thirty men." (Ahmad) Here we see the Prophet (pbuh) not mentioning in ‘My Ummah’ because the first three Dajjaal's identified by the prophet (pbuh) did not accept his prophet hood they challenged it outright. Abu Hurairah related that the Messenger of Allah said, "The Hour will not come to pass until thirty Dajjaal Liars come out; each one of them lies upon Allah and upon His Messenger" (Abu Daawood) Here he mentioned 30 Dajjaal's, and says they will lie upon Allah and his messenger but doesn’t mention them claiming to be prophets. Abu Hurairah related that the Messenger of Allah-, said, "There will be Dajjaal Liars in my nation; they will come to you with novel speech, which neither you nor your fathers had previously heard. Beware, and let your fathers beware do not allow them to deceive you." (Ahmad) 314

 Here He (pbuh) specifies the Dajjaal's are in his nation and they will come with something new but He (pbuh) didn’t say they will claim Prophet hood. Abu Hurairah related that the Prophet said, "The Hour will not arrive until almost thirty Dajjaal Liars are sent; each one of them will claim that he is the Messenger of Allah." (Muslim) This is the most known form of this Hadith, there will be almost 30 Dajjaal's claiming to be prophets. Ibn 'Umar said, 'By Allah, during the period of the Messenger of Allah, we were neither doubters nor fornicators.' He then said, 'By Allah, I heard the Messenger of Allah say: Al-Maseeh Ad-Dajjaal (Anti Christ) and thirty liars or more will indeed come before the Day of Judgment.'" (Ahmad) Here Ibn Umar mentions they will be 30 or more Dajjaal's by the day of judgment. Ibn 'Umar related that he heard the Messenger of Allah say, "In my nation, there are indeed Nayifan (a number anywhere between 3, 9 and 70); each one of them is a caller to the Hellfire. If I wish, I can inform you of their names and tribes." (Related by Al-Haafiz Abu Yatlaa - Ibn Kathir in the Book of The End) These are smaller Dajjaal’s and they will be up to 70 or more in his Ummah. Anas related that the Messenger of Allah said, "Before Ad-Dajjaal there will be Nayifan (smaller) Dajjaals." (Ibn Kathir in the Book of The End) Up to 70 Nayifan but it doesn’t specify in his Ummah. Once the Prophet of Allah said, while delivering a ceremonial speech at an occasion of a solar eclipse, as Samura ibn Jundub reported: "...Verily by God, the Last Hour will not come until 30 liars of prophecy will appear and the final one will be the One-eyed False Messiah." (Imam Ahmad). Huthaifa narrated, that the Prophet said: "In my Ummah (community/nation), there are 27 dajjaal liars, including 4 women. I am the last Prophet and none will come after me." (Related by Imam Ahmad and Al-Tabrani as a sound hadeeth)   315

Abu Hurairah narrated that the Messenger of Allah (saws) said: "In the end of time there shall come men who will swindle the world (in Arabic Dunya comprehensively intending the entire globe) with religion (Deen), deceiving the people in soft skins of sheep, their tongues are sweeter than sugar and their hearts are the hearts of wolves. Allah [Mighty and Sublime is He] says: 'Is it me you try to delude or is it against me whom you conspire? By Me, I swear to send upon these people, among them, a Fitnah that leaves them utterly devoid of reason." )Tirmidhi: Vol. 4, Book 10, Hadith 2404) It is clear from the above narrations the prophet was referring to different types of liars, some in his Ummah some not, some claiming to be prophets while others where calling to a new way of life, the exact same thing as establishing a new religion.

316

C H A P T E R 23

Nu’aym Ibn Hammad (ra) We have quoted from Imam Nu’aym’s “Kitab al Fitan wal Malahem”, The Book of Tribulations and War, through out this work so we considered that providing his biography is much needed, since some modern deviant sects have erroneously slandered his character. His full name was Abu Abdillah Nu’aym ibn Ḥammad ibn Muawiyah alKhuza’i al-Marwazi, he studied in Iraq and the Ḥijaz and settled in Egypt. He studied the science of hadith under many Ulamah (scholars) from amongst whom are: Abu Hamzah as-Sukkari, Abu Bakr ibn Ayyash, Ḥafṣ ibn Ghiyath, ibn Uyaynah, al-Faḍl ibn Musa, Abu Dawud al-Tiyalisi, Abdullah ibn Mubarak and others. From amongst his most famous students are: Muḥammad ibn Ismail al-Bukhari the author of the famous “Sahih al Bukhari”, Yaḥyah ibn Ma’in, Abu Ḥatim arRazi, Abu Zur’ah ad-Dimashqi and there are many others.  Imam Nu’aym is considered to be the first person in Islam to have compiled a Musnad, a type of hadith collection were the narations it contains are arranged according to the name of the companion who narrated it, some famous Musnads are the Musnad of Imam Ahmad ibn Hanbal and Musnad Abu Dawwud. This act is one of the most significant things in Islam, because the Prophet (saws) said who ever begins a sunnah, starts or invents something new, he will have the reward of it and the reward of every person after him who adopted and benefited from it, this tells us Imam Nu’aym’s status with Allah because he was one of the first compilers of Hadith collections which the entire Muslim Ummah later benefited from and emulated.

317

The Imam’s aḥadith are narrated in all the six famous books of Aḥadith besides Nasa’i, Imam Bukhari narrates from him in his celebrated al-Jami’ as-Ṣaḥih and Imam Muslim similarly narrates from him via al-Ḥasan al-Ḥalwani in the introduction of his Saḥiḥ Muslim. What this means is that his character is established and beyond doubt because both Imam Bukhari and Imam Muslim narrated from him in their Sahih collection’s, these are the most rigorously authenticated collection’s in Islam, second in authority to only the Quran. A hadith can only be found in them when all the men in it’s chain of narrators are beyond doubt, both Imam Bukhari and Muslim had the most stringent criteria of verification among all the scholars of Hadith and when a narration is found in both Bukhari and Muslim it is given a grading higher than Sahih and that is “Agreed upon”, it’s authenticity is therefor on par with the Quran becouse there is no doubt that it the prophets words himself (saws). An example of this grading can be found in Imam Nawawi’s “Riyad al Saliheen” (Gardens of the Righteous), when the Imam Quotes a narration found in both Bukhari and Muslim it is given this grading. Imam Nu’aym later in his life was imprisoned, in the year 223 Ah or 224 Ah, because of the fitna regarding the question of wether the Quran was created or not, this fitna was spread by the heretical Mutazilah sect, they forced scholars to declare their position on the matter after which they would either kill or imprison them if they held opposing views, hence he passed away in prison. Some scholars have recorded his passing in the year 228 Ah whilst other’s mentioned 229 Ah. It is then beyond doubt that the Imam holds a very lofty place in the sight of Allah Ta’ala, as the prophet (saws) said “The best Jihad is proclaiming the truth in front of an oppressive ruler”. (Tirmidhi)

318

C H A P T E R 24

Methodology: Chronological Order Of Ahadith A number of years ago i began research for another book entitled “The Lifespan of this Ummah and It's History According to Prophetic Narration's from Beginning to End”, it was a chronological arrangement of the prophetic Narration's about the signs of the hour which simultaneously focused on the many Ahadith which indicated that the age span of this Ummah (how long Islam would remain on earth) was known to Rasul Allah (saws). All things were shown to the prophet (saws) except for five matters, He (saws) did not know when the hour itself would occur but knew everything else before hand. The Ahadith are far to many to mention here but it is enough to mention that Imam Bukhari narrates seven ahadith in his Sahih regarding the matter while Imam Ibn Hajar in his famous Tafsir (exegesis) to Sahih Bukhari, ‘Fath al Bari’ commented on this giving a specific lifespan for Islam. Since we are at the end of time we have the advantage of hindsight scholars from previous era's did not, most of the events have already occurred with only the major signs remaining. Yet hardly any new books have been written on the subject, most printed works are those of Imam Ibn Kathir, whose work is extremely accurate after recent investigation's, but lacked precision and finality in pinpointing specific events that have occurred in our life, since he was talking about a distant future, while to us it is all history. The Imam for instance would arrange three or four narration's under a specific heading and then arrange all of these headings in a larger timeline, but the narration's themselves would not be in any specific order only the title’s.

319

The book is still being researched and is a larger scope than this present work, it cover’s Al Malhama Kubra (the Great Battle) in greater detail, the events surrounding the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) and their interpretation and identifying who Yajuj wa Majuj are along with were they are, and the Lifespan of the Ummah, or how long will Islam be on earth for, scholars like Imam Abu Dawwud and Imam Tirmidhi in their respective collections similarly narrated numerous ahadith regarding this subject. Hence most of the essential research for this book came from that effort, i have generally avoided discussion's on methodology throughout the book for the sake of being brief and not because that investigation wasn't carried out as i know some would like to ponder over it. So Insha Allah we will give a brief discussion on the chronology and methodology we employed to arrive at the order in this book. Finding and identifying the exact order of events in a large number of Ahadith was the result of a number of years of study and research into the subject, hence stating that a narration was speaking about a specific event was not done in haste or with ease. After investigation it became very clear that in order to simplify matters we could divide narration's into those that spoke of events before the Fall of Islam's last Khalifah, most of which is History and easy to identify and narration's that spoke about the last one hundred years, our present time and those of future events. In terms of narration's speaking about modern events the Hadith which Imam Ibn Kathir labeled “The Fitnah of the Saddlebag” is key to all modern events, it gives a list of most of the modern trials (fitan’s) the prophet (saws) spoke of and a chronology that ends with the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him) himself, spanning decades. Abdullah ibn 'Umar said, "While we were seated with the Messenger of Allah, he mentioned the tribulations, and he mentioned much about them until he discussed the trial of the saddlebags." Someone said, "O Messenger of Allah, what is the trial of the saddlebags?" He said, "It is the usurping of wealth and the fleeing. 320

Then there is the trial of As-Saraa (espionage and spying) — it’s Dakhal or smoke. Underneath my feet is a man from the people of my household who claims that he is my son (or direct descendent) but he is not from me; indeed my Awliya (companions or helpers) are only those who are the Muttaqoon (those who fear Allah). Then people will gather and agree upon a man, (but it will be an agreement that is) like a hip on a rib (temporary).Then there will be the Duhaimaa (black, dark, catastrophic) trial. It will afflict every single person from this Nation. When it will be said that it is over, it will return; during it, a man will be a believer in the morning and a disbeliever in the night. (This will continue) until people will go to two Fustaats (group's) — the Fustaat of Eemaan (faith), in which there is no hypocrisy, and the Fustaat of hypocrisy, in which there is no Eemaan (faith). And when that will come to you (the sorting is finished), wait for the Dajjaal on that day or on the morrow." (Abu Dawood) In the narration it begins with the trial of the Saddlebag, next is the Trial of asSarra, then the Duhaima and then people being sifted into two camps an event that will end with the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him) emerging on that specific day or the one following it. People being sifted and split into camps is spoken of in a number of other narration's; Abdullah ibn 'Amr ibn Aas reported that the Messenger of Allah (pbuh) said, "How will you (act) and the time draws near when people will be sifted; the covenants of people will be corrupted and the people will differ; then they will be like this," and he intertwined his fingers. They said, "How should we (act), O Messenger of Allah?" He said, " Take what you know to be good and leave what you repudiate; betake yourselves to your own private affairs and leave off the affairs of the general public." (Abu Dawood) In this narration the sifting is mentioned to occur just before people's lives become intertwined, this event is identifiable and is clear because we have seen it, it is the globalization of the world due to modern technological advancement's, we know with certainty when this globalization occurred because of the availability of technology and hence we can date it with certainty. 321

It was after 2001 that the internet was first introduced to the masses, prior to that it was very slow, 56k dial up modems were considered fast and the latest thing, it was limited in who used it and technology was not that advanced or widespread, by 1995 it was said only 24 million people used the internet, but by 2012 that number increased a hundred fold to 2.4 billion, from it’s increased availability a number of large industries emerged that have since shaped our lives in less then a decade. The number of similar connections that can be made with other Ahadith, identifying specific dates, is numerous but essentially when this is done with more depth and a greater scope, a bigger picture begins to emerge along with a definite chronology. A simple example is the following narration; Abu Hurairah related that the Prophet (saws) said, "By the One Who has sent me with the Truth, this world will not come to an end until they are afflicted with Al-Khasf (earthquakes), Al-Qadhf (strong winds that cause rocks to fly a simile for Bombardment), and Al-Maskh (emergence of people who transmute (Maskh) themselves and other’s, these are people who use Sihr and follow trends)." The Companions asked, "And when is that, O Messenger of Allah?" He said, "When you see women riding private parts (when pornography becomes widespread), when there will be many female singers (the music industry spreads and uses sexuality to sell music), when there will be much false testimony (globalization, when the contract’s become corrupt and people bear false testimony), when men will suffice themselves with men, and when women will suffice themselves with women." (homosexuality becomes accepted in society) (Al-Haafiz Abu Bakr Al-Bazzaar related this narration, taken from Ibn Kathir’s al Bidaya wa Nihaya) We can identify the dates because the prophet (saws) said this will occur when Pornography, music, homosexuality are wide spread and globalization has occurred. Pornography only spread around the world, as we see it today, destroying conservative societies after the advent of the Internet, prior to the internet's emergence it is was limited to media that was restricted in it’s impact on people, like magazine's and VHS tapes, and not easily attainable, hence the industry was still

322

relatively small compared to what it is today. Music similarly spread with the internet and technology, along with the acceptance of homosexuality in society. During the 90's Homosexual people were still ostracized from mainstream life and hidden away. Hence from this we know the period that al Khasf, Qadhaf and Maskh are to occur in and we can identify them accordingly. The 2004 Tsunami was one of the biggest earthquake's in world history, Bombardment or Qadfh refers to the wars between Israel, Lebanon, Syria and the wars of Iraq and Afghanistan. The reach of missile's by Hizb Allah and Syria was actually the key issue over which the war's began, Hizb Allah would literally trade missile for missile with Israel. During this time we also saw sub cultures and the influence of occult groups, along with people who use sihr (dark magic), spread around the world, something that is openly practiced in America in both Hollywood and the Music industries, coincidentally they are responsible for creating many of these subcultures that practice sihr (dark magic) more extremely which all relate to Maskh. The sifting of people into two camps is a key event mentioned in many narrations, it is also mentioned at the beginning of the narration regarding the War in Syria "At the end of time there will be a trial in which people (at large) will be sorted in a similar way to that in which gold is sorted from metal. Therefore (as a result of this sifting that is causing people to differ) do not rebuke the people of Syria rather, rebuke the evil people among them (Asad and his regime), because amongst them are the Abdals (Awliya). Allah will send a flood from Heaven (an event, the Arab spring) that will disperse their groups in a way (the civil) that if foxes were to attack them (ISIS and Al Qaeda) they would be victorious" (meaning the foxes are opportunistic and would not have won otherwise). "Abu Hurairah related that the Messenger of Allah said, "Iraq will be prevented from its dirham (a currency) and its Qifaz (measurement of Oil, the sanctions of Iraq during the 90's and early 2000); Sham will be prevented from its Mudd (measurement of wheat) and its Dinar (a currency) and Egypt will be prevented from its Irdab (measurement of grain) and its Dinar (currency). You will recoil to that position from were you started and you will recoil to that position from 323

were you started (the Khalifah will no longer exist and Islamic borders will shrink), the bones and the flesh of Abu Huraira would bear testimony to it" (Muslim, Book 41 Hadith 6923) Because we know that the Hadith mentioning the sanctions placed on Iraq says Sham will have sanctions placed on it, we know Syria is next to be occupied by a foreign power, this usually occurs following the same recipe, a Muslim government come’s into power the super powers don't like that so they intervene to secularize the entire country, this is simply modern history in the Islamic world. Hence this hadith in turn connects the war in Syria to the Fitnah of the Saddlebag in Iraq and the Duhaima, September the 11th in America (discussed in detail in the book), because both narrations talk about the sifting of people. The hadith of the Saddlebag spans a larger time period, beginning in the 90's and ending with the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him), it also connects the hadith regarding the war in Syria with the Hadith mentioning the Sanction's on Iraq, Syria and then Egypt because the sanctions on Iraq have already occurred. These narration’s are all then connected to the Ahadith regarding the different phases of Islamic governance (mentioned in the book) and the era of Dictators ending, because it ended with the Arab spring and the only thing that is next, is a return to Khalifah under the Mahdi (ra). We know from modern history sanction’s will more than likely be placed on Syria when an Islamic government takes control of Syria, in this way a larger picture emerges from all the narration's. This shows us how perfectly and accurately Rasul Allah (saws) described the events of the 90's up to the time we are living in now. Between the Hadith of the Saddle Bag mentioning the different Fitnahs (trials) and the Hadith mentioning the Sanctions of Iraq, Sham and Egypt we have a timeline with clear events defined on it up to the time of the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him), one Hadith filling in the gaps of the other.

324

Many other Ahadith fit into this timeline, between the sanctions on Iraq and the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him) and further elaborate on what has occurred and will occur in the future. A scholar said regarding the phrase in the Hadith, “Underneath my feet is a man from the people of my household who claims that he is my son (or direct descendent) but he is not from me”, In the summer of 1990, at the time the words ALLAHU AKBAR first appeared on the flag of Iraq, Saddam Hussain declared he was a descendent of the Prophet Muhammad, upon him peace, and produced a family chart to prove it. This chart hangs in one of the heavily frequented Shi`i mosques in Iraq, next to the presumed graves of one of Ahl al-Bayt. Saddam also began to address King Hussayn of Jordan, a real 27 generation descendent, as "cousin." Rasul Allah (pbuh) indicates who is responsible for the Fitnah of the Saddle Bag and Fitnatul Sarrah, by pointing out a public action of his we would know him clearly by “Underneath my feet is a man from the people of my household who claims that he is my son (or direct descendent) but he is not from me”, no other individual is connected to all the events mentioned in this single Hadith and is responsible for them except Saddam Hussein. Becouse we can identify the individual in this Hadith as Saddam Hussein we can identify all the other events similarly since they are all in our History, and Identifying the Duhaima, September the 11th was done in this manner, it's impact on the world literally split the world into two camps; Abu Hurairah said, "The Prophet said, Woe to the Arabs from the great evil which is nearly approaching them: it will be like patches of dark night. A man will wake up as a believer, and be a kafir (unbeliever) by nightfall. People will sell their religion for a small amount of worldly goods. The one who clings to his religion on that day will be as one who is grasping an ember or thorns." (Ahmad) Abu Hurairah (r.a) reported that Rasul Allah (saws) said, "Perform all good deeds before the era of evil dawns, the darkness of which will increase in waves. The effects of these evils will be so grave that a person will be a Mu’min in the

325

morning and a Kaafir at night, or, a Mu’min at night and a Kaafir in the morning. A person will sell his Deen in lieu of a paltry sum." (Muslim) The "Patches of a dark night" mentioned in the first Hadith refers to the Duhaimma, mentioned in the fitnah of the Saddlebag narration which similarly mentions "A man will wake up a believer and go to sleep a disbeliever", the above two Ahadith are then connected by the statements quoted, which is the characteristic of this Fitnah. The Duhaima is mentioned in an indirect manner in a number of smaller narration's, so once we know the key phrases the prophet (saws) used to describe it we can collect them under this single event, identifying other things the prophet (saws) said would occur around this time. For example the prophet (saws) said "There will be a tribulation in which a man will be a believer in the morning and a disbeliever by evening, except the one to whom Allah grants Knowledge". (Ibn Maaja, Vol1, Book 36, Hadith 3954) by itself this is unidentifiable but we now know that the description and words "a man will be a believer in the morning and a disbeliever by evening" refers to this fitna, so the prophet (saws) gave advice to acquire knowledge in order to protect oneself from it because the world will be so dark at this time people will leave their religion, we saw this with the rise of Atheism and evolution which challenged religion, while many others chose to make money by publicly leaving Islam to promote a book they wrote against it. Similarly the prophet (saws) said "Before the Hour comes, there will be a tribulation like patches of dark night. A man will get up a believer and go to sleep a kafir, or will go to sleep a believer and get up a kafir. The one who sits will be better than one who stands, and one who walks will be better than one who runs. Break your bows, cut their strings, and strike your swords against stones. If someone comes to kill any of you, then be like the better of the two sons of Adam." (Abu Dawud.) From this narration we now know the words of the prophet (saws) "a tribulation like patches of dark night" refers to the Duhaima because he similarly says in it "A man will get up a believer and go to sleep a kafir", from here we can now use 326

these phrases along with the advice “The one who sits will be better than one who stands, and one who walks will be better than one who runs. Break your bows, cut their strings, and strike your swords against stones. If someone comes to kill any of you, then be like the better of the two sons of Adam” to further identify other narrations which use this phrasing, connecting them all together and drawing a larger picture. The phrases "The one who sits will be better than one who stands", "strike your swords" and " be like the better of the two sons of Adam" is used in many other narration's that don't mention the Duhaima by name, but as we research these narration's that mention two or three events in this way, we can identify many other events mentioned around the fitna of the Duhaima and date them accurately. An example of this is the narration in which the Prophet (saws) said, "There will be a tribulation in which the one who is sleeping will be better than the one who is lying down, the one who is lying will be better than the one who is sitting, the one who is sitting will be better than the one who is standing, the one who is standing will be better than the one who is walking, the one who is walking will be better than the one who is riding, and the one who is riding will be better than the one who is running; "all of their dead will be in Hell" (meaning those who went out to fight and died are in Hell)....(it is mentioned in full in the book) The phrase “all of their dead will be in Hell” is mentioned in another set of different narration's all said to occur at the end of time without specifying the Duhaima or indicating a date or referring to the one who sits or stands, but they speak about a general trial at the end of time. Once this work is done a large chain of events, one after the other, along a very obvious timeline begins to emerge connecting even more events, allowing us to realise that the prophet (saws), as many companions said, literally spoke about all the major events, one after the other, year after year, leading all the way up to the Hour. Umar ibn Al-Khattaab (ra) said, “One day the Prophet (saws) stood up amongst us for a long period and informed us about the beginning of creation 327

(and talked about everything in detail) till he mentioned how the people of Paradise will enter their places and the people of Hell will enter their places. Some remembered what he had said, and some forgot it”. (Bukhari) We have not lost these narration's, the scholars collected them all in their works, we need to simply identify the events one after the other to realise how much information we have been given by the prophet (saws) and how they fit into what Umar (ra) said. The following is probably one of the most distinctive narration's when connecting all the ahadith together because it mention's three key things all spoken of separately in many other narration's but here because they are mentioned together in single hadith we can connect them and identify all the narration's at the same time, otherwise most people would overlook this hadith as just another sign of the hour. The event in the hadith was identified from the last two phrases; Abdullah bin 'Amr narrated that the Messenger of Allah (saws) said: "There shall be a Fitnah of extermination of the 'Arabs. Its fighters are in the Fire. During it, the tongue is stronger then the sword." (Tirmidhi, Vol. 4, Book 7, Hadith 2178) The extermination of the arabs is mentioned in detail in many other Ahadith, some we have related at the beginning of this book, it's finality will be during the time of the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him). Before the Mahdi emerges 1/3 of the Arabs will have died in wars, 1/3 will have perished from famine, disease etc, and only 1/3 will remain. By the time of al Malhama al Kubra (the Great Battle) Europe will be asking for the genocide of the Arabs openly and by the time of Isa (as) most of the arabs will have died and what remains will mainly all be in Jerusalem, no more than a few hundred thousand if we consider how many can live in that city, all of this is clearly mentioned in narration's but now we can place this event along a specific timeline. Since we can identify all these events we now know it's timing and beginning was during the Duhaima, September the 11th, the clearest event about this matter being the second Invasion and occupation of Iraq, even though Saddam Hussein 328

was cleared of any involvement in the Attack on America and did not have any weapons of Mass destruction America still invaded. The Prophet (pbuh) said: There will be such troubles and calamities that nobody will have a place to shelter from them. These calamities will travel around Sham (the wars between the 50's, 70's and 80's) and settle over Iraq (in the 90’s, this identified in detail in the book). They will bind the Arabian Peninsula...As they attempt to eliminate these calamities in one (place) they will arise again in another. (Kenzul Ummal, Book of Thoughts on Doomsday, Vol 5, p 38-39) Troubles and calamities “traveled” around Sham (Lebanon, Syria, Palestine, Jordan, involving the neighboring countries) after WW2 ended, they settled over Iraq in the 90’s then flared up Again in Syria in the last decade, "As the strife calms down in one place in Sham, it will rise up in another (place). The strife (in sham) will not end until Angels call out from the sky "The Mahdi is your Leader", "The Mahdi is your caliph"". (Taken from the works of Harun Yahya in which he cites it from - Mustafa Resit Filizi, Treatise on the Coming of the Mahdi, p 63) Events of the hour will continue one after another like beads falling from a string follow each other, this is what occurred after the 90’s in Iraq, sanctions were lifting from the country and events were settling down when September the 11th occurred beginning the wars all over again, foreign troops were pulled out of Iraq in the 2000's when Civil War broke out in Syria, and they will continue in Syria (Sham) until the Mahdi (ra) emerges. If we consider the hadith of the Saddlebag, how long it's consequence's have lasted since 1990, all the events it entailed, the man behind it all that lead to the Duhaima (sep the 11th), which split the world into two camps, it becomes clear who the prophet (saws) was referring to in the following narration and what the calamity was; "Severe calamity from the direction of their ruler will befall my people during the Last Days. It will be a calamity which, in severity, shall be unprecedented. It will be so violent that the earth with injustice and corruption will shrivel for its inhabitants. The believers will not find refuge from oppression (sep the 11th was the begging of oppression, this is why the whole world is mentioned here). At that 329

time (this is relatively speaking, Islam has been on earth for 1400 years) God will send a man from my family to fill the earth with justice" (Ibn Hajar) The Mahdi (ra) will come towards the end of the fitnah we are now facing, when it's ramifications are nearing there end on earth, because of what 9/11 did to the world. splitting it into two camps, it's effects on earth will only end with the Dajjaal emerging that day or the next, the Mahdi will emerge about 9 years before this time and the Great War (Armageddon) will be fought during this time between the Muslims and Europe. Before the Mahdi (ra) emerges events will revolve around the tyrant al Sufyani (who the prophet spoke about), he will wage wars but there repercussion’s will be local while the Actions of Saddam Hussein impacted the entire Muslim world, because it was a time in society when breaking your word still had consequences and meaning, we only later become desensitized to these things and their is no more room for that shock and impact, it is common place now. “the earth (the world) with injustice and corruption will shrivel for its inhabitants”, this is what occurred after sanction’s were placed on Iraq, September the 11th gave America it's excuse to invade Iraq again to depose Saddam Hussein and begin the campaign of exterminating the Arabs. The first Iraq war was the initial injustice that lead to all later injustices the Ummah faced like September the 11th and the second invasion of Iraq. Abdullah ibn Amr related that he heard the Messenger of Allah say, "When you see that my nation dreads saying to the oppressor, 'Indeed you are an oppressor,' then they have taken their leave (i.e. their existence and non-existence amounts to the same thing)." (Ahmad) We know this Hadith refers to Saddam Husain because the Prophet (saws) was referring to His "entire Ummah" at a time when their entire existence and nonexistence will amount to the same thing, they will all be worthless and powerless after this time to stand up to anyone. This can't have occurred during the time of the Khalifa's because tyrants in Islam's history during the Dynasties were followed by leaders better than them, one 330

Khalifah would follow another, and many existed at the same time some better than others, similarly one Dynasty would follow another and muslims were in control of their own affairs. But only now after there are no more Khalifahs and we are living in the era of Tyrants, during a time after the wars of the past 100 years that crushed the Islamic spirit, did the Muslims reach a point of hopelessness in what was occurring in the muslim world. They were powerless to say anything, they literally said nothing, and even accepted their Tyrant leaders actions, "they have taken their leave" from morality and Islam itself, Allahs said about the responsibility he placed on Man “We did indeed offer the Trust to the Heavens and the Earth and the Mountains; but they refused to undertake it, being afraid thereof: but man undertook it; He was indeed unjust and foolish” (33:72). Hence from all these connections the Hadith mentioning the trial of the Saddle Bag, the Trial of Al Sarrah and the Trial of the Duhaimaa is the most significant of all the Ahadith prior to the advent of the Mahdi (ra) because it describes the Major events which changed the world' It gave a timeline for events from the time of the 1990 Iraq War, to what we are living right now, then on to the time of the Mahdi (ra) and finally the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him). All other Ahadith referring to the signs before the Mahdi (ra) fit into the timeline established by this Hadith, closely followed by the Ahadith speaking about the sanctions on the Arab world. This is because when war reaches Egypt that is the beginning of the Major wars, as the prophet (saws) said. If we look at methodology we have used in an abstract manner for establishing how these Ahadith connect events which have already occurred, we can see the big picture by understating that Rasul Allah (saws) in a narration may mention an event A followed by events B,C then D, and from this the Ullumah (Scholars) can now know that these events will occur in this exact sequence.

331

Then in another narration the Prophet (saws) may mention in a specific order the same event A then B, but followed by events E and F, skipping C and D, were by we know that E and F have already occurred. So from this the Ullumah can conclude that events A,B, C and D must have also occurred but we just need to identify them properly since the wording in the Hadith may be vague. This is the case regarding the Hadith mentioning the Fitnah of the Saddlebag, in this instance the Prophet (saws) Mentions events A, B,C,D, E, F and G along a definite timeline and in other Ahadith He (saws) mentions a different set of events that we know are occurring now and are the exact same events of E and F mentioned, so we know the earlier events in the Hadith of the Saddle Bag must have therefor occurred. He (saws) also mentions in another set of Ahadith events that we know will occur between D, E, F and since the last event "G" is the arrival of the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him) we can arrange all the Ahadith with certainty along an accurate timeline because of this. He (saws) also mentions in another set of Ahadith events that we know will occur between D, E, F and since the last event "G" is the arrival of the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him) we can arrange all the Ahadith with certainty along an accurate timeline because of this. Another method that will help in this task is to look at all the Ahadith the Imams have compiled in their works along their Time line, which Imam Ibn Kathir and Imam Suyuti did, we then will know how many events and narrations are left to occur before the time of the Mahdi (ra), allowing us to identify their chronology and relative time period accurately. My Intention Insha allah in mentioning this is that scholars or others who may research the matter will Insha Allah come up with more accurate results.

332

Imam Ali (ra) said “Knowledge leads to Wisdom, the educated man is the wise one, riches diminish by expenditure while knowledge is increased by dissemination.” He (ra) also said “The sum total of (Human) excellence (Ihsan) is Knowledge.”

333

C H A P T E R 25

The Book Of Revelations Continued Even though the Book of Revelations are the visions Allah sent to the companion of Isa (as) John (ra), it still suffers from the same tampering’s the rest of the bible suffered from. When earlier christians commissioned that copies of the bible be made and translated into various languages they commissioned Roman translators to do this work, at the time they were considered enemies of the state, needless to say this was one source for some foul insertions and alterations that are little more than graffiti and hate speech against Allah’s prophets by Romans who were largely Pagan. Another source of corruption in the text was done by so called “christians” of the time, who altered it for profit and money, this could have been at the behest of Christians in political office or Roman officials newly converted wanting to influence a people who lived among them by doing what Rome had done at the change of nearly every Emperor, they brought into it’s pantheon of gods, the god each new emperor believed in. The book of revelations is no exception to this, it’s corruption is something which has been scientifically established through textual analysis, with out getting into the science of the matter even though the majority of the text is intact it is clear verses have been inserted into it, this is like reading a book written by an Englishman in his native accent, then suddenly the language would switch to english being spoken with a Japanese accent, making it clear more than one person had a hand in writing it. Sometimes the “accent” would change multiple times indicating multiple insertions and at times it would switch from “middle english” or Shakespearean English to a more modern version of the language, from this we know what time periods the insertions where made. 334

In this vein are the greek formulas of logic that God supposedly claimed He is the alpha (first) and the omega (last), and in the next sentence claims the exact thing again by saying He is the first and the last as if the author did not know what Alpha and Omega stood for. This phrasing itself is pagan in origin found clearly in their texts and not from the vocabulary or logic of people who spoke Aramaic. The Story of Hagar (ra) The interpretation of the later chapters of the book of revelations are straight forward without much deduction once we identify who the passages are referring to from simple history, the passage regarding the wife of Ibrahim (as) Hagar in places was not, so here is a more complete picture. In Chapter 12 John (ra) says, “A great sign appeared in heaven: a woman clothed with the sun, with the moon under her feet and a crown of twelve stars on her head. 2 She was pregnant and cried out in pain as she was about to give birth. 3 Then another sign appeared in heaven: an enormous red dragon with seven heads and ten horns and seven crowns on its heads. 4 Its tail swept a third of the stars out of the sky and flung them to the earth. The dragon (in the old world a giant snake was called a dragon) stood in front of the woman who was about to give birth, so that it might devour her child the moment he was born. 5 She gave birth to a son, a male child, who “will rule all the nations with an iron scepter.” And her child was snatched up to Allah and to his throne (this means the child was granted prophethood). 6 The woman fled into the wilderness to a place prepared for her by Allah, where she might be taken care of for 1,260 days (about 3.5 years). Then war broke out in Heaven (it’s more accurate to say the Angels punished the Dragon by warring against him, because currently it presumes equality in strength between Angels and Jinn). Michael and his Angels against the Dragon, and the Dragon and His Angels (Jinn) fought back (it is clear here that to much emphasis is placed on the abilities of Iblis a Jinn in translation, because they don’t know the nature His creation). But he was not strong enough, and they lost their place in heaven…

335

(The original verse is clear but the translators lacked knowledge to discern why the Jinn are weaker, they likewise didn't know the nature of Angels creation. What the verse is saying is that Allah stopped him from visiting Heaven at all, which allowed him to see future events, keeping in mind the devil was forbidden to live there in the time of Adam and in the time of the prophet muhammad (saws) Jinn were no longer allowed to even listen to the conversations of Angels to get news for their soothsayers). …The great dragon was hurled down-that ancient serpent called the devil, or satan, who leads the whole world astray. He was hurled to the earth, and his Angels with him (because the nature of the Angels and Jinn, are relatively similar, light and fire are made from similar quantum particles, any Jinn who had the ability to enter Heaven was given the honorific title of Angel because he had to take on there Angelic qualities to enter it, but unlike the Angels he still had freewill to chose what to do in life). Then I heard a loud voice in heaven say: “Now have come the salvation and power and the Kingdom of our God, and the authority of his Messiah. For the accuser of our brothers and sisters, (the Humans), who accuses them before our God day and night, has been hurled down.” They Triumphed over him by the blood of the Lamb and by the word of their testimony (a later insertion commenting on what was misconstrued from the Angels words, Jesus was not born during the of Ibrahim when he was cast down); they did not love their lives so much as to shrink from death. (here it switches from commentary back to the Angel), Therefore rejoice, you heavens and you who dwell in them! But woe to the earth and the sea, because the devil has gone down to you! He is filled with fury, because he knows that his time is short.” When the dragon saw that he had been hurled to the earth, he pursued the women who had given birth to the male child. The women was given two wings of a great eagle, so that she might fly to the place prepared for her in the wilderness (A reference to Ibrahim who took her there), where she would be taken care of for a time, times and half a time (3.5 years, 1 year being a “time”) out of the serpent’s reach. Then from his mouth the serpent spewed water like a river, to overtake the women and sweep her away with the torrent. But the earth helped the women by opening it’s mouth and swallowing the river that the dragon had spewed out of his mouth. 336

Then the dragon was enraged at the women and went off to wage war against the rest of her offspring-those who keep God’s commands and hold fast their testimony about Jesus (the muslims who hold fast regarding what occurred to Jesus). This story is about the wife of Ibrahim and mother of Ishmael, Hagar, Ibrahim was instructed by Allah to take them to Makkah and leave them there to be looked after by Allah, the place was a desolate desert with no water at the time, this is the story of how the first people came to live there. The passage is also a reference to the Islamic Empire that would come from Ishmael and rule all nations, as the verse states. Some christian commentators give a completely unrealistic interpretation that is unattached from physical reality and state the women was the Church and the child was Jesus, no doubt because of the passage stating He would rule all nations, but the Church did not give birth to Jesus, rather he supposedly gave birth to it and christians and the church did not come to rule the earth throughout most of their history, they followed the lead of the Islamic Empire through out history until modern secular rule after WW1, relegated the church irrelevant in our times, largely due to their denouncement of science itself which set them back in comparison to other parts of the world. “Then from his mouth the serpent spewed water like a river, to overtake the woman and sweep her away with the torrent.” Here the story skips events, it was Jibril who created the river of Zam Zam so they could survive in the desert this was part of Allah’s promise to look after them in an isolated place, Iblis wanted to drown her in it but had Hagar not gathered the water with dirt the prophet (saws) said it would have flowed and become a river, so the words “Then from his mouth the serpent spewed water like a river” is symbolic of what Iblis wanted to do with Zam Zam, he wanted it to flow out of control hoping he would drown them with it, he attempted this by trying to stop Hagar (as) from encircling the flow of water with dirt making it become a well. “But the earth helped the woman by opening its mouth and swallowing the river that the dragon had spewed out of his mouth.” This is how the water became a well rather than a river, swallowed means it was contained and it became

337

an underground reservoir, it hasn’t stopped flowing for 1400 years supplying water to Makkah. “Then the dragon was enraged at the woman and went off to wage war against the rest of her offspring—those who keep God’s commands and hold fast their testimony about Jesus.” Her offspring are the Arab muslims who believe in Jesus (as) and his second coming, along with the purity of his mother Mary (as) and his miraculous birth, we see here the book of revelations in number of places referring to the muslims as “those who keep God’s commands and hold fast their testimony about Jesus”. The Story Of Hagar (ra) In Islam Hagar (ra) was the wife of the Prophet Abraham and the mother of the Prophet Ishmael (peace and blessings of Allah be upon them). When Ishmael was a bay, the prophet Abraham was commanded by Allah to take his wife and son to Makkah and leave them there so that when he grew up, he would spread the Word of Allah in that part of the world. As Allah instructed, Abraham took his wife Hagar with his baby and left them in Makkah with a water skin of water and some dates. Hagar followed him and said, 'O Abraham! Where are you going leaving us in this bare and lifeless valley?' She said this a number of times but he did not say anything. Then she said, 'Has Allah commanded you to do so?' In reply, he simply said, 'Yes!' Then she said that if that was the case, Allah would not destroy them and went back to her baby. When Ibrahim (as.) went behind the side of a mountain where he could not see his wife and son, he turned towards that place (the Ka'bah) where it was to be built later and prayed to Allah with these words, "O our Lord! I have made some of my offspring to dwell in a valley without cultivation by Thy Sacred House: In order, O our Lord, that they may establish regular prayers. So fill the hearts of some among men with love towards them (so they help them) and feed them with fruits, so that they may give thanks." (Qur'an 14:37) Hagar suckled her child and drank water for some days until the water skin was empty, then she and her baby suffered thirst. She saw her child crying from thirst and could not help him. So she left him there and went towards the valley to look 338

for help and water but could not find anyone. Hagar traveled between the mountains of Safa and Marwa, sometimes running, especially in the low ground where she could not see her son, and sometimes walking, seven times she walked and ran from mountain to mountain looking for help, this is why we perform this act during Hajj, but still she could not find anyone. When she had done this for the seventh time and going up the mount Marwa, she heard a voice, she said to herself, 'be quiet' and listened carefully. She heard a voice again and said, "O, man! You have made your voice heard to me. Have you got something to help us?" (this was Gabriel who Allah sent) Suddenly, she returned to her baby and to her amazement, she saw water emerging beneath the foot of her baby, Gabriel dug the ground with his wing so that Zam Zam would flow. Thus, Hagar began to drink water and suckle her baby. The angel said to her, "Don't fear death. This is Allah’s house which will be built by this child and his father (Ibrahim when He returns). And God will not destroy the people of this House."

339

C H A P T E R 26

The End Of America Continued This is a more complete account of the destruction of America mentioned in Chapter 19 of the book of revelations. John (as) said, “After this I heard what sounded like the roar of a great multitude in heaven shouting: “Hallelujah! Salvation and glory and power belong to our God, 2 for true and just are his judgments. He has condemned the great prostitute who corrupted the earth by her adulteries (society essentially). He has avenged on her the blood of his servants.” 3 And again they shouted: “Hallelujah! The smoke from her goes up for ever and ever” (she will never return). 4 The twenty-four elders and the four living creatures fell down and worshiped Allah, who was seated on the throne (established on the throne is more accurate, the translators probably lacked the knowledge we have regarding this matter and chose to word it physically because that is how it sounded, they were all looking at the Arsh of Allah, which is translated as Throne, in the same way Allah is going to punish the throne of America but it isn’t a seat, this is something that in size is greater than the seven heavens combined). And they cried: “Amen, Hallelujah!” 5 Then a voice came from the throne, saying: “Praise our God, all you his servants, you who fear him, both great and small!” 6 Then I heard what sounded like a great multitude, like the roar of rushing waters and like loud peals of thunder, shouting: “Hallelujah! For our Lord God Almighty reigns. 7 Let us rejoice and be glad and give him glory! For the wedding (return to earth) of the Lamb (Jesus) has come, and his bride (the earth) has made herself ready. 8 Fine linen, bright and clean, was given her to wear.” (Fine linen stands for the righteous acts of

340

God’s holy people, so the earth was dressed in acts of righteousness for people to perform during the time of Isa (as).) 9 Then the angel said to me, “Write this: Blessed are those who are invited to the wedding supper of the Lamb!” (who will be alive during His return) And he added, “These are the true words of God.” 10 At this I fell at his feet to worship him (John was in Awe of what it meant for mankind on earth, the Angel just informed him that Allah was once again going to turn mankind back to Him after all this suffering, corruption and death America committed against them). But he said to me, “Don’t do that! I am a fellow servant with you and with your brothers and sisters who hold to the testimony of Jesus (the muslims, here is another reference to Islam by this description first given to the descendants of Hagar and her son). Worship Allah! For it is the Spirit of prophecy (those on the path of the prophets) who bears testimony to Jesus.” (Christians are not on the path of prophets they barely acknowledge them deifying Jesus and focusing on that). This is the first time we see the Lamb, Jesus, mentioned and after Him another figure the Man riding the white horse, christians claimed this was the same person but it is clear from the passage two people are meant. 11 “I saw heaven standing open and there before me was a white horse, whose rider is called Faithful and True (the Mahdi, his name means the one who is guided and the One who guides). With justice he judges and wages war. 12 His eyes are like blazing fire, and on his head are many crowns (he will rule many nations). He has a name written on him that no one knows but he himself (the prophet (saws) gave Him the unique name the Mahdi). 13 He is dressed in a robe dipped in blood, and his name is the Word of God (the word Mahdi comes from Allah’s name al Hadi, the one who guides. The Jews have a prophecy they are waiting for the prophet Elijah (as) to be sent by Allah before Jesus (as) returns, the name Elijah means the one who testifies to Allah, which is the first part of the Islamic testimony of faith,”There is no God but Allah”, in other words Allah said He will send to mankind One who testifies to his name before Jesus returns). 14 The armies of heaven were following him, riding on white horses and dressed in fine linen, white and clean. 15 Coming out of his mouth is a sharp sword with which to strike down the nations. “He will rule them with an iron scepter.” (This is 341

the exact type of rule given to the descendants of the prophet Ishmael earlier in the book of revelations) He treads the winepress of the fury of the wrath of Allah Almighty. 16 On his robe and on his thigh he has this name written: king of kings and lord of lords.” (He acts on Allah’s Authority because he is the Vicegerent of Allah on earth, this is what it means to have these names written on you. The Messenger of Allah said: “A group of my Ummah will fight for the truth until (we) near the day of judgment when Jesus, the son of Marry, will descend, and the leader of them (the Mahdi) will ask him to lead the prayer, but Jesus will decline saying: “No, Verily, among you Allah has made leaders for others and He has bestowed his bounty upon them.” In another hadith “You have more right to it, and verily Allah has honored some of you over others in this Ummah.” Imamat, leadership isn’t switched midpoint Jesus saw the wisdom of not switching and advised the Mahdi telling Him Allah honoured Him with this situation). 17 And I saw an angel standing in the sun, who cried in a loud voice to all the birds flying in midair, “Come, gather together for the great supper of Allah, (The war of Allah on the corrupt) 18 so that you may eat the flesh of kings, generals, and the mighty, of horses and their riders, and the flesh of all people, free and slave, great and small. (So these people can be stripped of what they have, this is a metaphor)” 19 Then I saw the beast (Europe who took over after America fell) and the kings of the earth and their armies gathered together to wage war against the rider on the horse and his army (This is the war between the Muslims and Europe at the end of time, Armageddon). 20 But the beast (Europe) was captured, and with it the false prophet (it’s leader who like America before him was preaching a new way of life, the capitalist system they followed, in religious terminology this is a new religion so there leader is called a false prophet) who had performed the signs on its behalf (another reference to the occult practice of Europe is made here). With these signs he had deluded those who had received the mark of the beast and worshiped its image (Europe will emulate America forcing it’s system on the world). The two of them were thrown alive into the fiery lake of burning sulfur. 21 The rest were killed with the sword coming out of the mouth of the rider on the horse, and all the birds gorged themselves on their flesh. (The leaders were 342

punished by Allah while Europe's people were all defeated by the Mahdi (ra) in the Great Battle, Armageddon). Some christian commentators say the rider was Jesus (as), but the passage clearly introduces a new person and gives him new names describing his qualities that we should know him by, Jesus was already present if he was seated on the throne as they also claim. It will be the Mahdi (ra) who will fight Europe not Jesus (as), Jesus will return once this is accomplished to fight the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) who isn’t mentioned in this passage and will come after the Great War, He will defeat the Mahdi (ra) and call all people on earth to his image (system) using capitalism to strangle the world into submitting. The next chapter, Chapter 20 of the book shows clear signs of tampering, it states Allah will send an Angel to imprison Iblis in an Abyss for 1000 years, after which he will be let loose to turn Yajuj Wa Majuj (Gog and Magog) against Isa (as) who was meant to be alive during this time and had set up his kingdom on earth, so I have not included the remainder of the book here, it’s more than likely that the passage was changed from 40 years to 1000 years. It is clear from the narration's that Gog and Magog will attack Jesus (as) immediately after he defeats the Antichrist not 1000 years later. Allah will kill them and the devils of the earth, Iblis (allah’s curse be upon him) will be imprisoned while Isa (as) rules the earth for 40 years He (saws) will marry have children and die, then Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him) will again be freed corrupting the people of the earth again, the Hour will only come upon the worst of people. The book of revelations then mentions the heavens and the earth will disappear and the day of judgment will occur in front of Allah’s throne, the heavens and the earth will be replaced with another heaven and earth, the passage seems to have been deleted in some places because the account is incomplete like it skips to the end after some major events on earth, the translation shows this clearly. The Bible can best be described as a book without a greater context, you can’t pick it up and simply gain the context of what it is referring to from it’s pages, people over the years have rather been filling in the context from their own knowledge base. You need to have information regarding a wide array of topics, not just his343

tory but language, culture, theology and science, this is why so many varied interpretations exist, each person interprets it according to his own background rather than the background of the book itself, the prophet Jesus (as) is not a discontinuation of the Abrahamic religion. Allah made laws throughout history regarding what He himself created in the Universe, science has opened the door for us to understand that same Universe, this is why anything that isn’t consistent with what Allah original intended is false because the Universe and what is harmful in it for mankind hasn’t changed, what people make up from themselves is a delusion of man like any novelist would pen a novel especially if they have no experience with the original culture these people came from.

344

C H A P T E R 27

The Dream Of The Prophet Daniel: The Ottomans, The British and America

The Dream Of The Prophet Daniel: The Ottomans, The British and America

The prophet Daniel (saws) had a dream of four Beasts (Daniel 7), He saw four beast representing empires that would rise up one after the other, these would be the last empires on earth before the return of Isa (as). Christian commentators believe from the last beast in this dream, America, Europe will briefly come to power it is clear from the dream itself who the last empire is the description given to these nations are exactly like the description given in the book of revelations. Other christian commentators say this dream is just the prophet (saws) seeing the dream of king Nebuchadnezzar for himself the dream the prophet Daniel (saws) famously interpreted for the King, mentioned earlier in chapter 2, but Allah does not do such things He sent that dream to the king so Daniel could interpret it and be established in life, this dream Allah used it to raise the prophet in status among men becouse the king rewarded Daniel (as) greatly for interpreting it with a high position, and it was a significant chapter in the prophets (saws) life He was famously known for, we will see from the next chapter the kings dream is talking about other empires then those seen in the dream of Daniel. The Prophet Daniel (saws) said in chapter 7: In the first year of Belshazzar king of Babylon, Daniel had a dream, and visions passed through his mind as he was lying in bed. He wrote down the substance of his dream. 2 Daniel said: “In my vision at night I looked, and there before me were the four winds of heaven churn345

ing up the great sea. 3 Four great beasts (Empires), each different from the other (Each was Unique), came up out of the sea. 4 “The first was like a lion, and it had the wings of an eagle. I watched until its wings were torn off and it was lifted from the ground so that it stood on two feet like a human being, and the mind of a human was given to it, (the Roman Republic here is turned into an Empire when Julia's Caesar declares himself the first Emperor, the Republic is given the mind of a human, now lead by an emperor and turned into an Empire). 5 “And there before me was a second beast, which looked like a bear. It was raised up on one of its sides, and it had three ribs in its mouth between its teeth. It was told, ‘Get up and eat your fill of flesh!’ This is the Ottoman Empire, this isn’t as clear to understand because you have to know the qualities of the Empire to recognise it, but in history it succeeded the Roman Empire ending it. The description that it had three ribs between it’s teeth indicates it ate them from other empires (beasts) as it raised itself, or as it came to power. The Ottoman Empire unnecessarily warred against other Islamic Empires and ended them and taking their lands, these Empires are what the ribs stand for. It was told to both Get up, come to power, and Eat it’s fill of flesh, meaning expand greatly. It did exactly that because it not only ended other Islamic Empires it ended the Romans, which was the last of that Empire, and warred against Europe who was terrified of their size and might for hundreds of years. The Ottomans were one of the largest Empires in Human history, they also had only of the longest lasting single family Dynasties on Earth. It was an expansionist Empire and their lust for expansion inspired a number of movies like the recent Dracula, who story is based of Vlad the impaler who fought them, his brother accepted Islam and a high post in the Ottoman Army, a custom among the people of that region, Vlad used savagery to scare the giant Ottoman Army impaling any He fought until He was given that title. Daniel continued, 6 “After that, I looked, and there before me was another beast, one that looked like a leopard (this is the same description given to the British Empire in the book of revelations, they came next because they defeated the Ottomans and took their lands). And on its back it had four wings like those of a bird (It had wings because it emulated the Romans who also had wings but they 346

didn’t fly high like the Roman republic their wings where only like a bird not an eagle). This beast had four heads (no crowns or horns on the heads, meaning it had help from other Empires that it did not rule over, other verses in the bible usually place horns and crowns on each head, indicating the Beast ruled over multiple lands, here the beast only has four heads), and it was given authority to rule (by the Dragon mentioned in the book of revelations). In this dream the British leopard is shown to emulate past nations in coming to power, so the beasts on it's head with no crowns means they didn’t rule them, which more than likely is because they had allies in conquering the larger Ottoman Empire. They had the help of Europe and Russia ganging up on the larger Ottoman army before WW1 chipping away at it for hundreds of years until it’s final defeat, then they established themselves as the dominant nation among their Allies. Daniel continues 7 “After that, in my vision at night I looked, and there before me was a fourth beast—terrifying and frightening and very powerful (America). It had large iron teeth; it crushed and devoured its victims and trampled underfoot whatever was left (this last phrase is unique, describing the beast as completely viscous, it means America did not leave anything after defeating an enemy, it destroyed the people by destroying their culture and identity completely. America was called “The Civilization of Destruction” by the prophet Muhammad (saws) for this exact reason it utterly destroyed people and culture). It was different from all the former beasts (not only did American technology set it apart but the world that it arose in was different from all other times in history), and it had ten horns (Allies it controlled and dominated but did no rule, because there are no crowns). 8 “While I was thinking about the horns, there before me was another horn, a little one, which came up among them (the European Union is formed from America’s allies and rises to power to defeat America); and three of the first horns were uprooted before it (this means Europe will uproot three allies of America when it rises to power, possibly England, Australia and Israel or Canada). This horn had eyes like the eyes of a human being and a mouth that spoke boastfully (this is similar to the Roman Republic being given the mind of a human, when Europe rises to power at that time it will have a single leader at it’s head). 347

9 “As I looked, “thrones were set in place, and the Ancient of Days took his seat (a reference to Allah sitting to Judge). His clothing was as white as snow; the hair of his head was white like wool. His throne was flaming with fire, and its wheels were all ablaze. (Allah sets up his court to judge Europe, just like Allah set it up and destroyed America by plunging it into Darkness, the vision is a metaphor for what Allah will do it isn’t literal the throne of Allah doesn’t have wheels these stand for something, because a wheel is the mechanism that makes the cart move this means the universe (karma in short) will move against the European empire). 10 A river of fire was flowing, coming out from before him. Thousands upon thousands attended him; ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him. The court was seated, and the books were opened. 11 “Then I continued to watch because of the boastful words the horn (Europe) was speaking. I kept looking until the beast (America) was slain and its body destroyed and thrown into the blazing fire (Europe kept boasting until America was destroyed). 12 “(The other beasts (older empires) had been stripped of their authority, but were allowed to live for a period of time)” (the bible has this sentence in brackets). (Even though the older empires now have no power their people remained serving America and then Europe). 13 “In my vision at night I looked, and there before me was one like a son of man,(Jesus, the passage refers to his second coming and seperate from what Allah is doing) coming with the clouds of heaven. He approached the Ancient of Days (Allah) and was led into his presence. 14 He was given authority, glory and sovereign power; all nations and peoples of every language worshiped him (this means praised him in the old world). His dominion is an everlasting dominion that will not pass away, and his kingdom is one that will never be destroyed (the Kingdom of Jesus will be the last on earth before the end it won’t be overcome it will disappear after his death, this is what the dream means). 15 “I, Daniel, was troubled in spirit, and the visions that passed through my mind disturbed me. 16 I approached one of those standing there and asked him the meaning of all this. “So he told me and gave me the interpretation of these things: 17 ‘The four great beasts are four kings that will rise from the earth. 18 But 348

the holy people of the Most High will receive the kingdom and will possess it forever—yes, for ever and ever.’ (They won’t last the Kingdom of Allah will be the last standing before the hour, this alone tells us these are the last empires the world will see and this dream can never be the dream of King Nebuchadnezzar because He saw the empires of his region only). 19 “Then I wanted to know the meaning of the fourth beast, which was different (in every way) from all the others and most terrifying, with its iron teeth and bronze claws—the beast that crushed and devoured its victims and trampled underfoot whatever was left (leaving nothing of their former identity, or culture forcing it’s own image on them). 20 I also wanted to know about the ten horns on its head and about the other horn that came up, before which three of them fell—the horn that looked more imposing than the others and that had eyes and a mouth that spoke boastfully. 21 As I watched, this horn was waging war against the holy people and defeating them, (at the end of time, our time, there will be a campaign to end all religious people and morality itself not just by America but Europe as well which this verse states) 22 until the Ancient of Days (Allah) came and pronounced judgment in favor of the holy people of the Most High (because of the war they waged against the people of Allah and religion itself), and the time came when they possessed the kingdom (with Jesus). 23 “He gave me this explanation: ‘The fourth beast is a fourth kingdom that will appear on earth. It will be different from all the other kingdoms and will devour the whole earth, trampling it down and crushing it (This is now American history). 24 The ten horns are ten kings who will come from this kingdom (the beast will empower new rulers on earth). After them another king will arise, different from the earlier ones (the European Union); he will subdue three kings. 25 He will speak against the Most High and oppress his holy people (just like America) and try to change the set times and the laws (annihilating any laws based on religion and morality, today we see this in Europe already with France banning all religious symbols and the headscarf forcing women to loose their modesty). The holy people will be delivered into his hands for a time, times and half a time 349

(3.5 years). 26 “‘But the court will sit, and his power will be taken away and completely destroyed forever. 27 Then the sovereignty, power and greatness of all the kingdoms under heaven will be handed over to the holy people of the Most High. His kingdom (Allah) will be an everlasting kingdom (everlasting can also mean unchallenged, because the Universe itself will end soon after), and all rulers will worship and obey him.’ (Allah will restore religion again and it won’t ever be challenged) 28 “This is the end of the matter. I, Daniel, was deeply troubled by my thoughts, and my face turned pale, but I kept the matter to myself.”

350

C H A P T E R 28

Daniel Interprets The Dream Of Nebuchadnezzar The King of Babylon Nebuchadnezzar had a Dream which no one can interpret, finally the prophet Daniel (saws) is brought to him and interprets the dream for him. The prophet Daniel (as) said, 31 “Your Majesty looked, and there before you stood a large statue—an enormous, dazzling statue, awesome in appearance. 32 The head of the statue was made of pure gold, its chest and arms of silver, its belly and thighs of bronze, 33 its legs of iron, its feet partly of iron and partly of baked clay. 34 While you were watching, a rock was cut out, but not by human hands. It struck the statue on its feet of iron and clay and smashed them. 35 Then the iron, the clay, the bronze, the silver and the gold were all broken to pieces and became like chaff on a threshing floor in the summer. The wind swept them away without leaving a trace. But the rock that struck the statue became a huge mountain and filled the whole earth. 36 “This was the dream, and now we will interpret it to the king. 37 Your Majesty, you are the king of kings. The God of heaven has given you dominion and power and might and glory; 38 in your hands he has placed all mankind and the beasts of the field and the birds in the sky. Wherever they live, he has made you ruler over them all. You are that head of gold (the first Empire Babylon). 39 “After you, another kingdom will arise (All the empires are successive, coming one after the other), inferior to yours (next after Babylon is the Persian Empire). Next, a third kingdom, one of bronze, will rule over the whole earth (This is the Geek Macedonian Empire of Alexander the Great who conquered Persia, eventually the Persians re-established their empire after him for another 800 351

years). 40 Finally, there will be a fourth kingdom (The Islamic Empire, established at the hands of the companions of the prophet (saws) who conquered Persia), strong as iron—for iron breaks and smashes everything—and as iron breaks things to pieces, so it will crush and break all the others (It conquered both Persia and Rome at the same time). 41 Just as you saw that the feet and toes were partly of baked clay and partly of iron, so this will be a divided kingdom (The Islamic Empire over history was made up of multiple Khalifah’s stretching from North Africa to China, each ruled by the people of that region); yet it will have some of the strength of iron in it, even as you saw iron mixed with clay. 42 As the toes were partly iron and partly clay, so this kingdom will be partly strong and partly brittle (The Empires warred with each other and supported each other against invaders). 43 And just as you saw the iron mixed with baked clay, so the people will be a mixture (African Muslim’s set up the African Khalifah’s, Arab Muslims set up the Arab Kbaifahs, Indian muslims set up the Indian Khalifahs, European Muslims set up the European Khalifah (Mamluks), and Turkish Muslims set up the turkish Khalifah) and will not remain united, any more than iron mixes with clay. 44 “In the time of those kings, the God of heaven will set up a kingdom that will never be destroyed (Under Islam all Muslims view themselves as one single Ummah or nation which is how the prophet described them even though they are made up of different Empires and races), nor will it be left to another people (this is something Allah granted the prophet Muhammad in answer to a prayer of his with these exact words of the prophet Daniel, the Islamic Empire was not defeated by a foreign power conquering it, it was defeated by muslims from within it, as was the custom of the British they defeated the last Islamic Empire by making false promises to various ethnic groups, who revolted all at the same time in different parts of Islamic lands, they then betrayed nearly every promise to them). It will crush all those kingdoms and bring them to an end (Persia and Rome), but it will itself endure forever (anything that lasts more than 1000 years can have this term applied to it, otherwise no kingdom not even the one christians think Jesus will set up forever will literally last for ever, hence it is a figure of speech common in the ancient tongue). 45 This is the meaning of the vision of the rock cut out of a mountain (Which spread around the world as did Islam and the Islamic Empires), 352

but not by human hands—a rock that broke the iron, the bronze, the clay, the silver and the gold to pieces (The Islamic Dynasties (the rock) established themselves on the back of the first Islamic Empire which the companions of the Prophet (saws) established, this is how the rock smashed all the older Empires and was also part of the iron and clay Empire). “The great God has shown the king what will take place in the future. The dream is true and its interpretation is trustworthy.” The Dream is first and foremost about the Empires that will take over from the King of Babylon, in those same lands, which are present day Iran and Iraq and the surrounding regions, this makes identifying the Empires easy since the Empires are all successive one after the other and in the same land; The Head of the statue is the Babylonian Empire, the Chest is Persia, the Thighs of Brass is Greece, Alexander the great conquered Persia, and the legs of Iron is the initial Islamic Empire established by the companions of the prophet (saws) because the legs are described by the nature of the feet and Daniel doesn’t differentiate between them, the rock is the later Islamic dynasties that took over from the first Islamic Empire. The Islamic Empire conquered the Persian and Roman Empires ending both, some christian commentators claim the iron legs are Rome but Rome did not succeed Persia they existed along side it and almost alongside the Babylonian Empire (509BC) just before them, we have also seen in a number of other prophecies that the Arabs and islamic Dynasties are almost always described with iron in the bible. Babylon was founded in 1894BC, the Persian Empire conquered Babylon in 550BC, Alexander the Great conquered Persia in 330BC, after his death his empire was partitioned among his generals and the Seleucid Empire was established, it was taken over by the Persian Parthian Empire and the Persians remained in control, through successive Persian dynasties, until conquest by Islam in 651 AD, nearly 900 years later, Rome never took Persians lands. Finally the words of Daniel are exactly the words of the prophet muhammad (saws) in a dua, for his Ummah, He prayed to Allah that his ummah won’t be uprooted by an external enemy.

353

Allah's Messenger (may peace be upon him) said: Allah drew the ends of the world near one another for my sake. And I have seen its eastern and western ends. And the dominion of my Ummah would reach those ends which have been drawn near me (as the dream of Daniel said) and I have been granted the red and the white treasure (both Persia and Rome) and I asked my Lord for my Ummah that it should not be destroyed because of famine, nor be dominated by an enemy who is not amongst them to take their lives and destroy them root and branch (defeat them from their core and heart of power, Makkah and Madina), and my Lord said: Muhammad, whenever I make a decision, there is none to change it. I grant you for your Ummah that it would not be destroyed by famine and it would not be dominated by an enemy who would not be amongst it and would take their lives and destroy them root and branch even if all the people from the different parts of the world join hands together (for this purpose), but it would be from amongst them that some people would kill the others or imprison the others". (Muslim) It should be noted that when ever christian's interpret their own text, no mention is ever made of the Islamic Empire that dominated the world after Jesus (as) until the 19th century, as if Allah did not notice their existence, there is literally a collective blindness in christian texts which is both funny to witness and frustrating at how an answer can be both in front of you and not visible. For example if a prophecy mentions the lands east of Europe, so often the case regarding wars at the end of time, mention of Asia is made, automatically skipping the entire Arabian peninsula in favor of Buddhist China and Hindu India, what is directly east of Europe is not China! Other similar assertions exist in their history books as well, when mention is made of Islamic conquest into Europe they literally boast that 'muslim's only reached as far as France then they were pushed back', implying in no way could they reach actual Europe, the assertion was made by a famous historian which is why it is blindly repeated today, the only thing North of France is the Ocean there is no more of Europe left, no doubt access to maps were limited a few hundred years ago, not so today, yet the blindness still remains.

354

C H A P T E R 29

Timeline: Modern Islamic History The 1300’s

- 1308 A.H. (1889) Mirza Ghulam Ahmad creates the Ahmadiyya / Qadianis in Pakistan - 1317 A.H. (1897) Death of Jamal-al-Din Afghani at the age of 59, a Mason who is the father of most modern Islamic sects, founder of the Salafi movement. - 1318 A.H. (1898) Death of Ahmad Khan at the age of 80, a sectarian separatist who worked for the British East India Company. - 1325 A.H. (1905) Death of Muhammad Abduh at the age of 56, the main student of Afghani, He was also a mason and a heretic, and founder of the Salafi movement. - 1329 A.H. (1909) The Young Turks, most of whom are Muslims of Jewish decent, overthrow the Ottoman Khalifa. - 1334 A.H. (1914-1918) World War 1 - 1339 A.H. (1919) Afghanistan gains independence from British - 1342 A.H. (1922) The end of the Ottoman Empire. Egypt gains independence from the British - 1343 A.H. (1923) Republic of Turkey is founded - 1344 A.H. (1924) End of Caliphate

355

- 1346 A.H. (1926) Muhammad Ilyas al-Kandhlawi creates Tablighi Jamaat, a salafi offshoot. - 1352 A.H. (1932) Iraq gains independence from British and becomes a Kingdom. 1355 A.H. (1935) Death of Rashid Rida at the age of 70, a Mason and one of the main students of Muhammad Abduh, He is teacher of Hasan al Banna. 1358 A.H. (1938) Death of Muhammad Iqbal at the age of 60, like Ahmad kahn he was separatist sectarian who worked for the British and was knighted by the King of England. - 1361 A.H. (1941) Ethiopia gains independence from Italy. Abul-A’la Mawdudi creates Jamaat-e-Islami, a sectarian Salafi in the guise of a scholar, he wanted to turn Islam into a mere ideology as apposed to what he called “traditional hereditary religion” a new label he gave the Madhhabs. His movement redefined Islamic Law by redefining the basic meaning of words in peoples minds, he wanted to create a society that was a “theodemocracy” based on peoples understanding of Islam and not that of Islamic Scholars. The outcome of a movements policies tell us what it is trying to achieve and who it’s people are, if we are not following Islamic scholarship then we are following his “scholarship”. - 1363 A.H. (1943) Lebanon gains independence from France. - 1365 A.H. (1945) Indonesia gains independence from Netherlands - 1366 A.H. (1946) Syria and Jordan gain independence from France. - 1367 A.H. (1947) Pakistan gains independence from British. - 1369 A.H. (1949) Death of Hassan al-Banna at the age 42, he was founder of the Muslim Brotherhood, the prophet mentioned him as a sign of the hour, his group was responsible for the assassination of the Egyptian president, and he was a student of Rashid Rida. - 1371 A.H. (1951) Libya gains independence from Italy. - 1375 A.H. (1956) Morocco and Tunisia gain independence from France. Sudan gains independence from British. 356

- 1377 A.H. (1958) Iraq becomes a republic due to a coup d’état - 1379 A.H. (1960) Somalia gains independence from British. Mauritania gains independence from France. - 1381 A.H. (1962) Algeria gains independence from France - 1385 A.H. (1966) Death of Sayyid Qutb at the age 59, a Salafi separatist sectarian, in his books he likened Islam to the communism he was trying to spread in Egypt, he was also a member of the muslim brotherhood. 1398 A.H. (1979) Death of Abul-A’la Mawdudi at the age of 76. Iranian Revolution 1399 A.H. (1980) Iran –Iraq begin the 8 year war.

The 1400’s

- 1412 A.H. (1991) Kazakhstan, Uzbekistan and Turkmenistan gain independence from Soviet Union. - 1417 A.H. (1996) Taliban gains governmental control over Afghanistan. Despite what is advertised in the media regarding them the prophet (saws) mentioned them in Ahadith a number of times positively, and blamed the muslim world for not helping the people of that region during their war. 1422 A.H. (2001) September 11th (23 Jumaada al-Thani), the Duhaima begins. 1429 A.H. (2008) Abdullah Al-Harawi Al-Habashi (founder of Habashis / Ahbash) dies, another sectarian who began a separatist group in the same vein as the Muslim Brotherhood.

357

C H A P T E R 30

Divide and Conquer: Heretical Separatists In Islamic lands Allah’s messenger (saws) said “You will indeed follow the ways of those before you, hand span by hand span, and an arms length after another. Even if they enter into a lizards hole, you will follow them.” We asked, “Is it the Jews and Christians?” He (saws) replied, “Who else!” (Bukhari). Allah's Apostle said, "The Hour will not be established till the buttocks of the women of the tribe of Daus move while going round Dhi-al-Khalasa." (Meaning,Worshiping devils) (Bukhari) The lizards hole is a simile for tunnel vision, or the myopic view of the world which the west adopted through it’s occult societies that the companion of Jesus (as) John mentioned in the book of revelations, they followed the Dragon (Iblis) and were never able to turn back, drunk on the power of Sihr (dark magic) he gave them. The prophet (saws) referring to the end of the Khalifah said “My community will be destroyed because of evil scholars and ignorant servants” (Darimi) It was through the figures and groups mentioned in this section that the Islamic Khalifah would end, Islamic educational institutions would be besieged until every one of their members is replaced by nefarious people bent on deceiving the Ummah with what they taught. This was the beginning of Maskh (stunting people’s intellects) in the ummah of the prophet (saws), and it was through these educational institutions they came to control that Maskh of the entire muslim population would occur, eventually Maskh would also be done through other methods.

358

The prophet (saws) swore by Allah himself that this would occur to his Ummah, the Prophet (saws) said, “By the One Who has sent me with the Truth, this world will not come to an end until they are afflicted with Al-Khasf (earthquakes), Al-Qadhf (Bombardment), and Al-Maskh (emergence of people who perform maskh on other’s)." The prophet (saws) clearly stated that peoples intellects would be deliberately deceived, this is a reference to the educational institutions now responsible for raising children because it is a direct reference to mans mind in context of the time period He (saws) was talking about, basically because every person on earth is now raised in their schools. The companions said in reference to the madness in the world today…“And while the book of Allah will be still with us?!" He said: "While the book of Allah will be still with you." We said: "Subhan'Allaah!! And while our intellects will be conscious?!" He said: "No, no, the intellects of the general masses at that time will be deceived! They will be following fools that have no intellects themselves. They will be assuming they have a (legitimate) cause, but they will not have a (legitimate) cause." (Ahmad, Ibn Majah, Ibn Hibban) The people mentioned in this article began this corruption in the Muslim Ummah before WW1, today their sect is the largest force of corruption on earth, it is the reason why mainly corrupt scholars exist in our Masjids who practice the Maskh of peoples intellects. The Prophet (saws) said “such a time will come when the scholars will be an element of Mischief ” (Abu Nuaim) The prophet (saws) said “The hour will not come until renunciation of this world no longer remains in peoples vocabulary (religious institutions and their scholars no longer teach it), and until fear of Allah also becomes artificial”(fake) (Jamiu al Sahgir, Imam Suyuti) The prophet (saws) said “Such a time will come to people that only the name of Islam and the image of the Quran will remain (people won’t know real knowledge and they will be fake). Mosques will be prosperous on the outside (they have the appearance that everything is fine), but will have no salvation in them. Their 359

scholars will be the most evil under the sky. Corruption emerged from them and will return to them.” (Al Bayhaqi) Ignorance will be so widespread because they have succeeded in making religion irrelevant, the prophet (saws) said “A time will come when a man will not care about how he gets things, whether lawful of unlawful.” (Bukhari) The prophet (saws) said “Near the establishment of the hour there will days during which ignorance will spread, knowledge will be taken away and there will be much Harj, and al Harj means killing.”(Bukhari) Allah’s messenger (saws) mentioned something and said “It will happen when knowledge will be no more. (Ziyad) said: “Allah’s messenger, how will knowledge vanish despite the fact that we will be reciting the Quran and teaching its recitation to our children and our children will teach it’s recitation to their children up to the day of Resurrection?” thereupon he (saws) said: “Ziyad, do these jews and christians not recite the Torah and the bible but not act according to what is contained in them?” (Ahmad, Ibn Maaja, Tirmidhi). The prophet referring to scholars said “Wolves (scholars who use people up) will give readings in the end of time. Let those who come to those times seek shelter from their evil in Allah. They will be very corrupt people. Hypocrisy will prevail, and nobody will be ashamed of it and it’s manifestations (appearance in society).”(Tirmidhi) People did not stop acting according to what is in the Quran and Sunnah by themselves because they felt they no longer believed in them, this was something deliberately done to the Ummah, it began just before WW1 and this article Insha Allah will outline who did this and what is occurring in the world today because of them. The muslim world would then suffer the consequence of following the Kufar into this lizards hole, the myopic world view of the occult groups that control their societies, up to the time of the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him), He (saws) said (the people spreading this fitnah in the Ummah) “shall continue to appear until the last of them appears with the Anti-Christ [al-Dajjaal]”, the prophet (saws) said “Seventy thousand scholars wearing turbans from my community will follow the 360

Antichrist” (Ahmad ibn Hanbal), they will believe what he says and practice the occult sihr (dark magic) he practices. Allah in clear terms condemns these people in the Quran, saying they are his prophets enemies who He (saws) will speak against on the day of judgment, “The Day that the wrong-doer will bite at his hands, he will say, "Oh! would that I had taken a (straight) path with the Messenger!“"Ah! woe is me! Would that I had never taken such a one for a friend!“"He did lead me astray from the Message (of Allah) after it had come to me! Ah! the Evil One is but a traitor to man!" Then the Messenger (of Allah) will say (on the day of judgment): "O my Lord! Truly my people took this Qur'an for just foolish nonsense." Thus have We made for every prophet an enemy among the sinners: but enough is thy Lord to guide and to help. (25:27-31) The Atheist Jamal al din al Afghani “Woe to you! Forge not ye a lie against Allah, lest He destroy you utterly by chastisement: the forger must suffer frustration!” (20:61) “These two are certainly (expert) magicians: their object is to drive you out from your land with their magic, and to do away with your most cherished institutions.” (20:63) An afghani by ancestry he was born in 1838 in Asadbad Iran, near Hamadan which was an Ismaili settlement, and died in Istanbul, Turkey in 1897. Like the Shia Ismaili’s before him Afghani believed in the “need of religion for the masses”, while reserving the subtle truth of Atheism for the elite. He was one of the founders of the so called “Islamic Modernism” movement of the 19th century which was entirely aimed at ridding the muslim world of it’s heritage by making it adopt the western lifestyle he practiced, along with all of it’s vices, in the guise of religious reform. His call for muslim “solidarity”, in spite of the fact muslims lived under a single khalifa, influenced Egypt’s nationalist movement, Turkey’s Tanzimat reforms, as well as Iran’s constitutional and islamic revolutions. “Much as Ismaili doctrines had in earlier centuries provided different levels of interpretation for the same texts, binding the masses and elite in a common program, so Jamal ud Din’s practice of different levels of teachings could weld the ra361

tionalist elite and the more religious masses into a common and controllable political movement”. Because this way of looking at the world placed no value on anything in life, while everything has value, in essence this desensitization of the world meant ‘believe what you want as long as you do what we say’. These so called “thinkers” had no real scientific knowledge or training, they couldn’t comprehend that religion was there to help man navigate the harmful effects of the spiritual world, the quantum universe, created through mans actions, everything in life had value because “every action has an equal and opposite reaction”, they instead wanted to control man through the spiritual world with sihr, the occult, something Allah warned us about. His ideas were the precursor to other movements that would come later, many would achieve his aims like the Young Turks in Turkey, as well as the Muslim Brotherhood and Salafi movements in Egypt, that he and his students founded. He was first educated at home and then taken by his father to further his education at Qazvin, Tehran and finally to the shia shrine cities in Iraq, it was thought that followers of the shia “revivalist” Shaykh Ahmad Ahsai had an influence on him, he was accused by many to be Shia but claimed to be Sunni, ultimately he did not practice any religion or observe any of Islam’s pillars. At the age of 17 he traveled to British India and studied there, in 1859 early in his life, a British spy reported that Al Afghani was a possible Russian Agent. In 1866 he spent time in Kandahar, Ghazni and Kabul in Afghanistan, He became the counselor to king Dost Muhammad kahn and later Muhammad Azam. In 1868 the throne of Kabul was occupied by Sher Ali Kahn and al Afghani was forced to leave the country, he traveled to Constantinople in Turkey and Cario in Egypt, were he met one of his most devoted students Muhammad Abduh, the teacher of Rashid Rida who would spread the salafi movement they founded in Lebanon. While in Egypt he joined the Star of the East Masonic temple, on the 7 July 1868 during his stay, his membership number was 1355, he also later founded the Masonic Lodge of Cairo and became it’s first Grand Master, and he joined the French Grand Orient similarly becoming Grand Master of it, all indications of his 362

competency with the occult, (his history in Egypt and with the Masons has been outlined in the next section entitled, ‘Nationalism Is Created In Egypt’, based on research into Afghani’s life, carried out by the University of Wisconsin). Ali Pasha (d.1871) brought him to Istanbul and assigned him duties, Hasan Tahsin, the rector of the university of Istanbul, a Mason educated in Paris by the grand vizer of the Ottomans, Reshid Pasha, similarly a Mason and known best as the chief architect behind the Tanzimat reforms of the Ottoman government and was declared a disbeliever by Shaykh al Islam Hasan Fahmi Effendi, allowed al Afghani to give lectures that year. But when his beliefs became apparent and spoke recklessly, the great scholar Shaykh Fehmi, who was the 110th Shaykh al Islam of the Ottoman Empire, gave the fatwa that Jamal al Din al Afghani was a disbeliever (Kafir). His Masonic fealty allowed him to travel the world placing him in position’s of influence were ever he went to achieve their political aims. In 1871, al Afghani moved to Egypt and began preaching his ideas of “political reform”, there he was also declared a radical and exiled in 1879, He then traveled to different cities in Europe and Russia (shortly before the Tzar was overthrown), Paris, London, Moscow and Munich among others. In 1884 he began publishing an Arabic newspaper in Paris with Muhammad Abduh entitled “The Indissoluble Link” and began a society by that name, they wrote many harmful articles on reform in religion, and in 1886 he went to Iran and tried to stir up rebellion there but was exiled from the country fastened with chains he was left inside Ottoman borders by five hundred Iranian cavalrymen. He then went to Baghdad and London and wrote articles against Iran, later he would come back to Istanbul were he cooperated with the British Bahai’s, a religion invented by the British Empire in Iran to divide and colonize it’s people, and so he made religion a means for his political gain and personal profit. Not knowing who he worked for and because of the reputation as a reformer he acquired internationally, while under much pressure to make western reforms Sultan Abdul Hammid the 2nd in 1892 invited him to live in Constantinople, the Sultan hoped to use him for Pan-islamism propaganda, it was not long after this 363

that opposition to the Ottomans began to take root with the later formation of the Young Turks who would eventually overthrow the Ottoman Khalifah, they formed from the previously banned Young Ottomans movement and were mostly muslims of Jewish decent, by 1902 they held the first Congress of Ottoman Opposition. In 1896 Al Afghani’s chin became cancerous and he died of throat cancer in 1897, as Islam indicates the manner of death tells us Allah’s decree and punishment on a person. Afghani and The Creation Of The Nazi Party “Say ye about the truth when it hath reached you? Is sorcery (like) this? But sorcerers will not prosper.” (10:77) Afghani was also a representative of a semi Masonic society which represented the teachings of the Ismaili’s more closely, this became known as the Hermetic Brotherhood of Luxor in the west, and first became public in 1884. It was the Ismailis through the Hashashin (Assassins), a cult that was formed by exiled shia Fatimid rulers after 1094 AD, who perfected the methods of corrupting an opponent internally and indoctrinating them through the use of drugs and other chemical cocktails, these methods would be used by later occultist’s like Afghani and the Masons. Afghani was one of the teachers of Helena Blavatsky a 19th century medium, psychic and occultist, through Afghani she acquired her central doctrines derived from Ismaili teachings which she would then teach to western occult communities. Her teachings established a prominent occult society known as the Golden Dawn, which emerged out of Afghani’s contacts with leaders of Egyptian Masonry. In 1872 when Egyptian Masonry came to be known as the Primitive Rite, the Grand Mastership of the order was assumed by John Yarker who knew Blavatsky having met her in England in 1878. It was John Yarker who provided a charter for the founding of the O.T.O (Order Templi Orients), or Order of Eastern Templars, it’s inner circle was organized in parallel to the highest degrees of Egyptian Rite Masonry and the esoteric doctrines of the Hermetic Brotherhood of Luxor, in this way Afghani and his occult teachings would influence both groups.

364

Leadership of the O.T.O was succeeded by the notorious Aleister Crowley a student of the Golden Dawn and Helena Blavatsky. The Nazi party created by Masonry, at the core represented an occult society that grew out of associations and meetings around Jamal ud Din Afghani’s teachings and His Hermetic Brotherhood of Luxor. The Nazi party was the result of merging the O.T.O of Crowley and the Thule Gesselschaft of Germany, one look at the despicable and horrendous life of Crowley, which can be googled, will show why the Nazi party was likewise brutal and horrific, to this day eye witness accounts of hitler testify to his use of the occult people would go to his speeches convinced he is a madman only to come out ready to die for him. The chief architect of the Thule group was Baron Rudolf von Sebottendorff, who had contact with Dervish orders and knew much about Islamic Mysticism and Sufism. In 1919 the members of the Thule Society formed a political party named the Germany Workers Party. This was in turn later renamed the “National Socialist German Workers Party” more popularly known as the Nazi’s, by Adolf Hitler in 1920. The two factions, that developed out of Afghani’s influence, the Nazi’s and Salafi movement, would eventually work together to revive the ancient mind control methods of the Ismailis, made famous by the Ismaili group the Hashashins, literally in arabic those who use drugs. (Source: David Livingstone) The Heretic Sectarian Muhammad Abduh “What ye have brought is sorcery: Allah will surely make it of no effect: for Allah prospereth not the work of those who make mischief.” (10:81) Muhammad Abduh was the main student of Afghani, Half Turkish and Half Arab he was born in 1849 and died in 1905, he was labeled a Mutazili by scholars after the heretical Mutazili sect which persecuted Imam Nu’aym ibn Hammad, and like Afghani he was also a Mason and had a close relationship to the Bahai religion due to Afghani and his Masonic affiliations. Under al Afghani, Abduh combined journalism, politics with his own fascination with Islamic Mysticism and the Occult (Sihr). At the age of 28 Abduh joined the Masonic Lodge, the Kawakab al Sharq, Planet of the East, it’s members included Prince Tawfiq, the Khedive’s (ruler of 365

Egypt) son and heir, leading personalities such as Muhammad Pasha who had been a minister, Sulayman Abaza Pasha and Saad Zaghlul. A.M. Broadbent declared that Abduh was a zealous Master of a masonic lodge, in line with Masonic principles, and stated that Afghani “looked forward to seeing Muslims read the torah and bible”. Abduh was asked why he and his teacher Afghani had become Masons, he replied it was for political and social purposes, hoping to further these through the occult, something the bible related many would turn to because of the power given to them by the Dragon, Iblis (Allah’s curse be upon him). In 1887 he was granted the degree of Alim (teacher) and began to teach logic, theology and ethics at al Azhar University, both his father and mother where from the ruling elite of Egypt. In 1887 he was appointed professor of history at Cairo’s teachers training college, later it became part of Cairo University, and was also appointed to teach Arabic at the Khedivial school of languages, all key positions aimed at influencing and molding the next generation of teachers in Egypt. Abduh was then appointed editor and chief of al Waqai al Misriyya the official state newspaper. In 1870 when al Afghani was exiled Abduh was exiled to his home village, but the following year he was granted control of the national gazette and used this as a means to spread his sectarian beliefs. He was then exiled from Egypt for his role in the Egyptian national revolt in 1879. He spent several years in Ottoman Lebanon were he corrupted the local Islamic education system. In 1884 he moved to Paris were he joined al Afghani, he also visited Britain and discussed the state of Egypt and Sudan with high ranking British Officials. He then returned to Ottoman Lebanon were he furthered his corrupt aims by spreading his twisted version of Islam to those who didn’t know his background. He then returned to Egypt in 1888 and was appointed as a Judge and in 1891 he became a consultative member for the court of appeal. In 1899 he was appointed Gran Mufti of all Egypt and held the position until he died. This back and forth, up and down career may seem confusing but is actually the clearest indication of corruption and political struggle between orthodox Islam and western forces, at the time they were trying to dismantle traditional Islamic in366

stitutions by injecting their own followers and educators into key positions, it was part of their long term goal to corrupt the Egyptians understanding of Islam by making them learn it from heretical figures whose background and history was unknown to them. Abduh was one of the founders of the Salafi movement, claiming his teachings were from the ‘Salaf ’ directly, a slogan he would throw in peoples faces to deflect from the truth. He was one of the first to use the famous Salafi formula and slogan that Islam “must be taken from the salaf ”, the earliest generations of muslims, but it was largely a mask hiding the rest of his teachings, he considered himself a “liberal” salafi, in stark contrast to the actual Salaf, but some of his students went a different way like Rashid Rida. His methods for converting people were to loudly proclaimed he was a Salafi only teaching the purest islam which was his slogan, anyone that would be attracted by it, it would take them a long time to figure out that anything was wrong but by that time they had already filled their minds with a twisted version of religion and didn’t know the first place to begin in riding themselves of it. Combine this with his practice of the occult in indoctrinating to his beliefs we can see his methods were very effective in converting any and all people. In his position as the “highest” Islamic Authority in the land Abduh gave many anti islamic rulings like permitting riba loans, this “endeared” him to the British who some falsely claimed he disliked, he died in Alexandria in 1905. The Separatist Kafir Rashid Rida “He said: ‘Hast thou come to drive us out of our land with thy magic’” (20:57) One of Abduh’s most important students Muhammad Rashid Rida was an early radical islamist, his works would inspire Hassan al Banna the founder of the Muslim Brotherhood, as well as his successor Syyid Qutb. After Abduh died Rashid Rida was Abduh’s leading Successor who continued his work, he was born in Ottoman Syria in 1865 and died in 1935, his heretical ideas would influence later 20th century Islamist extremists in developing their twisted and myopic idea of what an Islamic state is. 367

He was said to be one of his generations most controversial thinkers who was deeply influenced by the early Salafi movement founded by Afghani and Abduh. In 1884-5 he was first exposed to al Urwa al Wathqa, the journal of al Afghani and Abduh and in 1897 he left Syria for Cairo to collaborate with Abduh in his work, the following Year they Launched ‘al Manar’, a weekly and then monthly journal which Rida worked on until his death in 1935. Al Mannar was one of Hasan al Banna’s main source of inspiration before founding the Muslim Brotherhood, Muhammad Asad the Quran translator was a new convert to Islam at the time fell in with the Muslim Brotherhood and took much from the works of Rashid Rida, he quotes al Manar often in his translation of the Quran it is his second or third most referenced source. Rashid Rida was a leading exponent of Salafism, and was especially critical of what he termed “blind following” of traditional Islam, a slogan designed to twist the perspective of young minds, making them automatically defensive about subjects they hadn’t even learnt yet. He encouraged both the laymen and educated to interpret Islam’s main sources, the Quran and Sunnah, for themselves inventing their own legal rulings as they liked, the result of this in the wider society served nothing but his greater aims of anarchy. He believed in Darwin’s original theory on evolution, which is now outdated, and to justify this Rida considered it permissible to “interpret” Quranic accounts in an entirely allegorical manner, like the story of Adam. He believed the origin of the human race was a history derived from the Jews and that muslims are not obliged to believe it, hence after nullifying entire passages in the Quran he could then discard them outright paving the way for his own teachings. Along with his support for the British against the Ottomans, he held a number of delusional beliefs such as his view that microbes are possibly a species of Jinn, he permitted riba, interest on loans, and the construction of statues despite later salafi’s having a fanatical stance regarding them. Rida deliberately engineered his attacks and blamed Islam’s downfall, first on Sufi excesses in worship as if prayer could lead to a persons downfall, the blind imitation of the past despite the fact that the Ottoman Empire he was attacking had 368

the most sophisticated Legal and Bureachratic system in the world and was not the cause for its downfall. The failure to achieve progress in science and technology was placed squarely at the feet of Islam’s religious scholars despite the fact this was not their role or profession in life, and again in spite of the fact the Ottoman Khalifah was still amongst the most advanced Empires on earth.

They had to maintain one of the worlds largest empires, hence undeveloped areas within it’s vast borders were compared to the most dense cultural centers in Europe for the sake of ridicule.

In contrast to the Ottomans the British Empire was simply siphoning of the wealth of it’s colonies to maintain it’s small island, this was the same with the rest of Europe who also had colonies around the world. They did this to the America’s, Africa and India just to surpass the Ottomans who’s expansionist nature terrified them prior to the 18th century and Napoleon’s conquer of Egypt, the event that first changed their perception of an undefeatable Islamic Khalifah.

He made these claims all the while knowing that the scholars he was criticizing were being replaced by heretics like himself in all the key educational positions to deliberately stunt growth and stop advancement, essentially he was stirring up mobs around the Muslim world to target what ever was left of traditional Muslim society and it’s institutions by that time.

To achieve this he helped engineer and popularized some of the salafi movements most famous slogans, like a return to pure islam, which he said was achieved by every person inventing their own religious rulings.

Despite these seemingly obscure views Rida was a Mason like his teachers, his works spread around the Muslim world influencing many individuals including the 369

popular Salafi writer Nasir al din al Albani who quotes it and said it was one of the most influential works on his life. Rida’s ideas were foundational to how modern sects viewed the “Modern” Islamic state, everything he wrote was to subvertly and subtly make muslims conclude against Islam’s Schools of Law (Madhabs), he understood that if muslims believed that they came to this conclusion by themselves, then that idea would have a longer lasting effect in the larger Islamic community. The Heretics Plans “But we can surely produce magic to match thine! So make a tryst between us and thee, which we shall not fail to keep - neither we nor thou - in a place where both shall have even chances.” (20:58) Before we continue we should state most of this information is public knowledge, in fact each of these individuals background was largely sourced from their respective Wikipedia pages (among other sources) along with Afghani’s Masonic lodge number. We should also add, because there is a lot of confusion, that the Salafi movement and the Wahhabi movement are two different groups, the Wahhabi’s are the people of Saudi Arabia the movement began 250 years ago in that country, the Salafi movement was started in Egypt by these people before WW1, the Saudi Government doesn’t control the Salafi movement which is a separate group. Documented reports which showed that Al Afghani and Adbuh visited and may have also belonged to the Oxford Masonic Lodge, illustrated the relationship between these early Salafi leaders and the British government, who used these lodges as a world wide network. This group of radical islamic missionaries was appointed by a combined effort of Oxford University, the Anglican Church, and Kings College University under Scottish Rite Masonry, as part of their plan “to foster the creation of an occult brotherhood in the Muslim world” to further the British Empire’s goals in the region (Source: David Livingstone). They were tasked with creating the Salafi movement along with it’s many offshoots just as the British created the Bahai religion In Iran and the Ahmadi religion of Pakistan, along with other groups around the world all designed to sow dis370

sension in their communities so they could be more easily be colonized by the British Empire at a later time. The Prime Minister of England at the time, Benjamin Disraeli (d.1881), and a Mason involved in these affairs said “the world is governed by very different personages from what is imagined by those who are not behind the scenes”, in a parliamentary debate he elaborated on the wider matter: “It is useless to deny…a great part of Europe, the whole of Italy and France, and a great portion of Germany, to say nothing of other countries are covered with a network of these secret societies, just as the superficies of the earth is now being covered by railroads. And what are their objectives? They do not attempt to conceal them. They do not want constitutional government. They do not want ameliorated (improved) institutions; they do not want provincial councils nor the recording of votes; they want…an end to ecclesiastical (religious) establishments.” (Hansard’s Parliamentary Debates) Their war on these institutions is something the Prophet (saws) mentioned, similarly the companion of Jesus, John (as) states this as being the aim of the British Empire at the turn of the last Century and the aim of America later on, and this will be the main reason Allah destroys America. They are against these institutions because real religion is the only thing that can challenge their occult practices destroying it’s effects entirely, which they use to manipulate people and affairs. Secularism by contrast to religion places you deeper under occult influence so it shouldn't be amazing to hear all this considering that most modern societies became secular despite the fact their populations were still largely religious this isn't representative government this is deliberate planning, the book of revelations goes so far as to even mention the capitalist system that will be used to control nations by these occultists. The prophet (saws) instructed Muslims to stay with the main body of the Ummah and avoid these sects invented by occult figures. “their object is to drive you out from your land with their magic, and to do away with your most cherished institutions.” (20:63) “In 1854 and 1856, Ferdinand de Lesseps obtained concessions from Said Pasha, the viceroy of Egypt, who authorized the creation of a company for the pur371

pose of constructing a maritime canal in Egypt open to ships of all nations for a fee. The canal had a dramatic impact on world trade as they no longer needed to travel around Africa to get to Asia, it played an important role in increasing European penetration around the world and the colonization of Africa. In 1875 the mounting debts of Said Pasha’s successor, forced him to sell Egypt’s share in the canal to the British. Under Benjamin Disraeli they now owned nearly half the total shares in the Suez Canal Company, the controlling interest. A commission of inquiry into the failing finances of the Egyptian Ismail in 1878 by the British Earl of Cromer and others, had compelled the viceroy into further ceding his estates to the nation to remain under British and French Supervision. This angered Egyptians whose leaders now did not even own their own property, they united around Ahmed Urbi which lead to a revolt against Egyptian leaders that ultimately provided the pretext for the British to move in and “protect” the Suez Canal followed by a formal invasion and occupation that now made Egypt a colony.” “The Agent provocateur revolt against Ismail was an organized movement by Jamal ul din al Afghani, the founder of the Salafi Movement. Afghani was the person through which the British mission acted to, not only to subvert Egyptian rule, but to spread it’s occult influence throughout the middle east” (ref, David Livingston) “After Afghani’s departure from Egypt, his pupil Muhammed Abduh, was inexplicably named the chief editor of the official British-controlled publication of the Egyptian government, the Journal Officiel. Working under him was fellowFreemason, Saad Zaghul, later to be founder of the Wafd nationalist party. In 1883, Abduh joined Afghani in Paris, among the members of Afghani’s circle in Paris were Egyptians, Indians, Turks, Syrians, North Africans, as well as many Christians and Jews, and Persian Bahais expelled from the Middle East.” He then went to London, where he lectured at Oxford and Cambridge, and consulted with British officials about the crisis in Egypt and Sudan both countries eventually becoming British colonies. In Sudan a rebellion against the TurcoEgyptian government arose there led by an occultist named Muhammad Ahmad, 372

claiming to be Imam Mahdi himself, he forced his followers to either accept him or die and was heavily influenced by the salafi movement that Afghani started. This seems to have been a very common practice for the Colonial Empires at the time, starting other similar groups within Islamic lands to entangle a countries strength and resources, such as the Ahmadiyya of Pakistan whose leader claimed to be Jesus and the Bahai of Iran all having various degrees of success. “When the French suppressed their paper Al-Murwah al-Wuthkah, Abduh traveled for several years throughout the Arab world particularly to Tunis, Beirut, and Syria. In each city he would recruit members into the secret fundamentalist society of Afghani. Abduh was known for his reformist views about Islam and like the Shia Ismailis before him who founded the Hashashin (Assassins) that employed drugs (and the occult) to indoctrinate their followers, he would advance his students progressively into deeper levels of heresy. From 1888 until his death in 1905 Abduh regularly visited the home and office of Lord Cromer in Egypt” the person behind the “investigation” into Ismail which created the opportunity in Egypt for Britain. “In 1899, Lord Cromer made Abduh the Grand Mufti of Egypt He was now the chief legal authority in Islam as well as the Masonic Grand Master of the United Lodge of Egypt. Lord Cromer was an important member of England’s Baring banking family, that had grown rich off of the opium trade in India and China through the East India Trading Company, which other public Islamic figures in the Indian sub continent worked for. His motive in making Abduh the most powerful figure in all of Islam was to change the law forbidding interest banking. Abduh then offered a contrived interpretation of the Koran to create the requisite loophole, giving British banks free reign in Egypt.” Regarding Abduh, Lord Cromer related, “I suspect my friend Abduh was in reality an agnostic,” and he said of Abduh’s Salafi reform movement that, “They are the natural allies of the European reformer.” (The Muslim Brotherhood: The Globalist Secret Weapon). “The Salafi movement then became allied with the Wahhabis of Saudi Arabia through another Freemason, Mohammed Rashid Rida, who after the death of Af373

ghani in 1897, and Abduh in 1905, assumed the leadership of the Salafi’s. Rida had become a member of the “Indissoluble Bond” (or Link), Afghani’s group at a young age. He was promoted through Afghani’s Masonic society through his reading of Al-Urwah al Wuthkah which he later confessed was the greatest influence in his life. Rida had never met Afghani, but in 1897 he had gone to Egypt to study with Mohammed Abduh.” Once Rashid Rida himself died the Salafi movement was now left in the hands of their students. Hasan al Banna and Sayyed Qutb followed the same tracks as Rashid Rida, both have been connected to Masonry, Al Banna founding the Muslim Brotherhood in 1928. Rashid Rida’s Magazine Al Manar was one of the main influences in al Banna’s life, and it would seem more than fate that the arabic word for Mason is al Banna or “Builder”. Hasan the Mason’s father was a student of Abduh and himself greatly influenced by Rashid Rida at the age of 21 Banna was introduced to the leadership of al Manar and beginning in the early 1920’s would often meet and discuss it with Rida, through Rida Hasan al Banna developed his version of “pure Islam” that Salafi’s are today famously known for. When Hitler came to power in the 1930’s he made contact with al Banna to see if they could work together. Al Banna was supportive of Hitler, his letters to Hitler were so supportive that He and other members of the Muslim brotherhood were recruited by Nazi Military intelligence, Banna himself said that he had “considerable admiration for the Nazi brownshirts” and organized his own forces along Nazi fascist lines, to this day their leaders shout down from the mimbar (pulpit) at the congregation in the same vein as Hitler. He also collaborated with the fascist “Young Egypt” movement, named after the Young Turks movement that replaced the Ottoman Khalifah and was inspired by Afghani, they were founded in 1933 and modeled directly on the Nazi Party who were also influenced by Afghani’s teachings. Among it’s members it counted two later presidents, Gamal Nasser and Anwar Sadat, they would later have a very open and public falling out.

374

“The two methodological strains, that of al Banna, uniting everyone into a single mass irrespective of creed, and Sayyid Qutb’s destructive revolutions against authorities in the name of social justice, are taken from ideas and methods implemented by Freemasons in the 19th century to topple the monarchies and governments of Christian Europe.” Al Banna’s “golden principle” is in reality just a rendition of a Masonic slogan, ‘Of brotherhood, Oneness and Unity’ irrespective of creed. The Muslim brotherhoods books along with their offshoots are filled with Machiavellian, Masonic methods and slogans islamically rebranded and used against muslims, many Salafi’s around the world today blindly repeating them in a new context. Their mainstream figures will even promote the idea that Islam is peace, Islam is not peace Islam means justice because it was sent to right the wrongs in the world, Allahu Haq, Allah literally is justice, this is what Isalm asks of every muslims and what they will be held accountable for not upholding. Islam comes from the word salam which means peace, this is because practicing the Islamic type of worship creates inner peace in an individual until it radiates from his face, so much so that famous medieval european realist paintings depicted this very fact until people complained that it was drawing christians to islamic lands. When they say Islam is peace they are deliberately teaching pacifism, and everything they say in their definitions and explanations of Islam will only lead a person to pacifism, this is fattening an animal for slaughter, because people are trapped in a psychology that makes it difficult to stand up for yourself or recognize when you are being attacked, these are the paths they put people on to take advantage of them. The prophet (saws) literally said people won’t be able to recognize them, and they will have a hard time seeing them for what they are; Ali (ra) said, “O people! Indeed, I heard Allah’s Messenger say, ‘There shall be a folk that comes from my Umma and they will recite the Quran—your recitation will not be comparable to theirs, or your prayers or your fasting to theirs. They will recite the Quran and believe it supports them but [in reality] it is against them. Their prayers will not go past their throats, and they shall exit from the religion just as an arrow exits from a 375

hunted game. If only the army who encounters them knew what has been decreed for them upon the tongue of their Prophet, they would rely on it [if they knew it was referring to them]…they have shed inviolable blood and raided the people’s belongings. So go forth [against them] in the name of Allah”.’ The muslim brotherhood employed masonic tactics to great effect, in this regard they where responsible for the 1948 assassination of the prime minister of Egypt Mahmoud Pasha for which al Banna was killed, both the assassination and the group behind it the prophet (saws) mentioned in Ahadith as a sign of the hour. The Messenger of Allah (saws) said: “The Hour will not begin until you kill your ruler and fight one another with swords (weapons), and your world is inherited by the worst of you.” (Ibn Maaja) the last part of the hadith gives it’s timing, the muslim world after the Khalifa was inherited by the worst of people, the salafi muslim brotherhood who He (saws) named the worst people under the sky multiple times, after their assassination of Mahmoud Pasha they spread around the entire world establishing the networks and groups we see dominating everything Islamic today, now they are fighting wars against muslims on multiple fronts to further the dominance of their fake sihr fuelled Islam that gives them spiritual dominance over the lives of a weakened Islamic population, continuously isolating them and forcing their kufr upon people one person at a time. The Messenger of Allah (saws) said: “Whoever defects from obedience (to the Amir) and separates from the main body of the Muslim - and dies in that state dies the death of one belonging to the days of jahiliyya (ignorance before islam). And he who is killed under the banner of a man who is blind (has a false cause and ideology), who gets flared up with family pride and fights for his tribe (fights for nationalism a false ideology) is not from my Ummah, and whosoever from my followers (these people) attacks my followers killing (indiscriminately) the righteous and the wicked of them, sparing not (even) those staunch in faith and fulfilling not his obligation towards them who have been given a pledge (of security), is not from me” (even if he professes Islam). (Muslim) The Messenger of Allah (saws) said: “A banner will be set up for every traitor on the Day of Resurrection, and it will be said: ‘This is the treachery of so-andso.’”(Ibn Maaja) 376

These Kufar who practice sihr, which is an evil form of spirituality, deliberately and hypocritically blind people to the existence of a spiritual life in their teachings, books and sermons so they can maintain their dominance over people and communities, it ensures they can’t be challenged by people who don’t understand spirituality and that people remain blind to their influence and control. The most effective sihr is the one in which the person doesn’t know it is occurring, they accept what they are experiencing as just another part of life, not all sihr is destructive and violent much of it is subtle and aimed at stealing things from people, things other than possessions. People who fall into their groups become helpless not knowing the first thing about sihr or how it is done, which they perform on each person in large groups to ensure they can’t break their control. Most of their books on the subject of sihr are written to give them the upper hand over people who read them and don’t teach anything, they are as accurate as a hollywood movie trying to portray life and just as misleading. So what is it they are actually stealing from people, the majority of sihr (dark magic) is done with Jinn, a creature Allah created from a smokeless fire, smokeless because the fire isn’t fueled by something burning, it is a subatomic reaction like the fire of the sun, so the Jinn are created from the energy found in Atoms. The sahir (occultist) takes from people to empower himself or someone else in various ways, He can increase the happiness he feels, the thoughts he has temporarily making himself smarter (often practiced at universities) or the wealth he is able to create (often practiced by business people). Ghayb, the unseen world that sihr (dark magic) works from is just the subatomic part of our universe, these are the old world labels for it. The human body produces chemical reactions for every type of emotion and action we perform, for example love has a chemical behind it called serotonin which the body produces, scientists think that three main neurotransmitters (chemicals) are involved in love; adrenaline, dopamine and serotonin, but every chemical reaction needs energy to occur and fuel it, this is just physics and chemistry. If a person could shove a needle into a person to steal the chemical serotonin as the body is producing it they could then give that needle to someone else who will feel it’s benefit as soon as he is injected with it, but that isn’t possible. Because we are physical creatures we can 377

pick up physical objects, hence because Jinn are creatures made from energy they can touch and pick up energy. The sahir (occultist) uses Jinn to steal the energy behind the chemical reactions in the body, and because the reaction no longer has energy behind it, it becomes difficult for the body to sustain the reaction, this can be used to harm people by putting them into depression, anxiety or paranoia, once people are in vulnerable states they can be taken advantage of in life by those doing the Sihr (dark magic). The sihr (dark magic) opens the person up so the Jinn can take from Him, otherwise they are mostly to weak because the body has it’s own energy protecting it called the electromagnetic field, it’s a field produced by the heart, brain, organs and nervous system and surrounds the entire body, beoucse it exists doctors can take MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging) images of the body. We can imagine the sahir being able to make any part of a persons life difficult including marriage, imagine something blocking you from feeling love for you wife, “And (they) follow that which the devils falsely related (accused) against the kingdom of Solomon. Solomon disbelieved not; but the devils disbelieved, teaching mankind magic and that which was revealed to the two angels in Babel, Harut and Marut. Nor did they (the two angels) teach it (Dark Magic) to anyone till they had said: We are only a temptation, therefore disbelieve not (in the guidance of Allah). And from these two (angles) people learnt that by which they cause division between man and wife;”. (2:102) Angels are another creature made from energy, Light or photons, they use the subatomic world to help people hence they know about Sihr which is the abuse of the subatomic world and the laws of physics governing it. Love is just one type of emotion and chemical reaction, the Sahir through Jinn can affect every type of reaction the body has to benefit his own life or someone else’s, he is only limited by his knowledge of how the body works, to put it in simple terms so we don’t get to scientific, I’m referring to quantum entanglement, imagine being given the energy associated with love, it makes it much easier to feel love and reach higher levels of it, or the energy associated with intelligence or the energy associated with fear it makes it easier to intimidate people, what ever your receiving the other person is suffering and being deprived of.

378

This is why the prophet (saws) used to recite the Quran on the body the energy created by the recitation is protective and blocks the Jinn, the is the underlaying basis behind every kind of ruqya (spiritual healing), just as energy can be stolen or used to harm, you can create it to protect as well. But the Salafi Kufar perform it in groups on a person so it becomes very hard to defend your self, you literally can not keep up unless you know how to defend your self against groups of people often entire families, most people begin to think their ruqya isn’t working and eventually leave the religion disillusioned or just give in to them, but these kufar renew their sihr almost daily and you are effective they turn to drugs to supplement their efforts, often you cant tell the difference or what is affecting you and so you become confused about how to defend your self and from what. It is a sustained attack until they get what they want, a person needs to protect the premises he lives in before himself almost, because of the scale things like taweeze almost become ineffective, but because of the nature of the Jinn when using taweeze multiple taweeze need to be stacked or glued on top of each other when used or placed somewhere, the Jinn will have to deal with all of them and it becomes increasingly difficult after three are used together, even weak tweeze become strong in this manner, especially when stacked in significant numbers. Using different kinds together also makes it very effective, it’s also worthwhile mentioning that because of the nature of the Jinn and the subatomic world they exist in taking a place of hight is like taking a moral high ground against them, so taweeze placed on a wall, ceiling, roof or in places of hight are also more effective. Because nowadays people essentially live under the influence of sihr (the occult) it effectively created their psychology, and as such as you remove it from your life it will also unravel the psychology they instilled in you with it, as it unravels you see the different sources that are influencing you one by one because this is how it is applied by them, one type of sihr is used to open the way for another kind and often three or four types are used to get the desired behavior they want in people.

379

The strongest sihr is done through the persons Qareen Jinn, the prophet (saws) said “There is no one among you but a comrade from among the jinn is assigned to him.”, Allah said “His companion (qareen) will say: ‘Our Lord! I did not push him to transgression, (evil deeds), but he was himself in error far astray.’” (50:27-29), because they are always with a person they know the most about him so they are used to harm him in the most personal and intimate ways, but there are ways to suppress them and block their influence, writing Quran or taweez against them in a book is one such way, the prophet (saws) also said “When the Ghilan (the sorcerers among the devils) appear (in the form of visual objects, scenes or memories they create in the mind), then say the call for prayer Adhan (to protect you against their harm).” But because nowadays we are dealing with deliberate attacks from entire groups that are sustained over a long period of time these methods for isolated attacks are not as effective, we can’t constantly say the adhan if twenty Ghilan are sent against a person, one needs to find the kind of protection that you can place somewhere in your house, or wear, or write down that will protect you, it is because these are the most effective forms of protection that you will see the salafi kufar vehemently denouncing the use of taweez even making takfir on those who use it because they know it will ruin their work. Every position they hold contrary to mainstream Islam is to bolster their position over people, even if people don’t understand why they prefer this position on matters. Through all of these efforts by them those at the top have many people under them who they take from, through these means to sustain the success in their lives and those near them. After the 1952 Egyptian coup supported by the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood, who were trained by prominent leaders of the Nazi party now exiled to Egypt after WW2, in 1961 the Egyptian president Gamel Abdul Nasser violently abolished Masonry in Egypt, and in 1964 it’s last Temple was shut down by the Ministry of Social Affairs, the reason given was that “Associations with undeclared agendas were incompatible with rules covering non profit organizations.”

380

By this time world dominance was switching from the British Empire to the U.S which rescued it after WW2 along with all of it’s old allies who were by now switching allegiances. In 1966 Sayyid Qutb, now the Muslim brotherhoods main figure was accused of an assassination plot against the Egyptian president Gamal Abdel Nasser and consequently was executed by Hanging. Since then by 2015 the Salafi’s and Muslim Brotherhood have spawned every extremist and fringe group found in Islamic lands to date, from Hizb al Tahrir to Al Qaeda and ISIS, like their predecessors all have been widely charged in the Islamic world with working for western governments, all of these groups are heavily influenced by the teachings and methods of these heretical figures of the 19th century. Much of their tactics and methods for indoctrinating people are documented to have been later used by the U.S military on military personnel, now popularised by hollywood movies. Many people who have direct and lasting contact with the Salafi sect and Muslim Brotherhood will attest to their occult practices, Sihr, as well as their reliance on drugs, pharmaceuticals and other cocktails they discreetly give their followers without their knowledge, they are used to induce euphoric emotions or other physiological reactions, either negative or positive, during and after meetings, ultimately to control them through a mixture of indoctrination and Sihr (dark magic), not unlike what was later seen in the U.S military who attempted to recreate the mind control methods of the Hashashin, which the Muslim brotherhood by now have perfected. After the Muslim brotherhood was banned in Egypt, they fled around the world and were taken in by western societies who largely use them for separatist activities, to further their aims in Islamic countries. These extremists were allowed to establish in western societies the major Islamic institutions and Mosques which now dominate the Muslim landscape. Two such clear and obvious groups created by the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood are ISNA, the Islamic Society of North America, now the largest Islamic group in the U.S and the MSA, Muslim Students Association found in nearly every western 381

University on earth, all of which are dominated by Salafi’s, a heretical group that is less than 1% of the world Muslim population yet dominates those who represent 99% of Sunni Islam in these lands. With a free reign to control the muslim intellectual landscape in these countries they use these institutions to recruit the next generations of extremists and occultists. We shouldn’t be shocked regarding their position over Orthodox Muslims living abroad since it is all very deliberate, what is required of us is simply understanding of who we are dealing with and why they are receiving support. Offshoots of the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood appeared around the world under different names through out history, in 1941 Abul Ala Maududi founded one offshoot called the Jamaati Islami in India and has since spread to Pakistan. In 1927 Muhammad Illyass al Kandhlawi created the Tablighi Jamat present in India and Bangladesh, it to was a Salafi offshoot from the salafi influenced, Hanafi Deobandi movement created in 1867. Another group dominant in the region was Nadwatul Ulama which was intended to be a modified version of the Deobandi school, the foundation stone was laid by John Briscott Hewitt, Governor of India in 1906. In Algeria in the early 1990s, the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood formed the Movement for the Society of Peace [MSP], previously known as Hamas. In Bahrain the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood is represented by Al Eslah [Islah] Society and its political wing, the Al-Menbar Islamic Society, in 2002 Al Menbar became the joint largest party. The Iraqi Islamic Party was formed in 1960 as the Iraqi branch of the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood. The Kurdistan Islamic Union [KIU] holds seats in the Kurdish parliament. In Jordan Hammam Saeed is head of the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood. In Syria the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood was crushed by Hafez al Assad in 1982, they have now returned in the form of Al Qaeda and ISIS. In Saudi Arabia the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood has been tolerated by the Saudi government, and maintains a presence in the country. Though Saudi officials have denounced the Muslim Brotherhood, saying it is guilty of “betrayal of pledges and ingratitude” and is “the source of all problems in the Islamic world”. 382

“In Somalia the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood is known as Harakat Al-Islah or “the Reform Movement”. The leaders of Harakat Al-Islah played a key role in the educational network establishing Mogadishu University. Through their network, they’ve educated more than 120,000 students in the city of Mogadishu.” In Sudan, since the salafi inspired Mahdi sect was created, “it was the one country were the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood was most successful in gaining power, its members making up a large part of the government officialdom following the 1989 coup d’état by General Omar Hassan al-Bashir.” “In Palestine, following the Hamas takeover of the Gaza Strip in 2007, it was the first time since the above mentioned Sudanese coup of 1989, that a “Muslim Brotherhood group” ruled a significant geographic region and territory.” “Libya was one of the first countries outside Egypt to have a Muslim Brotherhood group. In the late 1940s when the Egyptian members were being prosecuted, King Idris I of Libya offered the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood refuge and the freedom to spread their ideology. In 1955, the University of Libya was established in Benghazi, near the Egyptian border, and it drew many Egyptian teachers and lecturers including Muslim Brotherhood members. Not long after coming to power, Col. Gaddafi regarded the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood as a potential source of opposition. He arrested many Egyptian members and expelled them back to Egypt.” Before the Arab spring began America publicly pledged $1 billion in aid to the Salafi’s to topple Gaddafi, much of that aid is now being used by Al Qaeda and ISIS to fight muslims in their homelands around the world including Syria. The Messenger of Allah (saws) said about the Salafi Brotherhood trying to establish it’s rule throughout the muslim world, “O Ka’ab ibn Ujrah, may Allah give us refuge from the rulings of al Sufaha (literally those who brainwash). The prophet was asked “O messenger of Allah what is the rulings of al Sufaha? He (saws) said “Rulers (those placed in charge) who will be after me. They do not follow my guidance, and they do not implement my sunnah. The one who follows their lies, and helps them in their oppression, he is not from me, and I am not from him, and he will not enter my Hawd (paradise). And the one who did not believe their lies, and did not help them in their oppression, he is from me, and I am 383

from him, and he will enter my Hawd. (Sahih Ibn Hibban, al Mustadrak and al Hakim) The Salafi Muslim Brotherhood are the Khawarij, they are ‘al Sufaha’ and their leaders are part of the Ruwaybidah, there is no doubt about this in the minds of Islam’s scholars, there is no other group responsible for all the modern sects in the muslim world, while at the same time they duplicity call for an end to all other sects, a tactic Rashid Rida and Muhammad Abduh taught them and used. They are mentioned in over 50 Ahadith by the prophet (saws), from the Hadith about the assassination of the Egyptian President, to the Fox’s now in Syria, ISIS, to the Ahadith about the false callers to Jihad, to the Ahadith about the Ruwaybidah, to the Ahadith about ridding your self of weapons to avoid their fitna, to the countless Ahadith describing the Khawarij at the end of time. The Prophet (saws) said they will look like us and talk like us and ‘if you go to them they will throw you into Hell’. The Messenger of Allah (saws) said, ‘At the end of time there shall appear a folk (so recognize them), young in age and brainwashed (Sufaha al Ahlam). They will speak the words of the best of people (just to mislead others), but their faith will not pass their throats (their faith is fake, just for show). They shall pass through Islam just as an arrow passes through a hunted game (they are brainwashed into entering the movement and brainwash others when they become evil). Kill them wherever you find them, for the one who kills them will be rewarded on the Day of Resurrection’. (Bukhari and Muslim) The prophet (saws) said “Shaytan is a wolf like the wolf that preys on sheep, taking the isolated and the stray among them; therefore, avoid factionalism and keep to the congregation and the collective and the masjid.”, “Allah’s hand is over the group, and whoever dissents from them departs to hell.”, “Allah’s hand is over the group, follow the largest group, for verily whoever dissents from them (and joins their sects) departs to hell”. Amr ibn Waabisah related from his father from Ibn Mas’ood who said, “I heard the Messenger of Allah say (and he mentioned part of Abu Bakrah’s Hadeeth, “let him betake himself to his sword, crush its blade with a rock”) “All of 384

those killed in it (the fitna) are in the Hellfire.” Waabisah asked, “And when is that, O Ibn Mas’ood?” He said, “Those are the days of much killing, when a man will not be safe from the companion he sits with.” (The Salafi’s who pretend they are your muslim Brothers and Sisters) Waabisah said, “And what do you order me to do if I reach that time?” He said, “Restrain your tongue and your hand (don’t get involved in their fake discussions), and be a fixture from the fixtures of your house.”(Abu Dawwud) The prophet (saws) preferred that a person choose death itself rather than get involved with them, he (saws) said, “Break your bows, cut their strings, and strike your swords against stones. If someone comes to kill any of you, then be like the better of the two sons of Adam” (who was killed at the hands of his brother). (Abu Dawud) Allah's Messenger (saws) said, "The Hour will not be established (1) till two big groups fight each other whereupon there will be a great number of casualties on both sides and they will be following one and the same religious doctrine (in another translation - "each having the same claim"), (2) till about thirty Dajjaal’s (liars) appear, and each one of them will claim that he is Allah's Messenger (saws), (3) till religious knowledge is taken away” (Bukhari). The Timing of this Hadith is after WW1, while al Afghani and Abduh were certainly one of the Nayifan, liars in society and this was entirely how they lived their lives, traveling from one Islamic country to another creating sects and occult groups, it was their students after WW1, a time when there was no Khalifah who were the ones to succeed in bringing in a new way of life to the Muslim Ummah. It is then certain that Rashid Rida, Hasan al Banna and Sayyid Qutb were each one of these Dajjaal’s (Allah’s curse be upon them) in the muslim Ummah. Sayyid Qutb for example in many of his writings tried to liken Islam to the Nazi communism his sect aligned itself with, they each re-interpated Islam how they liked and spread their false tafsir’s of the deen to corrupt people, and just as the prophet (saws) said religious knowledge was taken away because of them and the other Dajjal’s that appeared in the muslim world during this time.

385

The prophet (saws) said after Allah takes knowledge from the Ummah “All that remains will be an ignorant body of people. The people will ask them (the scholars of this time) about religious needs, and they will issue fatwas (legal rulings) in light of their own ideas and desires and will both deviate themselves and lead others into deviation.” (Bukhari) The prophet (saws) told us when we would see the evils of the salafi Muslim brotherhood in detail, He (saws) said “Such a time will befall my community that rulers will be oppressive (the era of dictators that is now lifting from the muslim world began after WW1) and scholars will be avaricious (having an extreme greed for wealth) and without fear of Allah (this state resulted because of the Slalfi muslim brotherhood that spread around the world corrupting scholars and replacing the Imam of every masjid with their own liars), those who worship will be hypocritical, traders will seek to earn interest (this began when western banks moved in and they attempted to legalise riba in the muslim world) and they will only hide their disgraces in business (this is something unique to our modern world because it is the only thing that can end a company today, publicizing it’s fraudulent practices, otherwise everything else in society is accepted). Their women will be caught up in baubles of this world (love for trinkets and show). Evils will plague them at that time (the evil of this world did not spread like a plague before our time, it’s a plague when it is widely practiced and you can’t find a place free from it). The good will pray and they will not be heeded” (no one will listen to sound advice) (Bihar al Anwar, which is a shia work). The prophet (saws) directly referring to the Salafi’s (saws) said, “there will appear in the latter times a people who will gain this world with the help of religion (meaning by using and selling their religion)” (Tirmidhi) this elaborates on who these people are in this hadith and shows that it is the salafi muslim brotherhood, “The Hour will not begin until you kill your ruler and fight one another with swords (weapons), and your world is inherited by the worst of you.” (Ibn Maaja) The prophet (saws) said about these people who will gain the earth, meaning make society the way they want it to be “the day of judgment will not come until the very lowest people are the happiest” (Tirmidhi), these people can’t be openly happy in society to the fullest unless society is like them. 386

Allah’s messenger (saws) said. “In the end times men will come forth who will fraudulently use religion for worldly ends and wear sheepskins (cloths made from wool etc.) in public to display meekness. Their tongues will be sweeter than sugar, but their hearts will be the hearts of wolves (vicious animals).”(Tirmidhi) The prophet (saws) said referring to what these Kufar have done to the muslim society, oppressing anyone who is real so only they have a say in the affairs of people (al Ruwaybidah), “A time will come when the hypocrites (these kufar who practice sihr) will live secretly among you (hiding their sihr), and the faithful will try to live their religion in secret among others.” (they won’t be able to practice religion openly so they avoid the salafi’s and stay away from them) (Bukhari and Muslim) The prophet (saws) said about our time “there will be years of deceit, in which a truthful person will be disbelieved and a liar will be believed”, in another hadith he added, “people will distrust one who is trustworthy, and trust one who is treacherous.” (They trust him to gain something from him, and distrust the honest person because he will only advise them to gain things honestly, so they will see him as a loss in their lives.) (Ibn Kathir). They will use lies and deceit to force and control people, the prophet (saws) said “Verily in the presence of the last hour, there would be…false testimony and concealing evidence”(Ahmad) and “there will be an abundance of critics, tale carriers, backbiters and taunters in society”, “There will be false accusation of unchastity and slander” (Tirmidhi), they will corrupt women by threatening them with these things, “and at that time people will sell their religion for a small amount of worldly goods.” (Ahmad). The Salafi Muslim brotherhood enters a country and creates groups they will later use to divide people, this is outlined in Ahadith very clearly along with what occurs afterwards. Just before Imam Mahdi (ra) appears and after Civil War occurs between three of Saudi Arabia’s rulers, the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood will opportunistically attempt to destabilize Saudi Arabia even further by massacring people in Islam’s holiest cities creating chaos. Al-Hakim narrated from Abu Hurayrah (ra), from the Prophet (saws) that he said: “There will be a blast [haddah] in Ramadhan (the Asteroid) that will awaken 387

one who is asleep, and terrify one who is awake (America no longer exists and Saudi Arabia is destabilized). Then there will appear a group [isabah, a party] in Shawwal [the following month], then bloodshed in Dhul-Hijjah [two months later], then the prohibitions will be violated in al-Muharram [the following month], then there will be death in Safar [the following month], then the tribes will conflict with each other in Rabi [the following month, the initial conflict didn’t begin because of the tribes of Saudi Arabia, only after the prohibitions were violated and the group appeared], then the most amazing thing will happen between Jumada and Rajab [two months later and will itself span two months]. Then, a well-fed she-camel will be better than a castle sheltering a thousand” (the country is destabilized and resources will be scarce affecting even the saudi royal house in their castles). They will begin massacring people in the country (violating the prohibitions of killing in the holy cities) trying to cause civil war among the tribes of Arabia eventually succeeding, at this time famine and a lack of food will affect the world, most likely due to the Asteroid or possibly because of the civil war in the country. This is exactly what the salafi’s did in Iraq by bombing Shia civilian mosques and markets to start a war between sunni and shia factions, ultimately all this made it easier for the Americans to win against both sides, it is irrelevant that the salafi’s claim the Shia are not muslim and use it as an excuse to kill them because under Islamic Law the Prophet (saws) said "Whoever hurts a non-Muslim citizen, I shall be his opponent. And when I am someone’s adversary, I shall overcome him on the Day of Resurrection". (This is Islamic Law for non muslim citizens in Islamic Lands) (Narrated by al-Khatib al-Baghdadi in Tarikh Baghdad with an excellent chain of transmission, 8:370) This is the history of the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood throughout all islamic countries, nearly every sectarian group was started by them, and nearly every extremists has come from them, they will do the same to Saudi Arabia violating the prohibition of killing in Makkah and Madina massacring people to cause hatred and confusion.

388

Imam Mahdi will appear after the Salafi Khawarij have created this civil war in Saudi Arabia, Amr bin Shuaib reported from his grandfather that the Messenger of Allah (saws) said, “In Zul-Qa’da (an Islamic month), there will be a fight among the tribes, Muslim pilgrims will be looted and there will be a battle in Mina in which many people will be slain and blood will flow until it runs over the Jamarat Al-Aqba (one of the three stone pillars at Mina). The man they seek (Imam Mahdi) will flee and will be found between the Rukn (a corner of the Ka’ba containing the Black Stone) and the Maqam of Prophet Abraham (near the Ka’ba). He will be forced to accept people’s Bay’a (oath of allegiance). The number of those offering Bay’a will be the same as the number of the people of Badr (around 310). Then, the dwellers of Heaven and the dwellers of the Earth will be pleased with him. ‘ (Nuaim bin Hammad’s book Kitab Al-Fitan) Hudhayfah said, I said: "O Messenger of Allah, will there be evil after this good?" (after the Khalifah has ended, after WW1) He said: "Yes, callers to the gates of Hell. (This is when the Salafi Muslim brotherhood appeared) Whoever answers their call, they will throw him into it." "I said: "O Messenger of Allah! Describe them to us." So he said: "They are from our people, and they will speak our language." "I said: "So what do you order me to do if that reaches me?" He said: "Hold fast to the Jama'ah (largest body) of the Muslims and their imam." "I said: "And if there is no jama'ah, and no imam?" He said: "Then avoid all of those groups, even if you have to bite on the root of a tree, and death reaches you in that state." (Bukhari) The following narration chronologically places the rise of the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood to power, Hudhayfah said: "I said: "O Messenger of Allah, will there be evil after this good?" He said: "A trial and evil." (The first Islamic Dynasties, the princes) I said: "O Messenger of Allah, will there be good after this evil?" He said: "O Hudhayfah, learn the Book of Allah and follow what it contains," three times. I said: "O Messenger of Allah! Will there be good after this evil?" He said: "A truce upon differing desires, and a tainted unity." (A truce between all the different Islamic dynasties that existed around the world from Africa to China) I said: "O Messenger of Allah! The peace-treaty upon differing desires, what is that?" He said: "People's hearts will not return to the condition they were upon before." (i.e. 389

pure Islam, the end of this is when the waring Dynasties become like the Kings of the earth, the Ottomans, more concerned with ruling than religion) I said: "O Messenger of Allah, will there be evil after this good?" (the era of Dictators begins and during it) He said: "A trial, blind and deaf (people will follow the strife of the Salafi’s blindly and refuse to listen and turn back), with callers standing at the gates of the Fire (this is the Salafi Muslim brotherhood). If you were to die, O Hudhayfah, biting on a tree-root, that would be better for you than to follow any of them (the Salafi’s).” (Abu Dawuud) Regarding the civil war they would start in Saudi Arabia, Abu Dharr said, The Prophet was riding a donkey and sat me behind him. He said, "O Abu Dharr, if the people were suffering from such severe hunger that you could not even get up from your bed to go to the mosque, what would you do?" I said, "Allah and His Messenger know best." He said, "Be decent and restrain yourself." Then he said, "O Abu Dharr, if the people were suffering from severe death, what would you do? If the people were killing one another, until Hajarat al-Zayt were submerged in blood, what would you do?" I said, "Allah and His Messenger know best." He said, "Stay in your house and lock the door." I asked, "What if I am not left alone?" He said, "Then be one of them." (this is a rebuttal), I said, "Should I take up my sword?" He said, "If you did that, you would be joining them in their activities. No - if you fear that the brightness of the shining sword will disturb you, then cover your face with part of your clothing, and let him carry his own sin and your sin (when he kills you)” (Ahmad) Hajarat al Zayt, “The stone of Oil”, is an area of Madinah to the south of Thaniyat al Wada Mosque, were the people of Madina welcomed the Prophet (saws) and Abu Bakr when they first arrived in Madina, Ahadith speak of war there around the time of the Madhi (ra). Ibn 'Umar related that he heard the Messenger of Allah say, "In my nation, there are indeed Nayifan (liars, a number anywhere between 3, 9 and 70); each one of them is a caller to the Hellfire. If I wish, I can inform you of their names and tribes." (Related by Al-Haafiz Abu Yatlaa - Ibn Kathir in the Book of The End)

390

The prophet (saws) said many repeatedly that many muslim’s in the ummah will blindly follow the salafi’s into Hell, this is the consequence of following them and refusing to listen, “A trial, blind and deaf ”, both Imam Muslim and Imam Bukhari related from Imam Ali (ra) that ‘The Messenger of Allah (saws) dispatched a military force and appointed one of the Ansar as its leader. He ordered them [the soldiers] to heed and obey him. The leader became annoyed with the troops on account of something and said, ‘Gather firewood for me’, and they gathered it. Then he said, ‘Kindle the fire’, and they kindled the fire. Then he said, “Has the Messenger of Allah not enjoined you to obey me?” They replied, “Of course”. The leader said, “Then plunge yourselves into it”. The troops started looking at each other [when they intended to enter it]. They said, “We have fled to the Messenger of Allah for the sake of saving ourselves from the Fire”. They continued to procrastinate until the fire went out and the leader’s anger subsided. When they returned and submitted the episode to the Prophet, he said, “If they had entered it, they would have remained in it until the Day of Resurrection”. Then he said to the others, “There is no obedience in that which is disobedience. Obedience is only in that which is right” (the prophets reply is from the narration of Imam Muslim). The prophet (saws) said “Islam will become worn out just like clothes are” worn out, this Kafir group wants to turn islam into something strange by redefining it among the young people, in this way people won’t notice what is occurring and after a generation or two everyone will think like them. Abdullah ibn Masud said, the Prophet (saws) said “Islam began as something strange (to the Arabs) and it will revert to being strange as it was in the beginning (with the Arabs), so glad tidings for the strangers. Someone asked, “Who are the strangers? He said, ‘The ones who break away from their people for the sake of Islam.” (Ibn Majah) this is the extent to which the Salafi’s and Ruwaybidah will dominate the religious world, the real muslim “will try to live their religion in secret among” people. As a consequence to what the Salafi’s and Ruwaybidah have been doing to the muslim world the Prophet, peace be upon him, said, 'O Muhajirun, (emigrants) you may be afflicted by five things (referring to our time); Allah forbid that you 391

should live to see them. If fornication should become widespread (this occurred because of pornography), you should realise that this has never happened without new diseases befalling the people which their forebears never suffered (HIV aids). If people should begin to cheat in weighing out goods (corruption in business), you should realise that this has never happened without drought and famine befalling the people (the Nile river in Egypt and the Euphrates river in Iraq and Syria, are both drying up because of drought), and their rulers oppressing them (dictators of the muslim world). If people should withhold zakat, you should realise that this has never happened without the rain being stopped from falling; and were it not for the animals' sake, it would never rain again. If people should break their covenant with Allah and His Messenger (no longer following religion), you should realise that this has never happened without Allah sending an enemy against them to take some of their possessions by force (wars in muslim countries). If the leaders do not govern according to the Book of Allah (the Ruwaybidah), you should realise that this has never happened without Allah making them into groups and making them fight one another (in Syria now Alqaeda and ISIS are fighting muslim groups for control not just Asads regime).’ " [Ibn Majah] 'Ali ibn Abi Talib (ra) said, "The Prophet (saw) (referring to our time) said : 'If my Ummah bears fifteen traits, tribulation will befall it.' Someone asked, 'What are they, O Messenger of Allah?' He said, 'When any gain is shared out only among the rich (capitalism), with no benefit to the poor (greed); when a trust becomes a means of making a profit (corruption in business); when paying Zakat becomes a burden (companies only give to charity for tax benefits otherwise it’s a burden); when a man obeys his wife and disobeys his mother; and treats his friend kindly whilst shunning his father (the salafi’s turning the youth against the sunni beliefs of their parents); when voices are raised in the mosques (as they cause fitna in them); when the leader of a people is the worst of them (the Ruwaybidah); when people treat a man with respect because they fear some evil he may do (the Ruwaybidah are obeyed out of fear); when much wine is drunk; when men wear silk (make themselves feminine to attract women); when female singers and musical instruments become popular (iPods and iTunes); when the last ones of this Ummah curse the first ones (the modern Shia) - then let them expect a red wind (possibly 392

dust storms increase), or the earth to swallow them (earthquakes), or to be transformed into animals (Maskh in the literal sense, a direct punishment from Allah).’” [At-Tirmidhi] 'Ali ibn Abi Talib said, "The Prophet led us in praying Salat al-Fajr (the morning prayer). When he had finished, a man called to him: 'When will the Hour be? The Prophet reprimanded him and said 'Be quiet!' After a while he raised his eyes to the sky and said, 'Glorified be the One Who raised it and is taking care of it.' Then he lowered his gaze to the earth and said, 'Glory be to the One Who has outspread it and has created it.' Then the Prophet said, 'Where is the one who asked me about the Hour?' The man knelt down and said, 'I asked you.' The Prophet said (referring to the destruction of the Arabs and when it will occur), 'The Hour will come (be over peoples heads in this sense, rather than meaning the exact day because the hour will come after all this has ended) when leaders are oppressors (era of dictators), when people believe in the stars and reject al-qadar (destiny, follow fortunes tellers and sihr) when a trust becomes a way of making a profit (globalisation has corrupted business), when people give to charity (sadaqah) reluctantly (only for tax reasons), when adultery becomes widespread (with pornography, in the last hadith we date this to the spread of the internet) - when this happens, then your people will perish. (This will be the destruction of the Arabs, most won’t survive to see Isa (as))’ " This is the culmination to what the salafi muslim brotherhood are aiming at they want to destroy the presence of religion so their occult influence can be more effective on people, and in this way the Kufar’s dominance will be unchallenged and complete in the muslim world, but “Allah will perfect his light” (61:8) and how it spreads in the world until the day of judgment, hence in the bigger picture “the sorcerer never prospers wherever he goes” (20:69). To this aim they are destroying Islamic heritage sites, tombs and digging up the bodies of the companions, saints and holy people, when this is accomplished around the world by the salafi’s for their western masters muslims won’t have any place that is theirs. These sites are a source of spiritual strength and influence for people and muslim Jinn, if the West wants to complete it’s occult assimilation so that there is no turning back for anyone then they have to be destroyed because 393

they can’t allow any symbol to challenge their corporate symbols, it will weaken the wests occult influence over a region and it’s people, this is how their Jinn dominate the Jinn of other people. The prophet (saws) affirmed the Salafi’s involvement in the occult a number of times when He (saws) said the last of them will fight on the side of the Dajjaal (Allah's curse be upon him), the biggest Sahir (occultist) this world will face, He will come to test people with what they themselves have been doing and his followers are those who practice what He practices, this is the nature of fate to be ‘roped in’ and punished by the same evil you are doing, which is the reason why the Dajjaal (Allah’s curse be upon him) will test an entire world embroiled in sihr (dark magic) with sihr (dark magic). The apostle of Allah (saws) said, “At the end of time there will appear a folk, They shall recite the Quran but (Emaan in) it will not pass their throats. They shall pass through the religion just as an arrow passes through a hunted game. Their notable feature is shaven heads. They shall continue to appear until the last of them appears with the Anti-Christ (al-Dajjaal); so you should kill them when you encounter them (before that time). They are the most evil of the creation”’ (Ahmad, Nasai, al Bazzar, al Tayalisi). Allah revealed the following verses about them in surah al Baqarah; (7) And of mankind are some who say: We believe in Allah and the Last Day, when they believe not. (8) They think to beguile Allah and those who believe, and they beguile none save themselves; but they perceive not. (9) In their hearts is a disease, and Allah increaseth their disease. A painful doom is theirs because they lie. (10) And when it is said unto them: Make not mischief in the earth, they say: We are peacemakers only. (11) Are not they indeed the mischief-makers ? But they perceive not. (12) And when it is said unto them: believe as the people believe, they say: Shall we believe as the foolish believe? Beware! They indeed are the foolish? But they know not. (13) And when they fall in with those who believe, they say: We believe; but when they go apart to their devils they declare: Lo! we are with you; verily we did but mock. (14) Allah (Himself) doth mock them, leaving them to wander blindly on in their contumacy. (15) These are they who purchase error at the price of guidance, so their commerce doth not prosper, neither are they guided. (16) 394

(17) Their parable is like the parable of one who kindled a fire, but when it had illumined all around him (when they relied on the light of that fire), Allah took away their (inner) light, and left them in utter darkness-- they do not see (in other words these fake muslims relied on a light other than Allah’s, the occult light of the Kufar, so Allah took their inner light, Iman, and they didn’t even notice because they felt secure they had light). (18) Deaf, dumb (and) blind, so they will not turn back. (19) Or like abundant rain from the (heavy) cloud in which is utter darkness and thunder and lightning; they put their fingers into their ears because of the thunder peal, for fear of death (that they get struck), and (all the while) Allah encompasses the unbelievers (with what they fear). (20) The lightning almost takes away their sight (their fear makes them blind); whenever it shines on them they walk in it (thinking it is the light of guidance), and when it becomes dark (actually safe) to them they stand still (instead); and if Allah had pleased He would certainly have taken away their (inner) hearing and their sight (completely not just during these times); surely Allah has power over all things (they go head long into danger and can’t recognise safety because of their self delusions, their world is backwards they see wrong as right and right as wrong). The prophet (saws) said “Seventy thousand scholars wearing turbans from my community will follow the Dajjaal” (Ahmad ibn Hanbal), because of such a large number that isn’t just the Salafi scholars but the scholars of their offshoots around the world as well.

“And Pharaoh commanded: ‘Bring before me every learned sorcerer.’” (10:79)

395

C H A P T E R 31

Nationalism Is Created In Egypt Bismillahi Rahmani Raheem A research paper by the University of Wisconsin entitled “Afghani and Freemasonry in Egypt” researched the role played by secret societies in the political development of modern Egypt. The paper examined the activities of the separatist and political agitator Sayyid Jamal al-Din al-Afghani during his stay in Egypt in the 1870's (1871-1879), and eventual exile. The document at it’s end reveals that Afghani having kept in close contact with W.S Blunt, in 1885, invited Afghani to come to London to discuss with British officials "the terms of a possible accord between England and Islam", Afghani supposedly representing Islam. During a three months' stay as Blunt's guest, he met high officials, including Lord Randolph Churchill (a Secretary of State) and Sir Henry Drummond Wolff. The result of these talks was that Afghani should accompany Wolff on a special mission to the Porte "with a view to his exercising his influence with the PanIslamic entourage of Sultan Abdu'l-Hamid in favour of a settlement which should include the evacuation of Egypt, and an English alliance against Russia with Turkey, Persia and Afghanistan." This resulted in Sultan Abdul Hamid supposedly inviting Afghani to Turkey himself, but would rather spell out the Masonic plans for Afghani in Turkey who influenced it’s Tanzimat reforms, and helped establish opposition to the Khalifah with the founding of the Young Turks movement not long after, that replaced it all together. The following accounts are taken entirely from the research conducted by the University of Wisconsin which is based mainly on recently discovered documents and other primary sources. 396

The research paper traces Afghani's connections with Freemasonry and concludes that he attempted to use the Mason’s as a ready-made agency for political mobilization and agitation against the ruler of Egypt, Khedive Isma'il. Many of his followers, such as Muhammad 'Abduh, Sa'd Zaghlul, Ya'qib Sannu' and Adib Ishaq, joined the Masons, as did notables, army officers, and Isma'il's son, Tawfiq Pasha. Disagreement between some lesser Masonic factions who did not want to get involved in politics resulted in Afghani's formation of a "national" lodge above all other lodges, this indicated the degree of his influence and power, and from where he continued his agitation until he was expelled in August of 1879. When Afghani arrived in Egypt in March 1871, he was given a government pension and began teaching philosophy at al-Azhar, Islam's highest institution. Opposition from the traditional ulama (scholars) to Afghani's reformist ideas forced him to withdraw from the mosque-university, but he continued to meet with a few students at his home. His following increased and the topics discussed in the almost daily gatherings dealt increasingly with social and political issues. By the time he was expelled in 1879 he was actively engaged in political agitation. In the greater context of Egypt without a Khalifah Afghani preached the isolation of Egypt from the rest of the Muslim world, His divide and conquer motives would be achieved by arousing the ideas of nationalism in his followers knowing entirely that nationalism was condemned in the Quran and Sunnah, the prophet (saws) explicitly stating he came to abolish nationalism along with the racism and the classes it created. Afghani lived in an age when Nationalism was first introduced to the world in order to divide people into increasingly smaller groups and replace their heritage, he and the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood were some of the tools used to achieve this aim by foreign powers. "And verily this Ummah (nation) of yours is a single Ummah and I am your Lord and Cherisher: Therefore Fear Me."(23:53) "But people have cut off their affair (of unity), between them into sects: Each party rejoices in that which is with itself." (30:12)

397

The Messenger of Allah (saws) said, "He is not one us who calls for nationalism or who fights for nationalism or who dies for nationalism." (Abu Dawwud) Muhammad Abduh, referring to the so called illusions Muslims held about the inviolability of the umma (muslim nation) and their dreams of past glory, remarked in the same manner he would employ masonic slogans, that Afghani was particularly interested in “liberating the mind from self-deception” in other words liberating the mind from any opposition to them. Disagreement occurred between the companions of the prophet (saws), Abu Dharr and Bilal, and Abu Dharr said to Bilal, "You son of a black woman." The Messenger of Allah (saws) was extremely upset by Abu Dharr's comment, so he (saws) rebuked him by saying, "That is too much, Abu Dharr. He who has a white mother has no advantage which makes him better than the son of a black mother." This rebuke had a profound effect on Abu Dharr, who then put his head on the ground swearing that he would not raise it until Bilal put his foot over it. This statement of Muhammad Abduh outlines the entire aim of Afghani regardless of what his propaganda claimed in front of the masses. If the mind is liberated from one thing it must be replaced by something else because it can not stay empty, it is the nature of man to form attachments because this stabilizes his self and protects him from insanity, it is because of this nature, Allah asks man to attach himself to Haq, the ultimate truths he created in the Universe, and it was to this end the prophet (saws) said "Undoubtedly Allah has removed from you the pride of arrogance of the age of Jahilliyah (ignorance, before Islam) and the glorification of (tribal) ancestors (seen as national heroes). Now people are of two kinds. Either believers who are aware (of what is right and wrong), or transgressors who do wrong (and commit injustice). You are all the children of Adam and Adam was made of clay. People should give up their pride in nations because that is a coal from the coals of Hell-fire. If they do not give this up Allah (swt) will consider them lower than the lowly worm which pushes itself through dung." Afghani liberated peoples minds from “this reality”, and attached it to his temporary goals through slogans and short sighted idealism that ultimately only achieved his aim. 398

Ahmad Shafiq adds that he often heard Afghani preach "with courage and candor the fundamental precepts of patriotism," the rights and duties of citizens, the obligations of rulers toward their subjects, the responsibility of governmental officials for their actions and the principle of justice under law...as if Islam had not been the one to establish these things 1400 years earlier, the underlaying context to everything He said was the isolation of Egypt from the rest of the Islamic world. It was through such slogans and blind idealism that Afghani would move people away from one ideology just so they can embrace another. One look at Islam’s legal history will show that the modern legal system is almost entirely indebted to the sciences developed by Islam’s scholars none less so then it’s founding of the principles of jurisprudence, regarding which the prophet (saws) said about it’s founder, Imam Shafii, "O Allah! Guide (the tribe of) Quraysh, for the science of the scholar that comes from them will encompass the earth. O Allah! You have let the first of them taste bitterness, so let the latter of them taste reward.” Afghani grew increasingly critical of Ismail's policies this disaffection was first voiced in secret, and mainly Masonic societies. By 1879—the year of Ismail's deposition—it had become an open campaign. Freemasonry was introduced into Egypt in 1798 by officers of the invading French army, under the rule of Muhammad Ali several lodges were founded under the jurisdiction of the Grand Orient of France. By the 1860s, a host of chapters were formed under the jurisdiction of a variety of Rites: French, English, Scottish, Italian, German and Greek, eight lodges were founded between 1862 and 1868 under the United Grand Lodge of England alone. Although all of these were presumably started by European residents, many of them included Egyptian intellectuals, professionals and notables. Most important and influential among these was Prince 'Abd al-Halim Pasha, Muhammad Ali's youngest son, who in 1867 was elected Grand Master of the Order of the Grand Orient of Egypt. Some Italian chapters, for instance, harbored conspirators against the Italian Royal House and underworld criminals. In terms of Egyptian politics, Freemasonry offered a ready-made organization for those interested in subversive activi399

ties against the Khedive Isma'il. Two personalities who utilized the Masons for this purpose were Afghani and 'Abd al-Halim. The latter, who felt swindled when Isma'il obtained the Sultan's approval to replace the Ottoman law of succession (where the oldest living male member of the ruling family inherits the throne) with primogeniture, used his Masonic connections without success in directing antiIsma'il propaganda both in Egypt and in exile. Afghani himself kept few records and any kept by the lodges have not yet come to light, except for a group of recently discovered papers belonging to Afghani. Along with numerous contemporary reports, these have now been pieced together and the following description of the nature and scope of Afghani's covert activities in Egypt made clear. Afghani's earliest known contact with the Masons is a letter dated May, 1875 requesting his admission into one of the lodges in Cairo. The letter does not reveal the name of the lodge, but its identity is not vital since Afghani soon belonged to several lodges. Other documents show that he was invited to attend sessions in various lodges until he left Egypt. Among these were the Italian Luce d'Oriente, Nilo and Mazzini. It would appear that at least between 1877 and 1879 he belonged to one or more of these, because the invitations he received concerned the election of new members and memorial services for past members. In other documents he is identified as a member of the Nile lodge of Cairo which was affiliated with the National Grand Lodge of Egypt (one of three Grand Masonic bodies established in May, 1878 when the French Grand Orient was reorganized). Afghani was also a leading member of the Star of the East (Kawkab al-Sharq), his member number was 1355, it was founded in Cairo in 1871 and affiliated with the United Grand Lodge of England. According to Mohammed Sabry, it was the British Vice-Consul in Cairo, Raphael Borg, himself a Mason, who urged Afghani and his followers through this chapter. Soon it had many members from the Egyptian elite, including Tawflq Pasha (Isma’il's son), Sharif Pasha, Butrus Pasha Ghall, Sulayman Pasha 'Abaza, Muhammad "Abduh, Sa'd Zaghlul, army officers like Latif Bey Salim and Sa'id Nasr, members of the Assembly of Delegates and even 'ulama' (so called scholars). 400

The following January 1878, just a year after joining he was elected president of the lodge, indicating his vast connections and competency with the occult. Another document is an invitation, dated 3 February, 1879, asking Afghani to attend a meeting at the "Greek lodge of Cairo" Finally, a letter written in Paris in March, 1884 indicates that Afghani applied for membership in one of the local chapters when he was residing in the French capital. Masonic lodges were eminently suited for the covert activities he wished to advocate. They provided the machinery for organized agitation against Isma'il's policies. In these efforts, Afghani was aided by some of his own disciples whom he persuaded to join the Mason’s. Muhammad Abduh would join, and in 1875, the Jewish Egyptian nationalist Ya'qub Sannu' became a Mason, later Sa'd Zaghlul, 'Abd al-Salam al-Muwaylihl, Adlb Ishaq, Sallm al-Naqqash and Ibrahim al-Laqqanl were also initiated. Afghani's efforts to politicize his fellow Egyptian Masons were initially opposed by those not used to such activities. Eventually, Afghani withdrew from the lodge and formed another lodge under his own leadership. Afghani did so after he "realized that he could not work with those brothers while they were in this state of indifference, fear and cowardice." Another account was given by Rashid Rida, the student of Muhammad Abduh. Basing his story on information from 'Abduh, he states that "the initial cause for the withdrawal of Afghani and 'Abduh was an incident which took place during a visit to Egypt by the English Grand Master, the Prince of Wales. The Masonic lodges honored the visitor lavishly and when one of the leading members addressed him as Crown Prince, Afghani objected that it was not permissible to address any member as such (members having to leave their status at the door) "even though he was the heir to the British Empire", his symbolic objections to the prince may account for his future allegiances. Furthermore, the British government had not conferred any favors upon the lodge yet. Some of the leaders, however, repudiated these statements and after a debate, Afghani withdrew along with a select group of followers.

401

The Star of the East lodge was affiliated with the United Grand Lodge of England. He was installed as head in January, 1878, while the rupture between the English and French Masons had taken place in 1877. Moreover, he was a member of the Nile lodge at least as late as August, 1878, "as its model", this lodge "follows the [National] Grand Lodge of England in its customs, laws and ritual." Several accounts report that following his withdrawal from the English Masons, Afghani formed "a national lodge" (mafyfalan wataniyyan) affiliated with the French Grand Orient, although after his exile from Egypt, and while in France, his affiliations would change back, visiting England and accepting assignments from them. Within a short time this lodge boasted a membership of more than three hundred. Besides Afghani's usual followers, it attracted a number of journalists, intellectuals, notables, 'ulama' (scholars), members of the Assembly and some army officers. The members were divided into several committees to serve as liaisons with government departments. One was entrusted with the War Minister, others were assigned to the Ministers of Justice, Finance, Public Works, etc. It was through this association remarks Rashid Rida, that 'Abduh was able to establish contact with Tawfiq Pasha and other leaders of Egypt. Tawfiq's association with Afghani can be traced to this period. He joined the lodge headed by Afghani, and at his inauguration as Khedive leader of Egypt on 27 June, 1879, a delegation of Masons from this lodge went to congratulate him. Also, when he died in 1892, another delegation was present at the funeral ceremonies. On his part, Tawfiq professed liberalism and promised constitutional reforms upon his accession to the Khedivate. Whether he was privy to any plot to remove his father by force can only be conjectured, but certainly Afghani was thinking in these terms. 'Abduh relates that in the spring of 1879 Afghani and many notables asked the then Chief Minister Sharif Pasha to "convince Isma'il of the need to abdicate" but Isma'il refused. Later Afghani led a delegation of Egyptians to see the newly arrived French Consul-General, Tricou, and told him that "there is in Egypt a national party which wants reform...and that this reform cannot be carried out except at the hands of the heir-apparent Tawfiq Pasha." 402

In this we see, the now french masons, making efforts to place in power a ruler in Egypt loyal to them, it would not be long after the struggle between these groups that the English Empire would come to colonize Egypt outright. There was much private talk in that spring among a group of Azhari reformers influenced by Afghani as to how Isma'il could be deposed; they even considered assassination, much as did the Salafi Muslim Brotherhood years later, assassinating one Egyptian president and attempting to kill another. In 'Abduh's words, Afghani proposed that Isma'il should be assassinated as he passed in his carriage daily over the Kasr el Nil bridge, and I strongly approved, but it was only talk between ourselves, and we lacked a person capable of taking a lead in the affair. Afghani, a Times correspondent observed, had "almost obtained the weight of a Median law among the lower and less educated classes" meaning his rule, even the king was powerless to change, the lower classes would come to form the Salafi movement and eventually the Muslim Brotherhood. It was during these turbulent times that the national movement began to emerge. In April, 1879 the existence of the Patriotic (Party) Society (al-Hizb alWatani) became publicly known. When Tawfiq replaced his father as Khedive in June, 1879 Afghani was no longer his main teacher, he would come into contact with less corrupt Muslims working in the government. Afghani and the nationalists still believed that the long-awaited reforms could at last be instituted, for such had been the impression given by Tawfiq before his accession. He continued to give the same impression during the first few weeks of his reign. For example, the delegation of Masons sent to congratulate him upon his accession was assured of his intention to implement reforms. Sharif Pasha, who had been serving as Chief Minister since April, stayed in office holding the same notion. Afghani, too, remained on good terms. But the honeymoon did not last long. Afghani, Sharif and the various nationalist groups were applying pressure on Tawfiq for immediate reforms. 403

Sharif submitted a plan for a constitution that would have created a strong representative assembly and ministerial responsibility, but at the expense of the Khedive's powers, Tawfiq’s foreign consuls advised him otherwise, replacing Sharif with Riyad. Supported by Sherif Pasha, he [Afghani] for some time deemed it expedient to conceal his more pronounced views, but on the fall of the late Ministry [of Sharif] he seems to have lent himself more openly to a propaganda against the introduction of the European element in any form into the administration of the country, possibly demonstrating the point he turned back to British Masonry. Afghani now disillusioned not knowing who his allies were, a French journalist gives the following eyewitness account: One evening in the Hasan mosque in Cairo, before an audience of four thousand people, he [Afghani] gave a powerful speech in which he (duplicitly) denounced with a deep prophetic sense, three years before the event, the ultimate purpose of British policy on the banks of the Nile. He also showed at the same time the Khedive Taufiq as compelled to serve—consciously or not— British ambitions, and ended his speech by a war-cry against the foreigner and by a call for a revolution to save the independence of Egypt and establish liberty. It would not be long after this that the British Empire would have the pretext it needed to colonize Egypt and control the Suez Canal along with all traffic through it, Two World Wars would later prove how vital this area was. At the same time, Afghani was implicated in a plot attributed to the Masonic followers of 'Abd al-Halim, the son of Muhamad Ali the former ruler of Egypt, aimed at replacing Tawfiq with Halim. In letters written in 1883, Afghani complained that it was the officer 'Uthman Pasha (the Police Chief of Cairo) who had spread these malicious rumors and told Tawfiq that Afghani planned to kill him in concert with the Masons. To Riyad Pasha he wrote: “A group of foreign Masons and their followers... who were under the leadership of 'Abd al-Halim when he was president of the Masonic Order in Cairo, tried to work for Halim's succession and I, out of my love for the Khedive Tawfiq, left them.” 404

On the 24 August, 1879, Afghani was seized by the police, whisked away to Suez, and was put on a ship bound for India. A few days later the official gazette, al-Waqa'i' al-Misriyya, published the government's statement, and new independent stance, charging Afghani with leading a secret society based on violence, and as it was revealed nearly 2000 years earlier to the companion John (ra) who would likewise state, “aimed at corrupting religion and the world".

405

C H A P T E R 32

The Islamist Call To Westernise The West's Call To Islamise The Islamist Call To Westernize The West's Call To Islamize: Tracing The Origins Of Western Intellectual Thought

Bismillahi Rahmani Raheem The tools and methods used to dismantle the old civilizations of the world during the 19th century were the same, a call to Nationalism carried out by the Elite in each nation aided by small groups of influential people, this occurred around the world relatively during the exact same period, all of which outlines and displays the motives of this ‘world wide network’ as the prime minister of England Benjamin Disraeli put it. How else could a small Island take the world’s largest Empires, like China, India and eventually the Islamic Khalifah, it was from this sedition as John (ra) correctly called it that we saw the birth of the British Empire, a call to fake nationalism and sectarianism in order to isolate people so a world power could divide and conquer, this was followed by a propaganda campaign that caused people to follow a single world culture they perceived is far more dominant and superior, again as John (ra) foretold, people could not even imagine that anyone could defeat them or surpass them as they worked “wonders” in front of the world simply to drive their new found belief “home”. Although the British Empire is now gone, America, again as John (ra) foretold is using the same methods through new technology to do the exact same thing. Hence tracing the origins of Western and European intellectual thought (the terms are interchangeable in this context) will demystify the nature of these civiliza406

tions, this is the core advice of Allah given to man through the companion of Jesus, John (ra) “This calls for wisdom (advice): let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man (human)” in other words demystify how you view them. The American Founding Fathers and Islam One of the most influential figures on the founding fathers of America was John Locke (d.1704), he was a philosopher and physician, regarded by the west as one of the most influential thinkers and known as the “Father of Classical Liberalism”. He helped western civilization finally come out of the Dark Ages Europe was relatively still in by that time, it had to move away from the rule of the totalitarian Church that rejected science and advancement in order to preserve it’s power over the world, this was achieved by relying on the works and intellectual thought of various figures through history, John Locke was one such figure. In John Locke’s Biography, to the intellectual origins of American society, the most influential individual on Locke’s life was Edward Pococke, he was the teacher at Oxford for Arabic and Islamic studies. After the Dark Age Europe was in, the very first edict of toleration occurs in the 17th century in Budapest, it was done by a transelvanian unitarian ruler (a christian who did not believe in the trinity), he was directly under the suzerainty of the Ottoman Empire, he paid the Jizya tax for protection from other European nations in a time when the threat of war as very real and they still conquered each other. Essentially he was calling for the very same policies the Ottomans where using in their states, and he was the first ruler to freely allow protestants to come into his land when they where being persecuted through out Europe. The Ottoman muslims offered refuge to protestants who where being persecuted under catholic rule, they also offered refuge to the jews in sarajevo and those who fled Spain from the inquisition and went to Morocco. Historically they where treated very well in Muslim lands and reached many positions of influence, for example Rabbi Musa Bin Maimun (Maimonides) who was considered one of the greatest Rabbi’s in Jewish history was the personal Physician of Salah al Deen

407

Ayubi (Saladin in the west) who defeated the crusaders and won back Jerusalem from Richard the king of England. John Locke and Isaac Newton were both Unitarians or Socinians, and were influenced by Muslim philosophical thought, they in turn were among the great influences on the Founding Fathers of America, like Thomas Jefferson. Much of what is found in the American constitution is borrowed from Islamic philosophical thought, this can be established by John Locke’s influence upon them. John Locke was Arian, Socinian and what is termed today as Unitarian, not only was he directly influenced by muslim scholars he was accused of being a muslim in his time. John Locke and Isaac Newton (1642-1727) where friends and graduates of Oxford University, and like Locke Newton was also Unitarian and accused of being a muslim in his time. Both Locke and Newton taught at Oxford university, when they where teaching they hid their positions on many issues because of the persecution that others suffered before them. Both had a friendship with Henry Stubbe (1632-1676) who as a result of apposing the monarchy and the rule of the Church along with the establishment, went and studied christian theology only to later revolt against it, and their position on how they imposed authority on people, it was after he challenged them that he began studying Islam, which unlike Europe had a diverse community of people peacefully living alongside each other within it’s borders. During that time of studying Islam, reading and having a copy of the Quran was a crime, hence they hid where they were taking all of there information from and what the sources where, they wrote books on the prophet Muhammad (saws), about the myth that Islam was spread by the sword, and how Islamic theology was the original and correct monotheistic theology, relied upon by earlier Christian Saints like Saint Augustine and other influential Christian Theologians, ‘it had come to purify the corruption that was caused by the Church and the Christians from the third century onwards’. This corruption occurred when the pagan Roman Emperor Constantine (d 337AD), adopted Christianity as the state religion, He then decided through the council of Nicaea in 325AD, what the nature of the “Son of God” was, the label 408

itself is a Jewish term for prophet’s, existing for thousands of years before hand and was never exclusive to Jesus (ra) but the Emperor wanted a way to bring the christian God into the pantheon of Roman gods so the Roman people could accept it more easily hence according to their reading of the bible the term "son of god" posed a problem for them because in the Roman religion they already had a trinity and this sounded the same. The pagan outcome of this council then shouldn’t be surprising considering that none of the earlier religions of Allah, had claimed this pagan Roman Trinity which already existed in the Roman Religion, the religion of Abraham was entirely monotheistic right back to the first days of Man. Constantine through this same council would then decide which books to include in the Bible and which to exclude, all other books were subsequently burned and their followers massacred, as later archeological evidence would show. These Unitarian Christians wrote to Muslim Khalifs and ambassadors, that, we are closer to you than our closeness to established Christianity, this occurred after the 16th century and the beginning of the 17th century. The hole of the 17th century was marred by the controversies of the Socinians, and between the Church and Monarchy. John Locke who was a major influence on the American constitution itself, studied the Islamic work “Hayy bin Yaqzan” by the muslim philosopher Ibn al Tufail (d.1185) which caused him to conclude that whatever Christianity and monarchy where offering where against human nature, a concept now known as Tabula Rasa (that man was born with a blank slate) was developed and he became the father of empiricism, (that knowledge only comes from sensory perception), along with materialism and the modern sciences. In contrast to Tabula Rasa St. Augustin viewed man as originally sinful being born with a disposition, the Cartesian position holds that man innately knows basic knowledge, that we are born with innate ideas. Tabula Rasa and innatism, or the idea of a blank slate became very common in the european world from the beginning of the thirteenth century through the translations of Islamic texts, innate means something which is in the nature of the human being, and in Islam this was 409

termed “Fitrah”, man was born with the innate belief in God, but was otherwise a blank slate. Thomas Jefferson was to be the lead author of the American Declaration of Independence from the British Empire, the declaration was to outline their beliefs regarding man and the reason for their split from the church controlled Monarchies. Jefferson and therefore the Declaration of Independence, was heavily influenced by John Locke, it can be seen from the list of reasons given to separate from the British Empire, Locke’s words, ideas and theories coming into play. John Locke had given the four inalienable (Maqasid) rights of Man in his writings, Locke's own treatises provide everyone with a right to defend their life, health, liberty or possessions. One of the most noticeable instances of direct Islamic influence is in the preamble, where the Declaration of Independence proclaims the right of every man to “Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness”. Maqasid is an Islamic term for goals and purpose, after imam Shafii developed the science of Usul al Fiqh (principles of jurisprudence), many later scholars, from the 8th century onwards, began to write works of legal theory on the Maqasid of Shariah, or the aims and intents of Islamic Law, through these the rights and liberties of Man were clearly outlined and among the most famous scholars was Imam al Ghazali (d.1111). The Maqasid of the Shariah aim to achieve the greater good by opening, or blocking, certain means that lead to Harm or away from it. “Maqasid al Shariah” are also the group of divine intents and moral concepts upon which the Islamic law is based, such as, justice, human dignity, free will, magnanimity, facilitation, and social cooperation. After the era of the companions, the identification and classification of maqasid (objectives of Islamic Law) began. During the first three centuries, the idea of purposes/causes (Arabic: Hikam, ilal, munasabat, or ma’ani) appeared in the works of the Imams of the classic schools of Islamic law, such as reasoning by analogy (qiyās), juridical preference (istihsan), and interest (masalah). Purposes themselves, however, were not subjects of separate monographs until the end of the

410

third Islamic century. Then, this work was further developed and elaborated into ‘levels of necessity’ by Imam al-Juwaini (d.478 AH/ 1085 CE). “For a number of Islamic Scholars, maqasid are an alternative expression for masalih (people’s interests). For example, Imam Abdul-Malik al-Juwaini (d.478 AH/ 1185 CE), one of the earliest contributors to al-maqasid theory as we know it today used al-maqasid and public interests (al-masalih al-ammah) interchangeably. Abu Hamid al-Ghazali (d.505 AH/1111 CE) elaborated on a classification of maqasid, which he placed entirely under what he called ‘unrestricted interests’ (almaslaha al-mursalah). Fakhruddin al-Razi (d.606 AH/1209 CE) and al- Amidi (d.631 AH/1234 CE) followed Imam al-Ghazali in his terminology. Imam Najmuddin al-Tufi (d.716 AH/1316 CE), defined maslaha (people’s interests) as, ‘what fulfills the purpose of the Legislator.’ Al-Qarafi (d.1285 AH/1868 CE) linked maslaha (people’s interests) and maqasid (the objectives) by a ‘fundamental rule’ that stated: ‘A purpose (maqasid) is not valid unless it leads to the fulfillment of some good (marsalah) or the avoidance of some mischief (mafsadah).’ Therefore, a maqasid, purpose, objective, intent, goal, end, or principle in the Islamic law is there for the ‘interest of humanity.’” Jefferson in the declaration summarized Locke’s “Maqasid” into three and preferred to include what other earlier muslim scholars thought should be part of the Maqasid, and that is the pursuit of Happiness. The Declaration of Independence explains the reasons for splitting with the British Empire, it borrows heavily from Locke’s Second Treatise, which is noticeable in the almost identical preamble, but also the idea of a Natural Law (or Locke’s state of nature). Their reasons for absolving Great Britain rule was mirrored in Locke’s idea of Representative Government, which was translated into their form of Democracy. One of the first to detail the idea of Democracy in Islam was al Farabi (d.950), he devised the different kinds of governments and concluded that the Democratic government was the government which is ruled by the people for the sake of the people, using this expression.

411

Thomas Jefferson himself incorporated many of the ideas from the European enlightenment which was inspired by Islamic text that were being translated on Mass to Europe to fuel these new thoughts in order to rid it of the Dark Age it was in. The right of the people to “alter or to abolish” unjust governments; the idea that it is the governments job to secure “unalienable rights”; the idea of popular sovereignty, governments derive their power from the “consent of the governed”; the idea that “all men are created equal”; these are all ideas that the enlightenment thinkers shared. Many of the issues raised by John Locke and Thomas Jefferson are the exact terminologies or translations of the Quranic words, basically huquq al Insan, consent of the governed, and all men are created equal, are taken from the work of Ibn Tufail. John Locke believed there existed a social contract between government and its citizens as government derived its power from the consent of the governed and that people should rebel against a government that violated their natural rights; the natural rights referred to are “life, liberty and possessions.” By this time in history the Maqasid of Shariah, Islamic Law, where well developed and three out of the famous “five Maqasid of Islamic Shariah” were used by John Locke in the Declaration of Independence. The declaration interchanges “possessions” with pursuit of happiness which some muslims Scholars believed should be included in the five Maqasid of Shariah. The ideas that Jefferson adopted from Islam became central to the United States Government, they would eventually be incorporated into the constitution and then ground the argument of future revolutionaries both in the United States and around the world. The Declaration of Independence was paraphrased from John Locke’s 1693 work “Concerning the True Original Extent and End of Civil Government”, Presidents Adams and Madison later acknowledged that these truths where already present and borrowed from elsewhere and that “the objective (of the declaration) was to assert and not discover truth”. Al Farabi’s (872-950) wrote on the ideal state in a book called “al Madina al Fadila”, An Ideal State, in it he divided the states into the ideal muslim states, beginning with the prophetic state, then the democratic, then comes the dictatorship 412

(oligarchy and monarchy), he then says the best of these is the Islamic State in which the prophet or the leader (Imam) is a philosopher and a righteous person guided by Allah (swt), the second best is then the Democratic state. The best state for Al Farabi is one that is comprised of true justice, proportionate equality, and a body of citizens who are willing to fulfill the tasks (skills) naturally endowed to them. Al Farabi explains the most important principle of Democracy to be its freedom and that of the six Government types, including tyranny and oligarchy, the regime of Democracy occupies the privileged position of supplying the most solid and the best starting point for the establishment of the virtuous human beings. A Democracy promotes the concept of “rule by the people” which are the exact words of al Farabi. Democracy is the last step towards the Ideal state where Human beings enjoy freedoms, where everybody has a role not because they have to earn money or because of political influence but because this is their human right given to them by Allah. The best of the rulers are the ones who give the upmost freedoms to every individual in the state. And the best human beings are those who use their freedoms to accomplish to the best of their ability. Al Farabi used the word Democratic (Democratiya) in the 9th century which originally came from Greek but its etymology doesn’t agree with its modern understanding; “The Democratic city is one in which each one of the citizens is given free reign and left alone to do whatever he likes. Its citizens are equal and their laws say that no man is in any way at all better than any other man…And no one…has any claim to authority unless he works to enhance their freedom…those who rule them do so by the will of the ruled, and the rulers follow the wishes of the ruled.” The Etymology of democracy (n.) as western historians traced, goes back to the 1570s, from Middle French démocratie (14c.), and from Medieval Latin democratia (13c.). It can’t be traced any further with it’s current definition except through Islamic works which took it from the Greek word demokratia “popular government”, the word comes from two Greek words demos meaning “common people”, but whose originally ancient Greek meaning was “district" (see demotic), 413

and kratos "rule, strength”. To the Greeks the word did not represent Democratic rule this definition was given to it by Al Farabi because that was the outline of his Book in which he used it as the second best form of government after prophetic government. Al Faraby in the 9th century was addressing the issue of rulers, who thought they where an exception to the rule of Shariah, Al Farabi said that the Islamic state of the present day was better than the other models being used such as Monarchy and Alegharchy but the ruling class was not accountable to those they ruled, they where not following the islamic injunction of Shura (consultation with the people), mentioned in the Quran in the chapter entitled al Shurah (the Consultation) and they were restricting freedoms, this eventuated when the original Islamic Khalifah founded upon Shura or a democratic vote was turned into Dynasties. In the Islamic state there was much freedom, you could say what you wish and express your self freely but the exception was don’t address the ruling class. Al Faraby was addressing this issue and suggesting that to them they have not reached the level of the democratic state, and ruling by the wishes of those ruled. He suggested to the rulers that they should follow the Democratic state and then move towards to ideal state of the Prophetic Khalifah that originaly existed in Madina. The first four Khalifahs of Islam known as the rightly guided Khalifahs, al Rashidun throughout history, where known and characterized by their Shura (consultation) with the people, while later Khalifs, although they applied the laws of Shariah they where closer to a Monarchy in how they governed. Al Farabis three Principles for Democracy were; 1) Al Musaawa, Equality, All Human Beings are equal. 2) Itq or Liberty, Freedom 3) La-ikrah, there is no compulsion in religion (2:256), Financial and Social Freedom Three of the five objectives of Islamic Law (Maqasid al Shariah) were used in the American constitution. These are translated from al Faraby into english as, Human Equality, Liberty and Freedom of Expression. From the 9th century until the 414

17th century these were the ideas being incorporated by the intellectual scholars of Europe. The problem in Islamic lands at the time was that the ruling class where not responsible to the common people, the Oligarchy of the Ottomans was criticized by Rasul Allah (saws) himself, they put an end to the other major Khalifahs in the world and hoarded power until their eventual decline. These three ideals were understood from the earliest days of Islam, that if man’s basic needs where not taken care of and secure he could not pursue higher forms of knowledge, man needed to be free in his life in order to be capable of dedicating it and perfecting his pursuits. Imam Abu Hanifah (d.767) the founder of one of Islam’s four legal schools of thought understood this clearly, he was himself wealthy because of his trade and on account of this understanding he used to take care of the basic needs of his students so they where not distracted by securing a livelihood, they could dedicate themselves fully to knowledge and religion. Al Farabi enjoys the concept of Equal opportunity for happiness because he believes citizens should be able to equally engage in whatever they may choose, “the actions that are determined and directed toward happiness strengthen the part of the soul that is naturally equipped for happiness, and actualise and perfect it to the extent that the power resulting from the perfection is achieved through political activities”. (Al Farabi, On Political Science, Jurisprudence and Theology, P.38) This is the source of the pursuit of happiness of Thomas Jefferson, and is one of the objectives that some scholars thought should be included in among the five main Maqasid of Shariah. Freedom and Equality; The Foundation of “rule by the People” and equal engagement are the two principles that define the basis of Al Farabi’s authoritative powers; “Authority is justified only on the basis of the preservation and promotion of freedom and equality”. Thomas Jefferson who adopted these ideas wrote about Roger Bacon, John Locke and Isaac Newton…“I consider them as the three greatest men that have ever lived, without any exception, and as having laid the foundation of those superstructures which have been raised in the Physical and Moral sciences”. 415

Regarding Tabula Rasa, Locke’s “theory of the mind” is often cited as the origin of modern conceptions of identity and the self, figuring prominently in the work of later philosophers such as Hume, Rousseau and Kant. Locke was the first to define the self through a continuity of consciousness. He Postulated that the mind was a blank slate or Tabula Rasa. John Locke’s formulation of Tabula Rasa in an Essay concerning human understanding was influenced by a 17th century translation, “Philosophus Autodidactus”, published by Edward Pococke, of the Arabic philosophical novel “Hayy ibn Yaqzan” (Lit. “Alive, Son of the Awake”), by the 12th century Andalusian Islamic Philosopher and novelist Ibn Tufail (d.1185) also known as Abubacer or Ebn Tophail in the west. The word Tabula Rasa is used by Ibn Tufail whom they took it from, the word “Ra’s” means head, “tabula” means cabinet, and was originally a latin term. Contrary to pre-existing Cartesian philosophy, He maintained that we are born without innate ideas, and that knowledge is instead determined only by experience derived from sense perception. Ibn Tufail demonstrated the theory of tabula rasa as a thought experiment through his Arabic Philosophical novel Hayy ibn Yaqzan, in which, he depicted the development of the mind of a wild child “from a Tabula Rasa to that of an adult, in complete isolation from society” on a desert island through his experience alone, the Island is what gave the child the blank slate that freed him from the preconceptions of society and was a discussion on the Islamic concept of Fitrah. In a number of famous Ahadith, narrations, the prophet (saws) discussed Fitrah, or mans natural disposition when he is born. Abu Hurairah said that the prophet (saws) said, “No one is born except upon natural instinct, then his parents turn him into a Jew or Christian or Magian. As animals produce their young with perfect limbes, do you see anything defective? Abu hurairah said, “Recite the verse if you wish: Direct your face toward the religion, inclining to truth, the nature of Allah upon which He has created the people. No change should there be in the creation of Allah. That is the correct religion, but most of the people do not know.”(30:30). (Bukhari and Muslim) 416

Philosophus Autodidactus inspired the concept of Tabula Rasa, which was developed in “An essay concerning human understanding” (1690) by John Locke, he was a student of Pococke, and who referred to his translation of the novel as a “novelty”. Philosophus Autodidactus also inspired Robert Boyle, another acquaintance of Pococke, to write his own philosophical novel set on an island, called “The Aspiring Naturalist”. The First english translation of Hayy Ibn Yakzan was published by George Ashwell in 1686, based on Pockoke’s latin translation. The first translation of the Arabic original, entitled “The Improvement of Human Reason: Exhibited in the life of Hayy Ebn Yakdhan”, was published shortly after by Simon Ockely in 1708, followed by two more English translations. Baruch Spinoza also read the work and soon encouraged a Dutch translation published by his friend Johannes Bouwmeester in 1672. Another Dutch translation, De natuurlijke wijsgeer, was published by Adrian Reland in 1701. Baruch de Spinoza (1632-1677) was a jew living in Holland, among the jewish scholars, he was thought to have one of the most critical minds and applied the same thoughts upon Jewish Theology and scriptures, (see Darwin and his family who read this work). To modern man and society Spinoza was almost like a prophet, and to Jews he is an Athiest because he revolutionized their theology. He was the one who first requested the translation, two into the German language and another into Nederland. He also distributed it all over the region including Paris, France, where it was received by Sorbonne University, the most powerful university in France and was the centre of the french revolution, for which they where thankful and delighted with it, the work was Praised as an excellent example of classical Arabic Philosophy. Many early and modern European scholars and writers were also influenced by “Philosophus Autodidactus”, they included Melchisedech Thevenot, John Wallis, Christian Huygens, George Keith, Robert Barclay, the Quakers, Samuel Hartlib, Karl Marx and Voltaire, these are the scholars and leaders of the enlightenment. The English translation of Hayy Ibn Yaqzan was known to the Royal Society and the New England Company in North America by 1721, when Cotton Mather’s the Christian Philosopher cited Hayy Ibn Yaqzan as an influence. Despite con417

demning the Mahometans as infidels, Mather viewed the protagonist of the novel, Hayy, as a model for his ideal ‘Christian Philosopher’ and monotheistic scientists’. Mather also viewed Hayy as a noble savage and applied this in the context of understanding the Native American “indians” in order to convert them to puritan Christianity. After Locke changed his ideas and beliefs because of the work, he began to write books and was accused of being Socinian (Unitarian Christian). Unitarians where impressed by the Ottoman civilization and the concept of oneness of God, and Jesus as his prophet along with Islamic theology, they where accused of everything including being turkish or Mohamedans. Unitarians (see the Council of Rimini and Arianism), were declared heretic by the council of Nicaea in 325, before this time there where ebionites, the first Christians were the Jews who believed that Jesus was the Jewish messiah. They used an early Gospel of Matthew, and their beliefs are in accordance with the earliest reports of the gospels of Luke and Matthew, and with Jewish prophecy, they were also known as "Nazarene" the very first followers of Jesus were called the Nazoreans, (a term Used in the Quran). In the 17th century there where people who wrote many books saying the original christianity was Nazrean and called for a stop to the corruption and to follow the Nazrean monotheistic faith or to go back to Arianism. The church accused newton and the Unitarians of being muslim, they accused them of not following the bible but the Quran, and called for their deaths, these are the same people who now influenced modern Philosophy and science. (Source: This section is primarily based on the work of Zulfikar Shah). Darwin and Islamic Evolution To understand where their theories on Evolution began that fueled modern ideas like Eugenics and Elitism, both of which existed in the west during the 19th century but in a quitter form than in Germany, we should look at what Islamic Scholar said before their time. Imam al Ghazali who died in 1111AD predating Darwin presented opposing views about creation and evolution;

418

“According to Mutakallimun (Scholastic theologians), the creation of strange creatures depends upon the will of the Creator in any form He wills. Even philosophers do not deny the possibility of the resurrection of bodies, as they are unanimously of opinion that all created things originate from the revolution of the heavenly bodies (attributing creation more directly to the Universe), which are living beings composed of bodies and souls and that the higher and lower beings differ from one another in their attributes and functions (this is how Philosophers saw the world). They also believe that bodies are governed by the heavens, the heavens by the souls, the souls by the various orders of the angels, and the angels by the “Light of Lights,” who has dominion over the whole universe. It is not necessary that every preceding revolution of the celestial bodies should resemble the one following it. They believe that it is possible that such a revolution (event in the universe) might take place, as has no parallel in the history of the celestial revolutions. This is the reason why such strange animals have been created in extraordinary times as have no resemblance whatsoever with others in the Animal Kingdom. It is also possible that the revolutions of the heavenly bodies may be suitable, but the beings which they create may be unexpectedly different.” (Taken from Imam al Ghazali’s Mysteries of the human Soul.) This is the essence of the Theory of Evolution, creatures are created from the Universe, except the Atheist version adds scientific explanations regarding the process itself but then cuts off the connection to Allah who created the Universe, just like the tribe of Thamud in Surah al Shams (91) that worshiped the celestial bodies denying their creator. Looking at other works in History; “Al-Razi’s twenty-volume book, Kitab al-Hawi (The Comprehensive Book), which covered all branches of medicine and was translated into Latin, was “probably a highly respected and frequently used medical textbook in the white world for several centuries” and was one of nine books used at the University of Paris in 1395. Another famous figure is Abu Ali al-Husein ibn Sina (Avicenna) (980–1037), whose books were encyclopedias of knowledge that included studies in mathemat419

ics, physics, physiology, hygiene, therapy, pharmacology, philosophy, metaphysics, theology, economics, politics, and music. His books were taught as main texts in “the universities of Montpellier and Louvain till the middle of the seventeenth century.” Two other Muslim physicians who influenced Europe and European medicine were Abu Bakr ibn Tufail (Abubacer) (1107–1185) and his student Ibn Rushd (Averroes) (1126–1298). Ibn Rushd wrote an encyclopedia of medicine (Kitab alKulliyat fil-tibb) that was translated into Latin and taught in Christian universities.

All (or many) Muslim physicians were (Monotheistic) evolutionists, and Western historians have acknowledged the fact that books of medicine written by physicians of the Golden Age of Islam served as the standard textbooks used in all medical schools in Europe until the eighteenth century. Therefore, Charles Darwin’s (1809-1882), grandfather and father, Erasmus and Robert Darwin, both physicians, were undeniably influenced by the above-mentioned textbooks.”

(It is more accurate to say Some or Many and not All physicians, since most muslim Scholars themselves did not adhere to this belief, it was not a relevant issue to be considered in everyday life so it can not have spread among the wider community as we see it today, but some minor sects did hold the belief in evolution such as the Mutazila).

“The first Latin translation of Abu Bakr ibn Tufail’s The Story of Hayy Ibn Yaqzan (which means The Journey of the Soul), The publication of many editions and different translations of this book in England and other parts of Europe in the sixteenth to eighteenth centuries suggest that it was a very popular book; the probability is great, therefore, that Charles Darwin, his father, and his grandfather, all read it. Moreover, Abu Bakr ibn Tufail’s The Story of Hai bin Yaqzan is an allegorical tale of the theory of evolution of life and human society. Erasmus Darwin’s, The Temple of Nature, is mostly a poetic rendition in English of Tufail’s work. Clearly, Erasmus and Robert Darwin learned about the Muslim theory of evolution from the translations of Muslim books.” 420

Ibn Khaldun, the famous Muslim historiographer and social scientist, who wrote his Muqaddimah [An Introduction to History] over 400 years before Charles Darwin, states: “One should then look at the world of creation. It started out from the minerals and progressed, in an ingenious, gradual manner to plants and animals. The last stage of minerals is connected with the first stage of plants, such as herbs, and seedless plants. last stage of plants such as palms and vines is connected with the first stage of animals, such as snails and shellfish which have only the power to touch. The word ‘connection’ with regard to these created things means that the last stage of each group is fully prepared to become the first stage of the next group. The animal world then widens, its species become numerous, and, in a gradual process of creation, it finally leads to man, who is able to think and reflect. The higher stage of man is reached from the world of monkeys, in which both sagacity and perception are found, but which has not reached the stage of actual reflection and thinking. At this point we come to the first stage of man (after the world of monkeys). This is as far as our observation extends.” (Ibn Khaldun was inspired by the following verses in the Qur'an to study creation, “Say: "Roam the earth and observe how the creation was initiated.” (29:20), “God created you in diverse stages” (71:14), the term “You” in the verse is plural, “Allah has created every animal out of water . Of them (is a category which) walks upon its belly, (another which) walks upon two legs, and (a third which) walks upon four . Allah creates what He wills. Allah is Able to do everything (He wants).” (24:25), “Have not those who disbelieved known that the heavens and the Earth were of one connected entity, then We separated them and We made every living thing out of water? (A primordial liquid) Will they not then believe?”(21:30)) Ibn Khaldun further mentions, “Physical circumstances and the environment are subject to changes that affect later generations; they do not necessarily remain unchanged.” “The essences at the end of each particular stage of the worlds are by nature prepared to be transformed into the essence adjacent to them. This is the case with the simple material elements; it is the case with the palms and vines (which 421

constitute) the last stage of plants, in their relation to snails and shellfish, (which constitute) the (lowest) stage of animals. It is also the case with monkeys, creatures combining in themselves cleverness and perception, in their relation to man, the being who has the ability to think and to reflect. The preparedness that exists on either side, at each stage of the worlds, is meant when (we speak about) their connection.” (Excerpts from The Islamic Theory of Evolution, T.O. Shanavas)

Ibn Khaldun was above all else a Muslim, It is more accurate to understand his words along this line, as Allah’s creation progressed over time, He granted one creation more ability and capacity than the previous one. Ibn Khaldun was not making a physical connection between the creation of Adam and monkeys but the observation instead, unless the translators in Europe had a similar education to him, in order to be able relate to his Islamic background and ideas, the subtleties in his thinking could not be perceived with exact accuracy in order to translate his works precisely, hence this would have been a source for confusion among them. There are many more critical examples of Islamic knowledge being implemented by Europe to take it out of the dark ages it was in, like Accounting and the fact numbers were called Arabic numeral’s in the west even past WW2, it wasn’t that long ago Europe was using Roman numeral’s which hindered any form of advancement in mathematics and physics for a long time, but since there was a systematic attempt to hide the origins of what advanced Europe from the ideas of the Church it isn’t easy to trace by simply looking at the references. The Mess Science Was In By 19th Century Europe and It’s Consequences “When Ibn al haythams books were translated into Latin as the Spanish conquered Muslim lands in the Iberian Peninsula, he was not referred to by his name, but rather as “Alhazen”. The practice of changing the names of great Muslim scholars to more European sounding names or removing them altogether was common in the European Renaissance as a means to discredit Muslims and erase their contributions to Christian Europe”, this also was evident in it’s barbaric laws that 422

Europe wasn’t a place of understanding or toleration, but rather fear and prejudice. This misinformation was the Jumbled mess of science at the turn of the 19th century, and it’s supposedly untraceable origins except as they claimed miraculously back to the greeks, it’s origins skipping a thousand years or so by them somehow preserving a dead heritage in a place that had trouble even acknowledging the earth was round or having libraries to even contain the books in, needless to say their science was full of truths, half truths and fallacies. Psychology for example was a branch of Philosophy until 1870 when it became an independent discipline in Germany and the United States, this origin would fate it to be no more than pseudo science until the modern era when through the advancements of technology and other fields of medicine like neuroscience they would correct and throw out all of their old misconceptions and beliefs about man. The tragic state of psychology would unfortunately shape the modern era through countless misconceptions about man, none more severe than the Nazi policy of Eugenics and their ideas regarding the Aryan race. Through psychology and philosophy a new form of Atheism would be born fueled by what can only be termed today as pseudo science, Germany eventually adopted Communism under Hitler and America Capitalism first then Atheism as secular thought increased globally through them. At the time Communism and Capitalism where being introduced to the world, after World War One, both were nothing but a new form of Atheism being conceptualized, they separated the existence of the soul, a subatomic substance, from its connection to the heart and placed the entire sphere of human behavior and it’s causes in the realm of the brain and chemical reactions we produce in our body, completely oblivious to what influences the causes of these emotions the heart to them having no role whatsoever, ask any women where she feels love and she won't say in her head but western men would jump at telling her she is delusional. Rather than advancing man to higher issues he faces in life they reduced him to his physical components alone and today this is seen as common sense

423

Had they been after scientific truths alone, instead of the science to prove their preconceived belief ’s and supremacy, they would not have had issue seeing that it wasn’t a case of either or, but a bigger picture in the body that needed to be seen and all pieces fit and work together, today we have many fields of science dedicated to studying what was once considered ludicrous by these same people but unfortunately these are the same people who shaped the modern world. Religion cant cure physical illness normally but it rather cures what causes them, and these are the harmful lifestyles that people live, this is a few steps higher in the psychology “food chain” than chemical reactions, what doctors today term preventative measures. Jamal al Deen al Afghani and his occult groups thought they had all the answers through the pseudo science that existed at the turn of the 19th century and many of these now archaic groups still employ the same outdated understanding of the world, they instead cut of what religion was about and came to deal with from having any relevance or role in the life of Man. Even acupuncture is a proven form of medicine today curing man through his nervous system which controls more than just the chemical reactions in the human body, this to is a few steps higher in the psychology “food chain” than just chemicals and has been available to man for a few thousand years now. The body naturally relies on the heart, not just to pump blood but what it feels is connected to our inner eye or imagination, this is what influences man through out his life, in other words his perception, today science is still baffled by how a placebo (fake) pill can still cure man simply because he thinks he is receiving medicine, the human body has it’s own way of healing itself, man has to simply start it. Man’s body is a large interconnected system that is then connected with the spiritual world, or the subatomic part out the universe in modern terms, mans vision in himself is shaped and influenced by Allah who grants him depth of perception we translate as intelligence and wisdom. The chemical reactions are only a small part of that whole equation not the extent of the matter as they assumed for a long time, this was the driving force behind modern Atheism and the theory evolution despite the fact many historical islamic physicians themselves discussed evolution at length and accepted it, unlike modern Atheists who sought to impose there preconceived ideas before actually proving them, muslim physicians attrib424

uted evolution to the One who created the Universe and not simply the Universe itself. They replaced the causes, effects and relationships that Allah outlined in the Qur'an between harmful acts (sin) and human sicknesses. So then you end up losing the wisdom of the ages (religion) and replacing it with an almost useless knowledge to the laymen about the reactions of the Human body, which he has no immediate control over beyond some shallow dietary restrictions, man finds wisdom in understanding the bigger picture. The simile for this is of a man who goes to a Doctor to cure his addiction to alcohol, so the Doctor gives him a pill to cure him of the addiction, except the man doesn't give up drinking so he continually relies on the pill and the Doctor never deals with the actual cause of the addiction, his life. He instead fills his mind with knowledge about how the body reacts to chemicals and how the pill affects the reaction, making you rely on knowledge that wont benefit you beyond why you are taking the pill, and giving up on what Allah has told you about what benefits and harms Man in greater scheme of things. This type of knowledge is similar to what Rasul Allah (saws) said about poetry, The Prophet said, "It is better for a man to fill the inside of his body with pus than to fill it with poetry." (Sahih al-Bukhari) He (saws) didn’t ban Poetry, many poets existed in his time, but to utterly fill yourself with this kind of knowledge leaves no room for anything else in your life until it misguides you as it shapes your mind. The Prophet (saws) said, “Whoever imitates a people becomes one of them.” (Bukhari and Muslim) and to fill your self with a false incomplete world view which rejects the matters Islam has spoken about in the Qur'an will cause a person to eventually become one of them, lost. The natural qualities of the Human being can no longer be seen underneath the modern clothes we wear, just their design, in this way our mind and society is quietly shaped by fashion, John (ra) warned about adopting the image of “Babylon the Great”. 425

In a very similar way Islam warned about Idol worship, not simply because of its false gods but the science behind how it worked, specifically the impact this act had on the human self, and because of this Rasul Allah (saws) forbade even the drawing of any living creatures or making statues of them, this prohibition then links the behavior an idol worshiper displays in his attachment to a stone Idol with what we are doing when admiring a picture or painting. In other words the mechanisms behind idol worshiping are exactly the same behind following a Pop Idol or Movie Star, both are deliberately set up so the crowd follows and mimics them unthinkingly. This behaviour in our time is understood by Psychologists very clearly and deliberately manipulated to create a different type of Idol in the mind whose purpose isn’t for us to worship as a false god, but to be enslaved by it’s persona and product. Western Advertising, the Movie, Music and Entertainment industries along with the Major Corporations that manufacture everything, have spread this corruption on earth, this corrupt culture they spread the prophet (saws) called the civilization of destruction while John (ra) called Babylon the Great, it has replaced religion and the materialism they promote through it has enslaved mans senses, this is the “image” John (ra) warned about. They have come to understand what the verses of the Qur'an mention about the nature of Man, they hire Psychologists to develop methods of breaking down mental resistance to their products and ideas, in this way Psychology in our time has become the biggest fitnah (strife) on earth giving the devil access to the minds and hearts of man. The image of these Movie and Pop idol’s they own, is worshiped by man in as subtle a way as a person enjoying a painting, this nature in man Allah (exalted is He) mentioned, when He said: Have you seen him who chooses for his god his own lust?. (25:43), this is the Idol of the mind today, materialism, we place no value on the spiritual meaning that exists in life, we stay enslaved until our inner vision and heart are completely blind to their existence incapable of even paying attention to their reality. 426

This blindness occurs whether by punishment from Allah or a habit we can’t break, “For indeed it is not the eyes that grow blind, but it is the hearts, which are within the bosoms, that grow blind” (22:46). The Prophet Muhammad (saws) explained, “Shall I not tell you of which I fear for you more than I fear of the Antichrist?" They said, "Yes, O Messenger of Allah", he said, "Hidden shirk (hidden attachments of the heart), where one beautifies his way of praying only because another one is looking at him.” This is the shirk (attachment of the heart) of a practicing muslim, he beautifies his spiritual acts for the sake of others, Allah will say to him you prayed for other than my sake. Similarly with culture and trends we are chasing other than Allah and have set these things up to dominate our heart, while the heart is the place for Allah’s presence, as the saintly men said “Qalb al Insan Arsh al Rahman”, the heart of man is the throne of the merciful, and the body is a temple meant to be kept pure in the words of Isa (as), this is why we no longer have a connection to Allah when we corrupt our heart. Allah said: “Consider the human self, and how it is formed in accordance with what it is meant to be, And (he) inspired it (with) what is wrong for it and (what is) right for it. To a happy state shall indeed attain he who causes this [self] to grow in purity (Zakaha), and truly lost is he who buries it [in darkness].” (91:7-10)

427

C H A P T E R 33

The Maqasid (Objectives) Of Shariah: A Closer Look Bismillahi Rahmani Raheem In its comprehensive character, legal sciences developed among Muslims very early. In fact they were the first in the world to entertain the thought of an abstract science of law, distinct from the codes of the general laws of the country. In the field of law proper, codes have appeared since the beginning of the second century of the Hijrah (800.AD). In the days of antiquity, International Law was neither international nor law. It formed a part of politics and depended on the discretion and mercy of statesmen. Moreover, its rules applied only to a limited number of States inhabited by peoples of the same race, who followed the same religion and spoke the same language. The Muslims were the first to accord it a place in the legal system, creating both rights and obligations. This may be observed in the rules of international law that formed part of a special chapter in the codes and treatises of the Muslim law ever since the earliest times. In fact the most ancient treatise which we possess is the Majmu’ of Zaid ibn ‘Ali, who died in 120 H/737 C.E, that work also contains the chapter in question. Further, Muslims developed this branch of study as an independent science, and monographs on the subject, under the generic title of Siyar, were found existing even before the middle of the second century of the Hijrah. In his Tawali at-Ta ‘sis, Ibn Hajar relates that the first monograph of the kind hailed from the pen of Abu Hanifah, the contemporary of the above-mentioned Zaid Ibn ‘Ali. The characteristic feature of this international law is, that it makes no discrimination among foreigners. It does not concern inter-Muslim relations,

428

but deals solely with the non-Muslim States of the entire world. Islam in principle forms one single unit and one single organic community. Another contribution in the legal domain is the comparative Case Law, the appearance of different schools of Muslim law necessitated this kind of study, in order to bring into relief the reasons of their differences as well as the effects of each divergence of principle on a given point of law. The books of Dabusi and Ibn Rushd are classics on the subject. Saimuri wrote even a work of comparative jurisprudence or methodology of law (Usul al-Fiqh). The written-constitution of the State was also an innovation of the Muslims, and the Prophet Muhammad (saws) himself was its author. When He (saws) established the first Islamic City-State at Madinah, he endowed it with a written constitution that governed the various communities all having different faiths and backgrounds, the document has come down to us preserved over the centuries, its contents could be divided into 52 clauses. It mentions in precise terms the rights and obligations of the head of the State, of constituent communities, and of subjects respectively, in matters of administration, legislation, justice, defense, etc. It dates from the year 622 CE and from this document many later scholars were guided in identifying the Objects (Maqasid) of Islamic Law. (Introduction by Dr. M. Hamidullah) Law In Medieval Europe Before we look into the History of Islamic Law we should mention other Law systems to gain a clear contrast between our world and the world back then, likewise the world today will also make more sense. We should first keep in mind that the Church and Christianity are not the same thing, the Church in reality was just another dynastic monarchy trying to maintain power through fear by keeping their populations less educated than them, even denying them science and advancement. Following the same example they set were the colonial Empires that later would come from Europe, after centuries of such treatment by the church this deprivation became ingrained into the personality of that region, because as it would become evident, all of the empires employed these same methods to other civilizations they would enslave around the world, this is 429

none more evident than in their dismantling of their institutions and replacing them with dysfunctional systems. America, similarly did the same thing, this was first witnessed in their treatment of the native Americans, the slave labour they would import from Africa, and the cheap labour they would “steal” from china and other parts of the world by lying to them regarding the life they would find when they migrated their, only to be placed in work camps little better than prisons. They still mimic the old empires even to this day, something John (ra) was very explicit about and up until the enlightenment, which was essentially the christian world catching up to the rest of the world, America still had trial by ordeal. This was all another form assimilation and conquest, and the reason why the third world even exists to begin with, most of those regions at some point in history had an empire more cultured and advanced than what dysfunctional Europe had been prior to the 18th century with no prejudice to science, knowledge or wisdom. Without going into detail, studying the lives of many popes would reveal they were anything but religious men, the era of the Borgia, the family Dynasty they replaced and the family Dynasties that came after them is a testament to this fact, this is why the church was fought for so long and so many groups split away from it, like the protestants. Law was harsh in Medieval Europe, those in charge of Law and order believed that people would only learn how to behave if they feared what would happen to them when they broke the law, as apposed to educating them on why being moral benefited all society but their system of morality was in the hands of those who carried little about it, hence even the smallest offense had serious punishment. Under this system each accused person went through an ordeal to prove their innocence, in contrast to today a person is first “presumed innocent until found guilty”, but to them when someone was accused of a crime, even if the accusation was false, they were “guilty until they proved their own innocence” through any one of a number of ridiculous and superstitious tests known as ordeals, this was the men-

430

tal state of those who ruled christian lands and why the Dark Age of Europe even existed. The first Ordeal was known as “Trial by Fire”, an accused person held a red hot iron bar and walked three paces, his hand was then bandaged and left for three days. If the wound was getting better after three days you were innocent, if it did not you were guilty, most people were left scared for life. The second Ordeal was “Trial by Water”, an accused person was tied up and thrown into a body of water. If you floated you were guilty of the crime, if you drowned you were innocent, these tests were as serious as the consequences and it is shocking how far rulers had fallen intellectually, but these are the origins of the West we know today, the same West the bible speaks about, and why they cary out their acts behind closed doors with ridiculous justifications. The third Ordeal was “Trial by Combat”, this was used for noblemen who had been accused of something, they would fight their accuser and whoever won was right. Trial by ordeal existed in other forms and a persons innocence was proven by putting them in other dangerous situations such as swallowing poison, pulling an object from boiling oil, and walking on nine red hot ploughs, if you recovered quickly or survived you were innocent. In 1215, the pope decided that priests, those supposed to be the wise people of a community, must not help with ordeals because they were mostly corrupt, as a result the legal system slightly improved which now asked for witnesses in a case. The ordeals were slowly replaced over time by what was then termed as juries, this was different from todays system and juries. A judge was appointed to investigate a crime by asking locals regarding the matter, then judgment would be passed, because these witnesses held a persons fate in their hands they were called juries, but essentially they were no more than possible witnesses. But in spite of this supposed improvement people did not want to participate, becouse they feared being railroaded by their neighbors, so after 1275 a law was passed allowing people to be tortured if they refused to go to trial by Jury, the system was only slightly less barbaric than the ordeals and ended up being more corrupt. 431

Needless to say this to wasn't an effective system, but Europe began to use it from this point on, despite this for a long time still, trial by Ordeal remained very common through large parts of Europe because that system was replaced very slowly. Trial by ordeal was still used in early America and made famous by it’s witch trials, it lasted almost until the end of the 16th century when eventually the enlightenment changed everything. Although by the 18th century they essentially had to throw out the church to really achieve anything, eventually after the period of the enlightenment another dark age set upon Europe, an age that was masked by the wonders it produced, the age of secularism, a tool employed to free people from the church but ultimately opened the way for morally bankrupt individuals to impose themselves on the people of that land who were leaving religion in droves to worship the “dragon”. By the eve of WW1 a different kind of people were now in charge, with no moral voice to enforce any kind of morality, eventually leading to WW2, it is probably fair to say even though one group replaced another things did not become better under secular rule, as it resulted in the most heinous wars the world had ever witnessed destroying world civilizations, right after the church and religion were removed, eventually a third war will occur in this very region that will devastate mankind, foretold by both Christianity and Islam. Islamic Law: Why The Islamic Golden Age Existed “Three hundred people were in a boat sailing on the sea. They realized that their safety was at risk, and the lives of the majority could only be saved by throwing 10 people overboard. Would it be morally right to kill 10 people in order to save 290?” This case was presented by Imam al-Ghazali (d.1111) in his book on the principles of Islamic Jurisprudence (Legal theory) called “al-Mustasfa Min ‘lm al-Usul”, translated as On Legal Theory of Muslim Jurisprudence. Today America challenges people with a similar question to justify itself, “Would you torture one person to save the lives of many?”, Imam al Ghazali answered this question, posed by the Americans, 1000 years ago. The justification of 432

moral and legal actions in Islam is not based on personal reflection, or personal desire or personal benefits one may derive. Without the proper civil system in place advancement in other areas of knowledge can not exist, and the islamic world went through a golden age were it excelled other parts of the world in nearly every area of life. The majority of ulama (scholars) hold that the ahkam (Laws) of the Shari’ah contemplate certain objectives, and when they can be identified for a place or situation, it is our duty to pursue them and make an effort to implement them in order to fulfill the general objectives of the Lawgiver, Allah. “Generally the Shari`ah is predicated on the benefits of the individual and that of the community, and its laws are designed so as to protect these benefits and facilitate improvement and perfection of the conditions of human life on earth. The Qur’an is expressive of this when it singles out the most important purpose of the Prophethood of Muhammad (peace be on him) in such terms as: "We have not sent you but as a mercy to the world" (21: 107). This can also be seen perhaps in the Qur’an’s characterization of itself in that it is "a healing to the (spiritual) ailment of the hearts, guidance and mercy for the believers" (and mankind) (10: 57)”. “The two uppermost objectives of compassion (rahmah) and guidance (huda) in the forgoing verses are then substantiated by other provisions, in the Qur’an and the Sunnah, that seek to establish justice, eliminate prejudice, and alleviate hardship. The laws of the Qur’an and the Sunnah also seek to promote cooperation and mutual support within the family and the society at large. Justice itself is a manifestation of God’s mercy as well as an objective of the Shari’ah in its own right. Compassion (rahmah) is manifested in the realization of benefit (maslahah) which the ‘Ulama’ (scholars) have generally considered to be the all-pervasive value and objective of the Shari’ah and is to all intents and purposes synonymous with rahmah” (mercy). “Educating the individual (tahdhib al-fard) is another important objective of the Shari’ah so much so that it comes, in order of priority, even before justice and maslahah. For these are both socially-oriented values which acquire much of their 433

meaning in the context of social relations, whereas tahdhib al-fard seeks to make every individual a trustworthy agent and carrier of the values of the Shari’ah, and it is through educating the individual that the Shari’ah seeks to realize most of its social objectives. The overall purpose of a great deal of the laws and values of the Shari’ah, especially in the spheres of ‘ibadat and moral teaching, is to train an individual who is mindful of the virtues of taqwa (god consciousness) and becomes an agent of benefit to others” as he realizes his beliefs through social action. “The Qur’an is expressive, in numerous places and a variety of contexts, of the rationale, purpose and benefit of its laws so much so that its text becomes characteristically goal-oriented. This feature of the Qur’anic language is common to its laws on civil transactions (mu’amalat) as well as devotional matters (ibadat). Thus when the text expounds the rituals of wudu (ablution for prayer) it follows on to declare that "God does not intend to inflict hardship on you. He intends cleanliness for you and to accomplish his favor upon you" (5:6). Then with regard to the prayer itself, it is declared that "truly salah (prayer) obstructs promiscuity and evil" (29:45). With reference to jihad (struggle) the Qur’an similarly proclaims its purpose in such terms that "permission is granted to those who fight because they have been wronged" (22:39). The purpose, in other words, of legalizing jihad is to fight injustice (zulm) and the purpose of salah (prayer) is to attain spiritual purity and human excellence (Ihsan), that are accomplished together with physical cleanliness through ablution, before prayer. With reference to the law of just retaliation (qisas), the text similarly declares that "in qisas there is life for you, o people of understanding" (2:179); and with regard to poor-due (zakah, charity), the Qur’an validates it "so that wealth does not circulate only among the wealthy" (57:7). According to another text, the believers are under duty to lower their gaze in their encounter with members of the opposite sex, "for this will help you to attain greater purity" (24: 30)”. Some Muslim scholars of jurisprudence, said that Allah revealed such a legislative system or Shari’ah in order to achieve Justice. Other jurists said it is for the purpose of achieving happiness and some others such as Imam al- Ghazali, said it is only for the achievement and the realization of the very benefits of man on earth. “The jurist’s believe that the rules of Shari'ah follow objectives (maqasid) 434

which are in harmony with reason. A rational approach to the discovery and identification of the objectives and intentions of the Lawgiver (Allah) necessitates recourse to human intellect and judgment in the evaluation of the ahkam (laws)”. Maqaid al-shariah (Objectives of the Shariah) explain the ‘wisdoms behind rulings,’ such as ‘enhancing social cohesion,’ which is one of the wisdoms behind charity, and looking after one’s neighbors, or greeting people with peace (Asalamu Alaikum). The wisdoms behind rulings also include ‘developing consciousness of God,’ which is one of the rationales behind regular prayers (salat), fasting (swam), and supplications (dua), being aware of Allah helps man focus on building society and contributing to it rather than it’s destruction, the result of not having a moral compass. A community that is secure in it’s identity can be generous in regards to who can freely live within it’s borders, this is why the Muslim Khalifah’s often invited Jews and Christians being persecuted in Europe to live within islamic lands, not only setting up new communities but being allowed to govern them according to their own tenants of faith, this was the result of the work muslims did to be aware of Allah as a society, it shaped how they viewed others. The Maqasid of the Shariah aim to achieve the greater good by opening, or blocking, certain means that lead to Harm or away from it. Thus, the maqasid for ‘preserving people’s minds and souls’ explain the total and strict Islamic ban on alcohol and intoxicants, and the maqasid for ‘protecting people’s property and honour’ explain the Qur'an’s mention of a ‘death penalty’ as a possible punishment for rape or armed robbery. For a number of Islamic Scholars, maqasid are an alternative expression for masalih (people’s interests) “Any attempt to implement the law should take into account not only the externalities of the law but also the rationale and the intent behind it. Thus when a man utters the credo of Islam to achieve worldly gain or to attain social prestige, his confession is not valid. The reason is that the true purpose of confession to the faith is the exaltation and worship of Allah, and if this is violated, a formal confession is of no value. Similarly, if a man says a prayer for the sake of display and self-commendation, it is not valid. The real purpose and 435

value of the law is therefore of primary importance, and indeed it is necessary that the mujtahid (legislator) identifies it so as to be able to implement the law in accordance with its purpose”. Because Islamic Law outlined peoples rights and defined their best interests so clearly it shouldn’t be a surprise that the fathers or Europe's enlightenment adopted from it, by the 16th century Europe was translating almost any Islamic texts they could find, not simply Law but Medicine, Art, Mathematics, Accounting, Philosophy, History, Sociology, Geography Topography, Astronomy, Mineralogy, Mechanics, Zoology, Chemistry, Physics, etc. To them it was a stark contrast to the dark times Europe was in but it was Islamic Law which protected peoples rights this clearly that allowed all the other areas of science to develop in an atmosphere of toleration, this began Islam’s golden Age of science and discovery. Development Of The Maqasid Of Shariah Because Law was one of the first sciences to be widely discussed and written about in Islam by the 16th century it was also the most developed. 1. Al-Tirmidhi al-Hakeem (d. 296 AH/908 CE) wrote one of the first known volumes dedicated to the topic of maqasid, in which the term ‘maqasid’ was used in the book’s title, al-Salah wa Maqasiduha (Prayers and their Purposes or Objectives). The book is a survey of the wisdoms and spiritual ‘realities’ behind each of the acts of prayer, with an emphasis on the science of Ihsan (Human perfection) as mentioned in the famous Hadith of Jibril. Examples are ‘confirming humbleness’ as the maqasid (Objective) behind glorifying Allah with every move during prayers, ‘achieving consciousness’ as the maqasid (Objective) behind praising God, ‘focusing on one’s prayer’ as the maqasid (Objective) behind facing the direction of the Kabah, and so on. Imam Al-Tirmidhi also wrote a similar book on pilgrimage, which he entitled, al-Hajj wa Asraruh, Pilgrimage and its Secrets, or inner reality, secrets here should be understood by its scientific connotation as it alludes to the physiology of the human body and the systems Allah created and placed in it, so the secrets or rather 436

science of prayer refer to how prayer effects the physiology of the body and self, similarly with the secrets/science of Hajj. Modern scientific terminology was only used in our era, the ancient world had its own scientific language we need to translate hence the word secret to an ancient scholar means science in todays terminology because to understand science was to understand the secrets of the universe. 2. Abu Zaid al-Balkhi (d.322 AH/933 CE). Wrote one of the first books on the maqasid of dealings (mu’amalat), al-Ibanah an ilal al-Diyanah (Revealing Purposes in Religious Practices), in which he surveys the various purposes behind Islamic rulings. Al-Balkhi also wrote a book dedicated to maslahah (public interest), which he entitled, Masalih al-Abdan wal-Anfus (Benefits for Bodies and Souls), in which he explained how Islamic practices and rulings contribute to health, physically and mentally. It was another early work on the Physiology of the human body, specifically the connection between the practices of religion and it’s effects on the Body. Our nature is key to understanding the wisdom behind the Prophet’s and companions words, and these kind of works are at the heart of the Islamic science of Tasawwuf, sufism, which is the science of perfecting the self. 3. Al-Qaffal al-Shashi al-Kabeer (d. 365 AH/975 CE). One of the oldest manuscript in the Egyptian Dar al-Kutub on the topic of al-maqasid is al-Qaffal’s Mahasin al-Sharia (The Beauties of the Law). The work is divided into the familiar chapters of traditional books of fiqh (starting with purification, and then ablution and prayers, etc). He mentions each ruling briefly and elaborates on the purposes and wisdoms behind it. The manuscript is fairly clear and contains around 400 pages. The last page mentions the date of the book’s completion, which is the 11th of Rabi’ul- Awwal 358 H (7th of February, 969 CE). The coverage of the rulings of fiqh is extensive, addressing individual rulings but without introducing any general theory for the purposes. The following is a translation of an excerpt from the introduction: 437

... I decided to write this book to illustrate the beauties of the revealed Law, its magnanimous and moral content, and its compatibility with sound reason. I will include in it answers for those who are asking questions about the true reasons and wisdoms behind its rulings. These questions could only come from one of two persons. The first person attributes the creation of the world to its Creator and believes in the truth of prophethood, since the wisdom behind the Law is attributed to the Wise Almighty King, who prescribes to His servants what is best for them ... The second person is trying to argue against prophethood and the concept of the creation of the world, or maybe is in agreement over the creation of the world while in rejection of prophethood. The logical line that this person is trying to follow is to use the invalidity of the Law as proof for the invalidity of the concept of a Law-Giver ... 4. Al-Amiri al-Failasuf (d. 381 AH/991 CE) introduced one of the earliest known direct theoretical classification of purposes in his ‘al-I’lam bi-Manaqib alIslam’ (Awareness of the Traits in Islam). Al-Amiri’s classification was solely based on ‘criminal punishments’ in Islamic law (Hudud). The fifth Islamic century witnessed the birth of the next phase of Islamic Legal theory. Methods and tools for legal theory that were developed, by the fifth century, such as Qiyas (analogy), Ijtihad, (independent Reasoning), Istihsan (Equality of Islamic Law), become part of the greater whole as Islamic civilization became increasingly complex and it became increasingly difficult to apply them to the greater situation the Ummah found itself in, as the world changed. These tools helped in the understanding of how to Apply the Qur'an and Sunnah (way of the prophet) to the “overall picture” of the Ummah (muslim nation), this was done by identifying the overall objectives of the Qur'an and Sunnah and then looking at law in an abstract manner. The theory of ‘unrestricted interest’ (almaslaha al- mursalah) was developed as a method that covers ‘what was not mentioned in the scripts.’ This theory filled a gap in the literal methodologies and, later, developed into the theory of maqasid in Islamic law. The jurists who made the most significant contributions to the conceptualizations of maqasid, between the fifth and eighth Islamic centuries, are: Abu al-Maali 438

al-Juwaini, Abu Hamid al-Ghazali, al-Izz Ibn Abdul-Salam, Shihabuddin alQarafi, and, most significantly, Abu Ishaq Al-Shatibi. 5.Imam Abu al-Maali al-Juwaini (d.478 AH/1085 CE) wrote ‘al-Burhān fi Usul al-Fiqh’ (The Proof in the Fundamentals of Law), which was the first juridical treatise to introduce a theory of ‘levels of necessity’ for life in a way that is similar to today’s familiar theory. He suggested five levels of maqasid, namely, necessities (al Duraat), public needs (al-hajah al-amah), moral behaviour (al-makrumat), recommendations (al-mandubat), and ‘what cannot be attributed to a specific reason.’ He proposed that the purpose of Islamic law is the protection or inviolability (alismah) for people’s ‘faith, souls, minds, private parts (purity), and money.’ 6.Imam Al-Juwaini’s student, Abu Hamid al-Ghazali (d.505 AH/1111 CE), developed his teacher’s theory further in his book, al-Mustasfa (The Purified Source). He ordered the ‘necessities’ of life that al-Juwaini had suggested in a clear arrangement, as follows: (1) faith, (2) soul, (3) mind, (4) offspring, and (5) wealth. AlGhazali also suggested the term of ‘preservation’ (al-Hifz) of these necessities. Imam al-Ghazali stated that Maqasid (Objectives) and Masalih (peoples interest) did not have independent juridical legitimacy (Hujjiyah) from the Quran and Sunnah, you can’t not derive new Laws from them independent from Islams primary sources, and called them ‘the illusionary interests’ (al-masalih al-mawhumah) because they themselves are derived from the sources (Quran and Sunnah) rather than being implied literally, as other ‘clear’ Islamic rulings are. Al-Ghazali also suggested a ‘fundamental rule,’ based on the order of necessities of life, he suggested, that the higher-order of necessity should have priority over a lower-order necessity, if they are at odds with each other in practical cases. 7.Imam Al-Izz Ibn Abdul-Salam (d.660 AH/1209 CE) wrote two small books about al- maqasid, the ‘wisdoms-behind-rulings’, namely, Maqasid al-Salah (Purposes of Prayers) and Maqasid al-Sawm (Purposes of Fasting). However, his significant contribution to the development of the theory of al-maqasid was his book on (public) interests (masalih), which he called, Qawaid al-Ahkam fi Masalih al-Anam (Basic Rules Concerning People’s Interests). Beside his extensive investigation of the concepts of interest and mischief (harm), Imam al-Izz linked the validity of rul439

ings to their purposes and the wisdoms behind them. For example, he wrote: ‘Every action that misses its purpose is void,’ and, ‘when you study how the purposes of the law brings good and prevents mischief, you realize that it is unlawful to overlook any common good or support any act of mischief in any situation, even if you have no specific evidence from the sources (Qur'an and Sunnah), consensus (Ijmaa), or analogy (Qiyas).’ Since the primary sources did not speak about every situation man could find himself in explicitly they had to be categorized underneath what Allah did mention and from this their specific ruling could be derived, this is because Allah in the Quran said “We have explained in detail in this Quran, for the benefit of Mankind, every kind of similitude: but man is, in most things, contentious.”(18:54), and “Indeed we have set forth for mankind, in this Quran every kind of parable. But if you bring to them any sign or proof, the disbelievers are sure to say: “You follow nothing but flasehood”.(30:58) 8.Imam Shihabuddin al-Qarafi (d.684 AH/1285 CE) contributed to the theory of maqasid, as we know it today, by differentiating between different actions taken by the Prophet based on the ‘intents’ of the Prophet (peace be upon him) himself. He writes in his ‘al-Furuq’ (The Differences): There is a difference between the Prophetic actions as a conveyer of the divine message, a judge, and a leader ... The implication in the law is that what he says or does as a conveyer goes as a general and permanent ruling ... [However,] decisions related to the military, public trust, ... appointing judges and governors, distributing spoils of war, and signing treaties ... are specific to leaders.’ Thus, al-Qarafi codified a new field for ‘al-maqasid’ as the purposes/intents of the Prophet (saws) in his actions. 9.Imam Abu Ishaq Al-Shatibi (d. 790 AH/1388 CE). Imam Al-Shatibi used similar terminology to that of Imam al-Juwaini and Imam al-Ghazali. The Imam raised the question: what is the end objective of the Shari’a? Imam Al Shatibi had studied the works of earlier scholars, such as Imam al-Ghazali, who had also touched on this question. He discussed the issue at length and gave the following answer: “The rules of Shari’a, have been designed to produce benefits (masalih) 440

and remove evils (mafasid) and these are certainly their ends and objectives.” And “the masalih are those which promote the preservation and fulfillment of human life, and the realization of all that human nature and rationale demands, until one is happy in every respect.” He developed a model of Shari’a consisting of three concentric circles. The innermost circle deals with the essential laws in relation to the five basic interests (of life). The second circle covers those laws and practices that are not directly related to these essential laws, but are incorporated into Shari’a due to public convenience. The third, outermost circle consists of laws formed by finer elements of social practices such as modesty, cleanliness, and other cultural norms. Shari’a adopts these elements because they reflect reasonability and cultural preferences within a society. Imam al Shatibi divided Shari’a laws into rituals and worship (ibadat) and reasonable customs (adat), He further elaborates on how the adat (Habits, Behavior) determine the good and evil and how Shari’a endorses the results. He explains that benefits (maslaha) do not exist in a pure and absolute form, but are mixed with discomfort, hardship, or other painful aspects (mafsada), because the world is created from a combination of opposites, with hardship comes benefit and ease. Imam al Shatibi also classified human needs into three categories, the inevitable (daruriyyah), the needed (hajiyyah) and the luxuries or refinements (tahsiniyyah). He elaborated on the principle that individual action cannot be allowed to injure other people's interest and emphasized the protection and promotion of social interest as objectives of Islamic law. Imam al-Shatibi, wrote that it is incumbent upon the Mufti (religious leader) to carry people on a way that is balanced and moderate. His basis for this were the numerous Qur’anic verses and Hadith that emphasize moderation and caution regarding one’s expression of faith. In his famous al-Muwafaqat he states two important reasons for the ease and removal of hardship found in the Shari’ah that lead one towards a balanced religious expression: 441

1. To protect people from hating worship and religion because over burdening rituals will only increase people’s dislike and disdain for faith. 2. Enable people to observe the rights of self, family and society. If people are so engrossed in rituals and acts of worship that they neglect the things around them, or are forced to neglect them, then the world will fall into chaos, and a stain will appear in their hearts towards worship. Rather it is a sunnah (act of the prophet) that the day be split into three six hour portions, the first six hours for work, the second six hours for family and the third six hours worship and what remains for the self and sleep. The muslim work day begins soon after the fajir (morning) prayer and the day is divided from this point on. The difference between this and modern times is the balance it creates in the individual, family and ultimately society. Another difference is that the muslim week begins on Sunday and ends on Saturday, muslims however worked seven days a week, although shorter days, and generally took half a day of on Friday for congressional prayer. In the long term people where less stressed, happy and could dedicate more time to family, themselves and their pursuits. If no time was given to the self then people had less time to grow and perfect their interests because we are commanded by Rasul Allah (saws) to perfect what ever we choose to do, this is what it means to be muhsinuun, in other words those who practice human perfection (Ihsan), as it is mentioned in the Qur'an. What distinguished Imam al-Shatibi’s interpretation is that he developed the theories by emphasizing that the maqasid al-shari‘a and masalih could override specific legal rulings. Imam Shatibi illustrates this by saying that nowhere in the Qur’ân is there a specific declaration to the effect that the Shari’ah has been enacted for the benefit of the people. Yet this is a definitive conclusion which is drawn from the collective reading of a variety of textual proclamations. Yet just as there is wisdom behind mentioning something specifically there is also wisdom behind not mentioning something and this is illustrated by the Hadith regarding the sahabah (companions) who used to ask the prophet about the minutest details of the religion until He (saws) advised them that the Jews did such a thing and their 442

messenger answered their questions, but this only increased the burden that was placed on them, because when something is mentioned specifically by Allah and his messenger (saws) it becomes obligatory on the people to act upon it, so there is mercy (Rahma) in silence. Al-Shatibi’s book became the standard textbook on maqasid al-shariah in Islamic scholarship until the twentieth century, but his proposal to present maqasid as ‘fundamentals of the shariah,’ as the title of his book suggests, was not widely accepted. This is because of the element of Human Judgment regarding what ultimately benefits or harms man, there is no definitive answer to this upon matters that the Quran and Sunnah are silent upon. Establishing a just society (focusing on the kulliyyah) are the goals (maqasid) of the Shari‘a, while the juz’iyyah (specific legal rulings) are then the means to those goals. Islamic Law “requires that we should focus on public interests and universal principles such as justice, respect and protection of a person’s beliefs, protection of life, protection of sanity and intellect, preservation of lineage (family), and protection of a person’s property or wealth, among other things to achieve this in society. Allah says in the Quran “Alif. Lam. Mim. THIS DIVINE WRIT - let there be no doubt about it, it is [meant to be] a guidance for all the God-conscious who believe in [the existence of] that which is beyond the reach of human perception (ghayb, the quantum universe), and are constant in prayer, and spend on others out of whatWe provide for them as sustenance; and who believe in that which has been bestowed from on high upon thee, [O Prophet,] as well as in that which was bestowed before thy time (on earlier prophets), for it is they who in their innermost are certain of the life to come! It is they who follow the guidance [which comes] from their Sustainer; and it is they who shall attain to a happy state! (2:1-5) The Maqasid Model The Maqasid of Islamic Law was revealed for one basic universal purpose: to realize the best interests of humans on earth.

443

Maslaha in the Arabic language literally translates as benefit or interest, it is defined by Imam al-Ghazali as that which secures a benefit (for man) or prevents harm (from him). Human nature tends naturally to seek happiness, but this cannot be achieved unless people cooperate with each other, but cooperation is impossible unless people strive to live a peaceful life. Peace and security cannot be achieved unless there are rules to protect the rights of all equally. However, rules and legal regulation are useless without a source of authority to enforce them and apply them equally, in Islam this was done through educating people regarding the laws that govern their religion in this way part of the job was done by people wishing to follow their God and guiding others to do the same. In todays world an increasing number of police are required to keep the society civil, this is the draw back of secularism it’s laws are seen as no more than points on a piece of paper having no moral relevance as they are largely made up by those who govern, while in Islamic society people lived out their knowledge and understanding of religion, and while courts and those who enforced the law clearly existed it was largely a self policed society with people encouraging each other to practice Ihsan (Human perfection) because they collectively understood it’s significance and that this life was a transient one as death comes to all. In Medieval Europe were man was detached from the original society the Injeel (revealed Bible) was sent to, he could not even fathom a higher form of justice or morality, they lacked it’s cultural understanding along with the tools to be even capable of developing beyond their own traditions and preconceived ideas that trapped them in this dark cycle. It isn’t enough that a revealed book be introduced into a new land, people had to be trained to interpret it according to it’s author’s own understanding otherwise they form their own ideas and beliefs, this was an impossible task considering that the bible’s time period had now passed on and wasn’t preserved. In contrast by the time of Imam Ghazali’s death in 1111.AD, Islamic Law was well developed and adopted around the muslim world with many academic tools invented to preserve the culture, language and understanding because Muslims 444

had the benefit of hindsight christians did not, literally it was because of what they saw occurred to the christian and jewish texts and culture that spurred the muslims to preserve not just the text but it’s understanding, these tools were then exported to other parts of the world. Hence at every stage of social advancement in Europe, beginning with the renaissance in Spain which took from the Islamic Spain it conquered, and later the enlightenment and American declaration of Independence, they imported and adopted Islamic knowledge that gave Europe an injection of new ideas and thought which freed them from the cycle they were in, these tools eventually helped them to later develop there own ideas and understanding. For all the above reasons the Divine wisdom revealed Shari’ah to help man achieve the masalih or benefits of people in the two following ways: First, by procuring these masalih (or by bringing them about), since people cannot bring about the benefits of mankind equally; they discriminate against each other, they kill each other, they steal from each other, they humiliate others for various reasons such as color, ethnicity, power, social status and the like. In one word they present their interest as central and others are only a means to achieve their own ends. Allah is an absolute justice who legislates to mankind what is beneficial to all. Second, Islamic Divine Law achieves its goal by preserving or protecting these human universal benefits by setting rules and regulations with sets of prescribed punishments, The Islamic Divine Law then has a two-fold function. Though Imam al-Ghazali defined Maslaha as that which secures a benefit or prevents harm, however, the benefits mentioned in Islamic Divine Law have been categorized into three kinds by the scholars: First: accredited benefits (Masalih Mu'tabarah), which are regulated by The Lawgiver in the sense that a textual authority (such as the Qur'an and Sunnah) from the divine law could be found to prove their validity.

445

Second: nullified (prohibited) benefits (Masalih Mulghat): these are other kinds of benefits and interests that the Shari’ah prohibited because they lead to harm and hardship (Mafsadah), such as stealing or usury. Third: unregulated benefits (al-Masalih al-Mursalah), since the benefits of people can be as numerous as their public interests, we find that the divine law did not regulate a number of these benefits directly but by similitude. So their validity is not clearly apparent and must be identified using Ijtihad (Legal Reasoning). In the principles of jurisprudence these kinds of benefits are called the unregulated benefits, and it is left for legal scholars or jurists to work on them. Imam al-Ghazali said masalih or benefits should be harmonious and consistent with the objective (Maqasid) of the Shari’ah, since the basic purpose of legislation (tashri’) is to protect the interest of people against harm. Objectives or Maqasid of Islamic law themselves are classified in various ways, according to a number of dimensions. The following are some of these dimensions: 1. Levels of necessity, which is the traditional classification. 2. Scope of the rulings aiming to achieve the Objectives. 3. Scope of people included in the Objectives. 4. Level of universality of the Objectives. When the Maqasid are looked at in terms of priority, importance and benefits they were similarly divided by Muslim scholars into three kinds. They are prioritized with the Qur'an and Sunnah at its heart, the masalih then revolve around each other with the Islamic creed (Aqeedah) and the Shariah as the main source of legislation: 1. The first priority of the masalih are the Necessities, (Da.ru.riy.yat) 2. The second priority of the masalih are the Needs, (Ha.jiy.yat), and 3. The third priority of the masalih are the Luxuries, (Tah.seen.niy.yat)

446

“Necessities are further classified into what ‘preserves one’s faith, soul, wealth, mind, and offspring.’ Some jurists added ‘the preservation of honour’ to the above five widely popular necessities. These necessities were considered essential matters for human life itself. There is also a general agreement that the preservation of these necessities is the ‘objective behind any revealed law,’ not just the Islamic law.” “Maqasid at the level of Needs are less essential for human life. Examples are marriage, trade, and means of transportation. Islam encourages and regulates these needs. However, the lack of any of these needs is not a matter of life and death, especially on an individual basis”. “Maqasid at the level of luxuries are ‘beautifying purposes,’ such as using perfume, stylish clothing, and beautiful homes. These are things that Islam encourages, but also asserts how they should take a lower priority in one’s life”. It is significant that the Islamic civilization by the 11th century was debating the place of luxuries in everyday life, while Europe did not even value the place of the personnel gardens until Spain was conquered from the Muslims, they became shocked at the luxurious they found and after forcing muslim artisans to divulge their secrets during the inquisition, this later started the renaissance in Europe. We have to understand that before these islamic developments, now taken for granted, the world looked vastly different. “The three levels in the hierarchy are overlapping and interrelated, in addition, each level should serve the level(s) below. Also, the general lack of one item from a certain level moves it to the level above. For example, the decline of trade, during an economic crises, moves ‘trade’ from a ‘need’ into a ‘life necessity,’and so on. That is why some jurists preferred to perceive necessities in terms of ‘overlapping circles,’ rather than a strict hierarchy”. From this understanding the Ullumah (scholars) have then identified ‘five essential values’ of life that are universal necessities or priorities “on which the lives of people depend, and whose neglect leads to total disruption and chaos.”

447

These five necessities have been labeled as the “Five Maqasid of Shariah”, and there preservation is essential. Three of which were used in the American Declaration of Independence, they are : •

Religion



Life



Intellect



Procreation



Property

Imam al Ghazali said that any measure which secures these values also falls within the scope of maslahah (peoples interest), and anything which violates them is mafsadah (evil), and preventing the latter is also maslahah. More technically, maslahahl mursalah (Public Interest) is defined as a consideration which is proper and harmonious (wasf munasib mula'im) with the objectives of the Lawgiver (Allah). Because these five necessities are derived from Shari’ah as necessary and basic for human existence, therefore, every society should preserve and protect these five necessities; otherwise human life would be harsh, brutal, poor, and miserable, in this world and the hereafter. The Objectives of Shariah do not simply look after the interest of people in this world but the next as well and are key to identifying what ultimately benefits man in this life. Needs are matters that remove restrictions and difficulties in applying the five necessities. Allah says in The Qur’an: “Allah does not want to place you in a difficulty, but He wants to purify you, and to complete His favor to you, that you may be grateful.” (Qur’an, 5:6) In another chapter Allah says: “Allah intends for you ease, and He does not want to make things difficult for you.” (Qur’an, 2:185)

448

The divine law grants people concessions (rukhas) in cases of hardship such as sickness, and traveling, but neglecting these Needs will lead to hardships in life, but not chaos and collapse. Luxuries are intended to render human affairs or conditions more suited to the requirements of the highest standards of moral conduct. They “denote interests whose realization leads to improvement and the attainment of that which is desirable.” Thus, the observance of cleanliness in personal appearance and in spirituality, the growth of moral virtues, the avoidance of wastefulness in consumption, and moderation in the enforcement of penalties, fall within the scope of Luxuries. From contemplation on these benefits a systematic set of legal rules and principles was deduced known as Qawaid al Fiqh, the Maxims of Islamic Law, such as: 1. Harm must be removed. 2. Public harm or loss is averted by the private assumption of loss. 3. The greater of two harms is averted by assumption of the lesser. 4. Averting harm is to be preferred over procuring of benefits. 5. Cases of necessity make permissible what is normally forbidden or restricted. 6. Necessity is determined by the specific circumstances. 7. Hardship in a situation secures lenience for people. 8. It is not permissible to do what will harm one’s self. The Question Of The Ship and Torture “Three hundred people were in a boat sailing on the sea. They realized that their safety was at risk, and the lives of the majority could only be saved by throwing 10 people overboard. Would it be morally right to kill 10 people in order to save 290?” “Would you torture one person to save the lives of many?” 449

In most cases prisoners of war do not have nuclear launch codes to a dirty bomb or are even in a situation were America is held to ransom, most are simply soldiers with information the American military needs in their wars, so the two cases that of the ship and prisoners of war are relatively similar. Based on the Maqasid (Objectives) of Shariah Imam al-Ghazali said regarding his example of the abandoned ship that it is morally wrong to kill some people in order to save others. Why? Imam al-Ghazali gave three reasons against the justification of killing in this case: 1. Universality: the benefit of people, in this case the majority, is not a universal benefit, it is only the interest of a small community who are going to use others as means to their end. 2. Necessity: the benefit of those people on the boat is not necessary to a degree to break another necessity and kill humans. 3. Certainty: we are not certain that killing those people is going to save the rest. What if they killed them and after that they faced another problem at sea, should they kill another 10 people to save the rest? This is morally unjustifiable and becomes out of control. In Islam the life of every single human is unique and precious; it is one of the five necessities and must be preserved and protected. Allah commanded Muslims in the Qur’an that killing is prohibited, and to kill one soul, in Allah’s judgement, is as if you killed the entire human race and to save one soul is as if you saved the entire human race, so then how can you kill the entire human race to simply save a community, when people account for their actions each life taken will then weigh as the entire human race on that day along with it’s retribution. Two moral realities can be derived from the example above, consequences, regardless of how they seem, do not justify such immoral acts. And the end result, no matter how immediately beneficial to us, do not justify the means by which we achieve them. Even if gain is achieved it is temporary and the consequences we would face with Allah would be more severe as our actions are unjustifiable. 450

When Allah created man he said to the Angels he was going to place a Khalifah on earth. Allah’s Khalifah means Allah’s representative and vicegerent, who takes care of affairs on behalf of Allah, this position is entirely in relation to mankind’s sovereignty over other creatures on this planet, and to help us understand what we are responsible for, Allah revealed to man the many books and Religion as a whole. Allah asks us to be mindful of his creatures and to pay attention to them: “And there is no creature on [or within] the earth or bird that flies with its wings except [that they are] communities like you. We have not neglected in the Register a thing. Then unto their Lord they will be gathered.” (Qur’an, 6:38) He asks us to be mindful of what we kill, then instructs us to not overstep these limits and destroy entire species: “Eat and drink from the provision of Allah, and do not commit abuse on the earth, spreading corruption.” (Qur’an, 2:60) He asks us to look after the atmosphere, be mindful of its state and not to destroy it; “And We made the sky a protected ceiling (canopy), but they, from its signs, are turning away.” (Qur’an, 21:32) He asks us not to waste what has been placed on earth and be excessive in what we take: “But waste not by excess: for Allah loveth not the wasters” (Quran 6:141) He asks us to look after the balance of nature and this earth: “And He has raised the heaven and set up the balance, [declaring] that you should not contravene with regard to the balance. And observe the measure with justice and do not skimp the balance. And the earth, He placed it for [all] creatures. In it are fruits and date-palms with sheaths, and grain with husk, and fragrant herb (don’t even harm these). So which of your Lord’s favours will you deny?” (55:7-13) So then what of Human life itself by comparison, people who ask these questions have already lost their moral compass and balance, they’re now simply looking back at humanity and wondering, what was once there ? Why Isn’t The Islamic World Still Prominent Historically the Islamic world did experience decline, not simply towards the end of the Ottoman Empires time when the Colonial powers of Europe disman451

tled it piece by piece. Both Islam and the Bible state that Allah allowed the British Empire to conquer all other nations, when they began to worship the “dragon”. But this initial decline that began in the 12th century was largely due to external forces such as invading armies rather than a critical flaw in it’s systems, a true decline in the classical sense did not begin to occur until the 17th century. For example the great wall of China had to be built to stop the mongol hordes from devastating China, because of this they later turned their attention in another direction towards Islamic lands eventually devastating the civilization muslims had built. While china found no lasting solution to the golden horde it was actually from this very horde that devastated many lands, almost reaching Europe, that the last Islamic Khalifah would come. After the horde now having converted to Islam the Ottoman Empire was established in the 13th century, it lasted for more than 600 years and while they excelled at everything dominating the other empires of the world until the 18th, they could not excel at what most scholars understood was the heart of Islam, Ihsan, the practice of Human perfection, this was largely due to the fact Islam was a religion they adopted from a previously militaristic tradition. They hadn't understood and mastered it’s nuances to the same depths as previous generations of Muslims. In contrast the Islamic Golden Age occurred during the reign of the Abbasid Khalifah who were direct descendants of the prophets uncle Abbas. Hence the Ottomans major advancements were in the physical sciences rather than advancing mankind's understanding of the Maqasid of Shariah, what Allah wanted for man and then achieving it, this was the very thing that fostered Islam’s Golden Age before their time. This reality the Ottomans found themselves in is beautifully summed up by Allah in the following verse: “As for those who strive hard in Us, We will surely guide them to our paths (of reality and knowledge). And verily, Allah is with those who perfect themselves (al Muhsinun)”. (29:69)

452

(The main Source for this article: Al-Qawaid al-Fiqhiyyah (Islamic Legal Maxims): Concept, Functions, History, Classifications and Application to Contemporary Medical Issues. Fawzy Shaban Elgariani)

453

C H A P T E R 34

Media Snippets 1) How Could The Occult With All It’s Horrors Be Adopted So Widely In Western Society This is a mater of history, the path a people choose to take is based on their prior practices and what they are capable of as a people which will make any new path acceptable in their eyes. The level to which they have reached in one direction is the environment their children are raised in and what they will come to consider normal, from which they can only advance down similar paths as they seek to move forward in life and surpass their fathers.

Source: Dailymail.co.uk They have long been famed for their love of lavish banquets and rich recipes. But what is less well known is that the British royals also had a taste for human flesh. A new book on medicinal cannibalism has revealed that possibly as recently as the end of the 18th century British royalty swallowed parts of the human body. The author adds that this was not a practice reserved for monarchs but was widespread among the well-to-do in Europe. Medicinal cannibalism: Both Queen Mary II and her uncle King Charles II both took distilled human skull on their deathbeds in 1698 and 1685 respectively, according to Dr Sugg. Even as they denounced the barbaric cannibals of the New World, they applied, drank, or wore powdered Egyptian mummy, human fat, flesh, bone, blood,

454

brains and skin. Moss taken from the skulls of dead soldiers was even used as a cure for nosebleeds, according to Dr Richard Sugg at Durham University. Dr Sugg said: ‘The human body has been widely used as a therapeutic agent with the most popular treatments involving flesh, bone or blood. ‘Cannibalism was found not only in the New World, as often believed, but also in Europe. ‘One thing we are rarely taught at school yet is evidenced in literary and historic texts of the time is this: James I refused corpse medicine; Charles II made his own corpse medicine; and Charles I was made into corpse medicine. ‘Along with Charles II, eminent users or prescribers included Francis I, Elizabeth I’s surgeon John Banister, Elizabeth Grey, Countess of Kent, Robert Boyle, Thomas Willis, William III, and Queen Mary.’ New world: Depiction of cannibalism in the Brazilian Tupinambá tribe as described by Hans Staden in 1557. Whether true or not, the myth ignored the fact that Europeans consumed human flesh. The history of medicinal cannibalism, Dr Sugg argues, raised a number of important social questions. He said: ‘Medicinal cannibalism used the formidable weight of European science, publishing, trade networks and educated theory. ‘Whilst corpse medicine has sometimes been presented as a medieval therapy, it was at its height during the social and scientific revolutions of early-modern Britain. ‘It survived well into the 18th century, and amongst the poor it lingered stubbornly on into the time of Queen Victoria. ‘Quite apart from the question of cannibalism, the sourcing of body parts now looks highly unethical to us. ‘In the heyday of medicinal cannibalism bodies or bones were routinely taken from Egyptian tombs and European graveyards. Not only that, but some way into the eighteenth century one of the biggest imports from Ireland into Britain was human skulls. ‘Whether or not all this was worse than the modern black market in human organs is difficult to say.’ The book gives numerous vivid, often disturbing examples of the practice, ranging from the execution scaffolds of Germany and Scandinavia, through the courts and laboratories of Italy, France and Britain, to the battlefields of Holland and Ireland and on to the tribal man-eating of the Americas. A painting showing the 1649 execution of Charles I showed people mopping up the king’s blood with 455

handkerchiefs. Dr Sugg said: ‘This was used to treat the “king’s evil” – a complaint more usually cured by the touch of living monarchs. ‘Over in continental Europe, where the axe fell routinely on the necks of criminals, blood was the medicine of choice for many epileptics. ‘In Denmark the young Hans Christian Andersen saw parents getting their sick child to drink blood at the scaffold. So popular was this treatment that hangmen routinely had their assistants catch the blood in cups as it spurted from the necks of dying felons. ‘Occasionally a patient might shortcut this system. At one early sixteenth-century execution in Germany, ‘a vagrant grabbed the beheaded body “before it had fallen, and drank the blood from him..”.’ The last recorded instance of this practice in Germany fell in 1865. Whilst James I had refused to take human skull, his grandson Charles II liked the idea so much that he bought the recipe. Having paid perhaps £6,000 for this, he often distilled human skull himself in his private laboratory. Dr Sugg said: ‘Accordingly known before long as “the King’s Drops”, this fluid remedy was used against epilepsy, convulsions, diseases of the head, and often as an emergency treatment for the dying. ‘It was the very first thing which Charles reached for on February 2 1685, at the start of his last illness, and was administered not only on his deathbed, but on that of Queen Mary in 1698.’ Dr Sugg’s research will be featured in a forthcoming Channel 4 documentary in which they reconstruct versions of older cannibalistic medicines with the help of pigs’ brains, blood and skull. The book, called Mummies, Cannibals and Vampires, will be published by Routledge and charts the largely forgotten history of European corpse medicine from the Renaissance to the Victorians. [As this period was ending Occult practice began to take hold in the wider society]. 2) US, UK Trained ISIS Leader Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi along with Mossad By John lee Varghese; July 15, 2014; ibtimes.co.in

456

With the White House yet to give a full clarification on reports that the US trained ISIS recruits in 2012, another damning information has been leaked. It has now emerged that Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi, the leader of the terrorist group, was trained by Mossad, with the help of the US and the UK intelligence officials. The revelation was leaked by former National Security Agency (NSA) contractor and whistleblower Edward Snowden. As per a report in Gulf Daily News, Snowden revealed that the US, the UK and Israel drew up a plan to protect the Zionist entity, by using a strategy called “the hornet’s nest”. The strategy was to get all the terrorists together in one place under an Islamic slogan and engage them in a war far from Israel. In the documents leaked by Snowden, it claims that the ISIS was made for “the protection of the Jewish state”, and thereby keeping the enemies of Israel engaged. Snowden’s leak also revealed that ISIS leader and cleric al-Baghdadi was given intensive military training for a whole year by Mossad, besides lessons on Islam and public speaking. 3) US Trained ISIS Jihadists? Multiple reports have stated that the US played a key role in training the recruits, who later become ISIS jihadists, who are currently controlling large swathes of land in Syria and Iraq. The WND had reported back in February 2012 that the US, along with Turkey and Jordan, was running a training base for Syrian rebels. And these trained rebels reportedly turned against the US later and went on to form ISIS. Thousands of rebels were trained in 2012 and 2013 in Jordan, German weekly Der Spiegel reported. The report went on to note that the organizers of the training camps wore US Marine uniforms, and the recruits were trained in anti-tank weaponry. Source. 457

4) Snowden Confirms That Al Baghdadi was Trained by Israeli Intel Mossad GULF DAILY NEWS; Tuesday, July 15, 2014; WASHINGTON:

The former employee at US National Security Agency (NSA), Edward Snowden, has revealed that the British and American intelligence and the Mossad worked together to create the Islamic State of Iraq and Syria (ISIS). Snowden said intelligence services of three countries created a terrorist organization that is able to attract all extremists of the world to one place, using a strategy called “the hornet’s nest”. NSA documents refer to recent implementation of the hornet’s nest to protect the Zionist entity by creating religious and Islamic slogans. According to documents released by Snowden, “The only solution for the protection of the Jewish state “is to create an enemy near its borders”. Leaks revealed that ISIS leader and cleric Abu Bakr Al Baghdadi took intensive military training for a whole year in the hands of Mossad, besides courses in theology and the art of speech. Source.

5) The Spyfiles: These are files leaked to Wiki Leaks

• The Spyfiles: Leak #1 • The Spyfiles Leak #3 • The Spyfiles Leak # 4 • The Syrian Files

458

6) Youtube Video; Debate: Is Edward Snowden a Hero

459

C H A P T E R 35

Final Note I would first like to end this work by apologizing for any grammatical or spelling mistakes you may find through out the work, publishing houses usually employ full time proof readers to correct the drafts authors send in, this unfortunately isn’t available to us, and we did not employ American grammar or spelling natively, we are continually checking the work and will be updating it over time. Bismillah Rahmani Raheem, as a muslim, we have testified in this work against a number of people and as such under Islamic Law our words carry both weight and consequences with Allah, so we would like our final words to be my testimony in front of Allah and his Angels that what I have said was my sincere belief as I witnessed it or learnt about it through research, and I will meet Allah on the day of judgment with these words in front of me Insha Allah against those who harmed Islam and Muslims. “Thus we have appointed you a balanced nation, that ye may be witnesses against mankind”(2:143) “Our Lord! Bestow on us from our wives and our offspring who will be the comfort of our eyes, and make us leaders for the Muttaqun” (25:74) Ina lillah wa ina Ilayhi Rajioon

Signed Sayyid Rami al Rifai, Shaban 1436 A.H. 460


‫ياحنان يامنان حنانا من لدنك وزكوة‬

Imam Ali (r.a) said: Allah the Almighty selected us from His Creation and selected for us our followers who assist us. They are pleased when we are pleased and are sorrowful in our sorrows. They give up their lives and property for our cause. Therefore they are ours and will be with us in Paradise.

All rights to this work have been reserved, 2015.

Any comments or suggestions can be sent to: [email protected] Visit my website @ www.Ghayb.com or the Forum @ SunnahMuakadah.com

461

462

Loading...

[2nd.Edition] The Syrian Uprising and Signs Of The Hour - Ghayb.com

CHAPTER 1 The Hour Has Cast It’s Shadow 
‫سم اهلل الرحمن الرحيم‬ Ya Allah, send prayers and salutations on Muhammad, his family, and his Companions...

4MB Sizes 2 Downloads 23 Views

Recommend Documents

Indonesians and the Syrian Conflict
Jan 30, 2014 - 3 Quoted in “Arab Spring Detonator Perang Akhir Zaman,” An-Najah, No.97, December 2014. 4 Some see ..

Minor and Major Signs of the Hour in Islamic Texts and Contexts
Our Vocabulary of ultimate purpose and order. Apocalypse (Greek for “revelation of divine mysteries”) means disaster

Signs of the Wali - OAPEN
National Library of Australia. Cataloguing-in-Publication entry. Author: Christomy, Tommy, 1959-. Title: Signs of the wa

SIGNS OF THE LAST DAY
All contemporary movements of denial are now ideologi- cally defeated, by means of ... conflict, and other ordeals endur

the benefits of 8760 hour-by-hour building energy analysis
program that use the 8760 hour-by-hour method can offer the greatest benefits because they yield highly accurate, sophis

The Power Hour News
1967 - Solicitor General Thurgood Marshall was nominated by President Lyndon B. Johnson to become the first black justic

The Boko Haram Uprising and Islamic Revivalism in Nigeria
Islamic leaders, who, though they did not actively embark on insurrection, either did nothing to stop it from ... with t

The Interpretive Significance of Pathognomonic Signs | SpringerLink
Sep 3, 2016 - The INS DICTIONARY OF NEUROPSYCHOLOGY defines pathognomonic signs as “findings that are specific for a g

Signs of life in the usa maasik
Marcelo unbruised stomach and unify their sodomize the wedding dollar brand pdf San Miguel and communicate with each oth

The clinical signs and diagnosis of feline atypical mycobacterial
Feline AMP is an uncommon infectious disease of dermal tissues and subcutaneous fat. ... THE POPULARITY of pet cats and